享学营笔记
I wake up in the morning.(早上我醒了。)
这里有个表达顺序的问题,你要注意。那就是:中文习惯(非必须)把时间、地点等先说出来,再说具体的事情。比如说:早上我醒了。或者说:我看了看手机上的时间。
但是英语习惯(非必须)把主要的信息先说出来,再说时间、地点等。比如说:
I wake up in the morning.(对比:早上我醒了。)
I look at the time on my phone.(对比:我看了看手机上的时间。)
I wake up in the afternoon
I look at the time on the wall.
Wow! It's eight o’clock.(什么?已经8点了。)
首先,Wow! 在这里是个感叹句。跟中文的“天呐!”一样,都可以表示“惊讶、难以置信”。你不妨也用英语来造个句子,比如这句话英语怎么说呢?什么?你都30岁了?
Wow! You’re 30 years old? But you look so young!
It's eight o’clock.(现在是八点整。)另外,除了整点报时以外,关于各种时间的表达法,我们后期的课还会详细讲解。
I look at the time on my phone.(我看了看手机上的时间。)
中文里的动词“看”,可以直接接看的对象。比如“看书、看电影”(英语都有特定的说法:read books 看书, watch movies 看电影)。但是,虽然look在英语里表示“看”,但是如果你要表示具体“朝哪儿看”,就要加上at“朝”,而不能直接说look+看的东西。这一点你要跟中文的表达区分开。比如说:
Look at that picture
Look at that bird!
on my phone表示“在我手机上”。类似的表达比如说:
on my computer
on my desk
It’s time to get up.(该起床了。)
It’s time = It is time,表示“是时候了”。是时候去做什么了呢?后面的to do表示“去做”的事情,do可以换成任何动词。比如说:
It’s time to learn English
It’s time to sleep|
It’s time to eat
5. I yawn.(我打哈欠。)
6. I am so sleepy.(我好困。)
so表示“非常”。如果你想说:☆我非常……。就可以说:I am so…。那你来造个句子吧?比如说:
I am so happy!
I am so tired!
I get up and stretch.(我起床,并且伸了个懒腰。)
get在这里是“达到某种状态”;后面的up指的是“向上、起来”,在这里是个形容词。
I get up,相当于I am up. 表示“我变得起来了”,也就是“我起床了”
I need a cup of coffee.(我需要一杯咖啡。)
I need… 表示“我需要……”。比如说:
I need your help
I need some money
a cup指的是“一杯”,一杯什么呢?of表示从属关系,后面具体跟需要的对象,of + 对象,中文翻译成“……的”。a cup of coffee,英语的字面意思是“咖啡的一杯”,也就是“咖啡有很多,其中的一杯”。我们来做做相应的翻译训练,我来说汉语,你来说英语:
a cup of milk
a cup of tea
I make my bed.(我整理好自己的床。)
I want to keep my room tidy.(我想让我的房间整整齐齐。)
I want to… 表示“我想要去……”:
I want to learn English
I want to make money
其次,keep的意思是“保持”,后面接“名词+形容词”,表示“保持某人/某物处于某种状态”。比如说:
keep the money safe
keep the room quiet
wake [weɪk] vi. 醒来 vt. 唤醒
wake作动词,可以表示“自己醒”,或者“叫醒别人”。比如说:
I wake early in the morning.(我早上醒得很早。)(醒来)
Please wake me early tomorrow.(明早请早点叫醒我。)(唤醒)
get [ɡet] vt. 得到 vi. 到达;达到;处于
如果你去查字典,会发现get在汉语里对应的翻译特别多。但是,get的基本意思可以简单概括成两个,一个是“具体得到”,一个是“抽象达到”。
具体得到:
I’ll get a pen and paper.(我去拿笔和纸。)
Can you get a drink for me?(你能为我拿一杯喝的吗?)
抽象达到(某地或某种状态):
I will get home in 10 minutes.(我十分钟之内会到家。)
I will get sick if I drink cold water.(如果喝凉水,我会生病。)
up [ʌp] adv. 向上;完全,彻底(到头)
up这个词,也分为具体的含义和抽象的含义
具体含义是“向上”。比如说:
get up(处于向上的状态→起身、起床)
rise up(升起)
jump up(跳起来)
抽象含义是“到顶、到头”,也就是“完全、彻底”。比如说:
wake up(完全醒了)
use up(用完)
give up(完全给,一点儿也不要了,放弃)
在口语寒暄的时候,我们经常会说:What’s up?,意思是“出了什么事?” 也可以理解成一个简单的“嗨!”。而What’s up的字面意思,是“有什么事冒出来吗?”
it’s
it’s是it is的缩写,表示“它是”。今天课文里的it指代的是“时间”。同时,it还可以指代:
环境:It’s so beautiful here.(这里好漂亮啊。)
天气:It’s very hot today.(今天好热啊。)
金钱:It’s 100 yuan.(100块钱。)
o'clock [ə’klɒk; ə’klɑːk] abbr. ……点钟
o'clock是of the clock的简称,表示“钟表上的”。换句话说:It’s eight o'clock. = It’s eight of the clock
yawn [jɔːn] vi. 打哈欠
yawn在英语里的意思是“嘴巴张大”,发音的口型也很像打哈欠的样子。
sleepy [ˈsliːpi] adj. 瞌睡的,困的
sleepy这个词,来自sleep(睡觉)+后缀-y,表示“想睡觉的、困的”。类似的单词有很多,比如说windy(有风的),rainy(多雨的)等等。
stretch [stretʃ] vt. 伸长 vi. 拉伸,舒展
比如说:
Please stretch out your hands.(请伸出你的双手。)
或者说:
You can stretch your arms up.(你可以向上伸展你的手臂。)
英语里有个单词,是stretch的同源词,叫做straight,作形容词表示“直的”,也就是“拉直的”
make [meɪk] vt. 做;制造;制作;造成;挣(钱)
在英语里,make可以结合不同的名词,表达很多意思,但基本意思都和“制作、制造”有关。比如说:
make coffee(煮咖啡),make friends(交朋友),make money(赚钱,创造财富)
汉语里根据不同语境,动词可能翻译得不一样,这一点你要留心。比如今天原文里的make bed,指的是“整理床”,而不是“造床”,这一点你也要留心
tidy [ˈtaɪdi] adj. 整齐的;整洁的,有条理的
tidy和tide(名词“潮水”)有关,而这两个词都和“时间”(time)有关。英语里有句话,叫做:
Time and tide wait for no man.(光阴不等人。)
同时,tidy由“有规律的涨潮落潮”,延伸成了“有条理的”,现在作形容词,可以表示“整齐的”。比如说:
The house is very tidy.(这座房子非常整洁。)
音位(phoneme):人类某一种语言中能够区别意义的最小语音单位。两者有以下区别:
音标(phonetic symbol):音位的标记、符号。
虽然英语这门语言只有26个字母,但是在这门语言的发音里,有大约44个独特的发音(音位),也就相对有44个音标。其中元音音标20个,辅音音标24个。
备注:传统语音学认为,英语有48个音位。一个音位对应一个音标,共有48个(英语)国际音标。现代语音学认为,英语有44个音位。因为现代语音学认为/tr/,/dr/, /ts/, /dz/ 这四个不是独立的音位,而是辅音连缀。
/iː/ 嘴角向两边张开,一个微笑的表情,发音同字母E。
首先看长元音 /iː/。发这个音不难,嘴角向两边张开,一个微笑的表情。这个发音,其实就是字母ABCDE的E的发音。但是你要注意,不要刻意发成汉语里“衣服”的“衣”(yī),因为严谨一点来说,这个发音里没有/y/,而是/iː/,比如eat不是/yiːt/,而是/iːt/。感觉到区别了吗?简单来说,你发的这个音如果用汉字写不出来,就没什么大问题了。你来张嘴说一下:/iː/
/ɪ/ 口型稍微张大,听起来短促有力。
我们再来看短元音/ɪ/。口型稍微张大,同时听起来短促有力/ɪ/。你在说英语的时候,一定要留心。你来张嘴说一下:/ɪ/
/iː/ he, she, me, speak, Chinese
/ɪ/ it, is, sit, big, English
eat vs. it /iːt/ /ɪt/
seat vs. sit /siːt/ /sɪt/
speak Chinese /spiːk/ /ˌtʃaɪˈniːz/
speak English /spiːk/ /ˈɪŋɡlɪʃ/
1. He is Chinese. He can speak English.(他是中国人。他会说英语。)
2. Sweet dreams. See you tomorrow.(做个好梦。明天见。)
3. Please give me a minute.(请给我一分钟。)
4. It’s a little bit too big.(这有点太大了。)
1. Seeing is believing.(眼见为实。)
2. A friend in need is a friend indeed. (患难见真情。)
I go to the bathroom. 我往浴室走去。
I go to… 表示“我去……”或者“我往……走”。比如说:
I go to the supermarket
I go to the park
这个时候你会注意到,我们想去的地方,一般前面会加上一个定冠词the,表示特指的地点。所谓的“定冠词”,就是“特定的、像帽子一样加在后面对象身上的词”,所以叫“定冠词”,定冠词描述的对象往往是特指的,比如你说你想去超市或者去公园,但是“超市”、“公园”只是名词概念,在英语里你需要指出“去哪个超市、去哪个公园”,指出其中的一个,就要说the supermarket,the park。
但是还有一些表达,是不需要定冠词的,比如go to work(去上班),go to bed(去上床睡觉),已经变成了一些惯用的表达,而且也不需要特指“上那个班、上那个学”:
I go to work at eight in the morning
I go to bed at nine at night
I should go freshen up.(我得洗漱一下。)
I should…(我应该……),后面加动词原形。比如说:
I should learn English well
I should exercise more
I should open my mouth and speak English
go do sth.(去做某事。)注意,这是一个很常见的口语表达,但是并不符合常规的语法结构,因为go和do都是动词,在语法上两个动词是不能直接见面的,这里只不过是省略了go to do sth.的to,是为了使表达更简便、直接,所以这种口语表达你要了解。比如说:
Let’s go get some coffee
Let’s go get some food
Let’s go get a taxi
I turn on the tap.(我打开水龙头。)
turn作动词表示“转、扭、拧”
on的基本意思是“在上面”或者“接触”
turn on表示“拧开、让电流或者水流接通”,中文一般直接翻译成“打开”。比如说:
Turn on the TV.(打开电视。)
Turn on the light.(打开灯。)
off的基本意思是“离开”,所以turn off的字面意思是“拧、转一下,让电流或者水流等离开”。比如说:
Turn off the radio
Turn off the tap
The water is cold!(水真冷啊!)
I brush my teeth.(我刷牙。)
teeth是tooth(名词“牙齿”)的复数形式。和汉语不同,汉字的名词从写法上不分单复数,但是英语是一种“以形表意”的语言,名词形式的变化,会直接告诉我们这个词是单数还是复数。相对汉语的表达方式,这是一种更加简化的办法。换句话说,你如果只看到汉语的“牙齿”两个字,没法确定它是单数还是复数,只有在前面加上数词才可以,“一颗牙”、“两颗牙”等等。但是英语你只要看到tooth,肯定就是“一颗牙”;只要看到teeth,肯定就“不止一颗牙”
当然,一般英语的名词变复数,是在名词后面加s。像tooth-teeth这种变化的名词属于少数,我们平时要注意积累。比如说:foot(脚),复数叫feet;man(男人),复数叫men;woman(女人),复数叫women等等
I don't have much time.(我没有太多时间了。)
I don’t have…,表示“我没有……”。比如说:
I don’t have much money
I don’t have a camera
I take a shower.(我冲个澡。)
这里有个非常实用的表达,叫做take a+名词。比如说:
take a seat(坐下,相当于have a seat)
take a photo(拍一张照片)
take a taxi(打一辆出租车)
take a break(停顿一下、休息一下)
take a vacation(休假)
take a look(看一看)
日常口语表达里往往不需要用到太难的词,能够把get,take这种小词结合不同的语境用好,你的口语表达就已经很地道了
I need to hurry.(我得赶紧。)
这里有个很实用的句型,叫做I need to…,表示“我需要……”,后面加动词原形。比如说:
I need to take a rest
I need to get some sleep
I need to talk to you
I dry myself.(我擦干身体。)
myself是I的反身代词形式,所谓的“反身代词”,就是“反过来指代自身的代词”。类似的还有,himself(他自己),herself(她自己),itself(它自己)等等。这个时候我们注意到,汉语口语里的“他、她、它”在读音上是分不清的,这一点英语读音上相对也是一种优势。不过因为中文不分这些读音,所以很多中国同学说英语也会经常说错,这是正常的。记住:熟能生巧。(Practice makes perfect.)
Where’s the towel?(毛巾在哪儿?)
这是一个典型的询问地点的疑问句型。汉语询问人或者物在哪儿,会说:xx在哪儿?突出寻找的人或物。但是英语会说:Where is…?(哪里是……?)突出地点。这一点你要做好区分。比如说:
Where is the bathroom?
Where is my phone?
Where is Mr. Young?
bathroom [ˈbɑːθruːm; ˈbæθruːm] n. 浴室;厕所;盥洗室
bathroom是个合成词,由bath(名词“洗澡、洗浴”)和room(名词“房间”)组成
bathroom本意指的是“浴室”,从1920年开始,go to the bathroom(去浴室)被美国人用来委婉地表示“上厕所”(go to the lavatory),因为一般厕所也是洗澡的地方。后来,即便厕所里没有洗澡的地方,人们也都习惯说成go to the bathroom,这还一度让最开始去美国旅游的英国人很困惑,觉得不理解。不过现在go to the bathroom表示“上厕所”,已经变成了全球通用的说法了。我们也可以说go to the washroom(去洗手间),意思也是一样的
另外,所谓的“合成词”,就是两个或两个以上的英语单词合成的一个词,这在英语里非常常见。比如说:
homework(家+工作=家庭作业)
website(网上+地址=网址)
basketball(篮子+球=篮球)
而且合成词还分不同的类别,刚才我们提到的例子只是名词+名词的合成词
freshen [ˈfreʃn] v.(使)变得新鲜;(使)变得清新;(使)精神焕发
fresh [freʃ] adj. 新鲜的:fresh bread(刚出炉的面包),fresh flowers(鲜花),fresh milk(鲜牛奶)等等。
freshen后面的-en,是个常见的动词后缀。所谓的“缀”,就是“点缀”。一个英语单词或者“有特定意义的字母组合”(词根),有了前后不同的点缀(前缀、后缀),就会变成更多的单词,这也是英语单词造新词最常用的方式
freshen作为动词,意思是“变新鲜”或者“让……变新鲜”,前一个意思针对自身,后一个意思针对其他对象经常和up(到头、彻底)连用:
freshen sth. up,字面意思就是“让某物彻底/充分变新鲜”:
Open the window and freshen up the room.(打开窗户给屋子换换新鲜空气)
freshen up来形容人,意思不是“让人变新鲜”,而是“梳洗打扮”、“让自己焕然一新”,是个很形象的说法。比如说:
I need to freshen (myself) up before breakfast.(吃早饭之前,我需要先去梳洗一下)
tap [tæp] v. 轻敲;轻拍 n. 轻敲;轻拍;水龙头
tap是个拟声词,模仿的是轻拍发出的声音。tap可以当动词,表示“轻敲、轻拍”。比如说:
Someone tapped me on the shoulder.(有个人轻轻在我的肩膀上拍了拍)
You can tap the screen to start the game.(你可以轻触屏幕,就开始游戏了)
tap也可以作名词,除了表示“轻敲、轻拍”,还可以表示“水龙头”或者“阀门”,为什么呢?因为这个词最早指的是堵木桶的木塞,往里一敲就堵上了,桶里的液体就流不出来了。后来,tap就变成了“水龙头、阀门”之类的意思
brush [brʌʃ] n. 刷子;画笔 v. 刷干净;刷平顺;拂,掸,擦掉
brush作名词,表示“刷子”,比如toothbrush(牙+刷子),就是“牙刷”。当然,brush可以表示各种刷子,比如刷衣服、刷床单、刷漆,甚至梳头发的刷子,也都叫brush。同时,因为中国人写字的“毛笔”酷似刷子,所以也叫brush
brush也能当动词,表示“刷干净、刷平顺”,或者“拂、掸、擦掉”等等,不过动作都是类似的,只不过对应的中文表达比较多而已,大家一定要学会结合语境去灵活运用brush这个词。比如说:
brush your hair/teeth/shoes(刷头发/牙/鞋)
You need to brush the dirt off your jacket.(你应该把你夹克上的土掸一掸)
take [teɪk] vt. 拿;接受;接纳;认为;把……看作;带(某人去某地);带领,引领;搭乘(交通工具);需要;花费(时间);服用
和上节课我们学的get一样,take的用法也非常多,尤其是翻译成汉语的时候,汉语里不同场景的措辞更是五花八门
但在英语里,take的核心意思只有一个,那就是“伸手抓住、拿住”。这个时候,我们直接用英语一些句子去体会一下take的用法吧:
拿:Take your bag with you 拿上/带上你的包(和你一起)
接受:I can’t take it anymore 我再也受不了了
把……看作:You can take him as my brother 你可以把他看作我的兄弟
带(某人去某地)/拿着走:We will take the kids to the zoo on Sunday 周日我们会带孩子们去动物园
带来,引领:Let me take you to your room 让我带你去你的房间吧
凭借(拿……作为工具):I always take the train to Beijing 我经常乘火车去北京
需要、花费:It will take me one hour to go home 我回家需要一个小时
服用(拿到嘴里):Take this pill three times a day 这种药每天吃三次
shower [ˈʃaʊə(r)] n. 淋浴;淋浴器;浴室 vi. 冲澡
shower这个词,最早指的是“阵雨”,这也是目前shower仍然在用的一个意思
shower被用来表示“淋浴”,最早的记录是1851年,全称叫做shower-bath(像在阵雨中洗澡一样,一会儿就停了),也是个很形象的说法
现在shower这个词,还可以指代“淋浴器、浴室”,词义广泛了很多。比如说:
The shower is dead.(淋浴器坏了。)
He’s in the shower now.(他正在洗澡。)
shower也可以当动词,表示“冲澡”。比如说:
I shower every morning.(我每天早上都要洗个淋浴)
hurry [ˈhʌri] v. 加快;匆忙;催促 n. 匆忙;仓促
hurry作动词,基本意思是“加快速度”。比如说:
Hurry (up)! You’re late.(快点儿!你迟到了!)
hurry作动词,还可以表示“催促”,也就是“让别人加快速度”。比如说:
I don't want to hurry you, but we will close in twenty minutes.(我并不想催你,但我们再过二十分钟就要关门。)
hurry也可以作名词,表示“匆忙、急忙”。比如说:
I’m in a hurry to the airport. 字面意思是:我处于一种匆忙之中,要去机场。也就是“我急着要去机场。”
dry [draɪ] v.(使)变干 adj. 干的;干燥的;无水分的;无甜味的;干巴巴的,枯燥乏味的;无酒的;无甜味的
dry作动词,表示“(使)变干”。比如说:
Use this towel to dry your hands.(用这条毛巾擦干手)
This paint will dry tomorrow.(明天油漆就干了)
dry作形容词,意思是“干的、没有水分的”。比如说:
His skin is very dry.(他的皮肤特别干)
The weather is very dry.(天气特别干燥)
dry从“干的”这层含义,延伸出了很多意思。比如说“干巴巴的、枯燥乏味的”,就是一种很形象的说法。比如说:His speech is very dry.(他的演讲非常枯燥乏味。)
同时,在喝饮料的时候,dry也可以表示“没有酒精的”。比如说:
a dry state,指的就是“一个不允许喝酒的州”
dry还可以结合语境,翻译成“没有甜味的”。我们在看电影的时候,经常会看到有人说来一杯Dry Martini,指的就是很烈的、一点甜味都没有的马天尼酒
towel [ˈtaʊəl] n. 毛巾;抹布
这个词没有什么难点,但是很多中国同学从读音上总是分不清towel和tower(名词“塔”),一个要翘舌[ˈtaʊəl],一个要卷舌[ˈtaʊə(r)],而且[l]和[r]分不清的情况,还有好多类似的单词,比如很多中国同学经常分不清的word和world,你一定要多加练习
/uː/ 圆唇减小开口,成圆筒状。
首先看长元音 /uː/。发这个音不难,圆唇减小开口,成圆筒状,双唇不用刻意前伸。但是你要注意,不要刻意发成汉语里“屋子”的“屋” /wū/,因为这个发音里没有/w/,而是/uː/,比如oops不是/wuːps/,而是/uːps/。感觉到区别了吗?简单来说,你发的这个音如果用汉字写不出来,就没什么大问题了。你来张嘴说一下:/uː/。你学会了吗?
/ʊ/ 相比长元音/uː/,/ʊ/听起来短促有力。
相比长元音/uː/,/ʊ/听起来短促有力/ʊ/。你来张嘴说一下:/ʊ/。
/uː/ food, noodles, fruit, juice, soup
/ʊ/ look, good, would, could, cook
food vs. foot
Luke vs. look
fruit juice /fruːt/ /dʒuːs/
look good /lʊk/ /ɡʊd/
1. My favorite food is noodles.(我最喜欢的食物是面条。)
2. I would like to have some fruit juice.(我想喝点果汁。)
3. Do I look good?(我看起来好吗?)
4. Could you cook some food for me?(你能为我做点吃的吗?)
1. No news is good news.(没有消息就是好消息。)
2. How many cookies could a good cook cook if a good cook could cook cookies?(如果一个好厨子能做饼干,他能做多少饼干呢?)
I make breakfast.(我做早饭。)
make breakfast表示“做早饭”。我们也可以说cook breakfast。类似的句子你也就会说了吧?比如说:
我做午饭。(I make lunch.)
我做晚饭。(I make dinner.)
I enjoy cooking.(我享受做饭。)
I enjoy doing sth.(我享受某事。)比如说:
I enjoy listening to music
I enjoy driving
英语是一种“以形表意”的语言。就拿英语的动词来说,一个动词在写法(形式)上的变化,就可以向我们传递更多的信息。比如说,如果一个动词后面加上-ing,就可以表示“带动作属性的名词”,也就是“动名词”,仍然相当于一个名词(sth.)。比如说read是动词“阅读”,但是如果你说:I like reading. 这里的reading就不是“阅读这个动作”了,而是“阅读这件事”
换句话说,你也可以把这个句型看成:I enjoy sth.(我享受某事。)比如说:
I enjoy music
I enjoy life
当然,在英语里,一个动词后面加上-ing,也可以表示“正在进行的动作”,也就是我们后面会学到的“进行时”。比如说:
I’m listening to music
但是,如果你说:I enjoy listening to music. 意思就成了:我享受“听音乐这件事”。而不是:我享受“正在听音乐”。虽然看起来listening to music形式相同,但是他们表达的意思是不一样的
I get an apple from the fridge.(我从冰箱里拿出一个苹果。)
这句话的前半句是主要信息:I get an apple.(我拿了一个苹果。)后半句是from the fridge(从冰箱里)是一个状语,表示“从哪个地方拿”
所谓的“状语”,就是表示“时间、地点、方式”等等这些“状态”的语言,是常见的修饰句子细节的语言。比如说:
I want to go to the beach.(我想去海滩。)在这个句子里,I want to go(我想走)就是主要信息,后面的to the beach(去海滩)就是地点状语
I go to school at 7:30.(我7:30的去上学。)在这个句子里,I go(我走)是主要信息,to school(去上学)是地点状语,at 7:30(在7:30)是时间状语
This is my favorite fruit.(这是我最喜欢的水果。)
This is... 这是……。无论是介绍人,还是介绍任何事物,这都是一个万能句型。比如说:
This is my friend, Young
This is his new computer
I start eating.(我开始吃。)
I start doing sth.(我开始做某事。)比如说:
I will start working in ten minutes.(十分钟以后我就开始工作了)
start having lunch
当然,你也可以直接说I start sth.,表示我开始某事。比如说:
I start my day with a cup of coffee 这里的with a cup of coffee是状语,表示“用喝咖啡的方式”
It’s very delicious.(真好吃啊。)
这是一个典型的“主语+系动词+表语”的句子结构。“主语”就是“句子描述的主体”;“系动词”就是把主语和表语“联系在一起的动词”;而“表语”,就是“表示主语是什么的语言”
另外,It is very delicious 句子成分一点也不少。但是汉语讲话是很简洁的,结合语境,直接说“真好吃”就好了。当然,英语口语里,有语境的时候,你也可以直接说:
Very delicious !
I wash dishes.(我洗盘子。)
wash dishes就是“洗盘子”
I hate washing dishes.(我讨厌洗碗。)
I hate doing sth.(我讨厌做某事。)比如说:
I hate doing housework
I hate going out
I hate you!
I finish my breakfast.(我吃完早餐。)
I finish sth.(我做完某事。)比如说:
I need to finish my homework before 9
I will finish my lunch in 20 minutes
当然,你也可以猜出来,finish后面出了可以接名词,也可以接动名词doing或者动名词短语doing sth.,表示“做完某事”。比如说:
When will you finish washing the dishes?
When will you finish shopping?
It’s time to change clothes.(该换衣服了。)
change clothes就是“换衣服”的意思
breakfast [ˈbrekfəst] n. 早餐
英语里,早餐叫breakfast,午餐叫lunch,晚餐叫dinner
现在很多年轻人早上起床晚,都是早餐和午餐一起吃,这顿饭英语就叫做brunch(breakfast+lunch,早午餐)
另外,“早、中、晚餐”这三个英语单词,从写法上也有各自的含义:
breakfast
breakfast是由break(动词“打破”)和fast(名词“禁食”)组成的合成词,指的是“打破夜间不吃饭的状态”,寓意是“一天开始的第一顿饭”
你可能会问:老师,fast不是形容词“快的”吗?比如说fast food就是“快餐”。是的,但其实fast的这两个意思最早是相通的,都是“稳固、牢固”的意思。“快速”指的是“又稳又快”,而且fast现在作形容词,也可以表示“稳固的、牢固的”。比如说:
He made the boat fast.(他把船系得牢牢的)
所以,fast作为“禁食”来讲,其实是“牢牢遵守(不吃饭的)规则”,起初指的是宗教的斋戒
lunch
这个词最早指的是“一块食物”,比如面包、点心等。可以一天任何时候吃,后来专门用来表示“午餐”
dinner
dinner这个词,来自dine(动词“用餐、吃饭”)。我们家里的“餐厅”,英语就叫做dining room
不过有一个有趣的地方,dinner最早指的其实也是“早餐”,后来又指“午餐”,最终才变成了今天的“晚餐”
不过有一点是毋庸置疑的,那就是:dinner在英语里,一直指的都是一天当中的“主餐、正餐”
fridge [frɪdʒ] n. 电冰箱(refrigerator)
这个词从读音上很像freeze(动词“冻结、结冰”)。我们在看外国电影或者电视剧的时候,经常会看到警察枪口对准嫌疑人喊:Freeze! 意思是“不许动!” 就是一个很形象的说法
另外,fridge是个缩写词,全称叫做refrigerator,指的是“食物的冷藏柜”,早期是应用在啤酒行业,从1918年才开始指代“家用电冰箱”
favorite ['feɪvərɪt] adj. 最喜欢的(英favourite)
favor [ˈfeɪvə(r)] n. 支持;赞同;帮助;偏袒 vt. 赞同;较喜欢;偏袒(英favour)
要是查英汉词典,你会发现favor这个词对应中文翻译非常多,但其实它的核心意思只有一个,就是“偏向、偏好”。
favor作名词,可以表示“支持、赞同”,其实就是“偏袒一方”。比如说:
I’m in favor of your idea 字面意思是“我处于偏袒你的想法里”,也就是说:我支持、赞同你的想法。
在日常生活里,如果你想找人帮忙,可以说:
Can you help me?也可以说:Can you do me a favor?
当然,favor作名词,也可以表示“偏袒”。比如说:
As a teacher, you cannot show favor to any children in your class.
另外,favor还可以作动词,表示“赞同、较喜欢、偏袒”等等,也都是“偏向、偏好”的意思。你平时可以多留意
favor加上一个形容词后缀-ite,就成了favorite,表示“最喜欢的”,其实就是“最偏向的、最偏好的”。比如说:
What’s your favorite food?
delicious [dɪˈlɪʃəs] adj. 美味的;可口的
生活里形容一样东西好吃,delicious是最常见的一个单词。但是中国同学读这个词,很容易读成deliciou(r)s,这一点我们要注意,不要读出儿化音。同时,形容好吃,口语里也可以说yummy。这是个模仿儿语(孩子说话)造出的词。小孩子吃一个好吃的东西,会发出yum-yum的声音,于是就有了yummy这个口语单词
wash [wɒʃ; wɑːʃ] vt. 洗 n. 洗
这个词从读音上和water(水)有关。英语是表音系统的文字,很多词读音类似,从意思上也有着千丝万缕的关系。wash作动词,表示“洗”。比如说:
I need to wash my hands.(我需要洗手。)
wash也可以作名词,表示“洗”这件事。比如说:
The dishes need a good wash.(这些盘子需要好好洗一洗了。)
dish [dɪʃ] n. 碟;盘;一道菜,菜肴
这个词从读音上和disk(磁盘、光盘)有关,我们小时候看的DVD,全称叫做Digital Video Disk,字面意思就是“数字化视频光盘”
不过dish作名词,除了表示“盘子、碟子”,还可以表示“一道菜”,是用盛菜的盘子来代表菜本身。比如说:
a chicken dish(一道鸡肉做的菜)
change [tʃeɪndʒ] vt. 改变,变化;变换,变成;兑换 n. 改变;改动;变化;零钱
change作动词,基本意思是“改变”。比如说:
I don’t want to change my mind.(我不想改变主意)
在日常生活里,根据不同的语境,汉语会把change翻译成不同的措辞。比如说:
I want to change my job.(我想改变我的工作。)也就是“我想换一份工作”的意思
I want to change my dollars into RMB.(我想把我的美元兑换成人民币。)
同时,change也可以作名词,除了表示各类“改变”,还可以表示“零钱”,也就是“换开的钱”
/ɑː/ 嘴巴张大。 首先看长元音 /ɑː/。发这个音不难,嘴巴张大就可以了。你来张嘴说一下:/ɑː/。你学会了吗?
/ʌ/ 嘴巴微微张开,短促有力。 口播:我们再来看短元音/ʌ/。相比长元音/ɑː/,/ʌ/听起来口型略小,而且短促有力/ʌ/。你来张嘴说一下:/ʌ/
/ɑː/ father, after, bath, park, far
注意:在美式英语里,/ɑː/ 的发音有以下两个特点:
绝大多数情况下,单词里发 /ɑː/ 的字母或者字母组合会发成 /æ/。如:
after, bath, pass, class, answer, aunt, dance, can’t
单词里的 /ɑː/ 发音后有字母r时,字母r要发音。如:
park, far, card, large, start, bar
/ʌ/ mother, lucky, study, number, sun
注意:
sun(太阳)和son(儿子)的发音是一模一样的,音标都是 /sʌn/
one 的发音是 /wʌn/,不是“万”
half vs. huff
lark vs. luck
car park(停车场) /kɑː(r)/ /pɑː(r)k/
dance class(舞蹈课) /dɑːns; dæns/ /klɑːs; klæs/
lucky number /ˈlʌki/ /ˈnʌmbə(r)/
1. Don’t park your car that far.(别把你的车停那么远。)
2. Take a bath after the dance class.(舞蹈课结束以后洗个澡。)
3. How much money do you spend in a month?(你一个月花多少钱?)
4. Seven is my lucky number.(我的幸运数字是七。)
1. Justice has long arms.(公道有一双长胳膊。/ 法网恢恢疏而不漏。)
2. He who laughs last laughs best.(笑到最后的人笑得最好。)
3. Never trouble troubles until troubles trouble you.(麻烦不找你,别去找麻烦。)
I go through my closet. 我翻遍了整个衣柜。
go through,字面意思是“从一头走到另一头”,在这个语境下,我们可以理解成“翻遍”。在生活里,结合不同的语境,go through还有很多意思。我们来举一些例子:
Let's go through the travel plan again.(让我们再看一遍旅行计划。)(从头到尾认真看→检查)
You have to go through a lot to be No.1.(要想当第一,你就不得不经受很多。)(从头到尾经过→经历、经受)
The bullet went through his arm.(子弹穿透了他的胳膊。)(从一头到另一头→穿透)
现在你也来翻译两句话吧?记得用上go through:
穿过这道大门,你就能看到那栋房子了。(Go through the door, and you will see that house.)
每个人都会经历一些困难。(Everyone will go through some difficulties.)
What should I wear today? 我今天该穿什么?
What should I…?(我应该……?):
What should I do tomorrow?
What should I have for lunch?
当然,你也可以把特殊疑问词What(什么)换成别的特殊疑问词,比如Where(哪里),How(怎么样),Why(为什么)等等。比如说:
Where should I go now?
How should I know?
Why should I care?
Where should I start?
How should I learn English?
Why should I believe you?
I skip the suit. 我跳过了西装。
I decide to go with a T-shirt and jeans. 我决定穿T恤和牛仔裤。
I decide to…(我决定去……):
I decide to take a walk
I decide to marry her
go with…,字面意思是“和……一起走”。比如说:
I’ll go with you.(我会和你一起走。)
在日常生活里,go with…还可以表示“伴随……而存在、与……相配”,是个很形象的说法。比如说:
This jacket goes very well with that hat.(这个夹克配那顶帽子特别好)
我需要一个衬衫去配我的牛仔裤。(I need a shirt to go with my jeans)
I style my hair. 我整理发型。
这里的style my hair,字面意思是“给我的头发做个造型”
Do I look good? 我看起来怎么样?
do在英语里叫做“助动词”,也就是“辅助动词的词”。比如说:I like English.(我喜欢英语。)你也可以说:I do like English. 这个时候,助动词do就在辅助动词like,让动词的语气更强烈,所以这句话我们就可以翻译成:我确实喜欢英语
一般的陈述句里我们不会用助动词,但像今天原文里的这种一般疑问句,要有助动词,并且助动词要提前,用这种形式的变化,来告诉对方,你是在提出问题:
Do you like English?
Do you like dogs?
Do you like learning English?
I take my laptop. 我拿起手提电脑。
I’d better hurry up. 我得赶紧了。
I'd better…,是I had better…的简写,表示“我最好……”,后面直接跟你该做的事就可以。比如说:
I’d better go to school now, or I’ll be late
I’d better water the flowers, or they will die
It’s very late. I’d better go home
I open the door and go out. 我打开门走出去。
and在英语里叫“并列连词”,连接两个句子的时候,可以把前后相同的部分省略。比如说:
She is my mother.(她是我的妈妈。)She is a teacher.(她是一名老师。)当把这两句话连起来的时候,就可以说成:
She’s my mother and a teacher.
我喜欢咖啡。(I like coffee)我喜欢茶。(I like tea.)现在把这两句话变成一句:
I like coffee and tea
I feel great today. 我今天感觉很棒。
I feel…,意思是:我感觉……,后面可以跟任何描述你状态的形容词。比如说:
I feel good.(我感觉很好。)
I feel bad.(我感觉很糟。)
I feel so tired.(我感觉好累啊。)
我为他感到可惜。(I feel sorry for him.)
dress [dres] v. 穿衣服;给(某人)穿衣服 n. 连衣裙
dress作动词,表示“穿衣服”。比如说:
I need to dress quickly, or I will be late for work.(我需要快点穿衣服,否则我上班就迟到了。)
dress作动词,还可以表示“给别人穿衣服”。比如说:
You should dress your children in their best clothes.(你应该给孩子们穿上他们最好的衣服。)
dress还可以作名词,表示“连衣裙”。比如说:
a long dress(一条连衣长裙),a short dress(一条连衣短裙);或者a wedding dress(一条婚纱)等等
through [θruː] prep. 穿过,从一端到另一端;通过,利用
如果你查字典,会发现through的意思特别多。但其实through的核心意思只有一个,就是“穿过”。比如说:
I want to walk through the woods.(我想徒步穿过树林)
through也可以表示“从一头到另一头、从头到尾”,其实还是“穿过”。比如说:
It will rain through the next 7 days.(接下来七天会一直下雨)
through还可以表示“通过、利用”,也就是“从头到尾通过某种手段把一件事情做完”。注意,汉语里的“通过”,意思是“经过某种路线、某种方法”,和“穿过”也是类似的。比如说:
You can learn English well through hard work.(你可以通过刻苦来学好英语)
closet [ˈklɒzɪt; ˈklɑːzɪt] n. 壁橱;衣柜
这个词从读音上和close(动词“关闭”)有关。closet作名词指的是“密闭的空间”,专门指的是“壁橱”或者“衣柜”。比如说:
The closet is in the bedroom.(衣柜在卧室里)
英语里有个说法,叫做come out of the closet,字面意思是“从壁橱里出来”,生活里指的是“现身出来、公开承认一个秘密”,也就是我们汉语里现在讲的“出柜”,你懂的。
skip [skɪp] vi. 蹦蹦跳跳地走 v. 跳过,略过
skip作动词,最开始的意思是“蹦蹦跳跳地走”,就是小孩子那种很轻快地走。比如说:
She skipped happily.(她开心地蹦蹦跳跳地走。)
后来,skip的词义有所延伸,变成了“跳过、掠过”的意思,也就是“不看”或者“不做”。比如说:
I often skip breakfast.(我经常不吃早饭。)
You cannot skip this class.(你不能不上这节课。)
Can we skip to the next lesson?(我们能跳过这一课,学下一课吗?)
suit [suːt] n. 套装;西装 vt. 适合,与……相配
suit在英语里的意思,是“一套”,生活里经常指的是“一套衣服”,比如说swimsuit,就是“女士游泳套装”,因为男士的泳衣往往就是一个短裤,谈不上套装
生活里,suit也经常用来指代“西装”,因为西装基本都是套装
另外,suit还能当动词,表示“与……配套、适合”。比如说:
This shirt suits you well.(这件衬衫和你很配)
同时,我们平时住酒店的时候会注意到,酒店的“套房”,英语叫做suite [swiːt],这个词也和suit有关。
with [wɪð] prep. 和……一起;跟随;使用,用;拥有
with的核心含义是“伴随”,生活里结合语境,可以翻译成“跟随、凭借、拥有”等等很多意思。我们用几个句子来体会一下with的用法:
伴随、和……一起:I live with my parents 我和我的父母一起住
伴随、跟随:I will go to America with my friends 我要跟我的朋友一起去美国了
伴随某种工具,使用:Cut the apple with the knife 用这把刀把这个苹果切开
伴随,拥有:He’s a black man with yellow hair 他是一个黄颜色头发的黑人
在生活里,with结合不同的语境,还有很多非常鲜活的用法。你平时要注意多积累。
style [staɪl] n. 样式;款式;风格;作风 vt. 设计;给……造型
随着全球化的影响,英语里有越来越多的词,很多人即使没出过国,也都已经很熟悉了。比如照相的时候摆个pose(姿势),说一个男人很man(很爷们儿,很有勇气),说一件事情so easy(很简单)等等。前些年国内流行一首歌,叫做Gangnam Style(江南Style),也让很多人经常把style挂在嘴边
style作名词,表示“风格、作风”。比如说:
I don’t like this way. It’s not my style.(我不喜欢这种方式。这不是我的风格)
style作名词,也可以表示“样式、款式”。比如说:
I like the style of the dress.(我喜欢这条裙子的款式)
style还可以作动词,表示“设计、给……造型”,也就是“制造风格”。比如说:
I want to style my own suit.(我想给自己设计一套西装)
laptop [ˈlæptɒp; ˈlæptɑːp] n. 膝上型轻便电脑,笔记本电脑
这是个很有意思的合成词。lap是名词“大腿”,top是名词“上面”。laptop的字面意思,是“大腿上面”,专门指的是可以放在腿上的“便携式计算机”(portable computer),也就是我们所说的“笔记本电脑”
/ɔː/ 双唇稍微收圆。 首先看长元音 /ɔː/。双唇稍微收圆。你来张嘴说一下:/ɔː/
/ɒ/ 双唇稍微收圆,短促有力。 口播:我们再来看短元音/ɒ/。相比长元音/ɔː/,/ɒ/的开口度稍大,同时短促有力
/ɔː/ tall, wall, water, daughter, four, quarter
注意:在美式英语里,/ɔː/ 的发音有以下两个特点:
多数情况下,单词里发 /ɔː/ 的字母或者字母组合,会更接近 /ɔː/ 和 /ɑː/ 之间的音。如:
water, walk, talk, ball, daughter, thought
单词里的 /ɔː/ 发音后有字母r时,字母r要发音。如:
four, quarter, fourth, floor, more
/ɒ/ box, stop, watch, hot, job, not
注意:在美式英语里,多数情况下,/ɒ/ 在单词里会发成 /ɑː/。如:
box, stop, watch, clock, job, hot
ball vs. box
four vs. fox
tall wall(高墙) /tɔːl/ /wɔːl/
fourth floor(四楼) /fɔː(r)θ/ /flɔː(r)/
stop watch(秒表) /stɒp; stɑːp/ /wɒtʃ; wɑːtʃ/
1. Paul is walking into the mall.(保罗正在走进那家商场。)
2. It’s a quarter past four.(现在是四点一刻。)
3. There is a clock in the box.(盒子里有一个时钟。)
4. What I need is hot water.(我想要的是热水。)
1. Learn to crawl before you can walk.(学走之前先学爬。)
2. The more you learn, the more you earn.(你学得越多,你得到的回报就越多。)
3. A little pot is soon hot.(壶小易热,量小易怒。)
英语有五大基本句型,分别是:
1. 主语+谓语(简称:主谓)
2. 主语+谓语+宾语(简称:主谓宾)
3. 主语+系动词+表语(简称:主系表)
4. 主语+谓语+宾语+宾语补足语(简称:主谓宾宾补)
5. 主语+谓语+间接宾语+直接宾语(简称:主谓间宾直宾)
首先,“主语”就是“句子叙述的主体”,和“宾语”相对。“谓语”的“谓”,意思是“说、告诉”。“谓语”就是“说清楚、告诉我们主语做什么或者是什么”。比如说:
I yawn.(我打哈欠)
在这个句子里,I是主语;yawn是谓语,告诉我们主语做什么。不过在现实生活里,英语的“主谓”句型,因为句子比较短,所以后面经常会用各种“状语”(Lesson 3)来补充说明句子的细节。比如说:
I wake up in the morning.(早上我醒了)
在这个句子里,主语是I,后面都是在告诉我们主语做什么,所以整个都是“谓语部分”。其中wake(醒来)是“谓语动词”(注意,一般我们会把“谓语动词”简称为“谓语”,比如“主谓宾”里的“谓”,就是“谓语动词”)。wake后面的up(完全),属于表示程度的状语。wake up指的是“完全醒了”。同时,in the morning,属于表示时间的“状语”
首先,“宾语”的“宾”,意思是“客人”。“宾语”是“动作的接受者”,和“主语”相对。比如说:
I need a cup of coffee.(我需要一杯咖啡)
在这个句子里,I是主语;need是谓语动词;a cup of coffee是宾语。再比如说:
I look at the time on my phone.(我看了看手机上的时间)
在这个句子里,主语是I;look at(朝……看)是谓语动词;the time是宾语;后面的on my phone(在我的手机上)是地点状语
你可能会问,为什么有的句子是“主谓”结构,有的句子是“主谓宾”结构呢?
因为如果一个谓语动词本身就能表达完整的意思,后面就不需要跟宾语了,这种谓语动词叫“不及物动词”(intransitive verb,简称vi.),也就是“不需要挨着其它词的动词”。这个时候,只需要“主谓”就够了。比如说:I yawn.(我打哈欠。)yawn本身就是个表述完整的动词,是不及物动词
但是如果一个谓语动词本身不能表达完整的意思,后面就需要跟宾语,这种谓语动词叫“及物动词”(transitive verb,简称vt.),也就是“需要挨着其它词的动词”。这个时候,就需要“主谓宾”了。比如说:I make my bed.(我整理床铺。)你不能光说:I make.(我做。)这个句子就不完整了,所以make就是及物动词,后面要跟宾语
所谓的“系动词”,就是“联系前后两部分的动词”。最常见的系动词,就是am,is,are。
所谓的“表语”,就是“表示主语是什么样的语言”。比如说:
The water is cold!(水真冷啊!)
在这句话里, The water是主语;is是系动词;cold是表语。如果把表语去掉,系动词is不能单独拿出来表达确切意思,所以在英语句子里,有系动词后面一定有表语。再比如说:
It's time to get up.(该起床了)
在这句话里,It is time(是时候了)是主系表;后面的to get up表示该去做的事情,属于目的状语。
注意,英语里的系动词,不一定非要是am,is,are。只要是起到联系作用,本身不能独立作谓语的动词,都是系动词。比如说:
I get up.(我起床。)
get在这里指的是“达到某种状态”,这句话的字面意思是“我变得起来了”,也就是“我起床了”。而且你完全可以把这句话说成:
I am up.
结合语境别人也会知道这句话的意思是你起床了。这个时候你就会发现,其实I get up里的get是个系动词,整个句子是个主系表的结构。换句话说,当get这类动词变成am,is,are之后,原来的句子意思如果还是成立,这个动词就是系动词。
但是,如果你说:I get an apple.(我拿到一个苹果。)这个时候get就是“得到”的意思,是个谓语动词,你不能换成:I am an apple.(我是一个苹果。)所以I get an apple是主谓宾结构,不是主系表结构。明白了吗?再比如说:
I feel great today.(我今天感觉很棒。)
这里的feel(感觉)也是个系动词,需要连接后面的great,句子才有意义。所以你也可以把这句话说成:I am great today.
以上这三种句型,是英语里最常见,也是最简单的三大句型。还有两类也是基本句型,但是目前我们的课里涉及不多或还暂无涉及,你可以先做一下初步的了解。
在现实生活里,很多时候,即使一个句子里主谓宾都有,句子意思还是不够完整,这个时候,就需要在宾语后面再加上一个句子成分,来补充说明宾语。这个句子成分,就叫做“宾语补足语”。比如说:
I want to keep my room tidy.(我想让我的房间整整齐齐。)
在这个句子里,want(想要)是谓语动词,紧接着的to keep(去保持)是伴随着谓语动词而产生的另一个动词;后面的my room是宾语。整句话到这里也就是说:我想保持我的房间。但是这并不算一个完整的句子,因为“把房间保持成什么样”并没有说清楚,所以后面的tidy就是“补充说明房间要有的样子”,也就是“宾语补足语”。
这个句型听起来比较抽象,我们直接来看一个句子:
Pass me the book.(把那本书给我。)
因为我冲你说这句话,你也知道我在说你,所以我就把主语You给省略了。在这句话里,pass是谓语动词;me是中间的对象,也就是“间接宾语”;而你真正需要给的东西是书,不是人,所以后面的the book才是“直接宾语”。明白了吗?再比如说:
He teaches me English.(他教我英语。)
在这句话里,He是主语;teaches是谓语动词;me是宾语,表示“教课对象”;English也是宾语,表示“教的科目”。但是你仔细想想看,其实一个老师教的科目往往是不变的,变化的是教的学生。所以老师教的科目才是“直接宾语”,而无论教谁,都只是“间接宾语”而已。也就是说:
He teaches English.(他教英语。)那么他具体教谁呢?He teaches me.(他教我。)合起来也就是:He teaches me English.
顺便提一句,在英语里,间接宾语往往是人,而直接宾语往往是物
首先我们来看这节课的标题:
On foot/By bike 步行/骑自行车
这里有两个介词,一个叫on,一个叫by。所谓的“介词”,指的是“介于名词前面的词”,也叫“前置词”(preposition)。换句话说:介词后面一定有名词,或者相当于名词成分的词。英语里的介词,用法都非常灵活,这也是中国学生学英语的一个难点。但是,英语里的每一个介词,都有一个核心含义,其它含义都是核心含义的延伸。
on这个介词,核心含义是“在上方且有接触”(in a position above and in contact with)。比如说:You are standing on my foot.(你踩我脚了。)其实就是说:你站在了我的脚上,而且咱俩的脚有接触。或者说:The book is on the desk.(那本书在桌子上。)也是一个道理。on foot之所以是“步行”的意思,其实就是“人的重量在脚上、不借助其它外力”。比如说:I go to school on foot.(我步行去上学。)
by的基本意思是“在旁边”。比如说:Come and sit by me.(过来坐我旁边。)by还可以表示“凭借、通过”,是一个常见的表示方式的介词,其实就是“在旁边、在手边”的延伸含义。by bike的字面意思,是“凭借自行车”,汉语里翻译成“骑自行车”。类似的表达还有:by bus(坐公交车),by train(坐火车),by air(坐“空气”,其实就是“坐飞机”)等等。
你也来造个句子吧:我骑自行车去上学,不是步行。(I go to school by bike, not on foot.)
关于on和by更多的用法,我们会在接下来的课程里不断发现,不要着急。
1. I unlock my new bike.(我打开新自行车的锁。)
这是一个简单的“主谓宾”结构,没有什么难点。
2. Riding a bike is a good way to get some exercise.(骑车是一种很好的锻炼方式。)
这句话里的Riding a bike(骑自行车)是动名词短语作主语,因为动词本身不能作主语,主语是句子描述的主体,只能是名词或者相当于名词成分的词;is a good way(是一种很好的方式),是一种很好的方式去做什么呢?to get some exercise(去锻炼)。按照汉语的表达习惯,你也可以理解成:一种很好的锻炼方式。你也可以直接背一个结构:… is a good way to…(……是一种很好的……的方式。)比如说:Travel is a good way to relax.(旅行是一种很好的放松方式。)你也来说一句吧:看英语电影是一种很好的学英语的方式。(Watching English movies is a good way to learn English.)
3. I put on my helmet and get on my bike.(我戴上我的头盔,上了车。)
put作动词,意思是“放”。put on的意思是“放在……上”,一般指的是“放在身上”,汉语结合语境翻译成“穿上”或者“戴上”。这里的put on my helmet,就是“戴上我的头盔”。
get在这里不是具体“得到”,而是“达到、处于某种状态”。get on的意思是“处于在上面的状态”。get on my bike,汉语我们翻译成“骑上我的自行车”。下面你来造两个句子:
(1)你出门的时候带上帽子。外面很冷。(Put on your hat when you go out. It’s very cold outside.)
(2)我们在哪儿上公共汽车?(Where do we get on the bus?)
4. It’s important to ride safely.(安全骑行很重要。)
这里有个很实用的句型,叫做:It’s important to do sth.(做某事很重要。)比如说:It's important to warm up before exercise.(在锻炼前做热身活动是很重要的。)你也来说一句:每天说英语很重要。(It’s important to speak English every day.)
5. I’m full of energy. I try to speed up.(我精力充沛。我试着加速。)
full是形容词“满的、充满的”;of作介词,表示“归属”,后面接“归属地”或者“所有者”。比如说:a cup(一杯),什么东西的一杯呢?of coffee(属于咖啡的),所以a cup of coffee指的就是“咖啡中的一杯”,我们翻译成“一杯咖啡”。原文里的I’m full是“我充满了”。在哪方面充满了呢?of energy(在能量这方面、属于能量的),所以I’m full of energy. 意思就是“我能量满满、精力充沛。”当然,你也可以直接记一个句型,叫做:I’m full of…,表示“我充满……”。你来造两个句子:(1)我充满希望。(I’m full of hope.)(2)她满眼泪花。(She’s full of tears.)
原文这里还有一个很好的句型,叫做:I try to…(我试着……)比如说:I try to improve my English.(我试着去提高我的英语。)你也来造一句:我试着8点起床。(I try to get up at eight o’clock.)
同时,speed作名词表示“速度”,作动词表示“快速移动”。这里的speed up,指的是“速度上去”,也就是“加速”。
6. I feel free!(我真自由呀!)
I feel表示“我感到……”,后面可以加形容词,表示你的感受。比如说:I feel very hungry.(我感觉很饿。)你也来造个句子:我感到很冷。(I feel very cold.)
7. But soon I start to sweat. (但很快我就开始出汗了。)
我们之前还学过一句和start(开始)有关的话,叫做:I start eating.(我开始吃。)你可能会问:start to do和start doing有什么区别吗?
在这两个表达在现实生活里没有什么意思上的区别,只是不同的人使用习惯不一样而已。
但这并不是说所有的动词后面接to do和接doing都没有区别。英语里有的动词只能用to do,因为to的意思是“朝、去”;to do的字面意思是“去做”,但是往往眼下“还没有做”,突出的是“接下来的打算”。比如说:I want to learn English.(我想要去学英语。)这就是你的打算,是你接下来要做的事情,want后面只能接to do,你不能说I want learning English. 为什么呢?因为这里动词后面的doing是个动名词,属于名词的范畴。这里的learning English指的是“学英语这件事”,所以I want learning English.(我想学英语这件事。)这句话就是没有意义的。
还有一些动词后面只能接doing,是因为这种动词后面需要接名词概念。比如说:I enjoy learning English.(我享受学英语这件事。)你享受的是一件事,这句话相当于:I enjoy it. 但是你不能说:I enjoy to learn English. 因为to learn指的是“去学”,也就是你现在还没开始,你怎么可能享受一件你还没开始做的事情呢?所以英语里的动词,后面到底接什么结构,不是规则,而是一种表达思路,你是可以想通的。
再比如说:I forget to read the book. 这句话的字面意思是:我忘了去读那本书。也就是说:我要去读,但是我还没有读。但是你也可以说:I forget reading the book. 不过这句话的意思就不一样了。这句话的字面意思是:我忘了读这本书这件事。也就是说:读这本书这件事已经发生过了,但是我忘了。所以这句话汉语我们一般翻译成:我忘记已经读过这本书了。
总结一下,英语的结构很灵活,具体怎么理解这种类似的句子,我们还是要结合实际的语境,而不能死记硬背规则。因为规则是死的,但是人们的表达思路是非常活的。
8. I’m too tired to keep going.(我累得实在骑不动了。)
too的意思是“太……”,是个程度副词;to是“去”。这两个词发音完全一样,但是意思不同。I’m too…to…,字面意思是“去……对于我来说太……”,按照汉语的表达习惯,其实就是说:我太……,以至于不能去做……。原文里的I’m too tired to keep going. 字面意思是:继续下去,对于我来说太累了。其实就是说:我太累了,以至于不能继续骑车了。稍加润色一下,翻译成接地气的汉语,也就是说:我累得实在骑不动了。
再来举个例子,比如说:I’m too busy to rest.(我太忙了,都没法休息。)这个句型你明白了吗?那你也来造个句子吧:这太好了,不可能是真的。(This is too good to be true.)其实就是说:哪有这样的好事?
9. I decide to walk the rest of the way.(我决定剩下的路走着过去。)
the rest,指的是“剩余部分”。什么东西的剩余部分呢?介词of后面就是归属的对象:the way(这条路)。the rest of the way(这条路的剩余部分),也就是“剩下的路”。下面你来说:剩下的时间/其余时间(the rest of the time);世界上的其他地方(the rest of the world)。
10. Cycling might not be my thing.(骑行可能不太适合我。)
这里有个很好的表达,叫做:…might not be my thing.(……可能不是我的事情。)其实就是说“……可能不太适合我”。你也可能直接说:…isn’t my thing. 比如说:Singing isn’t my thing.(唱歌不太适合我。)
同样的意思,英语里还有个很形象的说法,叫做:…isn’t my cup of tea. 字面意思是:……不是我的茶。有点类似于汉语里说的:……不是我的菜。比如说:Dancing isn't really my cup of tea.(跳舞不是我的菜。)
当然,如果有个异性疯狂追求你,但是你可能看不上他/她。这个时候,你不妨直接对他说:你不是我的菜。(You’re not my cup of tea.)
11. It takes me another thirty minutes to get to the office.(我又走了30分钟才到公司。)
这里有个很好的句型,叫做:It takes sb. some time to do sth.(做某事花费了某人多少时间。)比如说:It takes me thirty minutes to learn this lesson.(学这节课花了我30分钟。)你也来造个句子:我每天走路上班花十分钟。(It takes me ten minutes to walk to work every day.)
12. How often should I ride to work? Perhaps never.(我应该多久骑行一次去上班?可能再也不会了。)
often的意思是“往往、常常”,是个程度副词。How often…后面接一个一般疑问句,是在询问对方做某事的频率是怎样的。比如说:How often do you exercise?(你多长时间锻炼一次?)
另外,perhaps也是个副词,表示一件事情的可能性,汉语翻译成“或许”。never是no ever(任何时候都不)的意思。Perhaps never. 也就是说:或许永远也不会了。
1. unlock [ˌʌnˈlɒk; ˌʌnˈlɑːk] vt. 开锁
un-是一个非常常见的否定前缀,反过来以后的nu-读音很像no,是“不”的意思。英语里有很多单词,加上un-之后就成了相反的意思。比如说happy(形容词“开心的”),unhappy(形容词“不开心的”);important(形容词“重要的”),unimportant(形容词“不重要的”);dress(动词“穿衣服”),undress(动词“脱衣服”)等等。
lock作动词,表示“锁上”。比如说:You must lock the door when you go out.(你出去的时候必须锁门。)当然,lock也可以作名词,表示“锁”。我们平时在一些公共场所,比如学校、商场、健身房等等,都能看到一排一排的“可以上锁的存物柜、寄存柜”,英语就叫做locker。这里的-er,是一个常见的表示人或物的名词后缀。比如说sing(动词“唱歌”),singer(名词“歌手”);cook(动词“做饭”),cooker(名词“炊具”)等等。注意哦,“厨师”用英语还是叫cook,而不是叫cooker,这一点比较特殊,你不要说错。
unlock作动词,表示“开锁”。比如说:Unlock the door and let me in.(把门打开让我进去。)
2. ride [raɪd] v. 骑 n. 行程,旅行
这个词从读音上和road(名词“路”)有关。ride最早指的是“骑马上路”,现在可以表示骑各种交通工具,比如ride bike(骑自行车),ride a motorbike(骑“带马达的自行车”,也就是“骑摩托车”)等等。
ride也可以作名词,表示“乘车或者骑行的旅程”。比如说:It’s a ten-minute bus ride from here to the school.(从这里到学校坐公交车需要十分钟。)或者说:Can you give me a ride?(你能载我一程吗?)
另外,在口语当中,ride作名词,还可以直接表示“汽车”。比如你看到一个人的车很好,你就可以跟他说:You have a nice ride.(你的车很好。)
3. way [weɪ] n. 方式;方法;途径;道路
way作名词,本意是“路”。比如说:Do you know the way to the restaurant?(你知道去餐馆怎么走吗?)之前有同学问我:那为什么way还有“方式、方法、途径”的意思呢?其实就是“路”的延伸用法。中国人讲:这条路行不通。意思就是:这个方法没有用。和汉语一样,英语里的很多单词,除了具体的含义之外,还有延伸出来的修辞用法。way这个单词,就是一个很典型的例子。比如说:This is the right way to learn English.(这是学英语的正确方式。)
4. exercise [ˈeksəsaɪz; ˈeksərsaɪz] n. 运动;锻炼;练习 v. 运动;锻炼;练习
exercise作名词或者作动词,都可以表示“运动、锻炼”。比如说:Do you often exercise?(你经常锻炼吗?)或者说:I need to do some exercise every day.(我每天都需要做一些运动。)
exercise作名词,也可以表示“训练、练习”,可以有复数形式(词尾加s,以此来表示名词复数),表示练习的量。比如说:pronunciation exercises(发音练习),grammar exercises(语法练习)等等。 注意,虽然exercise作为单数的时候,尾字母e不发音,但是作为复数exercises,读音略有变化,读成[ˈeksəsaɪzɪz],这么读是为了避免两个s见面读音不清楚。
5. helmet [ˈhelmɪt] n. 头盔
这个词前面的helm从读音上和hole(名词“洞”)有关;后面是个小词后缀-et。helmet的字面意思,是“小洞”,专门指的是人头上戴的、头可以钻进去的“头盔”。比如说:In football, you wear a helmet. But in baseball, you wear a cap.(打橄榄球,你得戴上一顶头盔。但是打棒球,你只要戴一顶帽子就可以了。)
6. safely [ˈseɪfli] adv. 安全地
这个词来自:safe [seɪf] adj. 安全的 n. 保险柜
比如说:I don’t feel safe here.(我在这里觉得不安全。)或者说:It's safe to cross the road now.(现在可以安全过马路了。)生活当中,safe也可以作名词,表示“保险柜”,寓意就是保险柜的安全性。
在讲safely这个词之前,我们先来普及一个概念,叫做“副词”。什么叫“副词”呢?“副”,是“辅助”的意思,所谓的“副词”,就是“辅助其它词的词”。比如说:I like you.(我喜欢你。)如果你说:I like you very much.(我非常喜欢你。)这里的very much(非常)就是辅助like(喜欢)的词,也就是“副词”。同时,very much表示的是“程度”,也叫“程度副词短语”,这是very much本身的词性。那么从句子成分来说,very much在这个句子里作的是状语,所以也叫“程度状语”。
除了very much,a little(一点点)这种本身就是副词的词之外,在英语里,还有很多单词(通常是形容词)的词尾加-ly,也会变成副词,这也是一种非常常见的副词变化的形式。像quiet(形容词“安静的”),变成副词就是quietly(安静地)。比如说:Can you sit there quietly?(你能安静地坐在那儿吗?)或者clear(形容词“清楚的”),变成副词就是clearly(清楚地)。比如说:I can’t hear you clearly.(我听不清你说话。)
safely作副词,表示“安全地”。比如说:Drive safely!(安全驾驶!/开车小心点儿!)
7. energy [ˈenədʒi; ˈenərdʒi] n. 精力;活力;干劲;能量;能源
这个词的前缀en-从读音上和in-一样,做前缀都可以表示“进入、在……里”;中间的-erg-从读音上和work(工作)有关;最后是一个名词后缀-y。energy的字面意思,是“在工作状态里”,其实就是“活力、干劲儿”的意思。比如说:He is always full of energy.(他总是充满活力。)或者说:This is a waste of time and energy.(这真是浪费时间和精力。)
energy作名词,还可以表示“能量、能源”。比如说solar energy(太阳能)。
8. free [friː] adj. 自由的;免费的;没有……的
Free的意思特别多,比如“自由的、免费的、没有……的”等等。这就是很多同学学英语非常头疼的所谓的“一词多义”的问题。但其实所谓的“一词多义”的词,往往都有一个核心含义,而其它所有的意思,都是这个核心含义在不同语境下的延伸而已。为什么会有这种现象呢?因为一个单词被创造出来的时候,只是为了表达一个特定的对象。比如,free这个词从读音上和friend(朋友)相关,早期就指的是“活动不受限制的家族成员、自己人”,相对的是slave(奴隶)。英语里有个姓,叫Freeman(弗里曼),在古英语时期指的就是“生而自由、非奴隶的人”。这也是为什么free作形容词,可以表示“自由的”。比如说:Feel free to call me if you need my help.(如果你需要我的帮助,随时给我打电话。)也就是“什么时候给我打电话都是你的自由,不必拘束”。现在,free这个词的所有含义,也都和“没有条件限制、没有”相关。
free作为“免费的”,指的就是“不要钱的”。比如说:I have some free movie tickets.(我有一些免费的电影票。)
free作形容词,还可以表示“空闲的、没有安排的”。比如说:What do you like to do when you are free?(你有空的时候喜欢做什么?)
生活里,我们看到一些公共场合会有一块警示牌,上面写着:Smoke Free,指的是“无烟区”,不是“免费吸烟”,也不是“自由吸烟”,希望你冷静一点,不要闹笑话。
9. sweat [swet] vi. 出汗 n. 汗
sweat作名词表示“汗”,作动词表示“出汗”。比如说:I sweat a lot after exercise.(锻炼完以后,我出很多汗。)英语里有个表达,叫做No sweat,字面意思是“没有汗”,生活里指的是“没什么,小事一桩”。如果你帮了别人一个小忙,别人跟你说:Thank you. 这个时候你就可以说:No sweat.
另外,英语里有个单词,叫做sweater,指的是为了出汗而穿的“汗衫、运动衫”,这种衣服一般是棉质或者羊毛制成的。不过现在这个词已经成了“毛衣”的代名词。
10. keep [kiːp] vt.(使)保持(某状态);(使)留在(某处);保存;保留
keep作动词,表示“(使)保持某种状态”。比如说:Keep quiet.(保持安静。)或者说:Keep the dog outside.(让狗待在外面。)keep后面也可以直接接动词的进行式,表示“保持进行状态、不停下”。比如说:Keep trying!(继续尝试。)或者说:Keep going!(继续下去。)
keep作动词,后面也可以直接接一个名词,表示“保存、保留某物”。比如说:Can I keep this photo?(我能保留这张相片吗?)
生活里,结合不同的语境,keep还有很多鲜活的用法。你平时要留心多积累。
11. rest [rest] n. 休息;剩余部分(人或物)v. 休息
这个词的前缀re-表示“回来”;后面的-st-和stand(动词“站”)有关。rest的字面意思,是“站回来”,作名词指的是“落在后面的、剩下的部分”。比如说:the rest of my life(我生命的剩余时间),the rest of the class(班级里剩下的人)等等。
rest作名词,还可以表示“休息”,你可以理解成“站回来了、不往前走了”。比如说:I want to have a good rest.(我想好好休息一下。)当然,rest也可以当动词,表示“休息”。比如说:You are too tired. You need to rest for a few days.(你太累了。你需要休息几天。)
12. cycling [ˈsaɪklɪŋ] n. 骑自行车运动(或活动)
这个词,是cycle(动词“骑自行车”)的动名词形式,表示“骑自行车这件事、这项运动”。因为cycle的尾字母e不发音,所以变成动名词的时候,就把e去掉了。
另外,cycle也可以作名词,表示“成圆形运动、循环”,其实bike就是bicycle的缩写形式,字面意思是“两个圆圈、两个轮子”。
/e/ 嘴角拉得很宽。 口播:首先看/e/。嘴角拉得很宽。你来张嘴说一下:/e/。
/æ/ 开口程度比/e/大。 口播:我们再来看/æ/。开口程度比/e/大。你来张嘴说一下:/æ/。
/e/ bed, red, leg, head, bread
/æ/ bad, bag, hat, camera, map
bed vs. bad
head vs. had
very well(非常好) /ˈveri/ /wel/
bad apple(烂苹果;害群之马) /bæd/ /ˈæpl/
1. Everything is getting better and better.(一切正变得越来越好。)
2. Let's get together when the weather gets better.(天气好的时候让我们聚一聚。)
3. What happened? Why are you so mad?(发生什么了?你为什么这么生气?)
4. Grab every chance to practice your English.(抓住每一次机会去练习你的英语。)
1. All is well that ends well.(结局好,全都好。)
2. If you scratch my back, I’ll scratch yours.(如果你抓我的背,我也会抓你的。)(你帮我,我帮你。)
1. I walk to the bus stop.(我走到公交车站。)
stop这个词,除了可以作动词表示“停止”,也可以作名词,表示“公交车停车的点”,也就是“公交站”,也叫做bus stop。
另外,这是一个简单的主谓结构的句子:I walk(我走路)是主谓。后面是介词to加一个地点the bus stop(公交车站),也就是介词to引导的介词短语作地点状语。
2. Oh! My bus is arriving.(噢!我的公交车快到站了。)
注意,arrive是动词“到达”,这里的arriving,是arrive的进行时的写法。英语是“以形表意”的语言,动词形式的变化,可以告诉我们相应意思的变化。一般情况下,一个动词结尾如果加上了-ing,除了可以表示“动名词”以外,也可以表示“正在进行的动作”。不过因为arrive的尾字母e不发音,所以变成进行时的时候,就把尾字母e去掉了。那你说:老师,都是动词后面加-ing,我怎么判断这个动词是“动名词”还是“正在进行的动作”呢?其实很简单:
(1)进行时态前面一定有be(am,is,are等),作为助动词,辅助动词共同构成进行时态。注意,这里的be属于助动词,不是系动词“是”,仅仅是和动词的进行式一起构成进行时。对比:
a. I like swimming.(我喜欢游泳。)(动名词)
b. He is swimming.(他正在游泳。)(现在进行时)
(2)其实这个问题有点杞人忧天,因为一般情况下结合语境,我们都会知道彼此在说什么,而且有很多动词,比如arriving(正在到达),肯定是正在进行的动作,不可能是动名词(到达这件事),这也不符合逻辑。
这个时候,我们再来看看原文这句话:My bus is arriving. 是现在进行时,字面意思是:我的公交车正在到达。实际就是指公交车快到了。你也来试着造个句子吧?他马上就要走了。(He is leaving now.)
3. I run toward it.(我朝公交车跑去。)
toward是介词to加上一个表示方向的后缀-ward,表示“朝向”。类似的介词还有upward(向上),downward(向下),forward(向前)等等。同时,从写法上来说,toward和towards没有任何区别,只是美式英语和英式英语拼写习惯不同而已。
另外你可能会问,那to和toward都表示“朝向”,有什么区别吗?有。to的意思有很多,基本意思是“去”;但是toward是“朝向”的意思,只是指出一个方向。对比:
a. I drive to Beijing.(我开车去北京。)(一定是去北京)
b. I drive toward Beijing.(我朝北京的方向开去。)(不一定是去北京)
4. I have to catch it right now.(我得马上赶上它。)
这里有个很实用的句型,叫做:I have to…(我不得不/我得……。)比如说:I have to make a phone call.(我得打个电话。)我得十点前回家。(I have to go home before 10 p.m.)在表达时间概念的时候,a.m.就是上午(ante meridiem,中午之前),p.m.就是下午(post meridiem,中午之后)。你也来说一句吧:我得去看医生。(I have to go see a doctor.)
另外,catch的本意是“抓”,这里的catch it(抓住公交车),其实是一个很形象的说法,也就是“赶上公交车”的意思。
最后,right now的意思是“正好是现在、就是现在”,也就是“马上”的意思。
5. I get on the bus and pay with my phone.(我上了车,用手机付了钱。)
get on the bus,字面意思是“处于在公交车上的状态”,也就是“上公交车”。pay是动词“付钱”。用什么方式付钱呢?后面是with引导的介词短语作方式状语with my phone(用我的手机)。
6. Right on time.(正好准时。)
right在这里是个副词,表示“恰好、正好”,修饰后面的介词短语on time。之前我们学过,on表示“在上面并有接触”,on time指的是“和时间点接触、踩着时间点”,也就是“准时、按时”的意思。
7. I’m looking for an empty seat. (我想找个空位。)
for在生活里经常表示“为了”。I’m looking for…,字面意思是“我正在为了……而看”,有目的地看,其实就是“我正在找……”的意思。比如说:I'm looking for a gift for my girlfriend.(我正在给女朋友挑礼物。)你也来造个句子吧:我正在找一份新工作。(I’m looking for a new job.)
同时,这句话里的an empty seat(一个空座位),用到了an,而不是a。为什么呢?首先,英语里的“冠词”(像帽子一样加在后面对象身上的词)一共有三个,一个是“定冠词”the,表示“特定的那个”;还有两个是不定冠词a和an,表示“一个”,而不是“特定的那个”。
先说不定冠词a和an,具体选哪一个,主要是看后面单词开头的读音。如果单词开头读音的元素不是元音(元音音素),直接用a就可以了。比如说:a book(一本书),a tree(一棵树)等等。但如果单词开头的读音是元音音素,那就要选择an,因为这样读音会方便,可以连读。比如说:an apple(一个苹果),an umbrella(一把雨伞)。如果用a apple,a umbrella,读起来就很费力。
定冠词the读音也有两种,目的也是为了读音方便。the在非元音音素开头的单词前面读[ðə]。比如说:the man(那个人),the hospital(那家医院)。the在元音音素前面,读[ðiː],可以连读。比如说:the elephant(那头大象),the egg(那枚鸡蛋),如果读成the [ðə] elephant,the [ðə] egg,就会觉得费力。
8. There is hardly any space in the back.(后面几乎一点儿地方都没有了。)
今天的第三个句型,叫做:There is… 有……。比如说:There is a bug in the software.(软件里有个故障。)你也来说一句:这里有个问题。(There is a problem here.)
另外,hardly作副词,表示“几乎没有”。hardly any space,就是“几乎没有任何空间”。最后是一个地点状语in the back(在后面),在语境里表示公交车的“后排”。
9. Excuse me! Can I get by?(不好意思!借过一下。)
Excuse作动词表示“原谅”。我们在可能会打扰到别人之前,可以说:Excuse me. 也就是“原谅我。”相当于汉语里的“不好意思”。
同时,Can I…?表示“我能……”吗?也是一个非常实用的句型。比如说:Can I help you?(我能帮你什么吗?)你也来造个句子:我可以和您换一下座位吗?(Can I change seats with you?)
另外,by的基本意思是“在旁边”。get by里的by,是辅助动词get,表示“从旁边到达”,也就是“通过、过去”。你来造个句子:不好意思。我过不去了。(Excuse me. I can't get by.)
在生活里,get by也可以表示“勉强过得去”,也就是“擦边到达”。比如说:How can you get by with so little money?(就这么一点儿钱,你怎么维持生计?)
10. The company shuttle bus is waiting at the next stop.(公司班车在下一站等着。)
这句话里有三个语言点:首先,The company shuttle bus指的是“公司班车”。其次,这句话又是一个现在进行时,waiting是wait(动词“等待”)的进行时的写法,表示“正在等待”。最后,at the next stop指的是“在下一站”。
11. I get off the bus and jump on the company shuttle bus.(我下了公交车,又跳上了班车。)
get off the bus,字面意思是“处于离开公交车的状态”,也就是“下公交车”。和get on the bus相对。同时,jump on表示“跳上”。
12. This is wasting too much time. Maybe I should buy a car.(太花时间了。也许我该买辆车。)
waste time是“浪费时间”。这里的wasting是waste的进行式,也就是“正在浪费”。你也可以直接记一个句型,叫做:This is wasting… 这是在浪费……。比如说:This is wasting time and money.(这是在浪费时间和金钱。)
1. arrive [əˈraɪv] vi. 到达
这个词前面的ar-是ad-的变体,表示“朝、去”,是个常见的前缀,而且这个前缀和at从读音上也来源一致(t和d是一对清浊辅音)。之所以写成了ar-,是因为和后面的字母r连起来的时候读音方便,不用读成adrive。arrive后面的rive从读音上和river(河)有关,指的是“河岸”。arrive这个词,最早指的是“到达河岸、靠岸”,因为古代交通不发达,公路不多,所以天然形成的河流、海洋是非常普遍的交通手段。现在arrive作动词,可以泛指一切“到达”。比如说:What time will your train arrive?(你坐的火车什么时候到?)或者说:She’ll arrive in New York tomorrow.(她将在明天抵达纽约。)
2. catch [kætʃ] vt. 赶上;抓住;感染
从单词的来源(词源)上来说,chase和catch是一对词。chase叫做“追”,catch叫做“抓到”,也就是“赶上”。比如说:If you chase the rabbit, you might catch it.(如果你追那只兔子,你可能可以抓住它。)或者说:I’m sorry. But I can’t talk to you now. I have to catch the train.(不好意思。但是我现在不能跟你聊。我得赶火车。)
catch作动词,还可以表示“感染某种病”。比如说:I caught a cold yesterday.(我昨天感冒了。)这里的caught是catch的过去式,用这种形式的变化来表达出动作发生在过去。catch a cold,就是“感冒”的意思。
3. right [raɪt] adj. 正确的;合适的,恰当的;健康的;正义的;右边的 adv. 正确地;正好,恰好;向右 n. 右边;正确;正义;权利;版权
很多同学经常问我,为什么right有那么多意思?比如“正确的”和“右边的”,有什么关系吗?首先,right的基本含义是“直的”,英语里还有个词叫做correct(形容词“正确的”),这个词里的-rect-从读音上就和right有关系。right表示“正确的”,指的是“没走弯路的”。比如说:You have the right answer.(你的答案是正确的。)right表示“右边的”,因为人一般觉得右手是“正确的”手。比如说:Most people write with their right hands.(大多数人写字用右手。)
生活里,right结合不同的语境,在汉语里可以翻译成“合适的、恰当的、健康的、正义的、符合道德的”等等很多意思,其实通通都是“正确”的延伸含义。比如说:He’s the right person for the job. 字面意思是:对于这份工作来说,他是正确的人选。也就是:他是做这个工作的合适人选。或者说:I don’t feel right. 字面意思是:我感觉不对。也就是说:我觉得不舒服。再比如说:It’s not right to talk about people behind their backs.(背后议论人是不正确的/不道德的。)
right也可以当副词,来辅助别的词来进行更精准的描述,但是意思也都差不多。比如说:Turn.(拐弯。)往哪儿拐呢?Turn right.(往右拐。)这里的right就是个副词作地点状语。或者说:We’re very busy right now.(我们现在特别忙。)这里的right就是个程度状语,表示不早不晚、恰好是现在。再比如说:I’ll be back.(我会回来的。)什么时候回来呢?I’ll be right back. 这句话的字面意思是:我直接就会回来、不会绕弯。也就是:我马上就回来。
right还可以作名词,除了有“正确、右边”这些意思之外,还可以表示“权利”或者“版权”,也就是“道德或者法律赋予人实现其利益的一种力量”。比如说:Everyone has a right to education.(人人都享有受教育的权利。)或者说:I have the right to the book.(我有这本书的版权。)
4. with [wɪð] prep. 和;用;有;关于
with作介词,核心含义是“伴随”。汉语里经常翻译成“和……、用……、有……、和……有关”这一类的意思。你需要结合语境具体去感受:
(1)I live with my parents.(我和我的父母一起住。)
(2)You can pay with your phone.(你可以用你的手机付钱。)
(3)a girl with yellow hair(一个(有)黄头发的女孩儿。
(4)I have nothing to do with this.(我和这件事情无关。)
5. for [fɔː(r)] prep. 为了;对于;关于;表示时间或距离
for的核心含义是“在前面”,这也是为什么for加上一个表示方向的后缀-ward,就成了forward(向前)。for表示“为了”,其实就是“针对眼前的目的”。比如说:What can I do for you? 字面意思是:为了你,我能做些什么?也就是说:我能为你做点什么吗?或者说:Let’s go for a walk. 字面意思是:为了散步,让我们出去走走吧。其实就是:让我们出去散个步吧。
for也可以表示“对于、关于”,就是“针对眼前的人或事”。比如说:This lesson is very good for me.(对于我来说,这节课很好。)
for后面还可以接时间或者距离,也就是“推算有多久或多远”。比如说:I’m going away for a few days. 字面意思是:接下来的几天,我要离开一下。或者说:I can run for 5 kilometers. 字面意思是:我可以跑五公里的距离。也就是说:我可以跑五公里。
for在实际使用里,结合不同的语境,还会有很多延伸的意思。你平时要注意多积累。
6. seat [siːt] n. 座位 vt. 给……安排座位;就座,落座
有的同学会分不清sit和seat这两个词。sit是动词“坐下”;seat是名词“座位”。比如说:Please have a seat.(请找个座位坐下。)相当于:Please sit down.(请坐下。)
不过seat也可以作动词,表示“给……安排座位、就座、落座”。我们在坐飞机的时候会经常听到:Please remain seated with your seatbelt fastened.(请保持坐好,并系好安全带。)这里的seated,就是seat这个动词的过去分词形式,作形容词表示“坐下的”。这类语法点我们在后期都会详细学到。
7. company [ˈkʌmpəni] n. 公司;陪伴;同伴
前缀com-表示“到一起、共同”,是个很常见的前缀。company中间的-pan-是food(食物)的意思;最后是一个名词后缀-y。这个词最早指的是“一起分面包吃的伙伴”,现在这个词可以表示“一帮人一起做事的团体”,也就是“公司”。比如说:I work in an internet company.(我在一家互联网公司工作。)
company也可以表示“陪伴”这个概念。比如说:Thanks for your company.(谢谢你的陪伴。)同时,陪伴你的“伴侣”,英语叫:
companion [kəmˈpænjən] n. 伴侣
比如说:You’re a good travel companion.(你是一个很好的旅伴。)
8. shuttle [ˈʃʌtl] n. 穿梭班机、公共汽车等 v. 往返穿梭
这个词前面的shut从读音上和shot(发射、开枪)有关;后面是一个辅音双写-t-引导的名词后缀-le。shuttle作名词,指的是“穿梭在两地之间的交通工具”,比如飞机、公交等等。同时,shuttle也可以作动词,表示“往返穿梭、往返运送”。比如说:The new trains shuttle passengers across the town.(一列列新火车往返穿梭市内运送旅客。)
9. wait [weɪt] vi. 等待,等候
wait作动词,表示“等”。比如说:He’s waiting outside.(他正在外面等。)在日常生活里,wait经常和介词for连用,后面跟一个具体的对象,表示“为了……而等待”。比如说:I will wait for you at the door. 字面意思是:我会为了你,在门口等。也就是:我会在门口等你。
10. at [æt] prep. 在(某处);在(某时间或时刻);向;朝;(用于速度、比率等)以,达
at作介词,后面接的对象,都是某个具体的点,比如小的地点:at the door(在门口),at the party(在聚会上)等等。或者在某个时间、速度等的点。比如:at 8:30(在八点三十分),at the beginning of the 21st century(在二十一世纪初)等等,或者说:He’s driving at 70 M.P.H.(他正在以每小时70英里的速度开车。)M.P.H.就是Miles Per Hour(英里/每小时)。
at作介词,还可以表示“朝向某个点、在某个方面”。比如说:Look at that man!(看看那个人!)或者说:I’m good at English.(我在英语这方面很好。/我的英语很好。)
at在实际使用里,结合不同的语境,还会有很多延伸的意思。你平时要注意多积累。
11. off [ɒf; ɔːf] prep. 离开
off的基本意思是“离开”。比如turn off the light,指的是“转一下开关,让电断开,这样灯就不会亮了”,其实就是“关灯”。对应的是turn on the light(转一下开关,让电接触,这样灯就亮了),也就是“开灯”。
在生活里,结合不同的语境,off还有很多非常鲜活的用法:
(1)Take off your coat.(把你的外套脱掉。)(外套离开身体)
(2)Take the top off the bottle.(打开瓶盖。)(瓶盖离开瓶子)
(3)He is off school/work today.(他今天没来上学/上班。)(离开学校/单位)
off在实际使用里还有很多延伸的意思。你平时要注意多积累。
12. waste [weɪst] v. 浪费;消耗 n. 浪费;滥用
waste可以作动词,表示“浪费”。比如说:Don’t waste your money on these things.(不要在这些东西上浪费你的钱。)
waste也可以作名词,表示“浪费、滥用”。比如说:This meeting is a waste of time. 字面意思是:这次会议是在时间方面的一种浪费。其实就是:这次会议是浪费时间。你也可以直接记住a waste of time,表示“浪费时间”。
13. maybe [ˈmeɪbi] adv. 可能;也许
这个词是由助动词may(可能)和动词原形be(是)构成的合成词,表示“可能、也许”,是个修饰其它词的副词。比如说:He is right.(他是正确的。)但是如果你说:Maybe he is right.(他可能是对的。)这句话的语气就没那么坚定了,所以maybe在这里是个程度副词。
首先看长元音 /ɜː/。发这个音时,双唇和舌头尽量放松。你来张嘴说一下:/ɜː/。
我们再来看短元音/ə/。相比长元音/ɜː/,/ə/短促有力。你来张嘴说一下:/ə/。
/ɜː/ first, work, birthday, Thursday, early
注意:发 /ɜː/ 的字母组合里都有字母r,在美式英语里,字母r要发音。如:
first, work, word, world, circle
/ə/ a, China, about, together, tonight
注意:在美式英语里,单词结尾的字母组合里有字母r时,/ə/ 会发成 /ər/。如:
ruler, worker, brother, sister, actor
urban vs. about
bird vs. banana
early bird(早起的鸟;早起者) /ˈɜːli/ /bɜːd/
a panda(一只熊猫) /ə/ /ˈpændə/
1. Thursday is my birthday.(周四是我生日。)
2. The more you learn, the more you earn.(学得越多,收获越多。)
3. How about eating out tonight?(今晚出去吃饭怎么样?)
4. China is an amazing country.(中国是一个了不起的国家。)
1. The early bird catches the worm.(早起的鸟儿有虫吃。)
2. Birds of a feather flock together.(物以类聚,人以群分。)
1. I come out of my apartment.(我出了家门。)
out of,意思是“从……出来”或者“不在……”。比如说:Can you get out of the room?(你能从屋子里出来吗?)或者说:He is out of the city.(他不在这所城市。)当然,你也可以说:He’s not in the city.(他不在这座城市里。)
out of还可以表示“不处于……状态”或者“缺乏……”。比如说:He is out of work right now. 字面意思是:他现在不处在工作的状态。但实际生活里,out of work指的是“没有工作、失业了”。或者说:We’re out of money. 字面意思是:我们不在有钱的状态。也就是说:我们没钱了。
你也来说两句吧:让我们离开这个地方吧。(Let’s get out of this place.)再来一句:我们现在没有喝的了。(We’re out of drinks right now.)
out of在实际生活里,结合不同的语境,还有更多的用法,等着你去发现。
2. It’s raining. No, it's pouring! (下雨了。不,下大雨了!)
这是两个现在进行时的句子。pour本身是动词“倒”。比如说:pour a cup of coffee(倒一杯咖啡)。pour作动词,还可以表示“倾泻、涌出”。用在下雨的时候,可以表示“倾盆大雨”,是个很形象的说法。
3. I forget to bring an umbrella.(我忘了带伞。)
这里有个句型,叫做:I forget to…,意思是“我忘了……”。比如说:I forget to bring my English book.(我忘了把英语书带来。)你也来说一句话吧:我忘了带我的手机了。(I forget to take my phone.)
另外,forget to do sth.,字面意思是“忘了去做某事”,也就是本该做,但是还没去做。还有一个结构,叫做forget doing sth.,这里的doing sth.是个动名词短语,属于名词的概念,所以forget doing sth.的字面意思,是“忘了某事”。比如说:I forget reading the book. 这句话的字面意思是:我忘了读这本书这件事。换句话说:读这本书这件事已经发生过了,但是我忘了。也就是说:我忘了我已经读过这本书了。你也来造个句子:我忘了吃过早饭了。(I forget having breakfast.)
4. I’d better take a taxi.(我最好打个车。)
taxi是“出租车”的意思,中国广东、港澳地区也叫做“的士”,属于粤语对于taxi这个英语单词的音译词。所谓的“音译词”,也就是按照读音直接翻译出来的词。take a taxi,就是“打车、打的”的意思。
5. I enter my destination on the ride-hailing app.(我在打车软件上输入目的地。)
这个句子可以分成两个部分,首先是主谓宾:I enter my destination(我输入我的目的地);其次是一个on引导的介词短语作地点状语:on the ride-hailing app(在打车软件上。)连起来也就是说:我在打车软件上输入目的地。另外,ride-hailing也属于合成词,由ride(名词“车”)和hail(动词“招手”)的形容词形式hailing(招手的)构成,表示“招手找车的、打车的”,这种合成词,叫做“合成形容词”。类似的合成词还有很多,比如:good-looking(好看的),funny-sounding(听起来搞笑的)等等,你平时可以多积累。
另外,app是application(应用程序)的简称。我们平时看手机上的app store,就是“应用程序商店”。
6. I hope I can get a ride in time.(我希望能快点打到车。)
这句话有两个语言点:第一,是一个句型,叫做:I hope I can…(我希望我能……。)比如说:I hope I can see you again.(我希望我能再次见到你。)你也来造个句子:我希望我能找到一份很好的工作。(I hope I can find a great job.)
第二,in time的字面意思是“在时间范围内”,生活里表示“及时”,也就是“不超出某个时间范围”。比如说:我希望我们及时到达那里。(I hope we get there in time.)另外,我们之前学过on time,字面意思是“踩着点来”,也就是“准时、按时”,你不要和in time(及时、不迟到)搞混了。比如你跟一个朋友约了两点到,结果你一点五十八分到的,这叫:You arrived there in time;但是如果你正好两点到,这叫:You arrived there on time.
7. I usually choose the Premier type of car.(我通常选专车。)
I choose…表示“我选择……”,后面可以接名词,表示选择的对象。比如说:I choose the red one.(我选那个红色的。)也可以接to do,表示“选择去做”。比如说:I choose to do my job.(我选择做自己的工作。)你也来造个句子:我选择这个房间!(I choose this room!)
在原文里,I choose中间加了个词,叫usually,表示“通常”,是个频率副词。I usually choose…,就是“我通常选择……”。比如说:I usually choose the subway to work.(我通常选择坐地铁去上班。)
另外,premier本身是形容词“首要的、第一的”。不过在这款打车软件里,Premier指的是“首要的车、第一的车、专车”。注意,这里的首字母P大写,就是在用这种方式告诉我们这里的Premier是个专有的名词,代表一个专门的概念。原句里的Premier type of car,指的是“车里的专车类型”。
8. I prefer a comfortable ride.(我更喜欢一次舒适的旅程。)
I prefer…,表示“我更喜欢……”。比如说:I prefer coffee in the morning.(早上我更喜欢喝咖啡。)当然,你也可以记住一个句型,叫做:I prefer A to B,字面意思是:针对/相比B,我更喜欢A。这里的to B,就是“针对B来说”。比如说:I prefer coffee to tea.(比起茶来,我更喜欢咖啡。)你也来造个句子:相比足球,我更喜欢篮球。(I prefer basketball to football.)
另外,这里的a comfortable ride,指的是“一次舒适的旅行”。
9. I open the backdoor and get into the car.(我打开车的后门,上了车。)
这里有两个合成词。一个是backdoor,表示“后门”。还有一个是into,表示“朝里面去、往里去”。get into the car,字面意思是“处于往车里去的状态”,也就是“进入车里、上车”的意思。
在现实生活里,get into后面可以接一切可以进入的地点或者领域。比如说:I hope I can get into law school one day.(我希望有一天我能进法学院。)你也来说一句:别惹麻烦。(Don’t get into trouble.)
10. It isn't cheap. But it is money well spent.(专车不便宜,但是钱还是花得值的。)
这里有个表达,叫做money well spent,意思是“钱花得很好、很值”。
11. The driver speaks politely. He asks me to put on my seatbelt.(司机说话很礼貌。他让我系上安全带。)
这里有四个语言点:
第一,the driver指的是“那名司机”,属于第三人称单数,后面的动词speak(说话)写成了speaks,因为在英语里,第三人称单数后面的动词,一般情况下要在词尾加s,从形式上和第一、第二人称的动词区分开,让人更加清楚句子的主语是第三人称,达到“以形表意”的目的。后期我们还会专门总结这类表述的详细规则。
第二,politely是polite(形容词“礼貌的”)的副词形式,表示“礼貌地”。speak politely,就是“很有礼貌地讲话”。
第三,ask sb. to do sth.,意思是“要求某人做某事”。比如说:Don’t ask me to choose.(别让我选。)这也是选择恐惧症患者的口头禅。你也来说一句:我想请你帮我一个忙。(I want to ask you to do me a favor.)
第四,put on的字面意思是“放在……上”,在日常生活里结合不同的语境,可以表示“穿上、戴上、系上”等等很多意思。原句里的put on my seatbelt,指的是“系上我的安全带”。
12. I must do what he says to keep safe.(安全起见,我得按他说的做。)
今天我们要学的最后一个句型非常简单,叫做:I must…(我必须……)。比如说:I must wash the car tomorrow.(我明天必须洗车。)你也来造个句子吧:我必须马上走。(I must go right now.)
另外,在这句话里,I must do是“主语+助动词+动词”;what he says(他说的话)是宾语;to keep safe(去保持安全)是目的状语。按照汉语的表达习惯,也就是说:安全起见,我得按他说的做。
come [kʌm] vi. 来到;抵达;来,过来
come作动词,表示“过来、来到”。比如说:Come here.(过来这里。)come也可以表示“来到……”。后面可以接具体的某个地点,也可以接抽象的某个阶段。比如说:I’m waiting for you to come.(我正在等你来。)或者说:Lost days will never come again. 字面意思是:失去的日子再也不会来了。也就是:光阴一去不复返。
apartment [əˈpɑː(r)tmənt] n. 公寓
这个词中间的part,意思是“部分”;最后是一个名词后缀-ment。apartment这个词,字典意思是“一个分开的部分”,作名词专门指的是“公寓”。比如说:They live in an apartment nearby.(他们住在附近的一间公寓里。)
bring [brɪŋ] vt. 拿来,带来;带到
bring作动词,可以表示“把……带来、拿来”。比如说:Don’t forget to bring your books.(别忘了把你的书带来。)bring作动词,还可以表示“把……带到……”。比如说:I want to bring some food to school.(我想往学校带点吃的。)
enter [ˈentə(r)] v. 输入;登记;登录;进来;进去;进入 n. 回车键
这个词我们并不陌生,就是很多电脑键盘上的enter键,也就是“回车键、确定键”。点击enter,就会登录、进入下一个界面,所以enter作动词,可以表示“登录、输入”这类意思。比如说:You have to enter a password to use the computer.(你必须输入密码才能使用这台电脑。)password是个合成词,字面意思是“通过的词、通过的口令”,也就是“密码”。
不过enter作动词,基本意思是“进入”,“登录”只是它的延伸含义而已。比如说:Knock before you enter.(进来前先敲门。)
destination [ˌdestɪˈneɪʃn] n. 目的地;终点
这个词的前缀de-表示“向下”;中间的stin从读音上和stand(站)有关;后面是一个复合名词后缀-ation。所谓的“复合后缀”,简单来说,就是两个后缀合成了一个后缀。ation是动词后缀-ate和名词后缀-ion合成,因为-ate尾字母e不发音,所以去掉之后就变成了-ation。destination的字面意思,是“下一个落脚点”,作名词表示“目的地、终点”。比如说:We will arrive at our destination in two hours.(我们两小时之内就会到达目的地。)
premier [ˈpremiə(r); prɪˈmɪr] adj. 首要的;第一的 n.(尤用于新闻报道)总理,首相
这个词前面的pre-表示“在前面”,比如preschool,作形容词表示“入学前的”,作名词可以代表“幼儿园”,相当于kindergarten。premier中间的-m在这fanyi是形容词最高级后缀,我们后期在很多单词里也会见到;premier的最后是形容词后缀-ier。premier这个词,字面意思是“排在最前面的”,作形容词表示“首要的、第一的”。比如说:He's one of the country’s premier scientists.(他是该国最重要的科学家之一。)
另外,在新闻英语里,premier经常作为名词出现,表示“总理、首相”。所谓的“首相”,就是“首席宰相”的简称。
type [taɪp] n. 类型,品种 v. 打字
这个词的字面意思很抽象,是“用打击的方式留下印象”,类似于在一块白纸上用按压的方式留下印迹。type作名词,表示“类型、品种”,其实就是“不同的印记、形象”。比如说:What type of clothes do you like?(你喜欢什么类型的衣服?)或者如果你看到一件衣服不适合你,你就可以说:This is not my type.(这不是我的类型。)
type作动词,表示“打字”,指的就是用早期的打字机在纸上“留下印记、符号”。比如说:He can type very quickly.(他打字很快。)
cheap [tʃiːp] adj. 便宜的;小气的
cheap作形容词,表示“便宜的”。比如说:Food is very cheap here.(这里的食物很便宜。)
cheap作形容词,还可以表示“小气的、吝啬的”,其实就是“不想多花钱的”。比如说:Don’t be so cheap!(别这么小气!)
seatbelt [ˈsiːtbelt] n. 座椅安全带
这又是一个合成词,由seat(座位)和belt(皮带)组成,专门指代交通工具上的“安全带”。“系好某人的安全带”,英语就叫做put on one’ seatbelt或者fasten one’s seatbelt。
/eɪ/ 从 /e/ 滑向 /ɪ/。 口播:先发/e/,再发/ɪ/,从/e/滑向/ɪ/,连起来/eɪ/。对了,其实就是字母A的发音/eɪ/。你来张嘴说一下:/eɪ/
/aɪ/ 从/a/滑向/ɪ/。 口播:先发/a/,再发/ɪ/,从/a/滑向/ɪ/,连起来/aɪ/。对了,其实就是字母I的发音/aɪ/。你来张嘴说一下:/aɪ/。
/ɔɪ/ 从/ɔ/滑向/ɪ/。 口播:先发/ɔ/,再发/ɪ/,从/ɔ/滑向/ɪ/,连起来/ɔɪ/。你来张嘴说一下:/ɔɪ/。
/eɪ/ table, wait, great, rain, plane
/aɪ/ like, dry, high, night, buy
/ɔɪ/ boy, toy, enjoy, voice, point
bay vs. buy vs. boy
hey vs. hi vs. hoy
face to face(面对面)
/feɪs/ /tuː/ /feɪs/
bright smile(灿烂的微笑)
/braɪt/ /smaɪl/
spoil the boy(惯坏那个男孩儿)
/spɔɪl/ /ðə/ /bɔɪ/
1. I want to play the same game.(我想玩一样的游戏。)
2. My flight will arrive at five past nine tonight.(我的航班将在今晚9:05到达。)
3. He has a noisy voice.(他的声音很吵。)
1. No pain, no gain.(不劳无获。)
2. Great minds think alike.(英雄所见略同。)
3. Every coin has two sides.(凡事皆有两面性。)
1. I fasten my seatbelt and turn on the engine.(我系上安全带,启动了车。)
这句话的难点,其实就是两个单词。一个是:
fasten [ˈfɑːsn; ˈfæsn] v. 系牢;扣紧;扎好
我们之前讲过,fast这个词,最早的意思是“稳固的、牢固的”。fasten这个词,由fast和动词后缀-en组成,作动词的字面意思是“使牢固”。结合汉语的不同语境,可以翻译成“扣紧、系牢、扎好”等等好多意思。比如说:Fasten your seatbelts, please.(请系好安全带。)或者说:The dress fastens at the back.(这件连衣裙是在后背系扣的。)再比如说:The window wouldn't fasten.(这扇窗子关不严。)
另一个是:
engine [ˈendʒɪn] n. 发动机;引擎
engine是个音译词,汉语翻译成“引擎”,是“发动机”的核心部分,也是“发动机”的别名。“启动引擎”,你也可以简单地说start the engine。一般汽车的一键启动按钮上写的也是ENGINE START/STOP(点火/熄火)。
另外,engine这个词如果加上一个表示人的后缀-er,就变成了:
engineer [ˌendʒɪˈnɪə(r)] n. 工程师
这个词最早指的是“战争引擎的制造人”,后来泛指一切“工程师”,或者“工程(或机械)的设计人员”。比如说:He’s a software engineer.(他是一名软件工程师。)
2. It’s my first time driving to work.(这是我第一次开车去上班。)
这里有个句型,叫做:It’s my first time doing sth.,表示“这是我第一次做某事”。比如说:It’s my first time driving alone.(这是我第一次独自开车。)你也来说一句吧:这是我第一次去美国。(It’s my first time going to America.)
你也可以说:It’s my first time to drive to work. 或者说:It’s my first time to go to America. 在这类表达里,无论是doing,还是to do,意思也都是一样的。为什么呢?因为其实这个句型里的It(它),指的就是后面的doing sth.或者to do sth.这件事,只不过因为这件事的表述有点长,作主语有点麻烦,所以就用It来代替真正的主语,起到让大家更快听懂的目的。换句话说,这个句型里的It只是形式上的主语,所以也叫做“形式主语”。这个时候,你想想汉语的:这是我第一次……。其实这个句型里的“这”,指的也是后面那件事,和英语的表达习惯还是很类似的。
3. I reverse my car and drive away.(我倒车,然后开走了。)
reverse作动词,可以表示“倒车”。在现实生活里,大多数自动挡的私家车,有四个常见的档位,分别是:P档,R档,N档和D档。他们分别对应的单词是:Park(停车),Reverse(倒车),Neutral(空档),以及Drive(开车、前进)。另外,drive away就是“开车离开、开走”的意思。
4. It feels so good to drive.(开车感觉真棒。)
今天我们要学的第二个句型叫做:It feels so good to…(做……感觉真好。)比如说:It feels so good to be back.(回来的感觉真好。)你也来说一句:说英语的感觉真好。(It feels so good to speak English.)
5. I always let the pedestrians pass first.(我总是让行人先过。)
这里有个结构,叫做:let sb. do sth.,表示“让某人做某事”。比如说:Let me help you.(让我来帮你吧。)你也来造个句子:让我看看。(Let me see.)
另外,这里有两个副词,一个是always,表示“总是”,是个表示频率的副词;另一个是first(首先),是个表示顺序的副词。
6. I consider myself a polite driver.(我觉得我是个有素养的司机。)
这里有个结构,叫做:consider sb./sth. + n.,表示“认为某人/某物是什么”。比如说:We all consider this a good chance.(我们都认为这是一个好机会。)你也来说一句:我一直都觉得自己是一个幸运的人。(I always consider myself a lucky person.)
7. It’s important to obey the traffic rules.(遵守交通规则很重要。)
obey the rules,表示“遵守规则”。这里的obey the traffic rules,专指“遵守交通规则”。
8. No need to rush. Safety first.(不用着急。安全第一。)
今天我们要学的第三个句型,叫做:No need to…(没必要……。)比如说:No need to thank me. It’s my pleasure.(不必谢我,我乐意效劳。)该你了:不必担心。我能搞定。(No need to worry. I can do it.)
另外,Safety first表示“安全第一”。你也可以把这里的safety替换成任何一个你想突出的词,比如说:Lady first.(女士优先。)Money first.(金钱第一。)You first.(你先来。)等等。
9. I always keep a safe driving distance.(我总是保持安全驾驶距离。)
keep a distance,表示“保持一定的距离”,中间可以加上各类形容词,表示距离的类型。这里的safe driving distance,就是“安全驾驶距离”。再比如说:keep a certain distance(保持一个适当的距离)。下面该你了:保持一个舒适的距离(keep a comfortable distance)。
10. It helps to avoid tailgating.(这样有助于防止追尾。)
help作动词,除了可以表示“帮助”,也可以表示“起作用、改善、促进”。这里的It helps,意思是“有帮助、有改善”。后面的to avoid tailgating作为目的状语,表示“这么做对防止追尾有帮助”。
另外,avoid作动词,表示“避免、防止”,后面可以直接接名词,表示防止的对象。比如说:I should leave early to avoid the rush hour.(我应该早一点动身,这样可以避开交通高峰期。)avoid后面也可以接动名词词组doing sth.,表示“防止做某事”。比如说:You must avoid going out alone at night.(你晚上必须避免独自出门。)你也来造个句子:夏天你应该避免穿黑色衣服。(You should avoid wearing black in summer.)
11. I park my car and lock it.(我停车,锁车。)
park作名词,表示“公园”,指的是“围起来的一个地方”。park作动词,可以表示“把车停到一个特定的围起来的、划出来的地方”。现在park作动词,可以泛指“停车”。比如说:You can't park here.(这里不准停车。)该你了:我能把我的车停在这里吗?(Can I park my car here?)
12. I’m ready to work.(我要去工作了。)
今天的最后一个句型,叫做:I’m ready to…(我准备好……了。)比如说:我可以出发了。(I’m ready to go.)该你了:我准备好吃晚饭了。(I’m ready to have dinner.)
以上就是这节课里的所有语言点,希望你及时做好复习,每天进步一点点。
1. reverse [rɪˈvɜː(r)s] v. 倒车 vt.(使)反向;(使)倒转;反转
前缀re-表示“回来、再一次”,字母r的发音,本身就要舌头“往回卷”;中间的-vers-表示“转”,而且-vers-在美式发音里舌头也是往回“卷、转”的。reverse最后是一个不发音的尾字母-e。reverse这个词,字面意思是“转回来”,作动词表示“倒转”。生活里,reverse这个词最常出现的地方有两个,一是倒车的时候,档把上写着的大写字母R,就是reverse的首字母。二是描述各种“逆转、反转”的时候,好比某种形势、某个剧情等等。比如说:I hope our new boss can reverse everything in our company.(我希望我们的新老板能够扭转公司的一切。)
另外,英语里的很多单词,之所以在后面加一个不发音的尾字母e,有几个原因,其中一个就是为了避免让别人认为这个单词是个名词复数。比如reverse如果不加e,写成了revers,别人就可能会误以为有个名词叫rever,复数是revers。
2. pedestrian [pəˈdestriən] n. 行人;步行者
这个词前面的-ped-是foot(脚)的意思;pedester表示“用脚走”,也就是“步行”,只不过在这个词里省略了字母e; pedestrian最后是一个表示人的后缀-ian。pedestrian作名词,表示“步行的人”,也就是“行人”。
3. consider [kənˈsɪdə(r)] v. 仔细考虑,斟酌;认为;把……当作……
这个词的前缀con-和com-是一个意思,往往表示“到一起、共同”;后面的sider从读音上和star(星星)有关。consider这个词,字面意思是“把星星放在一起观察、观察星群”,属于占星术,是古罗马人通过星群推测吉凶的一种方法。后来,consider作动词变成了“仔细考虑”的意思。比如说:We’re considering selling the house.(我们正在考虑卖掉房子这件事。)或者说:You should consider other people before you act.(你在行动之前应当考虑到别人。)
consider由“仔细考虑”,又延伸出“认为”的意思,也就是“把……考虑成……、把……当作……”。比如说:I consider him my friend.(我把他当作我的朋友。)
4. rule [ruːl] n. 规则;法则;规章;条例 v. 统治;治理
rule这个词,作名词表示“规则”。生活里在各个地方,都要遵守特定的规则,英语就都可以说成obey the rules。
rule还可以作动词,表示“统治、治理”,其实就是“让人遵守规则”。比如说:Eighty million years ago, dinosaurs ruled the earth.(八千万年前,地球是恐龙的天下。)
rule这个词加上一个表示人或物的名词后缀-er,就是ruler,只不过两个字母e见面,就省掉了一个。ruler作名词,可以表示“统治者”,也可以表示“尺子”,但内在的关联都是“定规范的人或物”。
5. rush [rʌʃ] v.(使)急速行进;(使)赶紧;(使)仓促行事; n. 匆忙,赶紧;冲,奔
rush作动词,表示“急匆匆地走、匆匆地做”。比如说:You need to rush, or you’ll be late.(你得快点儿,要么你就迟到了。)或者说:I don’t have much time. I have to rush.(我没多少时间了。我得赶紧。)
rush作动词,也可以表示“催促别人”。比如说:Don’t rush me.(别催我。)
rush也可以作名词,表示“匆忙、赶紧”。我们之前学过一个词,叫做hurry,是rush的同义词。in a rush,或者in a hurry,都是“处于匆忙之中、着急”的意思。不过一般上下班的“高峰期”,英语叫做rush hour,不叫hurry hour,这一点你要记住。
6. distance [ˈdɪstəns] n. 距离
前缀dis-表示“相反”,比如like是“喜欢”,dislike是“喜欢的反面”,也就是“不喜欢”。distance后面的stance从读音上和stand(站立)有关。distance的字面意思,是“站在相反的地方”,作名词表示“距离”。比如说:Distance is no problem on the Internet.(在互联网上距离已不成为问题。)
7. tailgating [ˈteɪlɡeɪtɪŋ] n. 追尾
这个词来自:
tailgate [ˈteɪlɡeɪt] n. 车辆的后挡板;尾门,后车盖 v. 紧随前车行驶
tailgate是个合成词,tail是名词“尾巴”,gate是名词“门”。tailgate在生活里专门指的是汽车尾部的“后挡板、尾门”,作动词的时候,表示“紧随前车行驶”,是个美式英语的单词。tailgating是个动名词,在英语里指的是“后车撞上了前车尾部”,汉语翻译成“追尾”,这个时候你再看看tailgating这个词,是不是就很好记了?
/əʊ/ 从 /ə/ 滑向 /ʊ/。 口播:先发/ə/,再发/ʊ/,从/ə/滑向/ʊ/,连起来/əʊ/。对了,其实就是字母O的发音/əʊ/。你来张嘴说一下:/əʊ/。
/aʊ/ 从/a/滑向/ʊ/。 口播:先发/a/,再发/ʊ/,从/a/滑向/ʊ/,连起来/aʊ/。你来张嘴说一下:/aʊ/。
/əʊ/ no, home, show, boat, toe
/aʊ/ how, now, wow, mouth, loud
no vs. now
show vs. shower
go home(回家) /ɡəʊ/ /həʊm/
loud sound(声音大) /laʊd/ /saʊnd/
1. I hope you don't mind my smoking.(我希望你不介意我抽烟。)
2. The power will be out for about an hour.(停电大约一个小时。)
1. All roads lead to Rome.(条条大路通罗马。)
2. Out of sight, out of mind.(眼不见,心不烦。)
Lesson 1: It’s time to get up.(起床)
Lesson 3: I get an apple from the fridge.(拿)
Lesson 5: Riding a bike is a good way to get some exercise.(得到一些锻炼)
Lesson 5: I put on my helmet and get on my bike.【上(车)】
Lesson 6: I get on the bus and pay with my phone.【上(车)】
Lesson 6: Excuse me! Can I get by?(通过)
Lesson 6: I get off the bus and jump on the company shuttle.【下(车)】
Lesson 7: I hope I can get a ride in time.(搭车)
Lesson 7: I open the backdoor and get into the car.(进入)
知识补充:
关于get的各类用法,我们在前两个单元里已经见得非常多了,这里我们就不再延伸讲解了。
get [ɡet] vt. 得到 vi. 到达;达到;处于
如果你去查字典,会发现get在汉语里对应的翻译特别多。但是,get的基本意思可以简单概括成两个,一个是“具体得到”,一个是“抽象达到”。
①具体得到:
I’ll get a pen and paper.(我去拿笔和纸。)
Can you get a drink for me?(你能为我拿一杯喝的吗?)
②抽象达到(某地或某种状态):
I will get home in 10 minutes.(我十分钟之内会到家。)
I will get sick if I drink cold water.(如果喝凉水,我会生病。)
在日常生活里,结合不同的语境,get还有更多用法,而且汉语翻译也会根据语境的变化而变化,你平时一定要多注意理解记忆,不要死记硬背。
Lesson 1: I make my bed.(整理我的床铺)
Lesson 3: I make breakfast.(做早饭)
知识补充:
这一单元的场景里出现的make两个用法,都是make+n.。下面我们来具体看一下make都可以怎么用:
1. make+名词
make+不同的名词,可以表示“制作”或者“加工”不同的东西,但是汉语怎么翻译,还要结合不同语境里汉语的使用习惯。比如:make movies(拍电影),make milk(挤牛奶),make clothes(做衣服)等等。
另外,在口语当中,无论做什么事情,我们在鼓励别人的时候,都可以说:You can make it.(你可以做到。)而如果你做到了一件事,你就可以说:I made it.(我做到了。)
当然,除了目前课文里提到的用法,make还有很多非常灵活的用法:
2. make sb./sth.+形容词(导致某人/某物怎么样)
make作动词,也可以表示“造成、导致”,后面可以加人或物,再跟一个形容词,表示“导致某人/某物怎么样”。比如说:This movie makes me cry.(这部电影让我看哭了。)或者说:Mr. Young makes learning English very easy.(杨亮老师让学英语这件事变得非常简单。)你也来造个句子吧:学英语能让我开心。(Learning English can make me happy.)
3. make sb. do sth.(强迫某人做某事)
因为make的意思是“制作”,表示按照自己的意愿去做事,所以如果你说make sb. do sth.,指的就是“按照自己的意愿让别人去做某事”,即使别人可能不开心,但也没有选择权。这个时候,make sb. do sth.,就有了“强迫某人做某事”的意味。比如说:I don’t want to do it. You made me do it.(我不想这么做。是你逼我这么做的。)你也来说一句吧:你不能逼他这么做。(You can’t make him do this.)
Lesson 2: I go to the bathroom.(去)
Lesson 2: I should go freshen up.(去梳洗一下)
Lesson 4: I go through my closet.(翻遍、仔细检查)
Lesson 4: I decide to go with a T-shirt and jeans.(伴随,与……相配)
Lesson 4: I open the door and go out.(出门)
知识补充:
我们把刚才课文里出现的go所有的用法总结一下,就是以下两点:
1. go+介词+名词:
go的基本意思是“走、去”,后面一般会加介词to,然后再说具体要去的地方。比如说:go to Paris(去巴黎),go to work(去上班)等等。
go后面也可以接各种其它介词,再跟名词,形成不同的搭配,这时候go的意思还是“走、去”。比如说:go down the road(沿着这条路走下去),go through the woods(穿过那片森林),go into the house(走到那座房子里)等等。你平时要多积累。
2. go do sth.(去做某事):
在口语里,go后面也可以直接加动词,表示想去做什么。比如:If you hate this job so much, go get another one!(如果你这么讨厌这份工作,去找另一份啊!) 你也来说一句吧:让我们去吃点东西吧。(Let’s go get some food.)
当然,除了目前课文里提到的用法,go还有很多非常灵活的用法:
3. go doing(去做某事):
go后面也可以直接加动名词,表示想去做的事情。比如说:go shopping(去购物),go swimming(去游泳),go fishing(去钓鱼)等等。
4. go+形容词:
go后面也可以加形容词,这个时候go的意思就不是“走、去”了,而是“走向……,变成……”。比如说:— If anything goes wrong, call me. — Relax. Nothing will go wrong.(——如果任何地方出错,就给我打电话。——放松。哪儿都不会错的。)或者说:Fruits go bad easily in summer.(夏天水果容易变坏。)你也来说一句吧:我爸爸的头发正在变灰白。(My father’s hair is going grey.)
5. go作动词的其它意思:
另外,在日常生活里,结合不同的语境,go也可以表示“机器运行、时间流逝、某件事情的进展”等等很多意思。我们来看一些例子:
(1)My watch won’t go. Maybe it’s dead.(我的手表不走了。可能坏了。)(运行)
(2)Time goes fast.(时间过得很快。)(流逝)
(3)How’s everything going?(一切进展还顺利吗?/一切还好吗?)(进展)
go作为百搭动词,在现实生活里用法非常鲜活,你平时一定要多运用、多积累。
Lesson 2: I don’t have much time.(有太多时间)
知识补充:
课文里的这句话,使用的是:
1. have+名词:
have作动词,基本意思是“有、拥有”,后面可以接各种具体或抽象的名词。比如说:They have a beautiful home.(他们有一个漂亮的家。)或者说:I have an idea.(我有一个主意。)
have作动词,也可以表示“吃、喝”。比如说:What do you want to have for lunch?(午饭你想吃什么?)你也来说一句吧:我能喝一杯茶吗?(Can I have a cup of tea?)
have作动词,还可以表示“做”,后面接各种事情。同时翻译的时候,要结合语境和汉语的表达特点,变成合适的汉语动词。我们来举几个例子:
(1)have a shower(洗一个澡)(相当于take a shower)
(2)have a walk(散步)(相当于take a walk)
(3)have a look(看一看)
(4)have a rest(休息一下)(相当于take a rest)
(5)Have a good time!(玩得开心!)
(6)Have a nice day!(过得愉快!)
在日常生活里,have还有两类常见的用法:
2. have sth./sb.+形容词(让某物/某人怎么样)
have后面也可以接sth.或者sb.,同时跟一个形容词,表示“让某事或某人有某种状态、让某物/某人怎么样”。比如说:I want to have my hair cut. 这句话的字面意思是:我想让我的头发处于被剪的状态。其实就是说:我想理发。你也来说一句吧:你必须在八点前把一切准备好。(You must have everything ready before 8 o’clock.)
3. have to(不得不)
因为have的基本意思是“有”,在日常生活里,我们经常用have to do sth.来表示我们“拥有职责或义务去做某事”,也就是“不得不做某事”。比如说:I have to leave now.(我现在得离开了。)你也来说一句:你不得不努力工作。(You have to work hard.)
Lesson 2: I take a shower.(洗淋浴)
Lesson 4: I take my laptop.(拿)
Lesson 5: It takes me another thirty minutes to get to the office.(花费)
Lesson 7: I'd better take a taxi.(打车)
知识补充:
关于take的各类用法,我们在前两个单元里已经见得非常多了,这里我们就不再延伸讲解。
take [teɪk] vt. 拿;接受;接纳;认为;把……看作;带(某人去某地);带领,引领;搭乘(交通工具);需要;花费(时间);服用
和上节课我们学的get一样,take的用法也非常多,尤其是翻译成汉语的时候,汉语里不同场景的措辞更是五花八门。但在英语里,take的核心意思只有一个,那就是“伸手抓住、拿住”。这个时候,我们直接用英语一些句子去体会一下take的用法吧:
(1)Take your bag with you.【拿上/带上你的包(和你一起)。】(拿)
(2)I can’t take it anymore.(我再也受不了了。)(接受)
(3)You can take him as my brother.(你可以把他看作我的兄弟。)【把……看作(拿到、摆到……位置)】
(4)We will take the kids to the zoo on Sunday.(周日我们会带孩子们去动物园。)【带(某人去某地)(“拿着走”)】
(5)Let me take you to your room.(让我带你去你的房间吧。)【带来,引领】
(6)I always take the train to Beijing.(我经常乘火车去北京。)【凭借(拿……作为工具)】
(7)It will take me one hour to go home.(我回家需要一个小时。)【需要、花费(拿出时间)】
(8)Take this pill three times a day.(这种药每天吃三次。)【服用(拿到嘴里)】
在日常生活里,结合不同的语境,take还有更多用法,而且汉语翻译也会根据语境的变化而变化,你平时一定要多注意理解记忆,不要死记硬背。
Lesson 7: I come out of my apartment.(从……出来)
知识补充:
come的基本意思是“来”,指的是朝一个地方或一个人走来。生活里最常见的一些表达有:
(1)Come in!(进来!)
(2)Come here!(过来!)
(3)Come back!(回来!)
(4)Where do you come from?(你来自哪里?)
(5)come home(回家)
当然,come在日常生活里的用法非常灵活,你平时要多留心积累。
come [kʌm] vi. 来到;抵达;来,过来
come作动词,表示“过来、来到”。比如说:Come here.(过来这里。)come也可以表示“来到……”。后面可以接具体的某个地点,也可以接抽象的某个阶段。比如说:I’m waiting for you to come.(我正在等你来。)或者说:Lost days will never come again. 字面意思是:失去的日子再也不会来了。也就是:光阴一去不复返。
Lesson 7: I forget to bring an umbrella.(带)
知识补充:
课文里这句话,用到的是:
1. bring sth.(带来某物)
bring在生活里的各类用法比较类似,都是“带来”或者“把……带到……”的意思,后面可以接具体或者抽象的名词。比如说:Don’t forget to bring this book back tomorrow.(别忘了明天把这本书带回来。)或者说:He can bring happiness to you. (他能给你带来幸福。)该你了:我想带我的吉他去学校。(I want to bring my guitar to school.)
另外,作为“带”来讲,bring和take这两个词的区别你要区分好:take指的是“带走”,比如说:You can’t take my book with you.(你不能把我的书带走。)但是bring指的是“带来”,比如说:Don't forget to bring my book with you.(别忘了把我的书带来。)
生活里,bring还有一个很实用的用法,叫做:
2. bring sb. sth./bring sth. to sb.(给某人带来某物)
比如说:You can bring her some flowers./You can bring some flowers to her.(你可以给她带点花。)你也来说一句吧:我想给你带点苹果。(I want to bring you some apples./I want to bring some apples to you.)
Lesson 7: I must do what he says to keep safe.(做)
Lesson 2: I don't have much time.(do not,表示否定)
Lesson 4: Do I look good?(助动词,构成一般疑问句)
知识补充:
1. do作为动词:
do是个不折不扣的万能动词,基本意思是“做”。结合不同的语境,do在汉语里可以翻译成“做、进展、处理、从事……工作”等等很多意思。我们来看一些例子感受一下do的用法:
(1)What can I do for you?(我能为你做点什么?)(做)
(2)How are you doing?(你一切进展怎么样吗?=你还好吗?)(做→进展、开展)
(3)You can take a rest and let me do the talking.(你可以休息一下,让我来处理这次谈话。/我来说吧。)(做→处理、负责)
(4)do the dishes=wash the dishes(洗碗)(做→洗)
(5)She did a lot of acting when she was at college.(她在大学时演过很多戏。)(做→演)
生活里和do常见的一些搭配还有:
(1)do homework(做家庭作业)
(2)do housework(做家务;干家务活)
(3)do some exercises(做运动)(相当于get some exercises)
等等。关于do更多的用法,你接下来要在生活里多留意、多积累。
do的反义词,叫undo,字面意思是“不做”,生活里往往表示“打开、解开、拆开”,或者“取消、废除”这类意思。比如说:undo a button(解开一枚扣子),undo a zip(拉开一个拉链),undo a shirt(解开衬衫);或者说:You can undo the changes on the computer if you like.(如果你喜欢的话,可以取消电脑里的这些更改。)
2. do作为助动词:
do除了可以作动词,也可以作助动词。在陈述句里,助动词放在动词前面,可以帮助动词加强语气。比如说:I do like this English class.(我确实很喜欢这堂英语课。)在疑问句里,助动词放在句首,可以起到发起疑问的作用,不过这里的助动词do,汉语不翻译。比如说:Do you need any help?(你需要任何帮助吗?)或者说:What do you want to do?(你想要做什么?)注意,这里的第一个do是个助动词,第二个是动词“做”,虽然长相一样,但是作用不一样。再比如说:What do you do for a living?这句话的字面意思是:为了谋生(for a living),你做什么?(What do you do?)其实就是在问:你是做什么工作(谋生)的?
Do I look good? 我看起来怎么样?这里有个很好的句型,叫做:Do I…?(我……?)do在英语里叫做“助动词”,也就是“辅助动词的词”。比如说:I like English.(我喜欢英语。)你也可以说:I do like English. 这个时候,助动词do就在辅助动词like,让动词的语气更强烈,所以这句话我们就可以翻译成:我确实喜欢英语。不过一般的陈述句里我们不会用助动词。
但像今天原文里的这种一般疑问句,要有助动词,并且助动词要提前,用这种形式的变化,来告诉对方,你是在提出问题。比如说:I like English.(我喜欢英语。)如果别人问你:你喜欢英语吗?就可以问:Do you like English?
So, who am I?(那么,我是谁呢?)
so的本意是in this way(这样、如此),在句首出现,一般用来就之前的事情引出提问,汉语翻译成“那么”
Who am I?(我是谁?)你要注意这种疑问句在英语里的表达语序。汉语里的“我是谁”和英语里的Who am I(谁是我),表达语序正好相反。换句话说,汉语是先突出“询问的对象”,而英语是先突出“询问的角度”。比如说:他在哪儿?(Where is he?)汉语先突出“他”,而英语是先突出Where(在哪儿)。你也来说几句吧:
这是什么?(What is this?)
你怎么样?(How are you?)
我们几点到那儿?(When will we arrive there?)
My name is Young.(我的名字叫Young。)
I’m 27 years old. 我今年27岁。
这两句话里,你要注意到两个不同的系动词。一个是is,一个是am(这里是缩写形式’m)。英语作为“以形表意”的语言,系动词am是第一人称单数的标志,也就是I am。is是第三人称单数标志,比如He is…; She is…; This is…等等。你来造两个句子吧:
我是一名上班族。(I am an office worker.)
那是我的办公室。(That is my office.)
I work for an international company.(我在一家国际公司上班。)
I work for…(我为……工作、效劳。)比如说:
I work for a big company.(我在一个大公司工作。)
我为我自己工作。(I work for myself.)
I am a project manager.(我是一名项目经理。)
project manager,字面意思是“项目的管理人”,汉语翻译成“项目经理”,简称PM
In other words, I'm responsible for everything in my project.(换句话说,我对我项目里的所有事情负责。)
In other words表示“换句话说”
I’m responsible for…(我对……负责。)
I'm responsible for everything I do
I'm responsible for what I say
My company is located in suburban Beijing.(我的公司位于北京郊区。)
be located in,表示“位于……、坐落于……”。比如说:
Germany is located in the heart of Europe
My new home is located in the north of the city.
It’s a 40-minute drive from my downtown apartment.(离我市中心的公寓是40分钟车程。)
这里的It,指的是“从我家到公司这段路”
英语里会把两个或更多的单词用连字符连起来,构成一个合成词,这里的40-minute就是一个合成形容词,表示“40分钟的”。你要和40 minutes(40分钟)这种名词短语区分开来。a 40-minute drive,就是“一段40分钟的车程”
from my downtown apartment介词短语作地点状语,具体说明这段车程的起点。终点是哪里呢?当然是公司。所以,如果把这句话说完整,也就是:It’s a 40-minute drive from my downtown apartment to my company. 也就是from…to…(从……到……)的表达结构。你也来说一句吧:
从我家到火车站是30分钟车程
The offices are bright and airy.(办公室又明亮又通风。)
这里的offices是复数,代表公司里的“很多办公室”,所以后面的be动词用了复数形式are。另外,在英语里,第二人称you后面也用are,而且you这个词,既可以代表“你”,也可以代表“你们”,后面都用are。比如说:
You are my best friend
You are all very clever
另外,airy这个词,是air(名词“空气”)加一个形容词后缀-y组成,字面意思是“空气的”,生活里指的是“有新鲜空气的、空气流通的、通风的”
The working environment is second to none.(工作环境首屈一指。)
这里有…is second to none.(……是首屈一指的。)second是“第二”的意思;none是“没有一个”。second to none,字面意思是“第二vs.没有”,也就是说“如果这是第二,那么就没有第一了”,也就是汉语里所说的“首屈一指、举世无双”。比如说:
His English is second to none in the class
This restaurant is second to none in the city
My colleagues are highly driven people.(我的同事们都非常上进。)
driven是drive(动词“开车、驱动”)的被动语态,作形容词表示“被驱动的、受到驱动的”。这里的highly driven,指的是“受到高度驱动的、有高度的上进心的”
They are prepared to go above and beyond.(他们做好了出类拔萃的准备。)
They are prepared to…(他们做好了……的准备。):
I’m prepared to learn English well
They are prepared to finish this work in three days
叫做go above and beyond,字面意思是“向上走并且超越”,也就是汉语里说的“超越标准线、技高一筹、出类拔萃”。比如说:
You need to go above and beyond if you want to win
They always go above and beyond in their work
That’s why I love working here.(这就是为什么我喜欢在这儿工作。)
That's why…(这就是为什么……。)这个句型经常用来解释一件事情发生的原因。比如说:
Many people want to change their looks. That's why we have plastic surgery 整形手术
I don’t feel well. That’s why I’m late for work
We are a great team.(我们是一个很棒的团队。)
so [səʊ] adv. 如此,这样;很,非常 conj. 如此,这样;这么说;原来是,这就是;所以
so这个词,作副词的时候表示程度,汉语翻译成“如此、这么”,或者“太、非常”。比如说:
The house is so beautiful
Don’t be so stupid!
so作为“如此”来讲,还可以直接代替先前提到的信息,避免重复。比如说:
— Will it rain tomorrow? — I hope so. It's too hot
— Do you think he can do this? — I think so
因为so的意思是“如此”,所以so也可以作连词,连接前后的因果关系,字面意思是“如此一来”,汉语翻译成“所以”。比如说:
My knee started hurting, so I stopped running.
在日常口语里,so也经常放在句首,一般用来就之前的事情引出提问,汉语翻译成“那么”。比如说:
So, what should we do now?
So, who do you think will win this game?
international [ˌɪntə(r)ˈnæʃnəl] adj. 国际的
这个词前面的inter-是in(在里面)的意思,做前缀表示“进入、相互”,所谓的“相互”,就是“进入了彼此的范围”。我们熟悉的Internet(互联网),也叫“英特网”,字面意思就是“相互关联的网”。international中间的nation是名词“民族、国家”;最后是一个形容词后缀-al。international这个词,字面意思是“国家与国家之间的、相互的”,也就是“国际的”。注意,汉语的“际”字,就是“交界处、彼此之间”的意思。“北京首都国际机场”,英语就叫做Beijing Capital International Airport
project [ˈprɒdʒekt; ˈprɑːdʒekt] n. 项目;方案;规划
这个词的前缀pro-表示“向前”;后面的-ject-表示“投掷、扔、射”。我们平时生病了,如果需要打针,“打针”的英语叫做injection,字面意思就是“注射到体内”。project这个词,字面意思是“投到前面、抛到前面”,指的是“摆到前面给人看的项目方案或者规划”。比如说:
This project will cost a lot of money.(这个项目会花很多钱。)
另外,如果在project后面加上一个表示物的名词后缀-or,就变成了projector。这个词的字面意思是“向前投射的东西”,作名词表示“投影仪”。
manager [ˈmænɪdʒə(r)] n. 经理
manage [ˈmænɪdʒ] v. 管理;经营;处理;设法做
这个词前面的-man-表示“手”,英语里有个词叫做manual,字面意思是“手的”,作形容词表示“手工的”。另外manual也可以作名词,表示“说明书、手册”,也是个生活里很常见的用法
另外,-man-在这里是一个词根。所谓的“词根”,就是“单词的根本”,词根构成了一个单词的基本意义。不过需要注意的是,词根的长相和单词不一定有关系,比如英语里man作单词来讲是“人”的意思,但-man-作词根表示“手”
manage后面是一个后缀-age,但是这个后缀-age和“年龄”那个单词age无关,你要区分开。manage这个词的字面意思是“用手去处理、掌控”,作动词表示“管理、处理、设法做”等意思。比如说:
He’s very good at managing people
I don’t have much time, but I’ll manage to finish on time
再来说个有趣的事。在英语里,-man-作词根表示“手”,而反过来,hand(手)这个单词,在很多时候也可以表示“人”。比如说:
We need more hands.
这句话的字面意思是“我们需要更多手”,其实就是“我们需要更多人手”的意思。这个时候你还会发现,汉语里的“人手”两个字,指的也都是“人”。英语里有句成语,叫做:
Many hands make light work.
这句话的字面意思是:很多双手造成了轻松的工作。其实就是汉语里对应的“众人拾柴火焰高”
manager作名词,指的是“管理的人、管理者、经理”,只不过表示人的后缀-er和manage的尾字母e重叠,所以就省略了一个字母e。这种类似的省略现象在英语构词里非常常见,我们以后遇到类似的情况,就不重复讲了
suburban [səˈbɜː(r)bən] adj. 郊区的,城郊的
这个词前面的sub-表示“在下面、在旁边”,也就是“隶属于主要部分的”,比如说subway,字面意思是“在下面的路”,指的是“地铁”。之前有同学问我:老师,“在下面的路”为什么不是“地狱”的意思?控制一下你野马一样的思路。记住:一个英语单词的意思,除了要看字面,还要结合造词背景赋予这个单词的使用语境,单纯靠构词法推测单词的字面意思并不靠谱。换句话说:构词法的作用不是让你根据一个单词的写法推测出它的意思,而是让你通过写法更好地理解这个词为什么是某个意思。
我们接着来看suburban(郊区的)这个单词,如果去掉sub-,后面的urban就是形容词“城区的”。也就是说,suburban这个词的字面意思,就是“城区边上的”。比如说:
He grew up in the urban environment but now he works in a suburban company
downtown [ˌdaʊnˈtaʊn] adj. 市中心的 adv. 在市中心 n. 市中心
这是个合成词,字面意思是“城镇下方”。在地图上,up和down分别对应的是北和南。在19世纪30年代,美国纽约的城区主要集中在曼哈顿岛南部。后来,downtown(城区南部)在英语里就成了“市中心”的意思。比如说:
downtown Los Angeles(洛杉矶市中心)
I work downtown, but I live in the suburbs.(我在城里上班,但住在郊区一带。)这里的suburb,就是suburban(形容词“郊区的”)这个词的名词形式
environment [ɪnˈvaɪrənmənt] n. 环境
这个词的前缀en-和in-一样,都表示“在里面”;中间的-viron-是“转、卷”的意思,你读这个字母组合的时候舌头也会卷起来;最后是一个名词后缀-ment。environment的字面意思,是“围绕中心点转一圈、周围”,作名词专指的是我们周围的“环境”。注意,周围的“周”字,环境的“环”字,本身也都是“圈”的意思。
另外,像这种生活高频单词,或者在句型里出现的,如果你觉得目前阶段拆解难度比较大的单词,其实对于你来说可能没有拆解的必要,因为反而会让你背单词的步骤变复杂。所以背单词最好的方法还是在生活里多运用,其它方法只是辅助你更好地理解记忆而已
colleague [ˈkɒliːɡ; ˈkɑːliːɡ] n. 同事;同僚
这个词前面的col-和com-,con-都是一个意思,做前缀都表示“到一起”。之所以写成col-,是为了和后面的l连起来的时候读音方便;后面的league和collect(收集)里的-lect-从读音上有关,都是“收集、挑选”的意思。colleague这个词,字面意思是“挑选到一起、选择到一起”,作名词专指“一起工作的人”,也就是“同事”。比如说:
He speaks highly of his colleagues.(他对他的同事评价很高。)注意,speak highly of sb.,就是“对某人评价很高”的意思
/ɪə/ 从 /ɪ/ 滑向 /ə/。 口播:先发/ɪ/,再发/ə/,从/ɪ/滑向/ə/,连起来//ɪə/。你来张嘴说一下:/ɪə/。
/eə/ 从/e/滑向/ə/。 口播:先发/e/,再发/ə/,从/e/滑向/ə/,连起来/eə/。你来张嘴说一下:/eə/。
/ʊə/ 从/ʊ/滑向/ə/。 口播:先发/ʊ/,再发/ə/,从/ʊ/滑向/ə/,连起来/ʊə/。你来张嘴说一下:/ʊə/。
/ɪə/ ear, hear, clear, beer, here
注意:发 /ɪə/ 的字母组合里如果有字母r,在美式英语里,字母r要发音。如:beard, year, cheers, near, dear
/eə/ air, chair, hair, care, where
注意:发 /eə/ 的字母组合里如果有字母r,在美式英语里,字母r要发音。如:stair, wear, bear, care, dare
/ʊə/ sure, poor, tour, Europe, cure
注意:发 /ʊə/ 的字母组合里如果有字母r,在美式英语里,字母r要发音。如:sure, poor, tour, Europe, cure
peer vs. pair vs. poor
sheer vs. share vs. sure
make clear(搞清楚) /meɪk/ /klɪə(r)/
go upstairs(上楼) /ɡəʊ/ /ˌʌpˈsteə(r)z/
make sure(确定) /meɪk/ /ʃʊə(r)/
1. Did you hear me? Are you clear?(你听到我说话了吗?明白了吗?)
2. Be careful when you go upstairs.(上楼的时候小心点。)
3. I’m sure he’s poor.(我确定他很穷。)
1. Experience is the best teacher.(经验是最好的老师。)
2. Where there is a will, there is a way.(有志者事竟成。)
3. What can't be cured must be endured.(无法改变,就要适应。)
I go to the employee lounge to get some coffee.(我去员工休息室弄杯咖啡。)
lounge这个词,从读音上和long(形容词“长的”)有关,作名词指的是“长时间逗留、休息的地方”,比如机场、俱乐部等里面的“休息室”。这里的employee lounge,指的是“员工休息室”或者“员工休息区”
get some coffee字面意思是“得到一些咖啡”,结合语境我们可以翻译成“接一杯、弄一杯咖啡”
I can't live without my morning coffee.(我的生活里不能没有早咖啡。)
I can’t live without…,字面意思是“没有……我不能活”,其实就是“……对我来说很重要,我的生活里不能没有……”的意思,是个很夸张,但是感情很到位的说法。比如说:
I can't live without the Internet
I can live without money, but I can’t live without you
I open my agenda to see today's work.(我打开日程表查看今天的工作。)
I open my agenda(我打开我的日程表)是主要信息。后面的to see today’s work是to do形式作目的状语,也就是“我打开日程表的目的,是为了看今天的工作安排”
另外,today’s里的’s,在英语里是表示后面的名词属于前面的名词,汉语翻译成“……的……”。用特殊的“格式”来表示名词对其它词的“所有关系”,叫做“名词所有格”。类似的表达有很多,比如说:my father’s car(我父亲的车),the man’s wife(那个男人的妻子)等等。但是还有三种常见的名词所有格的情况你要注意:
1. 如果一个“单数名词”本身就是以s结尾,所有格还是写成’s,但是这个时候所有格要读成[iz],否则读音就分辨不出来所有格了。比如说:my boss’s office(我老板的办公室),Charles’s letter(查尔斯的信)
2. 如果一个“复数名词”是以s结尾(当然,大部分名词复数都是s结尾),那么后面不用加’s,直接加一个’就可以了。比如说:the students’ books(那些学生们的书),my friends’ holidays(我朋友们的假期)等等。 不过ts合在一起读作/ts/ ds合在一起读作 /dz/。
3. 如果一个“复数名词”不是以s结尾,还是直接加’s就可以了。比如说:Children’s Day(儿童节),Women’s Day(妇女节)
I don't like to start the day without a plan.(我不喜欢没有计划就开始新的一天。)
I don’t like to…(我不喜欢……。)这句话里的I don't like to start the day是主要信息,后面的without a plan是方式状语,表示“用没有计划的方式(开启新的一天)”
同时,这句话也是一个典型的否定句,在动词like前面加上一个助动词do和否定副词not,do not,简称don’t。比如说:
I don't like to borrow money from friends
I don't like to drink instant coffee
I don't like to make mistakes
like to do和like doing,虽然前者是“喜欢去做”,后者是“喜欢做某事”,但在现实生活里这两个表达在意思上没有实际区别
I hurry up to the project meeting.(我赶着去项目会议。)
这句话里的I hurry up是主要信息,后面的to the project meeting是地点状语,表示“去项目会议”。meeting这个词,是meet(动词“见面”)的动名词形式,表示“一起见面商量事情”,也就是“开会”
I mustn't be late.(我绝对不能迟到。)
I mustn’t…,表示“我绝对不能……”
I mustn’t eat too much chocolate
I mustn’t go to bed too late
During the meeting, I usually give a project update and get feedback.(开会时,我通常会同步项目的最新情况,并且得到反馈。)
首先,during作介词,表示“在……期间”。比如说:
I'm usually out during the day
He likes listening to music during exercise
其次,update是个合成词,由up(向上)和date(名词“日期”)组成,字面意思是“最上面的日期、最新日期”,生活里update作名词,表示“更新”。这里的project update(项目更新),也就是“项目的最新进展”
feedback也是个合成词,由feed(动词“喂食”)和back(副词“回来”)组成。而且feed从读音上和food(名词“食物”)类似,这两个词也是同源词。feedback的字面意思是“喂回来、反过来喂”,汉语里翻译成“反馈”。注意,反馈的“馈”字,最早指的就是“赠送粮食”。不过现在feedback(反馈)通常指的是“收到信息之后给出的意见”。比如说:
The teacher will give you feedback on the test
I need some feedback about our new project
Meetings are helpful to spot and solve problems.(开会对发现和解决问题是有帮助的。)
be helpful to do sth.,表示“对做某事有帮助”。比如说:
It’s (very) helpful to learn English well.(学好英语是很有帮助的。)
读书是很有用的。(It's helpful to read books.)
I often encourage my coworkers to speak up.(我常鼓励我的同事们大胆发言。)
often的意思是“经常”,作为频率副词,没有usually(通常)高。如果说always(总是)是100%的话,那么usually(通常)是80%,often(经常)是60%。我们来对比三句话:
I always go to work on foot.(我总是步行去上班。)(100%)
I usually go to work on foot.(我通常步行去上班。)(80%)
I often go to work on foot.(我经常步行去上班。)(60%)
encourage sb. to do sth.(鼓励某人去做某事)比如说:
My mother always encourages me to do what I love
My English teacher always encourages me to open my mouth and speak English
speak up的字面意思是“完全说出来”,也就是“大胆发言、无需保留地发言”的意思。
I never limit myself to just one point of view.(我从来不固守己见。)
I never limit myself to…(我从来不会在……限制我自己),这里的to是个介词,后面跟一个名词,具体表示“限制的方面”:
I never limit myself to what I can do.(我从来不会在我能做什么方面限制我自己。)也就是说:我绝不会把自己局限于我现在能做的事情上,而是要不断上进
I never limit myself to just one city
point of view,表示“观点”。
During lunch break, I get out for some fresh air.(午休时,我出去透会儿气。)
break作动词,本身是“打破、打碎”的意思。比如说:
Don’t break anything.(别打破任何东西。)
break还可以表示“打断、中断”,是个很形象的说法。比如说:
He coughed and broke the silence in the room.(他咳嗽了一声,打破了屋子里的沉默。)
break也可以作名词,表示“中断、休息时间”。原文里的lunch break,指的是“午饭的休息时间”。
I get out是“我出去”,去干嘛呢?后面是for(为了)引导的一个介词短语作目的状语:for some fresh air(为了一些新鲜空气)。也就是说:我出去透透气。
An interview is scheduled for the afternoon.(下午安排了一场面试。)
be scheduled for…(为某个时间安排某事)。根据实际需要:
The meeting is scheduled for Friday afternoon
The game is scheduled for Saturday
At the end of the day, I write a short work report and a plan for tomorrow.(快下班时,我写一份简要的工作汇报和一个明天的工作计划。)
at the end of…(在……的结尾、……快结束的时候):at the end of the war(战争快结束的时候),at the end of this week(在本周末)等等
work report表示“工作汇报”
Let’s call it a day.(今天就到这里吧。)
这句话的字面意思是:让我们叫它一天吧。听起来很别扭,其实就是“给今天画一个句号吧”。
routine [ruːˈtiːn] n. 常规,惯例 adj. 常规的,习惯性的
这个词前面的rout的意思是road(道路);后面是一个名词后缀-ine。routine指的是“按照原有的老路一直走的”,也就是“常规、惯例”。比如说:
Make exercise a part of your daily routine.(让锻炼成为你日常生活的一部分。)
routine也能当形容词,表示“常规的、习惯性的”,所以在英语里,work routine(工作常规)和routine work(常规的工作)都能说得通
agenda [əˈdʒendə] n.(待办的)事项;议事日程;(会议的)议程
这个词前面的ag-从读音上和act(名词“行动”)有关。agenda的意思,是“需要行动的事情”,也就是“待办事项”。比如说:
The new project is at the top of my agenda. 新项目是我首先该做的事情
agenda也可以表示开会时候需要讨论的“议事日程”。比如说:
The next thing on the agenda is about our cost.(会议日程上的下一件事是关于我们的花费问题。)
helpful [ˈhelpfl] adj. 有帮助的
help是名词“帮助”;后面的-ful是full(形容词“充满的”)的简化形式,做后缀表示“充满……的”。helpful的字面意思是“充满帮助的”,作形容词汉语翻译成“有帮助的、有用的”。比如说:
This course is very helpful for my English.(这个课程对我的英语学习非常有帮助。)
英语里还有很多加后缀-ful变成形容词的单词。比如说:beautiful,字面意思是“full of beauty”(充满美),也就是“美丽的”;wonderful,字面意思是full of wonder(充满奇迹的),也就是“奇妙的、精彩的”;colorful,字面意思是“full of color”(充满色彩的),也就是“多彩的”
spot [spɒt; spɑːt] n. 斑点;地点 vt. 看出;注意到
spot作名词,本意是“斑点”。比如说:
Some animals have spots on their bodies.(有些动物的身上有斑点。)
spot作名词,也可以表示某个“具体的地点”。英语里有个表达,叫做on the spot,字面意思是“在现场”,指的是“当场”。比如说:
He answered the question on the spot.(他当场就回答了那个问题。)
spot也可以作动词,最初指的是在犯罪活动里“发现了疑点、嫌疑人”,现在spot可以泛指“看出、注意到”,尤其指的是“需要仔细观察才能看到的蛛丝马迹”。比如说:
The police spotted him driving a stolen car.(警察看到他开着一辆偷来的车。)
If you spot any mistakes in the article, mark them with a pen.(如果你看出文章里有错误,就用笔标出来。)
solve [sɒlv; sɑːlv] vt. 解决
solve作动词表示“解决、解答”,生活中最长见的用法就是solve problems(解决问题)
encourage [ɪnˈkʌrɪdʒ; ɪnˈkɜːrɪdʒ] vt. 鼓励;激励
这个词前面的en-和in-从读音上有关,都是“进入、注入”的意思;后面的courage是名词“勇气”。再往前推,courage前面的cour从读音上和heart(心)有关,后面是一个名词后缀-age。“勇气”来自“内心”,这也是courage这个词的字面意思。encourage的字面意思,是“注入勇气、给予勇气”,作动词表示“鼓励、激励”。比如说:
We should encourage people to help each other
coworker [ˈkəʊˌwɜː(r)kə(r)] n. 同事
这个词前面的co-和com-,con-,col-等等都一样,还是“共同”的意思,只是为了更好地在特定单词里读音,才写成了co-。coworker的字面意思,是“一起工作的人”,也就是“同事”,相当于我们之前学过的colleague。
limit [ˈlɪmɪt] vt. 限制;限定 n. 限制;界限
limit作动词,表示“限制”。比如说:
You need to limit your speech to 20 minutes.(你需要把你的演讲时间限制在20分钟。)
limit也可以作名词,表示“限制、界限”。比如说:
The time limit for this test is one hour.(这次测试的时间限制是一个小时。)
“杨亮讲英文”的口号,叫做:The limits of your language are the limits of your world. 这句话的字面意思是:你的语言的界限,就是你的世界的界限。也就是说:多掌握一门语言,看到的世界就会更大,你的人生观、世界观也会因此而变化。这就是为什么我们把这句话翻译成:语言观决定世界观
interview [ˈɪntə(r)vjuː] n. 面试 vt. 采访;对……进行面试
前缀inter-表示“相互”;后面的view表示“看”。interview的字面意思,是“相互看、互相看”,作名词表示“面试”。比如说:
I have a job interview on Monday.(我周一有个求职面试。)
“采访者”英语叫做interviewer;“被采访者”英语叫做interviewee
interview也可以作动词,表示“采访”,或者“对……进行面试”。比如说:
She will interview the writer tomorrow afternoon
We interviewed ten people for the job
schedule [ˈʃedjuːl; ˈskedʒuːl] n. 计划表;日程安排表 vt. 为……安排时间
n 时间表、计划表、日程安排表:
You’re behind schedule. 你在计划表后面,其实就是“你落后于计划表了、你工作没赶上进度”。
v “为……安排时间”:
The meeting is scheduled for Tuesday morning 会议被安排在周二上午
report [rɪˈpɔː(r)t] n. 报告;汇报 v. 报告;汇报;举报;报道;报到
前缀re-表示“回来”;后面的port表示“承载、携带”。port作名词有“港口”的意思,指的是“承载船只和货物的地方”或者“船只可以进入的地方”。report这个词,字面意思是“带回来”,指的是“把得到的消息带回来给别人”,作名词和动词都表示“报告、报道、汇报”之类的意思。比如说:
news report(新闻报道),weather report(天气预报)等等
Call me if you have anything to report.(如果你有任何事情要汇报,就给我打电话。)
“元音”和“辅音”在发音的时候是怎么区分的呢?换句话说:你怎么能听到一个声音,就知道这个发音是元音还是辅音呢?难道要靠背吗?其实很简单。
元音:所谓的“元”,指的是“根本、基本”。“元音”指的是“在发音过程中气流通过口腔而不受阻碍发出的音”,比如a,e,i,o,u这些元音字母,或者/uː/,/æ/,/au/这种元音音标。
辅音:所谓的“辅”,指的是“辅助”。“辅音”指的是发音时气流受到发音器官的各种阻碍,声带不一定振动发出的音。比如/p/,气流受到了双唇的阻碍,声带不震动,发音“清脆”,叫做“清辅音”。但是/b/,气流还是受到了双唇的阻碍,声带振动,发音“浑浊”,叫做“浊辅音”。
顺便讲一句:任何一门语言,比如英语。光有元音是没法讲话的,只有靠着辅音的辅助,才能连贯发出多样的音。我们很难想象一门只有元音的语言是怎么讲话的:a-e-i-o-u-o-i…。我们也很难想象一门只有辅音的语言是怎么讲话的:p-t-k-m-n-ʃ…
所谓爆破音,是指发音器官中的气流受到阻碍,突破阻碍后发出的辅音
/p/ 口播:双唇紧闭,阻塞气流。然后张开,释放气流:/p/。你来张嘴说一下:/p/。
/b/ 口播:双唇紧闭,阻塞气流。然后张开,释放气流,同时声带振动:/b/。你来张嘴说一下:/b/。
也就是说:除了声带震动,/p/和/b/的发音方法完全一致,所以它们是一对清浊辅音。
/p/ pen, paper, push, pull, map
/b/ bag, big, best, black, business
pig vs. big
push vs. bush
pen and paper(笔和纸) /pen/ /ænd/ /ˈpeɪpə(r)/
big business(大买卖) /bɪɡ/ /ˈbɪznəs/
1. Paul wants a piece of paper.(保罗想要一张纸。)
2. Ben can bake bread.(本会烤面包。)
3. I have a big problem.(我有一个大问题。)
4. Pack your bag and bring your passport.(收拾好行李并且带上护照。)
1. God helps those who help themselves.(天助自助者。)
2. A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.(一鸟在手胜过两鸟在林。)
My boss is talking to my colleague.(我的老板正在跟我的同事说话。)
这句话里的is talking表示“现在正在说话”,在语法上叫做“现在进行时”。英语里的进行时态,都是“be+动词的-ing形式”组成。但是,有两个容易混淆的概念,你要注意:
第一,进行时态里的be,并不是“系动词”,而是“辅助后面的动词构成进行时态”的“助动词”,虽然和系动词里的be动词(am,is,are等)长得一样,但是意义并不一样。对比:
(1)He is my brother.(他是我的兄弟。)这句话里的is,就是“系动词”,意思是“是”。
(2)He is having lunch.(他正在吃午饭。)这句话里的is,是辅助动词have的-ing形式,一起构成进行时态,属于助动词,汉语翻译成“正在”。
第二,进行时态里的动词-ing形式仍然是动词,而不是动名词。虽然单词的写法一样,但是结合语境我们就能分清楚了。比如说:
(1)I like reading.(我喜欢阅读。)这句话里的reading,指的是“阅读这件事”,属于动名词。
(2)He is reading.(他正在阅读。)这里的is reading,就是be+动词-ing,表示“现在进行时”。而且动词的进行时态,前面一定有助动词be,而动名词前面就不一定有了。
现在你来区分一下,以下两句话里的be,哪个是系动词,哪个是助动词呢?
(1)I am a student.(我是一名学生。)(给出两个选项,正确答案为“系动词”)
(2)I am learning English.(我正在学英语。)(给出两个选项,正确答案为“助动词”)
非常棒。再来看一下,下面两句话里的动词-ing形式,哪个是动名词,哪个是动词的进行时呢?
(1)I enjoy cooking.(我享受做饭这件事。)(给出两个选项,正确答案为“动名词”)
(2)He is cooking.(他正在做饭。)(给出两个选项,正确答案为“进行时”)
He is probably leaving his job.(他有可能要离职。)
这句话的基本意思是:He is leaving his job.(他正在离开他的工作。)也就是“他正要离职”。其中的leaving是leave(动词“离开”)的-ing形式。因为尾字母e不发音,加-ing的时候就省略了e。不过这句话中间还加了一个probably(副词“很可能”),也就是“他很可能正要离职”。probably是个很实用的副词,生活里如果你觉得某件事发生的可能性很大,就可以用到。你也来用probably造个句子吧:
你很可能是对的。(You're probably right.)
I’m trying to avoid eye contact with my boss.(我在努力不和老板有目光接触。)
I’m trying to… 我在试着……
Can you turn down the music? I’m trying to sleep!
Quiet! I’m trying to work!
eye contact,表示“目光接触、眼神交流”。
Please don't pass his work to me.(拜托别把他的工作丢给我。)
Please don’t…
Please don't talk to me when I’m working
Please don’t worry. I can do it
pass sth. to sb 把某物传递给某人:
Pass the book to me, please / Pass me the book, please
Pass the ball to me / Pass me the ball
Unfortunately, it is not my call.(可惜,我说了不算。)
It’s not my call.(我说了不算。)call除了可以作动词,表示“呼叫、称呼”,也可以作名词,表示“决定”,也就是“发号施令”。It’s one’s call,字面意思是“一件事由某人发号施令”,也就是“某人决定”。比如说:
— Where shall we go on Sunday?(周末我们应该去哪儿?) — It’s your call.(你来定。)
— What shall we have for lunch?(中午我们该吃什么?) — It’s your call.
I have no idea about this new project. Can I say no?(我对这个新项目一无所知。我能拒绝吗?)
I have no idea about…(我对……一无所知。):
I have no idea about how to learn English well
I have no idea about cooking
生活里,你也可以直接用I have no idea来表示“我不知道怎么回事”。比如说:
— What’s going on?(发生什么了?) — I’ve no idea.(我不知道。)
Not a chance. The boss is setting a deadline for me.(没门。老板正在给我定方案截止日期。)
这句话里有两个很好的表达。一个是:Not a chance. 字面意思是“没有一个机会”。生活里经常用来表示“一点儿机会都没有、没戏”。下面我来问你来答:
— Can you be my girlfriend?(你能做我女朋友吗?) — Not a chance.(没门儿。)
set a deadline(设置一个最后期限)。这里用到的是现在进行时is setting a deadline,表示老板“正在设置一个最后期限”
I guess I have to bite the bullet.(我猜我只能迎难而上了。)
I guess…(我猜……/我想……。):
I guess you're right
I guess you can do it
bite the bullet(咬子弹)。说到这个表达,还有点心酸。因为早期在军队里,由于物资匮乏,有的士兵在动手术的时候没有麻醉剂,就经常会用咬子弹的方式来缓解疼痛。后来,bite the bullet就变成了“咬紧牙关、忍受困难做某事”的意思。比如说:
Sometimes we all have to bite the bullet and carry on.(有时候我们每个人都不得不咬紧牙关继续前进)
I’m struggling to come up with a new solution.(我在绞尽脑汁想一个新的解决方案。)
I'm struggling to…(我正在努力去……),因为struggle作动词表示“挣扎”,所以这个句型尤其指的是“遇到非常大的困难,挣扎着去做”,你要和I’m trying to(我在试着做……)区分开。比如说:
She’s struggling to get through these bad days.(她正在努力度过这段苦日子。)
I’m struggling to finish my work in 3 hours
come up with sth.,字面意思是“带着某事走出来”,指的是“想出某事”。比如说:
He can always come up with great ideas
I should call everyone on our team and start brainstorming.(我应该把组员都叫来,开始头脑风暴。)
这里有个搭配,叫做on our team,表示“在我们的团队里”。当然,你也可以说in our team,意思也是一样的。这两个搭配的区别就是介词on和in的区别。on表示“在上面并且有接触”,如果你说on our team,这个时候的你,就是“团队名单上的一员”。相比之下,如果你说in the team,这个时候的你,就是“团队内部的一员”,虽然两者说的都是一回事,但日常生活里on the team更常用一些
另外,brainstorm是个合成词,字面意思是“头脑风暴”,作动词表示“小组动脑讨论问题、集思广益”。比如说:
If you don’t know what to do, you can brainstorm with your classmates.
brainstorm也可以作名词,表示“突发奇想、妙招”。比如说:
I had a brainstorm when I was walking in the park
I’m racing against time.(我正在争分夺秒地赶工。)
这里有个很好的表达,叫做race against time。race作动词,表示“和……比赛”;against和again(重来、再一次)有关,作介词表示“与……相反、相对”,其实就是“来回”的关系。race against time,字面意思是“和时间赛跑”,指的是“跑在时间前面、争分夺秒”。比如说:
We have to race against time to put out the fire
You have to race against time to finish your work
I’m not giving up.(我不会放弃的。)
give up的字面意思是“完全给”,指的是“撒手不要、放弃”。I’m not giving up. 字面意思是“我没有正在放弃”,也就是“我不会放弃”。这是一种现在进行时表将来的用法,简单来说,就是“用进行时态来说明接下来的安排”。同时,因为是进行时态,所以在表达上很生动,给人一种期待感。比如说:
I’m leaving now.(我马上要走了。)
They are flying to New York tomorrow morning.(他们明早要飞到纽约。)
I’m checking every detail before handing in the plan.(交方案前,我正在仔细检查每一个细节。)
这句话的主要信息是:I’m checking every detail(我正在检查每一个细节)。后面是一个before引导的介词短语作时间状语:before handing in the plan(在提交这个计划之前)。
另外,hand除了可以作名词表示“手”,也可以作动词,表示“传递”,其实就是“用手给”。hand in,指的是“传递到某个地方”,汉语翻译成“上交、提交”,后面接你提交的具体对象。比如说:
Time's up. Stop writing and hand in your papers
When will you hand in your homework?
I’m not the best but I'm trying my best.(我不是最好,但我一直全力以赴。)
try one’s best,字面意思是“努力做到某人的最好”,也就是“全力以赴”的意思
contact [ˈkɒntækt; ˈkɑːntækt] n. 联系,接触 vt. 联系,联络
前缀con-表示“共同、一起”;后面的-tact-是touch(接触)的意思。contact的字面意思,是“一起接触”,作名词表示“联系、接触”。比如说:
I’m still in contact with her. 这句话的in contact with sb.,字面意思是“和某人处于联系状态里”,也就是说:我仍然和她有联系
He hates physical contact with strangers.(他不喜欢和陌生人有肢体接触。)
如果你的手机是英语系统,你就会发现,“通讯录”的英语,就叫Contacts。
contact也可以作动词,表示“联系”。比如说:
You can contact me on this number.(你可以通过这个号码联系到我。)
unfortunately [ʌnˈfɔː(r)tʃənətli] adv. 不幸地
通过unfortunately这个词,我们可以认识好几个词。这个词去掉否定前缀un-,就变成了fortunately(副词“幸运地”);去掉副词后缀-ly,就变成了fortunate(形容词“幸运的”),相对的是unfortunate(形容词“不幸的”);再去掉形容词后缀-ate,把原本不发音的尾字母e加上,就变成了fortune(名词“命运、运气”,也可以表示运气所带来的“财富”)。比如说:
Fortune smiled on me. 字面意思是:命运在我身上微笑了。其实就是说:我交好运了
This car costs a fortune.(这辆车要花一大笔钱。)
汉语里有“算命先生”,英语里也有“告知别人命运的人”,叫做fortune teller。
set [set] v. 放置;设置;使处于;建立,创造;固定,确定;布置
set这个词,从读音上和sit(动词“坐”)有关,作动词的基本意思是“放置、设置、使……处于某种状态”。比如说:
Could you set the table for dinner?(你能把餐桌摆好准备吃晚饭吗?)
Don't forget to set the alarm clock.(别忘了设置/定闹钟。)
在生活里,结合不同的语境,set作动词还有很多用法,汉语可以翻译成“建立、创造、固定、确定、布置”等等,但核心意思还是“设置”。我们来举几个例子:
He has set a new world record.(他创造了一项新的世界纪录。)
We need to set a time for the meeting.(我们需要确定一下开会时间。)
My English teacher always sets a lot of homework.(我的英语老师总是布置很多作业。)
deadline [ˈdedlaɪn] n. 最后期限;截止日期
这是一个合成词,也是一个很形象的词,字面意思是“死亡之线”,最早指的是美国的军事监狱里划出的一个圆圈,任何越过圆圈边界线的囚犯,就有被射杀的危险。现在deadline作名词,通常指的是做一件事情的“最后期限”。比如说:
We must finish our work before the deadline
bite [baɪt] v. 咬
bite作动词表示“咬”,英语里有个单词叫bit,指的是“咬下来的一小口”。我们平时说的a little bit,字面意思就是“一小块、一点点”的意思。bite除了可以表示“咬”以外,在英语里,蚊虫“叮咬”、鱼饵“上钩”,都可以用bite来形容。我们来看几个例子:
Don’t worry. My dog doesn’t bite.(别担心。我的狗不咬人。)
Be careful of mosquitoes. They will bite you.(小心蚊子。它们会叮你。)
I’m waiting for the fish to bite.(我正在等着鱼上钩。)
另外,在口语里,如果一个外国人,尤其是美国人跟你说:Let’s go grab a bite. 字面意思是“让我们去抓个东西咬咬”,其实就是“让我们去吃点儿东西”的意思
bullet [ˈbʊlɪt] n. 子弹
这个词前面的bull从读音上和ball(名词“球”)有关;后面的-et是个小词后缀。bullet的字面意思,是“小球”,指的就是最初的子弹的形状。比如说:
The bullet missed him by two inches.(子弹只差两英寸就击中他了。)
solution[səˈluːʃn] n. 解决方案;解决办法
这个词的动词形式就是我们之前学过的solve(解决),前面的solu和solve(动词“解决”)从写法上也有关系,因为英语里的u,v,w属于“三胞胎”。从读音上来说,w读作double u(两个u),而从写法上看,w又是两个v。这个时候,你再看看solve和solution的关系,就更好理解了。
solution作名词表示“解决方案、解决办法”。比如说:
There’s no easy solution to this problem.(这个问题没有容易的解决办法。)
race [reɪs] v. 参加比赛;和……竞赛 n. 赛跑;速度比赛
race是rush(动词“迅速移动、急促”)的意思,作名词表示“速度比赛”,作动词表示“参加比赛”或者“和……竞赛”。比如说:
I believe he can win the race.(我相信他能赢这次比赛。)
She will race against Lucy in the next round.(下一轮比赛她会和露西对抗。)
另外,英语里还有个单词,也叫做race,作名词表示“人种、种族”,比如human race指的就是“人类”。但是这个race和race(比赛)没有关系,只是碰巧长得一样而已。这种来源不同但形式相同的词,也叫“异源同形词”
check [tʃek] v. 检查;核对
check作动词,表示“检查、核对”。比如说:
Always check your papers before handing them in.(在交卷前都要检查一下。)
生活里我们如果外出住酒店,要办理入住,英语叫做check in,也就是“核对信息进入”。临走的时候要退房,英语叫做check out,也就是“核对信息外出”。
detail [ˈdiːteɪl] n. 细节
前缀de-表示“向下”或者“彻底”,也就是“不能再往下了”;后面的-tail-作词根是“切”的意思,我们后期还会见到很多和-tail-相关的单词。detail的字面意思,是“彻底切开、完全切开”,作名词表示“细枝末节、细节”。比如说:
I don’t know the details of the story.(我不知道这个故事的细节。)
/t/ 口播:舌尖抵住上齿龈,阻塞气流。然后舌尖下移,释放气流:/t/。你来张嘴说一下:/t/。
/d/ 口播:舌尖抵住上齿龈,阻塞气流。然后舌尖下移,释放气流,同时声带振动:/d/。你来张嘴说一下:/d/。
也就是说:除了声带震动,/t/和/d/的发音方法完全一致,所以它们是一对清浊辅音。
/t/ eat, eight, suit, better, bottle
注意:在美式发音里,单词或者句子中间部分的/t/经常会发成/d/。比如: better, butter, bottle, letter, Italy
/d/ good, head, food, add, middle
foot vs. food
Ted vs. dead
hot tea(热茶) /hɒt; hɑːt/ /tiː/
old dog(老狗) /əʊld/ /dɒɡ; dɔːɡ/
1. Betty bought a bit of butter.(贝蒂买了一点黄油。)
2. I feel a little bit better today.(我今天感觉稍微好一点。)
3. The dog is barking at the door.(那条狗正在门口叫。)
4. I don’t know what to do.(我不知道该怎么办了。)
1. Time and tide wait for no man.(岁月不待人。)
2. Every dog has his day.(人人皆有得意时。)
I’ve got a headache because of work stress.(因为工作压力大,我头疼。)
I’ve got…(我有……。)这个句型的完整形式是I have got,不过这里的have不是动词“有”,而是助动词,帮助后面的动词一起形成英语的完成体,表示“已经有……”。我们后期还会详细学习。当然,在口语当中,I’ve got就相当于I have,都表示“我有”,二者没有什么区别。比如说:
I’ve got a lot of work to do.(我有很多的工作要做。)其实就是:I have a lot of work to do.
I’ve got to go now. 其实就是:I have to go now.(我现在得走了。)这里的have got to就是have to,都表示“不得不”
英语的很多语法规则,随着时代的变化,也都在不断演变。比如现在很多英国人就会把I’ve got称作一般现在时,和I have一样,都表示“我有”。你也来用I’ve got表示“我有”造个句子吧:今晚我有很多作业:
I’ve got a lot of homework tonight
原文这句话里还有个结构,叫做because of,后面接的是名词或者相当于名词成分的词,表示“原因所在”,因为of(属于……)后面本身接的就是“归属”。比如说:
I’m here because of you.(因为你,我才来这里。)
如果单纯用because,后面就要接一个原因状语从句,而不仅仅是一个名词了。比如说:
I’m here because I want to see you.(我来这里是因为我想见你。)
这个区别希望你能分清。那你来造两个句子吧:
因为我的家庭,我才非常努力工作。(I work very hard because of my family.)
因为我有一个家庭,所以我才非常努力地工作。(I work very hard because I have a family.)
I’m not myself today.(我今天不在状态。)
在口语里,如果一个人说:I’m not myself. 或者说:He’s not himself. 往往并不是字面意思,而是“我不是平时的我”,或者“他不是平时的他”,也就是“我/他不在状态、不舒服”的意思。你也来造个句子吧:
我今天不在状态,因为我的狗死了。(I’m not myself today because my dog is dead.)
I check my work emails as usual.(我像往常一样查看工作邮件。)
这里有个表达,叫做as usual,表示“像往常一样、照例”。usual作形容词,表示“通常的”,比如说:
I will go to bed at my usual time.(我会和平时一样到点上床睡觉。)
他像往常一样迟到了。(He’s late as usual.)
I’ve got an email from our boss. How strange!(我收到了一封老板的邮件。太奇怪了!)
How strange里的,how是个副词,表示“多么”,是一个感叹句开头经常用到的词。How strange! 字面意思是“多么奇怪啊!” 也就是“太奇怪了!”。当然,这其实是个省略的感叹句,还原完整应该是:How strange it is !
你也可以在How后面加上任何一个你想表达的形容词或者副词,表示“太……了!” 比如说:
How beautiful she is!(她好美啊!)
How quickly things change!(事情的变化真快啊!)
这个结构,就是我们中学课本上学过的:How+形容词/副词+主语+谓语!同时在不影响理解句意的情况下,主语和谓语可以省略。下面你来翻译两句话:
你真好啊!(How nice you are!)
那匹马跑得可真快啊!(How fast the horse runs!)
It turns out that I've got a promotion.(原来是我升职了!)
turn作动词,本身是“转动”的意思;turn out,字面意思是“转出来”,指的是“经历曲折以后,结果是……”,往往表示的是“意想不到的结果”
It turns out (that)…(结果……;原来是……。):
He didn’t come to work today, and it turns out that he was sick
It turns out that today is his birthday
I nailed it!(我做到了!)
nail作名词,本身是“指甲”的意思,比如fingernail(手指甲),toenail(脚指甲)。nail早期也可以表示“爪子”,后来延伸出了“钉子”的意思,作动词的时候,表示“把……钉牢、固定好”,再后来就延伸出了“搞定”的意思。原文里的nailed,是动词nail的过去式,表示“搞定了”
I nailed it!(我搞定了!我做到了!)相当于I made it! 只不过用nail更加口语化
My boss and my teammates shake my hand to congratulate me.(我的老板和组员纷纷与我握手以表祝贺。)
这句话的主要成分是:My boss and my teammates shake my hand(我的老板和组员纷纷与我握手)。后面的to congratulate me(去祝贺我)是目的状语,表示“握手的目的是什么、为什么握手”
I can't tell you how happy I am!(我没法告诉你我有多开心!)
其实就是“语言无法表达我的快乐”
I can’t tell you how sad I am!
I can't tell you how excited I am!
It looks like I've got the chance to expand my team.(看来我有机会扩大我的团队了。)
It looks like…(看起来……。)这里的It指的是“当下的情形”,后面接句子,表示你根据当下情形的推断。比如说:
It looks like he is too tired to walk on.(看起来他已经累得走不动了。)
看起来你需要一些帮助。(It looks like you need some help.)
当然,It looks like里的it,本身也可以指代具体的事物,这个时候,It looks like的字面意思就成了“某个东西看起来像……”。比如说:
Look at that cloud! It looks like a cat.(看那朵云!它看起来像只猫。)
你可能会问:老师,like不是“喜欢”的意思吗?怎么还会有“像”的意思?其实like本来就是“像”的意思,“喜欢”是它的延伸含义,因为你喜欢的人或物,一定跟你有“相像之处”
I’ve got several marketing people, but I haven't got any content creators.(我有几个市场专员,但我没有内容制作人。)
这里出现了I’ve got的否定形式,叫做I haven’t got…,表示“我还没有……”。因为这里的have是个助动词,所以否定直接在后面加not,和do not类似。比如说:
I haven't got anywhere to live.(我还没有任何落脚的地方/我还没有任何可以住的地方。)
我一直想去法国,但是我还没有机会。(I always want to go to France, but I haven’t got the chance.)
另外,原文这句话里出现了两个职位,一个是marketing people(市场专员),另一个是content creators(内容制作人)。
I decide to start with talent mapping.(我决定从人才规划开始。)
start with…,表示“从……开始”。比如说:
You should start with simple steps.(你应该从简单的步骤开始。)
每一件伟大的事情,都起源于一个想法。(Every great thing starts with an idea.)
talent mapping,指的是“人才规划”。map除了作名词表示“地图”,也可以作动词,表示“绘制地图、计划”。这里的mapping是动词map的动名词形式
I hope to find the right people as soon as possible.(我希望能尽快找到合适的人。)
I hope to…(我希望去……。)后面接动词原形,表示希望去“做”什么。比如说:
I hope to see you again.(我希望再次见到你。)
我希望再看一次那部电影。(I hope to watch that film again.)
as soon as possible,表示“尽可能早一些、尽快”,简称ASAP。比如说:
I'll let you know as soon as possible.(我会尽快告诉您的。)
你应该尽快找份工作。(You should get a job as soon as possible.)
It's my first time clocking out so early.(这是我第一次这么早打卡下班。)
这个句子里的It是形式主语,真正的主语是后面的动名词短语clocking out so early(这么早打卡下班)
clock除了可以作名词表示“钟表”,也可以作动词,表示“达到某个时间”
这里的clock out,指的是“达到了出去的时间、到了下班的时间”,专门指的是“打卡下班”。相对的是clock in(打卡上班)
I’ve got great plans for tonight. I'm gonna celebrate!(我今晚要出去嗨。我要去好好庆祝一下!)
I'm gonna…(我将要……。)。这里的gonna,是going to的口语说法。I’m going的字面意思是“我正在去”,去做什么呢?后面的to do就是将要“去做”什么。换句话说,其实I’m gonna也是“现在进行时表将来”的用法。比如说:
I’m gonna get married / I’m getting married
I’m too hungry. I’m gonna have two hamburgers !
celebrate作动词,表示“庆祝”,可以单独用,也可以在后面接名词,表示“庆祝的事”。比如说:
We celebrate Christmas every year.(我们每年都庆祝圣诞节)
headache [ˈhedeɪk] n. 头痛
这是个合成词,由head(名词“头”)和ache(名词“疼痛”)组成。类似的合成词还有很多,比如:
toothache(牙疼),heartache(心痛、伤心),stomachache(肚子疼、胃疼)等等
另外,ache本身也可以作动词,表示“疼”。比如说:
I'm aching all over.(我浑身疼。)
stress [stres] n. 精神压力;心理负担;紧张
这个词从读音上和strict(形容词“严厉的”)有关。再往前推,这两个词都和“拉紧、紧绷”有关。strict指的是“严格遵守规则、毫不松懈”。比如说:
My English teacher is very strict.(我的英语老师非常严厉。)
stress作名词,表示“精神压力、心理负担”,也就是“内心紧绷、没办法放松下来”。比如说:
Headaches may be a sign of stress.(头痛可能是紧张的迹象。)
He’s under great stress at the moment.(他现在处于巨大的压力之下。)
promotion [prəˈməʊʃn] n. 提升;晋升;促销活动;推广;促进
promote [prəˈməʊt] vt. 促进;提升;推销;发扬
前缀pro-表示“向前”;后面的-mot(e)-从读音上和move(动词“移动”)有关。promote的字面意思,是“向前动”,作动词表示“促进”。比如说:
Exercise can promote good health.(锻炼能够促进身体健康。)
生活里,promote作动词,还有两个常见的意思。一个叫做“晋升”,也就是“向前迈步、在职场上更上一层楼”。比如说:
She worked hard and was soon promoted.(她工作勤奋,不久就得到了岗位晋升。)
另一个叫做“推广、促销”,也就是“推动理念的传播,或者产品的销售”。比如说:
The writer is promoting his new books.(那个作家正在推广他的新书。)
promotion作名词,除了可以表示“推广、促进、岗位晋升”,也是我们平时在超市里经常可以见到的一个单词,表示“促销”。你见过吗?
congratulate [kənˈɡrætʃuleɪt] vt. 祝贺;恭喜;庆贺
congratulate作动词表示“恭喜、祝贺”,后面可以直接接祝贺的对象。比如说:
I’m gonna congratulate him tomorrow.(明天我要去祝贺他。)
生活里,我们也经常会用这个词的名词复数形式“Congratulations!”作为祝贺的常用语。比如说:
I heard you just got promoted. Congratulations!(我听说你刚刚升职了。祝贺你!)
expand [ɪkˈspænd] v. 扩大;增加;扩张
这个词的前缀ex-表示“向外”,我们熟悉的EXIT(安全出口),字面意思就是“走出去”。后面的pand从读音上和pass(通过)有关,再往前推,这两个部分都和“迈步”有关。pass(通过)指的是“迈步跨过去”,expand作动词,字面意思是“迈步走出去”,作动词表示“扩张、扩大”。比如说:
Children’s vocabulary can expand through reading.(孩子的词汇量可以通过阅读得到扩大。)
There is no plan to expand the airport.(他们没有扩建机场的计划。)
marketing [ˈmɑː(r)kɪtɪŋ] n. 促销,营销;市场营销
market [ˈmɑː(r)kɪt] vt. 推销;营销 n. 市场
market作为名词其实我们并不陌生,生活里我们说的“超市”,英语叫supermarket,也就是“超级市场”。market作动词,表示“营销”,比如通过广告的方式让人们去买你的产品。比如说:
We need another way to market our new product.(我们需要另一种方式来营销我们的新产品。)
content [ˈkɒntent; ˈkɑːntent] n. 内容;目录 [kənˈtent] adj. 满足的;知足的
content这个词,从读音上和contain(动词“包含”)有关。比如说:
This drink doesn't contain any alcohol.(这种饮料不含任何酒精。)
content作名词,指的是“包含之物”,也就是“内容”。比如说:
This movie has very beautiful scenes, but its content is not very good.(这部电影的拍摄场景很漂亮,但是内容不好。)
content作名词,还可以表示“目录”,也就是“提前告诉你都有什么内容”
另外,content也可以作形容词,但是读音会变成[kənˈtent],表示“满足的、知足的”,也就是“想要的都包括了”,也是个生活里很实用的词。比如说:
He is very content with his life.(他对自己的生活非常满足。)
creator [kriˈeɪtə(r)] n. 创造者
create [kriˈeɪt] vt. 创造;创作
这个词前面的-cre-意思是grow(生长、发展);后面是一个动词后缀-ate。create作动词,表示“创造、创作”。比如说:
If you want to practice your English, you need to create an English environment around you.(如果你想练英语,你需要在身边创造一套英语环境。)
creator作名词,表示“创造的人、创造者”。
talent [ˈtælənt] n. 天资;天赋;人才,有才能的人
talent作名词,可以表示“天资、天赋”。比如说:
I don’t have any talent for music.(我没有任何音乐天赋。)
talent作名词,也可以表示“人才、有才能的人”。比如说:
He is a great talent.(他是个了不起的人才。)
/k/ 口播:舌后部抵住口腔顶部,阻塞气流。然后舌头移开,释放气流:/k/。你来张嘴说一下:/k/。
/g/ 口播:舌后部抵住口腔顶部,阻塞气流。然后舌头移开,释放气流,同时声带振动:/g/。你来张嘴说一下:/g/。
也就是说:除了声带震动,/k/和/g/的发音方法完全一致,所以它们是一对清浊辅音。
/k/ car, keep, kind, back, stomach
/g/ girl, go, leg, egg, bag
caught vs. got
back vs. bag
keep going(继续走) /kiːp/ /ˈɡəʊɪŋ/
black bag(黑包) /blæk/ /bæɡ/
1. How many cookies could a good cook cook if a good cook could cook cookies?(如果一个好厨师能做饼干,那么这个好厨师能做多少饼干呢?)
2. Keep your keys in your pocket.(把你的钥匙放在你的口袋里。)
3. The government is making great progress to keep the city green.(政府在保持城市绿化方面正在取得很大进展。)
4. Are you going jogging with the girl?(你要跟那个女孩去慢跑吗?)
1. An old dog cannot learn new tricks.(老狗学不了新把戏。)
2. A fox may grow gray, but never good.(江山易改本性难移。)
在英语里,一般现在时主要出现在三种情况里:
1.一般现在时可以表示“此时此刻的情况”。我们来回顾几个:
Lesson 1: I wake up in the morning.
Lesson 1: I am so sleepy.
Lesson 2: I go to the bathroom.
Lesson 2: The water is cold!
Lesson 5: I unlock my new bike.
Lesson 6: I walk to the bus stop.
在以上这些例子里,都是用一般现在时来表示说话人说话时的情况。
2. 一般现在时可以表示“习惯性的动作或喜好,通常和always/often/usually/sometimes等频度副词连用。我们来回顾几个:
Lesson 3: I enjoy cooking.
Lesson 3: I hate washing dishes.
Lesson 7: I usually choose the Premier type of car.
Lesson 8: I always let the pedestrians pass first.
Lesson 8: I always keep a safe driving distance.
Lesson 10: During the meeting, I usually give a project update and get feedback.
3. 一般现在时还可以表示“客观事实或者真理”。我们来回顾几个:
Lesson 5: It's important to ride safely.
Lesson 8: It's important to obey the traffic rules.
Lesson 9: I work for an international company.
Lesson 9: My company is located in suburban Beijing.
简单来说,一般现在时是最容易学的一个时态,因为句子里的动词不涉及到太复杂的动词变位,直接用动词原形就可以了。但是,如果在一般现在时里,主语是第三人称单数,动词就要在形式上有所区分,用“以形表意”的方式来告诉我们主语是第三人称个体。为什么要特殊指出第三人称单数呢?实际上英语这门语言不断演变到现在,基本只有第三人称单数的变化留下来了。我们来回顾几个这种类型的句子:
Lesson 5: It takes me another thirty minutes to get to the office.
Lesson 7: The driver speaks politely. He asks me to put on my seatbelt.
Lesson 8: It feels so good to drive.
Lesson 8: It helps to avoid tailgating.
Lesson 12: It turns out that I've got a promotion.
Lesson 12: It looks like I've got the chance to expand my team.
这个时候我们就会发现,在一般现在时里,如果第三人称单数作主语,比如It,the driver等等,后面的谓语动词直接加-s就可以了,比如takes,asks, feels等。
第三人称单数动词的词尾变化,除了直接加-s,还有两种常见的情况:
以ch,sh,s,x,o结尾的动词,词尾加-es。比如:teach-teaches,wash-washes,guess-guesses,fix-fixes,do-does等等。为什么要这么写呢?主要有两个原因:
第一,如果直接在这类动词后面加-s,读音会很不方便。你可以自己读一下:teachs,washs,guesss,fixs。
第二,以-o结尾的动词,比如do,go,如果直接在后面加-s,按照英语的读音习惯,会产生读音混淆,读成dos /dɒs/,gos /ɡʌs/。
以辅音字母+-y结尾的动词,-y变-i,再加-es。比如:cry-cries,fly-flies,study-studies等等。之所以这么变化,也是为了让读音和写法统一,否则直接在-y后面加s,这几个单词就可能读成crys /krɪz/,flys /flɪz/,studys /ˈstʌdɪz/(短音/ɪ/。特别需要指出一点,studies的正确读法应该是 /‘stʌdiz/,i在这里发音更像长元音/iː/,而不是短元音/ɪ/。
简单来说,英语动词第三人称单数的不规则写法,往往都是和这门语言本身的读音有关。关于更多第三人称单数动词的写法和读音问题,我们在后期的课程里也会不断遇到。
现在进行时主要出现在以下几种情况里:
1. 现在进行时可以表示“此刻正在进行的动作”。我们来回顾一些例子:
Lesson 6: Oh! My bus is arriving.
Lesson 6: I'm looking for an empty seat.
Lesson 6: The company shuttle bus is waiting at the next stop.
Lesson 6: This is wasting too much time.
Lesson 7: It's raining. No, it's pouring!
Lesson 11: My boss is talking to my colleague.
Lesson 11: I'm trying to avoid eye contact with my boss.
Lesson 11: I'm struggling to come up with a new solution.
Lesson 11: I'm racing against time.
Lesson 11: I'm checking every detail before handing in the plan.
2. 现在进行时可以表示“现阶段正在发生的事情,但不一定是此刻正在进行的具体动作”。比如说:
(1)I’m writing a new book lately.(最近我在写一本新书。)
(2)She’s working in a bank now.(她现在在一家银行工作。)
3. 现在进行时也可以表示“经常性的动作”,经常和always,forever这类副词连用,表示各种情绪。比如说:
(1)You’re always working all the time.(你老是工作/你就知道工作。)(抱怨)
(2)She’s forever complaining about something.(她永远在抱怨着什么。)(抱怨)
(3)He’s always helping others.(他总是乐于助人。)(赞美)
4. 在口语里,现在进行时也可以表示“将来的动作”,往往指的是已经安排好的事情。我们在前三个单元里也见过这类用法,一起来回顾一下吧:
Lesson 11: I'm not giving up.
Lesson 12: I'm gonna celebrate!
动词进行时的写法变化:
(1)一般直接在动词原形后面加-ing就可以。比如:look-looking,wait-waiting,talk-talking等等。
(2)以不发音的尾字母-e结尾的动词,去掉-e再加-ing。比如:waste-wasting,struggle-struggling,race-racing等等。
(3)以“一个元音字母+一个辅音字母”结尾,这个音节又重读,单词末尾字母要双写(x除外),再加-ing。比如:swim-swimming,begin-beginning,plan-planning等等。之所以末尾字母双写,也是为了避免读音混淆。比如说,如果把plan的进行时态写成planing,别人有可能误解这是动词plane(名词“飞机”,动词“用刨子刨平”)的进行时。
(4)还有一些以-ie结尾的单词,在进行时态里要先把-ie变成-y,再加-ing。比如:die-dying,lie-lying等等。这么做的目的,还是为了避免读音混淆。
另外,在现实生活里,还有少数动词的-ing形式也会因为地区习惯不同而导致写法不同,比如英国人把travel(旅行)的进行时写成travelling,但是美国人会直接写成traveling,不会双写字母l。这类词很少,我们遇到的时候不要觉得有什么对错就好了。
在第三单元里,还出现了一些包含现在完成时的句子,不过到目前为止我们只是把这类句子统一当成了一个句型来处理,叫做I’ve got…(我有……)。现在就让我们来一起回顾一下这些句子吧:
Lesson 12: I've got a headache because of work stress.
Lesson 12: I've got an email from our boss.
Lesson 12: It turns out that I've got a promotion.
Lesson 12: I've got several marketing people, but I haven't got any content creators.
Lesson 12: I've got great plans for tonight.
作为在日常生活里非常高频的一类时态,现在完成时的用法我们会在下一个单元里更深入地学习,目前为止你只需要对这个时态有个初步的认识就可以了。
I’ve made a reservation for two in the restaurant.(我在餐厅订了两个人的位子。)
make a reservation,字面意思是“做一个预订”,汉语直接翻译成“预订”。这里的I’ve made是I have made的简写,have是助动词,跟后面动词的“过去分词形式”made一起构成“现在完成时态”,表示“现在已经……”,也就是:have+done(done是do的过去分词)。这里就有个问题:什么叫“过去分词”?
其实很简单。在英语里,一个动词的变化主要有四种“形式”:现在式、过去式(过去时态)、现在分词(进行时态)和过去分词(完成时态)。所谓的“分词”,就是“分别担任动词和形容词两种词性的词”。换句话说,英语的大多数分词除了可以当动词,也可以当形容词。我们分别来举两个例子:
现在分词:
He is eating now.(他现在正在吃东西。)(进行时“正在吃”)
He has a great eating habit.(他有一个很好的饮食习惯。)(形容词“饮食的”)
过去分词:
I have finished my homework.(我把我的作业做完了。)(完成时“结束、做完”)
I’m not finished.(我还没结束呢。)(形容词“结束的、完成的”)
同时,英语动词的完成时态,大多数也是直接在动词原形后面加-ed,我们可以通过前面有没有助动词have来判断动作是过去时还是完成时。不过目前阶段我们还不需要对这些语法有更深入的了解,简单知道个框架就够了。
我们再来看一下原文这句话:I’ve made a reservation for two in the restaurant. 这里的for two,指的是“为了两个人”。简单来说:make a reservation for+具体的人数,指的就是“做了多少人的预订”。你也来造个类似的句子吧?我在餐厅定了一个三人桌:
I’ve made a reservation for three in the restaurant
I was hoping to treat my friend tonight.(我想今晚请我朋友吃饭。)
I was hoping to…我(本来)希望……
I was hoping to give you a surprise
I was hoping to get there not too late, but it was already after midnight
I was hoping to see you today
I was hoping to go with you, but I can’t go now
The waiter showed me to my table.(服务生带我来到了我的座位。)
这里有两个单词我们要注意:首先,waiter由wait(动词“等候”)加一个表示人的名词后缀-er组成,字面意思是“等候者”,指的是“在餐桌旁边等候服务别人的人”,也就是“服务员”。其次,show作名词可以表示“表演”,也就是“秀”。作动词,可以表示“给……看”,延伸含义是“给……带路”。原文里的showed me to my table,指的就是“带我到我订的餐桌前”。另外一个例子:
The nurse showed us to the waiting room
My friend hasn't arrived yet.(我的朋友还没到。)
这里的hasn’t arrived指的是has not arrived,是个现在完成时的否定句,表示“没有到达”。后面的yet是作副词,表示“尚未发生的事情”,汉语可以翻译成“还”。也就是说:我朋友还没到。另外一个例子:
I haven't finished today's work yet
I’ve been waiting for her for ten minutes.(我已经等了十分钟了。)
I’ve been…,全称叫I have been…,后面经常接动词的现在分词形式doing,表示“我一直在……”。比如说:
I've been travelling all day
I’ve been yawning all day
这句话里有个很常见的搭配,叫做wait for…,字面意思是“为了……等待”,其实就是“等待……”。比如说:
I've been waiting for your call
I've been waiting for the right time 时机
这句话里的for ten minutes表示“持续了10分钟”。for作介词,除了可以表示“为了”,也可以接时间或距离,表示“持续了……”。比如说:
I'm going away for a few days.(我要离开几天。)
We walked for miles.(我们走了好几英里。)
I wonder if she's got my message.(我在想她有没有收到我的信息。)
I wonder if…(我想知道是否……)比如说:
I wonder if you can help me
I wonder if she’s waiting for me now
After a while, she finally showed up.(过了一会儿,她终于出现了。)
after a while表示“过了一会儿”
show up表示“露面”同时
finally作副词表示“最终、终于”,这里是作时间状语:
After three hours, he finally showed up
I guess she was stuck in traffic.(我猜她之前是堵在路上了。)
stuck作形容词表示“被卡住的、被困住的”。be stuck in traffic,字面意思是“被困在了交通里”,也就是“被堵在路上了”:
I’m sorry I’m late. I was stuck in traffic
The waiter brought us a menu.(服务生给我们拿来了菜单。)
brought是bring(带来)的过去式。这里有个结构,叫做bring sb. sth.(给某人带来某物)。比如说:
Bring me my book / Bring my book to me
Can you bring me some water?/Can you bring some water to me?
Let’s see what they have got here.(让我们来看看他们这儿都有什么。)
Let’s see…(让我们看看……)
Let’s see what he will do next
Let’s see who will be right
Let's see who will win the game
We ordered their signature dishes.(我们点了他们的招牌菜。)
signature作名词是“签名”的意思。signature dish指的是一个厨师或者一家餐厅的“招牌菜”。同时,dish这类名词变复数加-es,也是为了让读音更方便。
They should be great.(它们应该不错。)
We have finished everything.(我们全吃光了。)
The food here is out of this world.(这里的菜真是世间少有。)
这里有个很好的表达,叫做out of this world,字面意思是“在这个世界以外”,也就是“世间少有、举世无双”的意思。
I paid the bill with a credit card and signed the receipt.(我用信用卡结了账,签了收据。)
paid是pay(动词“付钱”)的过去式。像这类不规则动词的变化,我们后期会专门总结。
What a wonderful dinner!(真是一顿美好的晚餐!)
What a…!(多么……的一个……啊!)
What a wonderful dinner (it is)!
What a beautiful girl (she is)!
What an interesting book it is !
What an exciting game!
What a nice dog!
What引导的感叹句,和我们之前学过的How引导的感叹句有什么区别?区别就在于强调的词性不一样,What(什么)强调的是“形容词+名词”,比如
What a beautiful girl she is!
What an interesting book it is!
How(多么)强调的是“形容词或者副词”,比如
How beautiful she is!
How quickly things change!
reservation [ˌrezə(r)ˈveɪʃn] n.预约,预订
reserve [rɪˈzɜː(r)v] vt.预约,预订(座位、席位、房间等)
前缀re-表示“回来”;中间的-serv-表示“保留、看管”,我们熟悉的serve(动词“服务”),其实字面意思就是“在旁边看护好”。reserve的字面意思,“保留回来、保留下来、不再给别人”,作动词专门指的是“预约、预订、座位、房间等”。比如说:
I reserved a double room at the hotel.(我在那个酒店预订了一个双人房。)
reserve作动词,也可以表示“保留、把……留给……”,也就是“看管好、不再作它用”的意思。比如说:
These seats are reserved for the elderly and women with babies.(这些座位是专留给老人和抱小孩的妇女的。)
reservation作名词,表示“预约、预订”。一般我们会用make a reservation来表示“预订座位、房间”等
reservation作名词,也可以表示“保留”,我们平时说的“毫无保留”,就叫做:
without any reservation / without reservation
treat [triːt] vt.对待;请客,款待;治疗,医治
treat作动词,表示“对待”。比如说:My parents still treat me like a child.(我的父母仍然把我当成孩子对待。)
treat作动词,也可以表示“请客、款待”。比如说:Do you have time? I want to treat you to dinner.(你有空吗?我想请你去吃晚饭。)
treat作动词,还可以表示是“治疗、医治”,也就是“医生对待病人”。比如说:No one knows how to treat this disease.(没人知道怎么治疗这种病。)
wonder [ˈwʌndə(r)] vi.疑惑,想知道;感到惊讶,觉得惊奇n.惊讶;惊叹
wonder作名词,表示“惊叹、奇迹”,其实我们并不算陌生,因为我们熟悉的wonderful(奇妙的、精彩的),字面意思就是full of wonders(充满惊叹的、充满奇迹的)。生活里现实存在的很多伟大的人类巨作,比如中国的长城(the Great Wall),埃及的金字塔(pyramid)等等,都叫做wonders of the world(世界奇迹)
wonder也可以作动词,表示“感到惊讶、觉得惊奇、想知道为什么”,所以我们也把wonder翻译成“疑惑、想知道”。比如说:
I wonder if we can have dinner tonight.(我想知道今晚我们能不能一起吃饭。)
反过来,英语里经常用no wonder表示“不足为奇”,结合语境汉语往往翻译成“难怪”。比如说:
You’ve already had lunch, no wonder you’re not hungry.(你已经吃过午饭了,难怪你不饿。)
menu [ˈmenjuː] n.菜单
这个词从读音上和-mini-(词根“小、迷你”)有关,指的是“有琐碎小细节的清单”,现在专指“菜单”。比如说:
Let’s see what is on the menu today.(让我们看看今天的菜单上有些什么菜。)
order [ˈɔ(r)ːdə(r)] v.点菜;命令;订货n.顺序,次序;秩序;命令;点菜;订货
order作名词,本意是“顺序、次序”。比如说:
Can you put everything in order?(你能把所有东西按顺序放好吗?)这里的in order,字面意思是“处于顺序里”,也就是“按顺序”。
平时,我们说的“公共秩序”,英语叫做public order,指的就是“一切井然有序”
order由“顺序”的意思,延伸出了“按顺序进行”,比如“点菜、命令、订货”等等,都是“收到指令后按顺序做”。可以作名词,也可以作动词。比如说:
The officer ordered them to fire
Have you ordered yet?
sign [saɪn] n.符号,标志,迹象v.签署,签名
sign作名词,表示“符号、标志、迹象”。比如说:
Headaches may be a sign of stress.(头疼可能是紧张的迹象。)
我们在马路上看到的各种“路标”,英语就叫做road signs。
sign作动词,表示“写下标记”,生活里往往指的是“签署、签名”。比如说:
Sign your name here, please.(请在这里签名。)
另外,今天的课文里还出现了一个词,叫做:signature [ˈsɪɡnətʃə(r)] n.签名;署名
就是动词sign加上一个名词后缀-ature组成的词。比如说:
Can I have your signature?(能给我签个名吗?)
同时,一家餐厅的“招牌菜”,英语叫做signature dish;一个运动员的“招牌动作”,英语叫做signature move,指的都是“含有自身特点的标志”
receipt [rɪˈsiːt] n.收据;收条
这个词从读音上和receive(动词“收到”)有关,指的是“用书面形式告诉别人你收到了”,专门指的是“收条、收据”。比如说:
I wrote her a receipt for the money.(我为那笔钱给她开了张收据。)
今天我们开始我们来学习英语的“摩擦音”。所谓的“摩擦音”,指的是“发音器官造成的缝隙使气流产生摩擦而发出的声音”。今天我们学的一对摩擦音,分别是 /f/ 和 /v/。
/f/ 口播:上牙齿轻轻咬住下嘴唇,气流通过上齿和下唇间的缝隙出来:/f/。你来张嘴说一下:/f/。
/v/ 口播:舌上牙齿轻轻咬住下嘴唇,气流通过上齿和下唇间的缝隙出来,同时声带振动:/v/。你来张嘴说一下:/v/。
也就是说:除了声带震动,/f/和/v/的发音方法完全一致,所以它们是一对清浊辅音。
/f/ feel, first, coffee, phone, laugh
/v/ very, travel, every, have, leave
leaf vs. leave
off vs. of
fifty-five(五十五) /ˈfɪfti/ /faɪv/
have fun(玩得开心)/hæv/ /fʌn/
1. I want to fly to France and visit my friend.(我想飞去法国拜访我的朋友。)
2. My friends are all very friendly.(我的朋友们都很友好。)
3. I will leave at five past seven.(我七点零五分走。)
4. Steve lives in a far village.(史蒂夫住在一个很远的村庄。)
1. Forbidden fruit is sweet.(禁果最甜。)
2. Everything is good when new, but friends when old.(凡事都是新的好,朋友却是老的好。)
今天的文本,一共16句话,分别是8个动作和对应的8个想法。因为所有的动作都已经发生过了,讲话人是站在现在的角度描述过去的动作,所以8个动作的动词都是一般过去时。而每个动作对应的想法,都是当时做相应动作那一刻脑子里的所思所想,所以8个想法的动词都是一般现在时。
A lot of new movies came out last weekend.(上周有很多新电影上映了。)
a lot表示“许多”,许多什么呢?后面的of表示从属关系,表示“……当中的许多”,比如a lot of people(人当中的许多),也就是“许多人”的意思。
came是come的过去式。come out字面意思是“走出来”。比如说:
I can't come out tonight. I have to prepare for my exam.
生活里结合不同的语境,除了字面意思以外,come out还可以翻译成“书籍发布、电影上映”等等很多延伸含义:
When will your new book come out?
I’d like to go to the cinema tonight.(我今晚想去看电影。)
I’d like to…,全称是I would like to…,字面意思是“我会喜欢去……”,用来描述自己接下来的打算,汉语翻译成“我想要去……”。相比I want to…,I would like to…显得更委婉、也更礼貌一些。I’d like to…,也是一个非常高频的口语句型。比如说:
I'd like to learn a new language
I’d like to invite you to dinner tonight.
I wanted to book a ticket online.(我当时想在网上订票。)
book除了当名词表示“书”,也可以作动词,表示“记录在书内、把名字写下来”,汉语翻译成“预约,预订”。book a ticket,就是“订一张票”的意思。再比如说:
I’d like to book a table for two at 8 o'clock tonight
I'd like to make a reservation for two at 8 o'clock tonight.
online是个合成词,由on(介词“在上面”)和line(名词“线、线路”)组成。online的字面意思就是我们所说的“在线、线上”,也就是“在网上”
Should I go for an action movie or a comedy?(我应该选动作片还是喜剧片?)
go for的字面意思是“为了……而去”。比如说:
Let's go for a drink
Let’s go for a walk.
Should I go for this car or that car? 选这辆还是那辆
电影的类型有很多,按剧情来分,除了action movie(动作片),comedy(喜剧片),常见的还有drama(剧情片),horror(恐怖片),thriller(惊悚片),science fiction(科幻片,简称sci-fi),epic(史诗片),romance(爱情片),documentary(纪录片)等等
The tickets were selling out quickly.(票当时卖得还真是快。)
sell out表示“卖出去”,这里是用过去进行时were selling out来表示票“当时正在不断往外卖”,也就是“很多人都在同一时间买票”,进行时的表达很有画面感。
I have trouble making decisions.(我迟迟拿不定主意。)
I have trouble doing sth.(我做某事有困难。)
I have trouble understanding the words
I have trouble remembering names
decision是decide(动词“决定”)的名词形式。make a decision表示“做决定”。
I got to the cinema before the rush hour.(我在晚高峰前赶到了电影院。)
这里的got是get的过去式。got to the cinema是对过去动作的描述,表示说话人说话时,“到电影院”这个动作已经发生过了。
Wow, the theater is already full of people.(哇,电影院已经人山人海了。)
already作副词,表示“已经”。比如说:
He has already left
I’ve already finished my work
I printed out my ticket and had it checked.(我把票打了出来,检了票。)
have sth. + done,表示“让某事被做、让别人做某事”。这里的had it checked表示“让票处于被检查过的状态”,也就是“检了票”。我们再来举个例子,比如说:
I want to have my hair cut. 字面意思是:我想让我的头发被剪掉。其实就是“我想理发”的意思
我需要找人修我的自行车。(I need to have my bike repaired.)
I can't wait to watch the movie. (我等不及看电影了。)
I can’t wait to…(我等不及去……了)。你也可以理解成:我迫不及待要去……了。后面接动词原形,表示要去做什么。比如说:
I can't wait to see you!
I can’t wait to go home
People were checking their phones all the time.(当时总是有人一直在看手机。)
这里用过去进行时表示一种抱怨的情绪。另外,check their phones,字面意思是“检查他们的手机”,其实就是“查看手机、打开手机看”的意思。你也来造个句子吧:
You’re always eating all the time 你总是吃个不停。/你就知道吃吃吃
Is it so difficult to put your phone down for two hours?!(把手机放下两小时就那么难吗?!)
简单来说,这句话就是一个疑问句:Is it so difficult?(这件事就这么难吗?)其中,这里的it是形式主语,真正的主语是后面的to put your phone down for two hours(把你的手机放下两个小时)
The movie failed to tell a good story.(这电影没能讲好一个故事。)
fail to do sth.,表示“失败做某事”,也就是“没能做好某事”。比如说:
He failed to keep his promise.(他没能遵守他的诺言。)
我没能通过考试。(I failed to pass the exam.)
I feel disappointed.(我感到很失望。)
disappointed这个词,由disappoint(动词“使失望”)和一个后缀-ed组成,表示“失望的”。
顺便说一下,英语里的很多动词,词尾加上-ing和-ed之后,都会有形容词的词性。其中,动词的-ing形式叫“现在分词”,动词的-ed形式叫“过去分词”。而所谓的“分词”,指的就是“分别具有动词和形容词两种词性的词”
I left early.(我提前离场了。)
left是leave(动词“离开”)的过去式。
It’s a total waste of time and money.(真是浪费时间和金钱。)
It’s a total waste of…(这完全是对于……的浪费。)你也可以直接理解成:这完全是浪费……。比如说:
这完全是浪费感情。(It’s a total waste of emotion.)
这完全是浪费精力。(It’s a total waste of energy.)
action [ˈækʃn] n. 行动
act [ækt] v. 做事,行动;举止,表现;扮演 n. 行为,所做之事;一段表演
act作动词,可以表示“做事、行动”。比如说:She acted without thinking.(她不加思索就采取了行动。)
act作动词,也可以表示“举止、表现”。比如说:You’re acting like a child!(你现在的举止就像个孩子!)
act作动词,还经常用来表示“扮演”。比如说:He is acting the bad guy in the movie.(他将在这部电影里出演大反派。)
act本身也可以作名词,表示“行为、一段表演”等等各种意思。比如说:
a kind act(善举),a selfish act(自私的行为)。或者说:a very good act(一段很好的表演)。
action作名词,专门指的是“各类行动”,但是不能表示“行为举止、表演”等意思。我们一般说“采取行动”,叫做take action,但是不能说take ac
在电影行业,action movie专门指的是“动作片”。
trouble [ˈtrʌbl] n. 麻烦 v. 使烦恼
trouble可以作名词表示“麻烦”,也可以作动词表示“使烦恼”。英语里有个很有趣的谚语,叫做:
Never trouble troubles until troubles trouble you.(麻烦不找你,别去惹麻烦。)
print [prɪnt] v. 印刷;打印 n. 印刷体;印刷品
print这个词,从读音上和press(动词“压、按”)有关。我们熟悉的pressure(压力),就来自press。print作动词,最早指的就是“压出来的印迹”,专指“印刷”。比如说:
They printed 30,000 copies of the book.(这本书他们印了3万册。)
现在print作动词,还可以表示“打印、刊登、发表”等等,都是“印刷”的延伸含义。比如说:
Can you print this card for me?(你能帮我打印一下这张卡片吗?)
They printed his letter in the newspaper.(他们在报纸上刊载了他的信。)
另外,print也可以作名词,表示“印刷体、印刷品”等等,也都是延伸含义。
tell [tel] v. 告诉;讲述;辨别
现在我们来总结一下英语里常见的和“说话”相关的单词。最常见的有四个,分别是:speak,say,talk,tell。不过这四个词的侧重点都不一样:
speak侧重“会说话”,或者“会说某种语言”。比如说:
Animals cannot speak human languages.(动物不会说人类的语言。)
Can you speak French?(你会说法语吗?)
speak也可以表示“发表讲话、演讲”。比如说:
He will speak at the meeting.(他将在会上讲话。)
say侧重“说什么内容、说了什么话”。比如说:
She said goodbye to all her friends and left.(她跟所有的朋友道别后就离开了。)
我们平时没听清楚别人说的话,经常会问:Can you say that again?(你能再说一遍吗?)强调的也是“说话的内容”。
talk侧重的是“谈话、聊天”,后面要跟to/with接谈话的对象,或者跟about接谈话的内容。比如说:
Can I talk to/with you for a minute?(我能跟你谈一会儿吗?)
What are you talking about?(你在说什么?)
tell侧重“告诉、讲述”。比如说:
Tell me if you need my help.(如果你需要帮忙就告诉我。)
Can you tell a story to me?(你能给我讲个故事吗?)
如果两样事物你讲不出区别,可以说:I can’t tell the difference. 所以汉语也会把tell翻译成“辨别”
disappointed [ˌdɪsəˈpɔɪntɪd] adj. 失望的
disappoint [ˌdɪsəˈpɔɪnt] vt. 使失望
再往前推,这个词的前缀dis-表示“相反”;中间的ap-是ad-的变体,也是个很常见的前缀,从读音上和at相关,表示“朝、去”。之所以写成ap-,是为了和后面的字母p连起来的时候读音方便;最后的point是名词“点”。disappoint的字面意思,是“违背了一个点、没能去一个点”,指的是“没能达到双方指定的目标”,作动词表示“使失望”。比如说:
I'm sorry to disappoint you.(很抱歉让你失望了。)
disappointed作形容词,表示“失望的”。比如说:
I’m very disappointed with the result.(我对结果表示非常失望。)
/s/ 口播:在舌尖和上齿龈之间留下一点缝隙,让气流出来,声带不振动:/s/。你来张嘴说一下:/s/。
/z/ 口播:在舌尖和上齿龈之间留下一点缝隙,让气流出来,声带振动:/z/。你来张嘴说一下:/z/。
也就是说:除了声带振动,/s/和/z/的发音方法完全一致,所以它们是一对清浊辅音。
/s/ sit, class, place, police, science
/z/ easy, husband, zoo, scissors, jazz
police vs. please
sip vs. zip
first visit(首次拜访) /fɜː(r)st/ /ˈvɪzɪt/
some businessmen(一些商人) /sʌm/ /'bɪznɪsmen/
1. Have you seen my glasses?(你见到我的眼镜了吗?)
2. See you in the same place on Saturday.(周六在老地方见。)
3. My favorite music is jazz.(我最喜欢的音乐是爵士乐。)
4. What time does the zoo close?(动物园几点关门?)
1. Business is business.(公事公办。)
2. Every cloud has a silver lining.(黑暗中总有一线光明。)
I’ve been working for ten hours.(我已经连续工作了十个小时。)
我们之前学过I’ve been doing…这个句型,表示“我一直在做……”。进一步来讲,been是be动词的过去分词。I’ve been doing这个句型,描述的是“边完成边持续进行的动作”,在语法上也叫“现在完成进行时”
It’s time to take a break and go to the gym.(该休息一下,去健身房了。)
take a break(休息一下),go to the gym(去健身房)
The first thing is to warm up.(首先是热身。)
The first thing is to…(首先要做的是去……。)比如说:
If you want to learn English well, the first thing is to choose a good course.
When I get home, the first thing is to take a shower.
同时,这句话里还有个搭配,叫做warm up,字面意思是“热起来”,指的是“给身体预热、热身”的意思
It’s vital to start slow.(开始要慢一点,这点至关重要。)
It's vital to…,后面接动词原形,表示“做……是至关重要的。”比如说:
It’s vital to make the right decision
It’s vital to keep a clear head
I ran on the treadmill for 15 minutes.(我在跑步机上跑了十五分钟。)
ran是run(动词“跑”)的过去式。后面的on the treadmill是地点状语,表示“在跑步机上跑”;for 15 minutes是时间状语,表示“持续了15分钟”。同时,treadmill是个合成词,由tread(动词“踩”)和mill(名词“磨坊”)组成。“磨坊”最早指的是“通过不断走路来磨东西的屋子”,而treadmill指的是“通过不断走路或跑步来紧跟转速的机器”,专门指的是“跑步机”
I’ve already sweated a lot.(我已经出了很多汗了。)
这是一个典型的现在完成时的句子。其中I’ve already sweated(我已经出汗了)是主要信息;后面的a lot(很多)是表程度的副词短语,表示“出了很多汗”
I’ve done three sets of push-ups and pull-ups.(我做了三组俯卧撑和三组引体向上。)
这里的set是“一组、一套”的意思。a set of push-up,就是“一组俯卧撑”;three sets of push-ups,就是“三组俯卧撑”
push-up是个合成词,由push(动词“推”)和up(副词“向上”)组成。push-up的字面意思是“向上推”,专门指的是“俯卧撑”
pull-up也是个合成词,由pull(动词“拉”)和up(副词“向上”)组成。pull-up的字面意思是“向上拉”,专门指的是“引体向上”
你也来造个句子吧:我每天做五组俯卧撑,三组引体向上:
I do five sets of push-ups and three sets of pull-ups every day
It helps to build my strength.(这有助于我增加力量。)
build my strength,字面意思是“建立我的力量”,其实就是“增加力量”的意思
I’ve done some barbell exercises to build muscle.(我做了几组杠铃练习来增肌。)
barbell也是个合成词,由bar(长条)和bell(铃铛)组成,指的是“带长杆的、两头有重量的、需要双手使用的举重器械”,汉语叫做“杠铃”
健身房还有一种常见的器械,叫做dumbbell,由dumb(形容词“哑的”)和bell(名词“铃铛”)组成,指的是“带短杆的、两头有重量、一般单手使用的健身器械”,汉语叫做“哑铃”
build muscle,字面意思是“建立肌肉”,其实就是“增肌”的意思:
I do dumbbell exercises every day to build muscle
Come on! You got this!(加油!你可以的!)
Come on! 是个非常实用的口语表达,而且在不同的语境下,意思也略有不同。我来给你举一些例子:
安慰:比如你看到朋友的心情不好,遇到烦心事了,然后你说:Come on! Everything will be fine soon.(振作起来!一切很快都会好的。)
催促:比如你朋友做事比较磨叽,你等得有点着急,然后你说:Come on! We don’t have much time!(快点儿!我们时间不多了!)
鼓励:比如你朋友在参加比赛,你在赛场上给他加油,就可以说:Come on! You’re the best!(加油!你是最棒的!)
怀疑:你朋友跟你说了一件事,你不相信,然后你说:Oh, come on! That can’t be true!(得了吧!那不可能是真的!)
你也来说几个句子吧?比如:
你和朋友参加一个聚会快迟到了,你说:快点!我们要迟到了!(Come on! We’re gonna be late!)
你朋友跟你说了一件你不相信的事,你说:得了吧!那不可能!(Come on! That’s impossible!)
You got this! 字面意思是“你达到这件事了”,指的是“你行的!/你可以的!”也是鼓励自己或别人时常说的话。该你了:加油!你可以的!
I finished my training with stretching.(我做了拉伸动作来结束锻炼。)
这句话的主要信息是I finished my training(我结束了我的锻炼);后面的with stretching(用拉伸的方式)是方式状语。也就是说:我用了拉伸的方式结束了锻炼
We finished the party with singing
Cooling down is a must.(缓和运动是必须的。)
...is a must.(……是必须的。)
When other people help you, saying “Thank you” is a must
For Spring Festival, dumpling is a must
I’ve tried really hard to overcome my laziness.(我非常努力地想克服懒惰。)
I've tried really hard to…(我非常努力地去……。)比如说:
I've tried really hard to build strength
I've tried really hard to build muscle
It’s all about not giving up.(一切重在不要放弃。)
It's all about…,字面上是“这一切都有关……”,后面接名词或者相当于名词的词。汉语也可以理解成:一切重在……。比如说:
一切重在你的态度。(It’s all about your attitude.)
一切重在你的感觉。(It’s all about your feeling.)
I took a shower and changed my clothes.(我冲了个澡,换了衣服。)
I feel great after the workout.(锻炼之后我感觉很棒。)
workout也是个合成词,字面意思是“干活(把体能消耗)出来”,专门指的是“锻炼”
I feel great after school
vital [ˈvaɪtl] adj. 至关重要的;生死攸关的
这个词前面的vita-是词根“活、生存”,英语里有个词叫做vitamin(维他命),指的是“维持生命的元素”,也就是“维生素”
vital后面是一个形容词后缀-(a)l。vital的字面意思,是“生命的、生死攸关的”,延伸含义是“至关重要的”。比如说:
She’s always vital and full of energy.(她总是生气勃勃、活力四射。)
It’s vital to help him as soon as possible.(尽早帮助他是至关重要的。)
build [bɪld] v. 建立;建造 n. 身材,体形
build作动词表示“建造、修建”。比如说:
They're building new houses by the river.(他们正在河边建新房子。)
build作动词,也可以抽象地表示“建立、创建”。比如说:
We want to build a better future for our children.(我们想为孩子创造更美好的未来。)
build后面加上-ing就是名词building“建筑物”的意思
build本身也可以当名词,表示一个人的“身材、体形”。比如说:
She is of medium build.(她中等身材。)
strength [streŋθ] n. 力量;体力;力气
这个词的形容词形式我们并不陌生,就是strong(强壮的、强大的)
strength作名词,表示“力量、力气”。比如说:
He pushed the door with all his strength.(他用尽全力去推那扇门。)
He was surprised at her strength.(他为那个女孩的力气感到惊讶)
muscle [ˈmʌsl] n. 肌肉
这个词从读音上和mouse(老鼠)有关。因为人身上的肌肉动起来,很像来回乱窜的小老鼠,所以肌肉才叫muscle。比如说:
I really want to lose some of this belly fat and turn it into muscle.(我真的想减掉一些腹部脂肪,把它变成肌肉。)
hard [hɑː(r)d] adj. 努力的;硬的;困难的;辛苦的;猛烈的;冷酷无情的 adv. 努力地;困难地;辛苦地;猛烈地;牢固地
hard这个词,基本意思是“坚固的、硬的”。英语里有个表达,叫做a hard nut to crack,字面意思是“一枚很难打破的坚果”,指的是“一个很棘手的、很难攻克的问题”。比如说:
This problem is a hard nut to crack.(这个问题很棘手。)
hard由“坚固”的意思,又慢慢延伸成了形容词“困难的”(difficult),指的也是“坚固的、难攻克的”。比如说:
This question is very hard to answer.(这个问题很难回答。)
hard作形容词,也可以表示“辛苦的”,指的是“费力的、不容易的”。比如说:
This is very hard work.(这是很辛苦的工作。)
hard作形容词,还可以表示“猛烈的、冷酷无情的”一系列的意思,指的也都是“难对付的”。比如说:
My father is a hard man.(我父亲是个很严厉的人。)
It has been a hard winter.(今年冬天非常冷。)
另外,hard也可以作副词,表示“努力地、辛苦地、猛烈地”等等这些意思。比如说:
Work hard and play hard.(努力工作,痛快玩。)
It has been raining very hard all day.(一整天雨下得都很猛烈。)
overcome [ˌəʊvə(r)ˈkʌm] v. 克服;攻克
overcome是个合成词,由over(从一头到另一头)和come(来)组成,字面意思是“从一头走到另一头”,作动词表示“克服、攻克”,也就是“从困难的一头走到胜利的一头”。比如说:
A good attitude can help you overcome many difficulties.(好的态度能帮你克服很多困难。)
laziness [ˈleɪzinəs] n. 懒惰
lazy [ˈleɪzi] adj. 懒惰的:He's too lazy to walk to work.(他很懒,不愿走路上班。)
laziness是lazy的名词形式,表示“懒惰”:Laziness is the mother of poverty.(懒惰是贫穷之母。)
/θ/ 口播:舌尖放在上下牙齿之间,不要用力咬,气流从舌尖和牙齿中间流出,声带不振动:/θ/。你来张嘴说一下:/θ/。
/ð/口播:舌尖放在上下牙齿之间,不要用力咬,气流从舌尖和牙齿中间流出,同时声带振动:/ð/。你来张嘴说一下:/ð/。
也就是说:除了声带振动,/θ/和/ð/的发音方法完全一致,所以它们是一对清浊辅音。
/θ/ thank, theater, thirsty, mouth, month
/ð/ this, that, these, those, they
注意:英语单词里出现的字母组合th,基本都是“咬舌音”,但是偶尔会发/t/,比如Thailand(泰国),Thomas(托马斯)等等。
breath / breθ / vs. breathe / briːð / (“呼吸”的名词和动词形式)
author vs. other
thirty-three(三十三) /ˈθɜː(r)ti/ /θriː/
they themselves(他们自己) /ðeɪ/ /ðəmˈselvz/
1. Thursday is my brother’s birthday.(周四是我兄弟的生日。)
2. Thank you for thinking of my birthday.(谢谢你还记得我的生日。)
3. My mother and father don't like this weather.(我的父母不喜欢这个天气。)
4. Let's get together when the weather gets better.(等天气好转了,我们一起聚聚吧。)
1. Health is better than wealth.(健康大于财富。)
2. God helps those who help themselves.(天助自助者。)
It’s been ages since last time I cooked.(我已经很久没有下厨了。)
age作名词,除了可以表示“年龄”,还可以表示“很长时间”
since作连词,表示“自从……以来”
It’s been ages since…,指的是“自从……以来,已经很长时间了”,是一个很实用的句型。比如说:
It's been ages since we met last time
It's been ages since we had dinner last time
I need to buy some groceries on my way home.(我回家路上得去买点食品杂货。)
on one’s way home,指的是“在某人回家的路上”。这句话里的on my way home是地点状语,表示“在回家的路上买点食品杂货”
I made a shopping list and headed to the nearest store.(我列了个购物清单,前往最近的一个超市。)
shopping list指的是“购物清单”
head这个词,除了可以作名词表示“头”,也可以作动词表示“朝……前进”,指的就是“头朝……走”。head to后面加地点,就表示“朝某地走去”。比如说:
He said goodbye to us and headed to the company
I’m heading to the gym
英语里经常用“the+形容词最高级+名词”,表示“最……的……”。原文里的nearest,就是near(形容词“附近的”)的最高级,表示“最近的”。the nearest store,指的就是“最近的那家商店”,因为“最”只有一个,所以形容词最高级前面往往有定冠词the,表示特指
With the list, I'm less likely to double back.(有了清单,我就不太可能(因为忘买东西)再折返回来了。)
I’m likely to…(我可能去做……。) / I'm less likely to…(我不太可能去做……。)
I’m likely to travel to many countries if I can learn English well.(如果我能学好英语,我可能会去很多国家旅游。)
I’m less likely to believe what he said.(我不大可能会相信他说的话。)
I’m likely to go to Beijing on Sunday
I’m less likely to go out tomorrow
double back,字面意思是“二次回来”,指的是“沿原路返回”,往往是因为忘了做某件事,重新回去做。比如说:
I forgot to bring my keys and had to double back
I grabbed a shopping cart.(我取了一辆购物车。)
cart这个词,从读音上很像car(汽车),生活里往往指的是“手推小车”。原文里的shopping cart,就是“购物车”的意思。
Let’s get rolling.(让我们出发吧。)
roll作动词是“旋转”的意思。在口语里,get rolling指的是“开始运转”。Let’s get rolling. 字面意思是“让我们开始运转吧”,在生活里指的是“让我们动身吧、出发吧”。比如说:
Let's get rolling. We need to be at the airport by 7:30.(出发吧。我们需要在7:30前赶到机场。)
英语里还有个表达,叫做get sth. rolling,表示“让某事开始”。比如说:
Everyone is here. Let’s get the meeting rolling.(大家都到齐了。让我们开始开会吧。)
你也可以直接用get the ball rolling来表示“开始任何活动”:
We don’t have much time. Let’s get the ball rolling!
First is the produce section.(先是农产品区。)
produce除了可以作动词表示“生产”,也可以作名词,表示“产品”,尤其指的是“农产品”。这里的produce section,指的是“农产品区”。
Vegetables are packed with vitamins and help us stay healthy and strong.(蔬菜富含维他命,帮我们保持身强体壮。)
be packed with,表示“塞满……的、充满……的”,相当于be full of…,是个很形象的说法。Vegetables are packed with vitamins. 也就是说:蔬菜富含维他命。
help sb. do sth.,表示“帮助某人做某事”。原文里的help us stay healthy and strong,指的就是“帮助我们保持健康和强壮”。你也来造个句子吧:你能帮我打开这个盒子吗?
Can you help me open the box?
stay作动词表示“待着、保持”,后面接形容词,表示“保持某种状态”。比如说
stay calm(保持冷静)
stay away from him(和他保持距离、远离他)
Then comes the meat and dairy section.(然后是肉类和乳制品区。)
也就是说:Then the meat and dairy section comes.(然后肉类和乳制品区来了。)这种主谓颠倒的句子在语法上叫做“倒装句”。类似的表达比如说:
Here comes the bus.(公交车来了。)
Don’t forget cheese and milk.(别忘了奶酪和牛奶。)
Don’t forget…(别忘了……。)
Don’t forget your jacket
Don’t forget to do sth
Don’t forget to bring your jacket
Don’t forget your coat
Don’t forget to take medicine
Next is the bakery and then the deli.(下一个是烘焙区,然后是熟食区。)
通过刚才的活动轨迹,我们可以捋出来一个描述顺序的常见套路。那就是:First… Then… Next…(首先……然后……接下来……)
Wow, I'm lucky to get a bargain.(哇,我真幸运,捡了个便宜。)
I'm lucky to…(我很幸运去……。)后面接动词原形,表示去做的事情。比如说:
I'm lucky to have a friend like you.(我真幸运,有像你这样的朋友。)
我很幸运在这里碰到你。(I’m lucky to meet you here.)
get a bargain,就是“得到便宜、捡了便宜”的意思。
I've been checking the things off my list.(我一直在清单上打勾。)
这里有个很形象的表达,叫做check the things off,字面意思是“检查物品使其离开”,其实就是“把物品名字勾掉”的意思。也就是说,买了什么东西,就在这个名字旁边做个标记,表示买完了。你也来造个类似结构的句子吧:
他在清单上他们的名字旁打了钩。(He checked off their names on the list.)
Keeping track is the key to shopping quickly.(做好记录是快速购物的关键所在。)
Keep track表示“保持线路、保持追踪”,这里的Keeping track是动名词短语作主语
…is the key to…(……是通向……的关键。)
Practice is the key to good English
Hard work is the key to success.
I’ve been waiting at the checkout counter for 10 minutes.(我已经在收银台等了10分钟。)
这句话里的I’ve been waiting(我一直在等)是主要信息;后面的at the checkout counter(在收银台)是地点状语;最后的for 10 minutes(持续了10分钟)是时间状语。
Finally it's my turn.(终于轮到我了。)
Finally作副词,表示“最后”。你可以和刚才的First,Then,Next等连起来,形成一个从头到尾的表达顺序的结构。另外,It’s one’s turn,字面意思是“转到某人这里了”,也就是“轮到某人了”。
grocery [ˈɡrəʊsəri] n. 食品杂货店(groceries 食品杂货)
grocer [ˈɡrəʊsə(r)] n. 食品杂货商
再往前推,grocer来自gross(形容词“总的、毛的”),我们经常说的GDP,全称叫做Gross Domestic Product,也就是“国内生产总值”。grocer作名词,指的是“各种货物的批发商”。grocer后面加上一个名词后缀-y,就得到了另外一个名词grocery,专指“食品杂货店”。grocery的复数形式groceries,专指“食品杂货”。我们来造个句子把这几个词串起来:
He is a grocer and he sells groceries in his grocery.(他是一个食品杂货商,他在他的食品杂货店里卖食品杂货。)
list [lɪst] n. 列表;清单 vt. 将……列成单子,把……列入名单
list可以作名词,表示“列表、清单”。比如说:a shopping list(一份购物单),a price list(一张价目表)等等。
list也可以作动词,表示“将……列成单子、把……列入名单”。比如说:
I will list everyone at the party and give it to you.(我会把每一个参加派对的人列入名单然后给你。)
double [ˈdʌbl] adj. 两倍的;双份的 v. 翻番,加倍
这个词前面的dou从读音上和two(二)有关;后面的-ble从读音上和fold(动词“折叠”)有关。double的字面意思是two-fold(双重的、两折的),作形容词表示“两倍的、双份的”,我们平时订酒店要定“两人间、标准间”,英语就叫做double room。
double也可以作动词,表示“翻番、加倍”。比如说:
She wants to double her income.(她想让自己的工资翻倍。)
grab [ɡræb] vt. 突然抓住
grab作动词,表示“突然抓住”或者“匆忙抓住”,这也是个口语高频单词。比如说:
She grabbed the child's hand and ran.(她抓住孩子的手就跑。)
生活里,如果有一个难得的机会到来,我们要形容“抓住这次机会”,就经常会说grab the opportunity。比如说:
If you don't grab this opportunity, you might not get another one.(如果你不抓住这次机会,可能就没有第二次了。)
口语里如果想表达“随便吃点东西、先找点东西垫垫肚子”,经常会说:Let’s go grab a bite,字面意思是“让我们去抓个可以啃的东西吧”,是个很形象的说法
因为grab表示“突然抓住”,所以有时候也可以表示“抢夺”。比如说:
A man grabbed her bag and ran away.(一个男人夺走了她的包,然后跑掉了。)
packed [pækt] adj. 充满…的,塞满了…的
pack [pæk] v.(把……)打包;塞满,挤入 n. 一批,一套,一组,一副
pack从读音上很像bag(名词“包”),作动词表示“打包”或者“把……打包”。比如说:
He packed a few things into a bag.(他把几样东西装进了包里。)
pack作动词,也可以表示“塞满、挤入”。比如说:
We all packed together into one car.(我们都挤进了一辆汽车里。)
pack也可以作名词,表示“一批、一套、一副”等等,其实都是“包裹在一起、堆积在一起”的意思。比如
a pack of cigarettes(一包烟)
a pack of cards(一副牌)等等
packed作形容词,表示“充满……的、塞满……的”。比如说:
The book is packed with information.(这本书信息量非常大。)
bakery [ˈbeɪkəri] n. 面包店
这个词的动词形式叫做:
bake [beɪk] v. 烘,烤,焙
I'm baking a cake for myself.(我在为我自己烤蛋糕。)
bakery作名词,指的是“烤面包的地方”,也就是“面包房、面包店”。
deli [ˈdeli] n. 熟食店;熟食品
这个词从读音上和delicious(形容词“好吃的”)相关,作名词指的是“好吃的食物”,专门指的是“熟食品”或者“熟食店”。比如说:
He went to the deli to buy some food.(他进了熟食店买吃的。)
track [træk] n. 足迹,踪迹;轨迹 v. 追踪
这个词从读音上和drag(动词“拉、拽”)有关。track作名词,指的是“拉出来的一条印迹”,表示“足迹、踪迹”。比如说:
We followed the bear's tracks in the snow.(我们跟着熊在雪地上留下的足迹走。)
track作名词,也可以表示铁路等的“轨道”,或者比赛的“跑道”,同时,早期的一些唱片、CD等等的“曲目”,也叫track,因为它们的声音就是刻录在“轨道”里
checkout [ˈtʃekaʊt] n. 付款台,付款处
checkout是个合成词,字面意思是“检查然后出去”,专门指的是在商店、超市等地方“核对商品付完钱以后才能外出的地方”,也就是“付款台、收银台”,也叫做checkout counter。
counter [ˈkaʊntə(r)] n. 柜台
这个词前面的count是动词“数数”;后面是一个名词后缀-er。counter作名词,字面意思是“数钱的地方”,不过生活里往往指的是银行、商店等的“柜台”,也就是“办理业务的地方”。比如说:
She is serving behind the counter.(她正在柜台后面服务。)
finally [ˈfaɪnəli] adv. 最后;终于
final [ˈfaɪnl] adj. 最终的
再往前推,这两个词都和finish(动词“结束”)有关,这也是为什么final作形容词表示“最后的”。我们平时说的“期末考试”,英语就叫做final exam。
finally作副词,表示“最后、终于”。比如说:
Finally, he made it.(最终,他做到了。)
turn [tɜː(r)n] v. 转动;转身,扭,转弯;翻转;转变成 n.(依次轮到的)机会;轮流;转弯
turn作动词,基本意思是“转动”,我们发这个音的时候,尤其是美音,也能明显感觉到舌头“卷起来”。比如说:
He turned the key in the lock.(他转动钥匙开锁。)
Can you turn down the music?(你能把音乐声音关小点吗?)
turn作动词,可以表示“转身、扭、转弯”。比如说:
She turned to look at me.(她转过头来看着我。)
She turned her head away.(她把头扭到了一边。)
I turned the car into the car park.(我转弯把汽车开进了停车场。)
turn作动词,可以表示“翻转、翻过来”。比如英语老师讲课的时候经常会说的类似的话:
Turn to page 23 and look at the picture.(把书翻到23页,看那这张图。)
turn作动词,还可以表示“转变成”。比如说:
The weather has turned cold.(天气变冷了。)
turn也可以作名词,意思也都和“转”有关。比如说:
When you see the school sign, make a right turn.(当你看到学校标志的时候,右转弯。)
turn作名词,还可以表示“转到、轮到的机会”。比如说:
I’m waiting for my turn.(我在等着轮到我。)
/ʃ/ 口播:舌尖靠近上齿龈,舌身抵住上颚,气流从舌尖和上颚的缝隙里流出,嘴唇稍微收圆:/ʃ/。你来张嘴说一下:/ʃ/。
/ʒ/ 口播:舌尖靠近上齿龈,舌身抵住上颚,气流从舌尖和上颚的缝隙里流出,嘴唇稍微收圆,同时声带振动:/ʒ/。你来张嘴说一下:/ʒ/。
也就是说:除了声带震动,/ʃ/ 和 /ʒ/的发音方法完全一致,所以它们是一对清浊辅音。
/ʃ/ shop, machine, delicious, sugar, Russia, international
/ʒ/ Asia, television, usual, casual, treasure
pressure vs pleasure
mention vs measure
shoe shop(鞋店) /ʃuː/ /ʃɒp; ʃɑːp/
special occasion(特别的场合) /ˈspeʃl/ /əˈkeɪʒn/
1. She sells seashells on the seashore.(她在海边卖海贝壳。)
2. Tonight is a special occasion.(今晚是一个特别的场合。)
3. He is watching television in the shop.(他正在那个商店里看电视。)
4. He usually wears casual dress.(他经常穿休闲装。)
1. The shoemaker always wears the worst shoes.(鞋匠总是穿最破的鞋。)
2. There is no pleasure without pain.(没有苦就没有乐。)
在第四单元里,主要出现了英语的一般过去时、现在完成时,以及少量的过去进行时和现在完成进行时。今天我们就来一起集中回顾、总结一下这些时态。
首先,在总结之前,我们先来了解一些基本概念:
在英语里,一个动词的变化主要有四种“形式”:现在式、过去式、进行式(动词的-ing形式,也叫“现在分词”)和完成式(一般为动词的-ed形式,也叫“过去分词”)。所谓的“分词”,指的是“分别担任动词和形容词两种词性的词”。换句话说,英语的大多数分词除了可以当动词,也可以当形容词。我们分别来举两个例子:
现在分词:
He is eating now.(他现在正在吃东西。)(eating是eat的“进行式”;is eating是现在进行时;is是助动词)
He has a great eating habit.(他有一个很好的饮食习惯。)(形容词“饮食的”)
过去分词:
I have finished my homework.(我把我的作业做完了。)(finished是finish的“完成式”;have finished是现在完成时)
I’m not finished.(我还没结束呢。)(形容词“结束的、完成的”)
另外,英语动词的过去分词形式,还可以和助动词be一起构成“被动语态”(be+done),表示“被……了”。比如说:I have eaten the cake.(我已经把蛋糕吃了。)这里的eaten是eat的“完成式”,也是“过去分词”;have eaten是现在完成时,表示“已经吃了”;而如果你说:The cake is eaten.(蛋糕被吃了。)这里的is eaten,就是被动语态,表示“被吃了”。
几乎每个动作都有过去式,表示过去发生的事情。一般过去时都是由动词的过去式来表示。我们先通过之前的一些视频片段,来复习一些最常见的一般过去时:
Lesson 13: The waiter showed me to my table.
Lesson 13: After a while, she finally showed up.
Lesson 13: We ordered their signature dishes.
Lesson 14: I wanted to book a ticket online.
Lesson 14: The movie failed to tell a good story.
Lesson 15: I finished my training with stretching.
Lesson 16: I grabbed a shopping cart.
在上面这些句子里的动词,都是词尾加-ed构成过去式。这类动词属于规则动词。但是还有一些动词的过去式并不规则,我们在第四单元里也见过这些例子,下面就让我们来一起回顾一下:
Lesson 13: I guess she was stuck in traffic.
Lesson 13: The waiter brought us a menu.
Lesson 14: A lot of new movies came out last weekend.
Lesson 14: I got to the cinema before the rush hour.
Lesson 14: I left early.
Lesson 15: I ran on the treadmill for 15 minutes.
Lesson 13: I paid the bill with a credit card and signed the receipt.
在第四单元里,我们还见过一些and连接的并列句,其中包括了规则动词和不规则动词。我们一起来回顾一下:
Lesson 14: I printed out my ticket and had it checked.
Lesson 15: I took a shower and changed my clothes.
Lesson 16: I made a shopping list and headed to the nearest store.
当然,相比之下,英语里还是规则动词多,不规则动词属于少数。一会儿我们会集中总结。
现在完成时,由助动词“have+动词的过去分词”构成,助动词have可以简写为’ve。如果是主语是第三人称单数,那么现在完成时的助动词have要变成has,简写为’s。而且,动词的过去分词,通常和过去式的写法一样,区别就在于动词前面是否有助动词have。我们来看一些第四单元里现在完成时的例子:
Lesson 13: My friend hasn't arrived yet.
Lesson 13: We have finished everything.
Lesson 15: I've already sweated a lot.
Lesson 15: I've tried really hard to overcome my laziness.
还有一些动词的过去分词并不规则,我们一起来回顾一下:
Lesson 13: I've made a reservation for two in the restaurant.
Lesson 13: I wonder if she's got my message.
Lesson 15: I've done three sets of pushups and pullups.
Lesson 15: I've done some barbell exercises to build muscle.
Lesson 16: It's been ages since last time I cooked.
下面,我们一起来总结一下英语动词的过去式和过去分词的写法规则:
大部分动词都是直接在词尾加-ed或-d,构成过去式和过去分词。比如:work-worked-worked,move-moved-moved等等。
辅音字母+y结尾,y变i再加-ed。比如:try-tried-tried,study-studied-studied等等。之所以这么写,主要是为了避免读音混淆,否则try直接加-ed写成tryed,可能会读成/trjed/;study直接加-ed写成studyed,可能会读成/stʌdjed/。
以“一个元音字母+一个辅音字母”结尾,这个音节又重读,单词末尾字母要双写(x除外),再加-ed。比如:stop-stopped-stopped,drop-dropped-dropped等等。之所以这么做,主要也是为了避免读音混淆,以免把stoped读成/stəʊpt/,把droped读成/drəʊpt/。
不规则动词:英语里所谓的“不规则”的词,很多都是古英语的残留。比如take-took-taken,have-had-had,feel-felt-felt等等
之前我们学过,在英语里,进行时态都是由“助动词be+动词的-ing形式(现在分词)”组成的。如果我们要表明一个进行时的具体时间,就可以把助动词be换成相应的词来体现。比如把be换成了was(am和is的过去式)或者是were(are的过去式),这个时候的was doing或者were doing,表示“过去正在进行的动作”,也就是“过去进行时”。在第四单元里,出现了少量过去进行时的句子。我们一起来回顾一下:
Lesson 13: I was hoping to treat my friend tonight.
Lesson 14: The tickets were selling out quickly.
Lesson 14: People were checking their phones all the time.
在讲这个时态之前,我们先来看两个句子:
(1)他正在吃早饭。(He is having breakfast.)(现在进行时)
(2)他已经吃过早饭了。(He has had breakfast.)(现在完成时)
但在现实生活里,还有很多事情,可能步骤很多、时间很久,需要一点一点持续不断地完成。比如修路、盖楼等等,不可能一下子完成,而是一种“边完成边进行”的状态。这个时候,就要用到英语的“完成进行时”(have been doing)。这里的have是助动词,been是助动词be(是)的过去分词,后面接动词的现在分词,表示“正在做的动作”。换句话说,“完成进行时”,其实就是“完成时和进行时的合并”。比如说:他一直吃了一个小时的早饭。英语就叫做:He’s been having breakfast for an hour.
在第四单元里,也出现了几个现在完成进行时的句子。下面我们就一起来回顾一下:
Lesson 13: I've been waiting for her for ten minutes.
Lesson 15: I've been working for ten hours.
Lesson 16: I've been checking the things off my list.
Lesson 16: I've been waiting at the checkout counter for 10 minutes.
今天的标题叫做:Introducing oneself(介绍自己),也就是“自我介绍”。这里的introducing是动名词,来自introduce(动词“介绍”),前缀intro-和inter-一样,都表示“相互”;后面的-duc(e)-表示“引导”。introduce的字面意思,是“相互引导、相互引荐”,专指“介绍”。比如说:
Let me introduce you to my friend
introduce的名词,叫做introduction,表示“介绍”。所以自我介绍也可以说成:self-introduction。比如说:
Let me make a short self-introduction.
Young: Excuse me. You dropped your work card.(杨:不好意思。你的工牌掉了。)
excuse作名词,表示“借口”,指的是“免于被指责”。比如说:
Do not make any excuses.(别找任何借口。)
excuse作动词,表示“原谅”,其实指的还是“免于被指责”。Excuse me. 字面意思是“原谅我。”汉语里一般翻译成“不好意思、打扰一下”等等,是跟陌生人说话的常用措辞。我记得有一次在国外的一个餐厅,想从两个打台球的外国人中间过去,就跟其中一个人说:Excuse me. 结合语境就是“不好意思借过一下”的意思。结果他特别客气地躲到一边,嘴里还说:You’re excused. 我当时就有点懵,不知道是什么意思。因为我的意识里一直把excuse me(不好意思)当成一个整体来用,所以第一反应对方说的意思是“你是不好意思”,以为他是在埋怨我。后来我才知道,人家的意思是“你被原谅了”,结合语境也就是“没什么”的意思。所以通过这件事,我希望你能感觉到对单词透彻理解的重要性,而不是只会说话,不懂得变通
Excuse me. Can I get by?
如果你跟一个人吵架,对方突然冲你说了一句侮辱性特别强的话,你也可以说:Excuse me? 意思是“你敢再说一遍吗?”
work card 工作卡、工牌
Doris: Oh, thank you so much. I'm such a klutz.(多莉丝:噢,太感谢你了。我太笨了。)
Thank you/Thanks. 表示“谢谢(你)。”后面可以接各种状语,来表示感谢程度。比如:
Thank you very much
Thank you so much
Thanks a million.(谢你一百万次/万分感谢)
Thank you from the bottom of my heart
I’m such a klutz. 这里的such是个限定词,表示“如此、这样”。我真是个笨蛋。
所谓的“限定词”,指的是“限定名词范围的词”,往往表示“特指或数量”,比如a/an,the,this,that,his,every,each等等。
另外,klutz是个口语词汇,字面意思是“大块头、泥块”,在口语里表示“笨手笨脚的人”
Young: I don't think we've met. You must be new.(杨:我觉得我们没见过。你一定是新来的。)
met是meet的过去式和过去分词,这里的I don't think we’ve met里面有现在完成时,指的是“我不认为我们以前见过”
You must be…往往表示有把握的推测
You must be David
You must be tired
You must be kidding
You must be a good teacher
You must be crazy
Doris: Yes. I just joined the company. I'm Doris.(多莉丝:是的。我刚刚入职。我叫多莉丝。)
join作动词,表示“加入、参加、成为一份子”。比如说:
I want to join your club
Would you like to join us for a drink?
Young: My name is Young.(杨:我叫Young。)
Doris: Have you worked here long?(多莉丝:你在这里工作很长时间了吗?)
Have you…?(你已经……了吗?)
Have you seen today’s news?
Have you brushed your teeth?
Have you finished your work?
Young: I have worked here for 2 years as a manager in the IT department. Where did you work before?(杨:我在这里的信息技术部做了两年的经理。你之前在哪里工作?)
Young回答了两句话。第一句话比较长:I have worked here for 2 years as a manager in the IT department.(我在这里的信息技术部做了两年的经理。)这句话的主要信息是I have worked here for 2 years(我在这里工作了两年);后面的as a manager(作为一名经理)是方式状语;紧接着的in the IT department是地点状语。IT,全称叫Information Technology(信息技术)。IT department也就是“信息技术部”
第二句:Where did you work before?(你之前在哪里工作?)这里有两个你要注意的语言点:第一,对过去提问,时态只需要在助动词do上体现出来就可以了,把do要变成did,而后面的动词直接用动词原形即可。比如:
Where did you go ?
What did you do?
How did you do that?
Where did you go to school?
What did you say?
How did you get here?
I have worked here for five years
I have been working here for five years
Doris: I worked at an education company. I was responsible for designing classes.(多莉丝:我之前在一家教育公司工作。主要负责课程设计。)
首先Doris说:I worked at an education company.(我之前在一家教育公司工作。)注意,我们通过英语的worked这个过去式,就知道是“之前工作”了,但是汉语要把“之前”这个时间状语说出来。
was responsible for指的是“为……负责、对……负责”,后面要跟名词。原文里的designing classes(设计课程)是个动名词短语,相当于名词成分。简单来说,介词后面跟的都是名词或者相当于名词成分的词。你也来说两句吧:
I worked in a supermarket. I was responsible for selling groceries
Young: It's really nice to meet you. Can I add your WeChat?(杨:认识你真的很高兴。我可以加你的微信吗?)
It’s nice to meet you.(见到你很高兴。)这句话里的It是形式主语,真正的主语是后面的to meet you(见到你)。当然,口语里一般会直接省略掉It is,说成:Nice to meet you. 简单来说,如果把这句话还原成正常语序,应该是:To meet you is nice. 同时,原文这句话里还加了一个程度副词really,表示“真的、事实的”
除了说nice,你可以替换成各种你想说的形容词,来表达你见到对方的心情,比如
Happy to meet you.
Pleased to meet you
It’s a pleasure to meet you
It’s an honor to meet you
Doris: Sure. Here is my QR Code.(当然可以。这是我的二维码。)
QR Code,全称Quick Response Code(快速反应码)条形码 barcode
Young: I sent you a friend request.(杨:我给你发了好友申请。)
friend request,指的是“好友申请”
Doris: I like your profile picture.(多莉丝:我喜欢你的头像。)
profile作名词,可以表示“简介”。这里的profile picture,字面意思指的是“简介照片
Your WeChat profile picture is so beautiful.)
Young: Thank you. Oh no! Is that the time already?! I need to dash.(杨:谢谢。不会吧!已经到点了吗?!我得赶紧走了。)
already作副词,是all+ready(全都准备好)的简写,表示“已经”。Is that the time already?! 字面意思是“已经到那个时间了吗?”指的是到了Young有事情的时间。后面的I need to dash. 字面意思是“我要猛冲了”,其实指的就是“我得赶紧走了”,是个很形象的说法
Oh no! It’s already 10 o’clock. I need to dash
Doris: Don't let me hold you up.(多莉丝:别让我耽误你时间。)
Don't let me…
Don't let me hear the name again!
Don't let me down. 字面意思是“别让我下来”,其实指的是“别让我的情绪低落、不高兴”,也就是“别让我失望”的意思
Don't let me fall
hold sb. up。hold作动词,除了表示“握住”,也可以表示“使保持某种状态”,up在这里作副词表示“完全”。hold sb. up的字面意思,是“保持住某人、拖住某人”,在生活里指的是“阻碍某人、耽误某人”。比如说:
I’m sorry for holding you up, but I have a question
I know you’re very busy, so I won’t hold you up.
Young: Let's keep in touch on WeChat. Would you like to have lunch together later?(杨:我们在微信上保持联系吧。等会儿你想一起吃个午饭吗?)
keep in touch,表示“保持在一种接触、联系当中”,其实就是“保持联系”
Let’s keep in touch on WeChat.
Would you like to…?
Would you like to stay and have dinner?
Would you like to be an English teacher?
Doris: That sounds good. I'm looking forward to it.(多莉丝:听起来不错。我很期待一起吃午饭。)
sound除了可以作名词表示“声音”,也可以作动词,表示“听起来”。That sounds good. 就是“听起来很好”的意思。你也可以在sounds后面加其它形容词来表达你的感情。比如
That sounds funny.(听起来很搞笑。)
That sounds great.(听起来很棒。)
That sounds terrible.(听起来很糟糕。)
That sounds interesting
I'm looking forward to…(我期待着……)。look forward,字面意思是“向前看”,延伸含义叫做“期望”,是个很形象的修辞用法;后面的介词to表示“朝向”,也就是“朝哪里看”;to后面接一个名词,或者相当于名词成分的词,来表示“希望前方看到什么、期望什么”。原文里的I’m looking forward to…,也就是“我在期望着……、我盼着……”的意思。比如说:
I'm looking forward to the weekend
I'm looking forward to working with you
I’m looking forward to my holiday
I’m looking forward to reading your new book
just [dʒʌst] adv. 正好;恰好;刚刚;刚才;仅仅,只不过 adj. 公平的;公正的
just这个词,本身是形容词“公平的、公正的”,指的是“不偏不倚、两边同等对待”,最早源于罗马宗教组织的措辞,罗马神话里的正义女神,就叫做Justitia,她一手提着一杆秤,用来主持公平,一手拿着一把剑,用来制裁违背公平原则的人。
不过在日常生活里,just更多是以副词的形式出现,表示“正好、恰好”,其实指的就是“两者同等或同时”。比如说:
This is just what I want
just作副词,也可以表示“刚才、刚刚”,突出的就是“两者时间差不多、几乎同时”。比如说:
I just came home when you called me
just作副词,还可以表示“只不过是、仅仅”,突出的也是“不多不少、不过如此”。比如说:
He’s just a kid
department [dɪˈpɑː(r)tmənt] n. 部门
前缀de-表示“向下、脱离”,depart指的是“脱离、成为一部分”。department作名词,意思是“部门”,指的是“一个组织里分开的一部分”。比如说
sales department(销售部)
marketing department(市场部)
IT department(信息技术部)等等
“百货公司、百货商店”,英语叫做department store,指的就是“一家囊括了各种小商店的大商店”
另外,我们之前还学过一个词,叫做apartment(公寓),指的是“分开的一间一间的地方”。这两个词你要注意区分
education [ˌedʒuˈkeɪʃn] n. 教育
educate [ˈedʒukeɪt] vt. 教育
前缀e-是ex-的简写,表示“向外”;中间的-duc-表示“引导”;后面是一个动词后缀-ate。educate的字面意思,是“引导人走出来”,专指“教育”。比如说:
She was educated in the US.(她是在美国受的教育。)
education作名词,表示“教育”。比如说:I've always worked in education.(我一直从事教育工作。)
design [dɪˈzaɪn] v. 设计 n. 设计
前缀de-表示“向下、脱离出来”;后面的sign我们之前学过,作动词表示“写下标记”,signature指的就是一个人的“签名”。design作名词,字面意思是“标记下来、划出、制定”,作动词和名词,都表示“设计”。比如说:
She designed her dress by herself
I like the design of your dress.
request [rɪˈkwest] n.(礼貌、正式的)请求;要求 vt. 请求;要求
前缀re-表示“再一次”;后面的quest表示“寻求”,我们熟悉的question(问题),字面意思就是“寻求答案”。request的字面意思是“再次寻求”,现在作名词或者动词,表示“请求、要求”,是个正式的礼貌的措辞。比如说:
He made a request for more help
He requested to join the meeting
profile [ˈprəʊfaɪl] n. 简介;侧面轮廓
前缀pro-表示“向前”,我们平时说的progress(进步),字面意思就是“向前走”;profile后面的file有“线条”的意思,file现在作名词表示“文件”,早期指的也是“用线穿起来的纸”。profile的字面意思,是“(摆在前面给人看的)线性轮廓”,作名词在生活里经常用来表示“轮廓、简介”。比如说:
This is my personal profile.(这是我的个人简介。)
profile作名词,也可以表示“侧面轮廓”。比如说:
This is a picture of the president in profile.(这是一张总统的侧面画像。)
dash [dæʃ] v. 猛冲;急驰
dash是个拟声词,模仿的是快速、猛烈运动发出的声音,作动词表示“猛冲”,生活里经常用来表示“赶紧走”。比如说:
I must dash. I'm late.(我得赶紧走。来不及了。)
hold [həʊld] v. 持有;拥有
hold作动词,基本意思是“抓着(不放)”,延伸含义有很多,比如“容纳,保持住,守住、坚持住”等,但核心含义都是“掌握住、掌控住”。我们来结合一些语境,感受一下hold的灵活用法:
(1)He is holding a gun.(他手里拿着一把枪。)(抓着)
(2)Can you hold my hand?(你能拉着我的手吗?)(抓着)
(3)Computers can hold a lot of information.(电脑能装下很多信息。)(掌握→容纳)
(4)She bought too many things. One bag can’t hold them all.(她买的东西太多了。一个包装不下。)(掌握→容纳)
(5)He holds two world records.(他保持着两项世界纪录。)(掌握→保持)
touch [tʌtʃ] v. 接触 n. 触碰
touch作动词,基本意思是“接触、触碰”。比如说:
Don’t touch the water. It’s very hot.(别碰水。很烫。)
The paint is wet. Don’t touch it.(油漆还没干,别去摸。)
生活里,touch作动词,还有“触动、感动”的意思。比如说:
Her story touched us deeply.(她的故事深深触动了我们。)
touch的现在分词touching,作形容词表示“感人的、令人感动的”。比如说:
This is a very touching movie.(这是一部非常感人的电影。)
touch的过去分词touched,作形容词表示“受到感动的、被感动的”。比如说:
I’m very touched by the movie.(我被这部电影感动了。)
同时,你慢慢就会发现,英语里的现在分词作形容词,往往表示的都是“主动”;而过去分词作形容词,往往表示的都是“被动”,这也是最简单、最直观的一种区分方法。比如
interesting(有趣的),interested(感兴趣的);
exciting(振奋人心的), excited(感到激动的);
boring(无聊的),,bored(感到无聊的)
/h/ 口播:嘴巴张开,舌头自然放平,轻轻呵出一口气,声带不振动:/h/。你来张嘴说一下:/h/。
/r/ 口播:舌尖向上卷起,靠近上齿龈后部,气流经过舌尖和上齿龈之间的缝隙摩擦发声,同时声带振动:/r/。你来张嘴说一下:/r/。
也就是说:/h/ 是清辅音,而 /r/ 是浊辅音
/h/ help, hot, hat, who, whole 注意:/h/ 在一些单词开头不发音。比如:hour, honor, honest
/r/ ready, right, sorry, write, wrong
half an hour(半个小时) /hɑːf; hæf/ /ən; æn/ /ˈaʊə(r)/
right or wrong(对还是错) /raɪt/ /ɔː(r)/ /rɒŋ; rɔːŋ/
1. It’s hot in here.(这里真热。)
2. Can you help me for an hour?(你能帮我一个小时的忙吗?)
3. I don't know if I'm right or wrong.(我不知道我是对还是错。)
4. I’m really sorry to be wrong.(非常抱歉我做错了。)
1. Hit the nail on the head.(一针见血。)
2. When in Rome, do as the Romans do.(入乡随俗。)
Young: Hi, Doris.(杨:你好,多莉丝。)
hi,汉语翻译成“嗨”,是个打招呼非常常见的感叹词。
英语里还有个感叹词,和hi很像,你可能没有注意过,叫做hey。这个词也可以表示打招呼,但是hey还可以表示“生气、认为不重要”等等这类语气。比如说:
Hey! Leave my things alone!(喂!别碰我的东西!)这个时候的Hey表示的就是“生气”
She has made the stupid mistake again — but hey! — who cares?(她又犯了那个愚蠢的错误。不过有谁在乎呢?)同时这句话里的hey,就是“不在意、认为一件事不重要”的语气词
Hey! Don’t touch my car! 喂!别碰我的车!()
Doris: Hello again, Young. This is my teammate, Leo.(多莉丝:你好,又见面了,杨。这是我的组员,里奥。)
Hello again,是短时间内第二次见到同一个人的时候可以说的话,汉语翻译成“又见面了”
紧接着后面的This is…(这是……),是介绍他人最常见的方式。当然,如果你想措辞隆重一点,你也可以说:Let me introduce … to you.(让我介绍……给你认识。)比如说:
Let me introduce my friends to you
Let me introduce you to my friends
This is my friend, Mary.
Let me introduce you to my boss.
Young: It's lovely to meet you. I'm Young.(杨:很开心认识你,我是杨。)
lovely来自love(爱),作形容词表示“可爱的、令人愉快的”。It's lovely to meet you. 也就是说:To meet you is lovely
Leo: Pleased to meet you.(里奥:很高兴认识你。)
please除了可以作感叹词表示“请”,也可以作动词表示“取悦”,也就是“让人高兴”。比如说:
You can't please everybody.(你没法取悦每个人。/你没法让每个人都高兴。)
please之所以有“请”的意思,其实也是为了“让对方高兴”。这里的pleased是过去分词,也是形容词,表示“被取悦的、高兴的”,其实这句话是省略了主语和系动词,还原完整就是:
I’m pleased to meet you.(认识你使我感到高兴。)
Doris: Leo works in my team. He is an English teacher from the UK.(多莉丝:里奥在我的团队里工作。他是一位来自英国的英语老师。)
UK,全称叫做United Kingdom(联合王国),指的是“大不列颠及北爱尔兰联合王国”(The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland)。
另外,我们平时说英国,也会说England(英格兰)。不过UK指的是“英国这个国家”,是个地理范围的概念;而England(英格兰)指的是英国的主要部分。English指的是“英格兰人”,或者“英格兰人使用的语言”,也就是“英语”。
Young: Oh, really? That's so cool. Do you like working here?(杨:真的吗?太棒了。你喜欢在这里工作吗?)
Oh, really?(真的吗?)是个很实用的句子。我们平时在不确定对方说的话是否属实,或者表示难以置信的时候,都可以用到这句话。紧接着后面的That’s so cool.(真酷!)表达了Young对Leo职业的钦佩。同时,口语对话里讲求“对话策略”(conversation strategy),要求讲话尽量不冷场,能够“让对话进行下去”(Keep the conversation going)。所以Young才接着说:Do you like working here?(你喜欢在这里工作吗?)给Leo一个继续说话的机会,让彼此的关系更进一步。换句话说,对话策略的大忌,就是无论别人说什么,你都只会说:Yes./No. 这个时候就很容易冷场
Leo: Yes, I enjoy working here. My team is nice and friendly, and Doris is great to work with.(里奥:对,我很享受在这里工作。我的团队很好、很亲切,和多莉丝一起共事也非常棒。)
friendly这个词,来自friend(朋友),作形容词表示“友好的”。另外,这段话的主要难点在最后:Doris is great to work with.(和Doris一起共事非常棒。)也就是说:To work with Doris is great. 这里把Doris is great提前,目的是为了突出Doris这个人。你也来说一句:
和我的老师一起共事非常棒。(My teacher is great to work with.)
Doris: I like working with you, too. Young is a manager. He is in charge of the IT department.(多莉丝:我也喜欢和你一起工作。杨是一位经理,他负责信息技术部。)
... is in charge of … ……负责……
I’m gonna be in charge of everything here from next month
He is in charge of the sales department in this company
Leo: Wow! You must be a busy bee.(里奥:哇!你一定是个大忙人。)
a busy bee,字面意思是“一只忙碌的小蜜蜂”,在口语里经常用来形容“大忙人”,是个很形象的说法。
Young: Yes. You have no idea how busy I am!(杨:是的,你一定想不到我有多忙!)
You have no idea how ... I am!(你一定想不到我有多……!)
You have no idea how excited I was when I heard the news!
You have no idea how beautiful she is!
You have no idea how happy I was yesterday!
Doris: Well, it's time for lunch now. Are you ready to go, Young?(多莉丝:好啦,到吃午饭的点了。你准备好去吃了吗,杨?)
well作为感叹词,作为过渡词汇衔接讲话之间的停顿,或者引出下一个话题,汉语可以翻译成:额、啊、那么,这类语气词。
It's time for… 是……的时候了
It’s time for a rest.
It’s time for English class!
Are you ready to…?
Are you ready to leave?
Are you ready to order?
Young: I sure am.(杨:当然好啦。)
也就是说,Young也准备好吃午饭了。原文是个省略句,还原完整应该是:I sure am ready.(我当然准备好啦。)因为有语境,所以就把之前的ready省掉了。sure在这里是个副词,表示“当然、的确”。你也来造个类似的句子吧:
你准备好去上班了吗?(Are you ready to go to work?)当然好啦。(I sure am.)
除此之外,sure还可以作形容词,表示“确信的、确定的”。比如说:
I’m sure you’re right.(我确定你是对的。)
sure也可以作感叹词,表示“当然”。比如说:— Do you want to come with me?(你想跟我一起去吗?)— Sure.(当然。)
Leo: I'm really hungry. Do you mind if I join you guys?(里奥:我很饿,你们介意我加入你们吗?)
Do you mind…?
Do you mind waiting for ten minutes?
Do you mind if I smoke here? Do you mind my smoking here?
Do you mind driving? I’m too tired.
Do you mind if I open the window?
另外,原文里的guy这个词,作名词表示“男人,家伙”,但在口语里,you guys就是“你们”的意思,不分男女
Doris: Of course not.(多莉丝:当然不介意。)
Of course也表示“当然”,是个很高频的口语短句,否定形式就叫做Of course not(当然不):
Do you want to learn English well?(你想学好英语吗?)Of course!(当然!)
Do you want to travel around the world?(你想环游世界吗?)Of course!(当然!)
Are you lazy?(你懒吗?)Of course not!(当然不懒!)
Do you want to be a troublemaker?(你想做个惹麻烦的人吗?)Of course not!(当然不想!)
Young: The more, the merrier!(杨:人越多越有意思!)
这是一个典型的比较级的句型:The +比较级…, the 比较级…,表示“越……越……”
merrier这个词,是merry(形容词“高兴的”)的比较级形式,这个词在生活里最常出现在圣诞节的时候,很多人在这一天彼此都会说:Merry Christmas! (圣诞快乐!)相当于:Happy Christmas!
teammate [ˈtiːmmeɪt] n. 队友,同队队友
这是一个合成词。team表示“团队”;mate表示“朋友、伙伴”。teammate指的是“队友、同组伙伴”。类似的合成词还有:
classmate(班级伙伴、同学),roommate(房间伙伴、室友),workmate(工作伙伴、工友)等等。
charge [tʃɑː(r)dʒ] v. 要价;控告;充电;赋予职责 n. 费用;指控;电荷;责任
这个词的意思特别多,核心含义都是“装载、承载”。charge作动词,可以表示“要价”,指的是“使往里充钱、收费”。比如说:
How much do you charge for a haircut?(你这里理发需要多少钱?)
charge作动词,可以表示“控告”,其实就是“加罪在某人身上”。比如说:
She is charged with murder.(她被指控犯了谋杀罪。)
charge作动词,也可以表示“充电”。比如说:
I need to charge my phone. It’s out of power.(我需要给我的手机充电。我的手机没电了。)
这也是为什么charge加上一个名词后缀-(e)r,变成charger,就是“充电器”的意思。
同时,charge作动词还可以表示“负责”,其实指的就是“承担责任”,比如说:
He was charged with the work here.(他负责这个区域的工作。)
生活当中,charge除了可以作动词,也经常用作名词,表示“费用、指控、电荷、责任”等等,和动词含义都是一一匹配的。比如说:
The lunch here is free of charge.(这里的午餐是免费的。)
He’s in charge of the marketing department.(他负责市场部的工作。)
busy [ˈbɪzi] adj. 忙碌的
busy作形容词表示“忙碌的”,是个很简单的单词。同时,business(名词“生意”),就衍生自busy的变体busi+名词后缀-ness,指的是“让一个人忙碌的事情”,可以表示“事务”,也可以表示“生意”。英语里有个常见的句子,叫做:
Mind your own business.(管好你自己的事吧。)这句话通常用在你觉得别人多管闲事的时候
同时,英语里有句谚语,叫做:
Business is business.(生意归生意。)也就是汉语里所说的“公事公办”的意思。
idea [aɪˈdɪə] n. 想法;主意;了解,概念
idea作名词,虽然在汉语的翻译里对idea的翻译很多,但在日常生活里只有两个最常见的意思。一个是“想法、主意”,比如说:
This is a great idea.(这是一个很棒的主意。)
另一个是对某件事的“了解、概念”。比如说:
I have no idea what he looks like.(他长什么样我一点也不知道。)
mind [maɪnd] n. 头脑 v. 介意
mind这个词,本意是“思考”。作名词可以表示“大脑、头脑”,指的是“思考的载体”。英语里有句谚语,叫做:
Great minds think alike. 字面意思是:伟大的头脑想法都很像。也就是汉语里所说的“英雄所见略同”。
mind也可以作动词,表示“介意、在意、留意”等等,也都是大脑的活动。我们来举几个例子:
Would you mind turning your radio down a little?(你介意把收音机的声音调小一点吗?)
I don’t mind what we have for lunch.(我不在意我们午饭吃什么。)
Mind your head!(留意你的头!/小心碰头!)
join [dʒɔɪn] v. 参加,加入
join作动词,生活里最常见的意思,就是“加入、参加、成为其中一份子”。比如说:
I don't have time for a drink now, but I'll join you later.(我现在没有时间,稍后会和你们一起喝上一杯。)
It's a great club. Why don't you join it?(这家俱乐部很棒。你为什么不加入呢?)
所谓的“破擦音”,指的是“爆破音和摩擦音组成的音”。比如 /tʃ/,就是由爆破音 /t/ 和摩擦音 /ʃ/ 组成的音;/dʒ/,就是由爆破音 /d/ 和摩擦音 /ʒ/ 组成的音。
/tʃ/ 口播:舌尖靠近上齿龈,做出发 /t/ 音的舌位,让气流完全阻碍,然后让气流冲破阻碍,立刻发出摩擦音 /ʃ/:/tʃ/。你来张嘴说一下:/tʃ/。
/dʒ/ 口播:舌尖靠近上齿龈,做出发 /d/ 音的舌位,让气流完全阻碍,然后让气流冲破阻碍,立刻发出摩擦音 /ʒ/,同时声带振动:/dʒ/。你来张嘴说一下:/dʒ/。
也就是说:除了声带振动,/tʃ/ 和 /dʒ/的发音方法完全一致,所以它们是一对清浊辅音。
/tʃ/ teach, March, watch, future, question
/dʒ/ jacket, jeans, age, large, fridge
chip vs jeep
choose vs juice
Chinese chess(中国象棋) /ˌtʃaɪˈniːz/ /tʃes/
orange juice(橙汁) /ˈɒrɪndʒ/ /dʒuːs/
1. Keep in touch.(保持联系。)
2. I like the picture in the kitchen. (我喜欢厨房里的那副画。)
3. There's some orange juice in the fridge.(冰箱里有一些橙汁。)
4. He's the general manager of a large company.(他是一家大公司的总经理。)
1. Change your attitude, change your life.(改变你的态度,改变你的生活。)
2. Every advantage has its disadvantage.(每个优势都有不足之处。)
课文标题:Asking about recent situations(询问近况)
ask about表示“询问关于……的消息”。后面的recent situations意思是“最近的状况”。Asking about recent situations是动名词短语,表示“询问近况”。
Young: What are you doing, Doris?(杨:你在干什么,多莉丝?)
What are you doing?
What are you thinking about?
What are you trying to say?
What are you waiting for?
Doris: I'm struggling to find my lunch card.(多莉丝:我在努力地找我的午饭卡。)
I’m struggling to…(我在努力去……。)
lunch card
Young: Did you go to the Lost and Found?(杨:你去过失物招领处吗?)
Did you…?(你做过……了吗?)
Did you buy that dress?
Did you get his phone number?
Did you go to the party?
Lost and Found 失物招领处
Doris: I did, but it wasn't there. It has been a bad morning.(多莉丝:我去过了,但是那里没有。今天早上真倒霉。)
用助动词直接来回答对方的提问,是一种非常高效的表达方式。提问和回答,前后助动词的时态要保持一致。比如说:
— Do you like travelling? — Yes, I do./No, I don’t.
— Did you see him?— Yes, I did./No, I didn’t
— Do you have any pets? — Yes, I do./No, I don’t.
— Did you bring your camera?— Yes, I did./No, I didn’t.(是的,我带了。/不,我没带。)
Young: Why? What happened?(杨:为什么?发生什么事了?)
What happened?(发生什么了?)
You look angry. What happened?
Doris: I left my laptop at home.(多莉丝:我把我的笔记本电脑落在家里了。)
Young: Oh no. What did you do?(杨:不会吧。后来呢?)
What did you do?(你当时做什么了?)
What did you say?(你当时说了什么?)
What did you dream about?(你当时梦到了什么?)
Your turn: 你当时买了什么?(What did you buy?)
Doris: I went home and picked it up.
pick作动词表示“捡”。这里的picked it up就是“当时捡起了它”,其实就是“拿起了笔记本电脑”。另外,pick up还可以表示“拿起电话、接电话、接人”等等,都是很形象的说法。比如说:
The phone rang, but nobody picked it up.(电话响了,但是没人接。)
Can you come and pick me up?(你能过来接我吗?)
你能下午五点来接我吗?(Can you pick me up at five in the afternoon?)
Doris: But that wasn't the end of my bad morning.(但那并不是我糟糕早上的结束。)
tthe end of sth.就是“某事的结束”:
It's nearly the end of the term
We can meet near the end of the month
Doris: On the way back to the company,I was riding a bike, and it started to rain. It rained cats and dogs.
rain cats and dogs字面意思是“天上下猫和狗”,生活里指的是“倾盆大雨”。为什么呢?因为在英国的维多利亚时代,也就是1837至1901年,英国维多利亚女王(Alexandrina Victoria)统治的时期,当时的街道排水系统非常差,导致留街上的流浪猫和狗会在暴雨里溺死。暴雨结束以后,街上随处可见死猫和死狗,就好像是天上掉下来的一样,所以人们才用rain cats and dogs来形容“倾盆大雨”
Young: It sounds terrible.(杨:这听起来太糟了。)
Doris: Wait. You haven't heard the worst part.(多莉丝:等会儿,你还没有听到最坏的部分。)
Doris: At lunch, many people were waiting in line.(午饭的时候,有很多人在排队。)
line作名词是“线”的意思,也可以表示“排、列”。wait in line,字面意思是“在一排里等待”,其实就是“排队等待”的意思
Doris: When I got to the front of the line,
the front of,指的是“……的前面”。the front of the line,意思是“队伍最前面”,也就是说:当排到我的时候。
Doris: I realized my lunch card was missing.(我发现我的午饭卡不见了。)
I realized…(我意识到了……。)
I realized my mistake
I realized my phone was lost
I realized my problem
I realized why he was angry
Young: Well, let me help you find it. Oh, look. What's this?!(杨:让我帮你找吧。噢,你看,这是什么?!)
Let me help you…(让我帮你……。)后面通常接动词原形,表示要帮别人做的事情。比如说:
Let me help you move the desk
Let me help you get a drink
Doris: Where was it?(多莉丝:它刚才在哪儿?)
注意这里的be动词的时态是过去式was,指的是“刚才在哪儿”。
Young: It was right under your nose.(杨:就在你的眼前。)
这里的right是副词,表示“恰好、刚好”。这里的right under your nose,字面意思是“刚好就在你的鼻子下面”,其实就是“就在你眼前”的意思
Doris: Thanks a lot! Now I can finally go for lunch.(多莉丝:太谢谢你了!现在我终于可以去吃午饭了。)
find [faɪnd] vt. 发现;找到;找回
find这个词,过去式和过去分词都叫做found。在生活里常见的意思有两个,一个是“发现”。比如说:
I just found 100 yuan in my pocket.(我刚在口袋里发现100块钱。)
还有一个就是“找到、找回”,也就是“原来丢了、现在重新找到了”。比如说:
Finally, the police found his car in the mountains.(最终,警察在山里找到了他的车。)
当然,如果你查英汉词典,还会发现find会被翻译成“找出、查明、发觉、认为”等等的意思,其实都是在不同语境下的“发现”。比如说:
Scientists have been trying to find a way to cure cancer for many years.(多年来,科学家们一直致力于找到治疗癌症的办法。)
Some people find it hard to learn English.(有些人觉得学英语很难。)这里的it是形式宾语,真正的宾语是后面的to learn English(去学英语)。也就是说:Some people find to learn English hard. 然生活中没人这么说,为了避免句式结构混乱,就用it做了形式宾语。
lost [lɒst; lɔːst] adj. 丢失的;迷路的;迷茫的;不明白的;投入的
这个词的动词原形是:
lose [luːz] vt. 丢失;失去;输掉(比赛)
lose作动词,基本意思是“丢失”。比如说:He's always losing his keys.(他老是弄丢钥匙。)
lose作动词,还可以表示“失去、丧失”。比如说:She lost her mother last year. 字面意思是:她去年失去了她的母亲。其实就是说:去年她母亲去世了。
lose作动词,还可以表示“输掉比赛”,其实就是“奖牌或者继续比赛的资格”。比如说:He lost the final game.(他输掉了决赛。)
在不同语境里,lose还可以翻译成很多的意思。比如说:I want to lose weight.(我想减肥。)这里的lose weight,字面意思是“丢失体重”,其实就是“减肥”的意思。再比如说:I lost 30 minutes when I was stuck in traffic.(我在堵车的时候浪费了30分钟。)这里的lost 30 minutes,字面意思是“丢失了30分钟”,其实就是“浪费了30分钟”。
lose的过去式和过去分词,都是lost。除了可以作动词,lost也可以作形容词,表示“丢失的”。比如说:
Lost time is never found again. 字面意思是:丢掉的时间再也找不回来了。其实就是说:光阴一去不复返。
lost作形容词,还可以表示“迷路的”,其实就是“把自己弄丢的”。比如说:I always get lost on the street.(我经常在大街上迷路。)
lost作形容词,还可以表示“迷茫的”或者“不明白的”,其实就是“精神没有方向的、头脑迷糊的”。比如说:She was a bit lost after losing her job.(丢掉工作以后,她有点迷茫。)或者说:Can you say that again? I’m lost.(你能再说一遍吗?我没听懂。)
最后,lost作形容词,还可以表示“投入的、沉迷的”,其实指的就是“心无旁骛、完全沉浸在某事当中”。比如说:
He was lost in the book.(他沉浸在了那本书里。)
happen [ˈhæpən] vi. 发生;偶然;碰巧
happen作动词,泛指事情“发生”。比如说:
No one knows what happened.(没人知道发生了什么。)
happen作动词,还可以表示“偶然、碰巧”,后面经常接to do,表示“碰巧去做什么”。比如说:
I happened to meet Mr. Young in the supermarket.(我碰巧在超市碰到杨老师了。)
I happen to know her.(我碰巧认识她。)
英语里表示“高兴”的形容词有很多,比如happy,glad,pleased等等,但其实每个词的侧重点都有点不一样。pleased来自please(动词“取悦”),指的是“受到取悦的、满心欢喜的”;glad指的是“容光焕发、兴高采烈的”;而happy这个词,就和happen(偶然发生)有关,是一种可遇不可求的运气,你可以拥有很多别人羡慕的东西,但是你还是不一定happy,这也是为什么happy的名词形式叫做happiness,表示“幸福”。
pick [pɪk] v. 挑选;采;摘
pick作动词,基本意思是“捡起、拿起”,在生活里结合不同的语境可以灵活翻译。比如说:
Pick a number from one to twenty.(从一至二十中挑选一个数。)这里的pick,就是“挑选”的意思,和choose(动词“选择、挑选”)没有区别。
pick作动词,可以表示“采摘、摘掉”,也是“捡出来、挑出来”的意思。比如说:
He picked a white hair on his head.(他从头上摘掉一根白头发。)
pick也可以作名词,表示“挑选”。比如说:Take your pick.(自己挑吧。)
英语里有个合成词,叫做toothpick,指的是“剔除牙齿上污垢的工具”,也就是“牙签”。
英语里还有个形容词,叫做picky,指的是“挑来挑去的、挑剔的”。比如说:
Don't be so picky.(不要那么挑剔。)
realize [ˈriːəlaɪz] vt. 意识到;实现
这个词前面的real是形容词“真的”;后面是一个动词后缀-ize。realize作动词,指的是“使变成真的、使在脑子里清楚”,生活里表示“意识到”或者“实现”。比如说:
He suddenly realized he had seen the movie before.(他当时突然意识到自己之前看过那部电影。)
He finally realized his dream of becoming a singer.(他最终实现了自己成为一名歌手的梦想。)
missing [ˈmɪsɪŋ] v. 遗失 adj. 丢失的
miss [ˈmɪs] vt. 错过;未赶上;想念 n. 年轻女子;小姐
英语里有两个miss,虽然长得完全一样,但是来源并不相同,这种词叫做“异源同形词”。一个miss作动词表示“错过、未赶上”。比如说:
I missed my English class this morning.(我错过了早上的英语课。)
You'll miss your flight if you don't hurry up.(如果你不快点,就赶不上航班了。)
miss作动词,还可以表示“想念”,也是“错过”的延伸含义,也就是“因为没见到,所以想念”。比如说:
I really missed her when she went away.(她离开的时候我非常想念她。)
英语里的另一个miss,是mistress(女主人)的缩写,相对的是master(男主人),现在miss作名词,专指“未婚的年轻女子、小姐”或者“看上去像没结婚的女子”。比如Miss Wong(王女士),Miss Lee(李小姐)等等。
/m/ 口播:闭上双唇,气流从鼻腔流出,同时声带振动:/m/。你来张嘴说一下:/m/。
/n/ 口播:嘴巴微微张开,舌尖抵住上齿龈,气流从鼻腔流出,同时声带振动:/n/。你来张嘴说一下:/n/(AI互动)。
/ŋ/ 口播:嘴巴张开,舌根抬高贴住软腭(口腔上颚的后部)以形成阻碍堵住气流,使气流从鼻腔送出,同时振动声带:/ŋ/。你来张嘴说一下:/ŋ/。
/m/ me, film, summer, autumn, climb
/n/ one, sun, dinner, sunny, know
/ŋ/ long, thing, thank, think, hungry
some vs. son vs. song
Tom vs Tony vs tongue
sunny afternoon(晴朗的下午) /ˈsʌni/ /ˌɑːftəˈnuːn; ˌæftərˈnuːn/
Monday morning(周一早上) /ˈmʌndeɪ/ /ˈmɔː(r)nɪŋ/
sing a song(唱一首歌) /sɪŋ/ /ə/ /sɒŋ/
1. Sometimes I watch films.(我有时候会看电影。)
2. It was a sunny afternoon.(那是一个晴朗的下午。)
3. I like singing and dancing.(我喜欢唱歌跳舞。)
1. Many hands make light work.(众人拾柴火焰高。)
2. No pain, no gain.(不劳无获。)
3. Nothing brave, nothing have.(不入虎穴,焉得虎子。)
今天的标题叫做:Asking after someone
字面意思是“在某人后面询问”,指的是“追问、想知道对方好不好”,汉语翻译成“问候对方”。比如说:
I met John yesterday. He was asking after you.(我昨天遇见了约翰,他向你问好。)
下面我们来看原文:
Doris: Those must be our drinks.(多莉丝:那些肯定是我们的饮品。)
这是在排队等待的时候,经常会讲到的一句话。这里的must be(肯定是),我们之前学过,表示有把握的推测。拿到饮料之后,两个人就开始边喝边聊了:
Young: The weekend is almost here. What are you going to do tomorrow?(杨:周末马上就到了。你明天会做些什么?)
这里有两个的语言点。首先是一个合成词weekend,由week(星期)和end(结束)组成,表示“周末”,相对的是weekday(工作日,周一到周五)。
另一个是almost,是all(全部)和most(大多数)合在一起的简写,字面意思是“全部当中的大多数、几乎全部”,作副词表示“差不多、几乎”。比如说:
差不多该走了。(It’s almost time to go.)
他几乎什么都吃。(He eats almost anything.)
原文里的:The weekend is almost here. 指的是:周末马上就到了。也就是“还没到、快到了”。很多英语国家的外国人在周五的时候都喜欢说一个表达,叫做TGIF,全称是Thank God it’s Friday.(感谢上帝今天已经星期五了。)突出的就是对周末的向往。
What are you going to do …? 后面通常接时间状语,表示“你在接下来某个时间会去做什么”。比如说:
What are you going to do after class?
What are you going to do next Friday?
What are you going to do …? 后面也可以接with…,表示“你打算如何处理……”?比如说:
What are you going to do with the books?(你打算如何处理这些书?)
What are you going to do with the bottle?(你拿这个瓶子打算干什么?)
Doris: I'm going to Shanghai.(多莉丝:我要去上海。)
I’m going to …(我要去……)。后面可以接地点名词,表示“要去的地方”,也可以接动词原形,表示“要去做什么”,这个时候相当于I’m gonna。比如说:
I'm going to France for a short break.(我要去法国度个短假。)
I’m going to London next week
Young: Oh? Why?(杨:哦?为什么?)
Doris: There's a special event I must take part in.(多莉丝:有一个我必须要参加的特别活动。)
第一,take part,字面意思是“拿起一部分、承担一部分”,汉语翻译成“参加、参与”。具体在哪里参与呢?后面的in再接地点,就说清楚了。简单来说,take part in …,就是“参与……”的意思。比如说:
I don’t want to take part in the meeting
Do you want to take part in the game?
第二,原文这句话里,There’s a special event(有一个特别活动)是主要信息。后面的I must take part in(我必须参与的)限定了活动的范围,也就是“我必须参加的”那个活动。但是你会发现,在这个句子里,英语是先说活动本身,突出重点,然后再说限定的语言(定语),变成了a special event I must take part in。这也是英汉表达的区别,你要留意。
Young: That will be nice.(杨:那应该很好。)
Doris: Yes, it will be.(多莉丝:是的,会的。) It's my best friend's wedding.(那是我最好的朋友的婚礼。)I'm so excited.(我非常激动。)
Young: How long have you known each other?(杨:你们俩认识多久了?)
How long have you …?(你……多久了?)后面跟动词的过去分词,表示“做的事情”。比如说:
How long have you worked here?(你在这儿工作了多久了?)
当然,你也可以说:How long have you been working here?
How long have you studied English? / How long have you been studying English?
另外,原文这句话里还有个搭配,叫做each other。each表示“每个”;other表示“另一个”。each other的字面意思是“每个另一个”,你这里看他,他那里看你,其实指的就是“彼此、互相”。
Doris: We go back a long way.(多莉丝:很久了。)
这句话的字面意思是:我们往回走一条很长的路。其实就是说:往回追溯我们认识的路很长、我们认识很久了。然后Young接着说:
Young: So you are really close, right?(杨:这么说你俩很亲密,是吗?)
close作形容词,除了可以表示“距离近”,也可以表示“关系近”。紧接着Doris说:
Doris: Yes, we are.(多莉丝:是的,我们很亲密。)
结合上文,这里的Yes, we are就是Yes, we are close的省略。生活里回答类似的问题,也可以省略,但是系动词要根据主语的人称、数量和时态灵活变动。比如说:
(1)— Are you serious?(你是认真的吗?) — Yes, I am.(是的,我是。)
(2)— Are they brothers?(他们是兄弟吗?)— Yes, they are.(是的,他们是。)
(3)— Were you late for work this morning?(你是不是早上上班迟到了?)— Yes, I was.(是的,我是。)
练习:
(1)Are you a good student?(你是个好学生吗?)— Yes, I am.(是的,我是。)
(2)Are we friends?(我们是朋友吗?)— Yes, we are.(是的,我们是。)
(3)Were they here yesterday?(他们昨天是在这里吗?)— Yes, they were.(是的,他们是。)
Doris: What about you? 你呢? Do you have any plans for the weekend?(你周末有什么计划吗?)
Do you have any plans for …(你……有什么安排吗?)后面经常接时间。比如说:
Do you have any plans for tonight?
Do you have any plans for the future?
当然plan也可以作动词,表示“计划、打算”。plan to do sth.,就是“计划做某事”。比如说:
I plan to learn a new language next year
Young: I'm gonna visit my friend.(杨我要去探望我的朋友。) She has just had an operation.(她刚刚动了一个手术。)
这句话里的has是助动词,中间的just是时间副词,表示“刚刚”;后面的had是have(动词“有”)的过去分词形式,和前面助动词has构成了现在完成时。同时,have an operation表示“动手术”。She has had an operation,也就是说:她动了一个手术。
Doris: Oh really? Is she OK?(多莉丝:真的吗?她还好吗?)
Young: Yes, it was just a minor operation,(杨:还好,只是一个小手术,)but I want to go and see her anyway.(但无论如何,我想去看看她。)
anyway是any(任何)和way(途径、方式)的合成词,字面意思是“无论任何途径、不管什么方式”,也就是“无论如何、不管怎样”的意思。紧接着Doris就说:
Doris: You sound like a good friend.(多莉丝:听起来你是一个很好的朋友。)
... sound like …(听起来像……。)
You sound like my mama.(你说话听起来像我妈。)不过这句话到底是夸对方亲切还是损对方说话啰嗦,就要看语境了
That sounds like a good idea.
Doris: Please send her my best wishes.(请送给她我最美好的祝愿。)
这也是问候别人的时候很常见、也很礼貌的一句话。当然,wish也可以作动词,表示“祝福、祝愿”。比如说:
I wish you all the best.(我祝愿你一切都好。)
Doris: Well,(好啦,) I need to go home and pack my things.(我得回家收拾东西了。) See you in the office on Monday.(周一在办公室见。)
Young: See you!(杨:再见!)
special [ˈspeʃl] adj. 特别的
这个词前面的-speci-是“观察、外表”的意思。英语里有个词,叫做species,作名词表示“物种、种类”,指的就是“外表各不相同的生物”
special后面是一个形容词后缀-al。这个词作形容词,指的是“外表不一样的、特别的”,现在泛指“特别的”。比如说:
He is our special guest.(他是我们的特邀嘉宾。)
event [ɪˈvent] n. 重要事件,大事
前缀e-是ex-的简写表示“向外”;后面的-vent-表示come(来),从读音上很像go(走)的过去式went。event的字面意思,是“走来、出来”,作名词指的是“发生的事件”,尤其指的是重要事件。比如说:
He cut his hair for the event.(他为这件事情还专门理了个发。)
close [kləʊz] v. 关闭;不营业;结束,停止 n. 结尾 adj. 接近的,靠近的;亲密的
close的核心含义是“关闭”,生活里结合不同的语境,可以表示不同的意思。close作动词,可以表示“关闭、不营业、结束、停止”。我们来看一些例子:
Could you close the door please?(请关上门,好吗?)
The restaurant closes at 2:00pm.(这个饭店下午两点打烊。)
She closed the meeting with a short speech.(她以简短的讲话结束了会议。)
当然,close也可以作名词,表示“结束、结尾”,也就是“画上一个圆满的句号”。比如说:
Can we bring this meeting to a close?(我们可以结束会议了吗?)
close也可以作形容词,表示“范围很小的、圈起来的”,延伸含义是“接近的、靠近的、亲密的”。比如说:
Our house is close to the school.(我们的房子离学校很近。)
We're a very close family.(我们全家彼此亲密无间。)
visit [ˈvɪzɪt] v. 访问;拜访;看望 n. 访问;参观
这个词前面的-vis-是“看”的意思。我们之前学过的view(名词“观点、看法”),也是visit的同源词。visit作动词,表示“看望、拜访、访问”。比如说:
I went back to visit my old school.(我回去拜访了母校。)
visit也可以作名词,表示“访问、参观”。比如说:
This is my first visit to New York.(这是我第一次访问纽约。)
operation [ˌɒpəˈreɪʃn; ˌɑːpəˈreɪʃn] n. 手术
operate [ˈɒpəreɪt; ˈɑːpəreɪt] v.(使)运行;操作;动手术 n. 运行;操作;手术;有目的的行动
前面的-oper-是work(工作)的意思;后面是一个动词后缀-ate。operate作动词,可以表示“(使)运行、操控”。比如说:
I don’t know how to operate this machine.(我不知道怎么操控这个机器。)
operate作动词,也可以表示“做手术”,有点类似我们平时说的“操刀”。比如说:
The doctor will have to operate on his eyes.(医生得给他的眼睛动手术。)
operation作名词,表示“运行、操作、手术”。比如说:
The operation of this machine is very simple.(操作这个机器非常简单。)
I’m having a minor operation next week.(下周我有个小手术。)
operation作名词,也可以表示“有目的、有人操纵的行动”。比如说:
This is a special operation.(这是一项特别行动。)
minor [ˈmaɪnə(r)] adj. 较小的;次要的;轻微的
这个词前面的-min-是“小”的意思,我们可以结合mini(mini)去记;minor后面是一个比较级后缀-or,和-er一样,都可以翻译成“相比更……的、较……的”。minor作形容词,表示“相比更小的、较小的、次要的、轻微的”。比如说:
This is only a minor problem.(这只是个小问题。)
There may be some minor changes to the schedule.(时间安排也许会有些轻微的变动。)
另外,minor的反义词,叫做:major [ˈmeɪdʒə(r)] adj. 较重要的;主要的;重大的 n.(大学生的)专业 v. 主修,以……为专业
major作形容词,表示“相对较大的、主要的、重大的”。比如说:
There has been a major change in the company recently.(这家公司最近有重大改变。)
major也可以作名词,表示“大学生的专业”,也就是“大学期间主要学习的科目”,以及动词,表示“以……为专业、主修”。比如说:
— What’s your major?(你的专业是什么?)— My major is Chinese.(我的专业是中文。)当然,你也可以回答说:— I major in Chinese. 这里的major in+学科,就是“主修……专业”
所谓的“舌边音”,在英语里指的是舌尖抵住上齿龈,气流从舌头两边流出发的音,也叫“舌侧音”。
舌侧音比较特殊,有两种发音:
(1)当/l/出现在元音前面时,和元音连读,读作/l/(Light L /l/): 口播:舌尖抵住上齿龈,气流从舌头两边流出,同时声带振动:/l/。你来张嘴说一下:/l/。
(2)当/l/出现在元音后面或者单词结尾时,单独发音,读/l/(Dark L /ɫ/):口播:舌尖抵住上齿龈,气流从舌头两边流出,同时声带振动:/l/。你来张嘴说一下:/l/。
(Light L /l/)/l/ live, learn, language, follow, yellow
(Dark L /ɫ/)/l/ cool, girl, school, people, little
注意:有的英语单词里/l/不发音。比如:half, talk, could等。
(Light L /l/)live vs evil
(Dark L /ɫ/)low vs owl
learn a language(学一门语言) /lɜː(r)n/ /ə/ /ˈlæŋɡwɪdʒ/
school girl(女学生) /skuːl/ /ɡɜː(r)l/
1. I hate to wait in long lines.(我讨厌排长队。)
2. I slept very well last night.(我昨晚睡得很好。)
3. When shall we leave?(我们什么时候走?)
4. I’m in the same school with that girl.(我和那个女孩在同一所学校。)
1. Learning makes a good man better and ill man worse.(学习让好人更好,坏人更坏。)
2. It is no use crying over spilt milk.(打翻的牛奶,哭也没用。/覆水难收。)
所谓的“一般疑问句”(general question),指的是最常见的、用Yes或者No就能回答的疑问句。这类疑问句可以分为两类:
(1)含有be动词、助动词(be,do,have)、情态动词(can,may,must等)的疑问句,我们只需要把be动词、助动词或者情态动词放到句首,句尾改成问号并且读升调就可以了。我们一起来回顾一下第五单元遇到的这类一般疑问句:
Lesson 17: Have you worked here long?
Lesson 17: Can I add your WeChat?
Lesson 17: Is that the time already?!
Lesson 17: Would you like to have lunch together later?
Lesson 18: Are you ready to go, Young?
Lesson 20: Is she OK?
我们分别把这些问句改写成陈述句,再来感受一下陈述转疑问的语序变化:
一般疑问句:Have you worked here long? 陈述句:I have worked here long.
一般疑问句:Can I add your WeChat? 陈述句:I can add your WeChat.
一般疑问句:Is that the time already?! 陈述句:That is the time already.
一般疑问句:Would you like to have lunch together later? 陈述句:I would like to have lunch together later.
一般疑问句:Are you ready to go, Young? 陈述句:I’m ready to go.(同上)
一般疑问句:Is she OK? 陈述句:She is OK.
我们分别来看看这些问题可以怎么回答:
— Have you worked here long? — Yes, I have. / No, I haven’t.
— Can I add your WeChat? — Yes, you can. / No, you can’t.
— Is that the time already?! —Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t.
— Would you like to have lunch together later? — Yes, I'd like to.. / I'd like to, but......
— Are you ready to go, Young?— Yes, I am. / No, I’m not.
— Is she OK? — Yes, she is. / No, she isn’t.
这个时候你会发现,回答一般疑问句的答案都是省略句,比如最后一句Yes, she is. 其实指的是Yes, she is OK. 只不过结合语境大家都知道你说的是什么,就省略掉了后面相同的信息。
另外,be动词、助动词(be,do,have),都不能单独在句子里当“谓语”,只是和其它词一起共同构成谓语,所以不叫做“实义动词”。不能单独做谓语的还有情态动词(can,may,must等),它们后面必须跟动词原形来一起构成谓语部分。
(2)如果陈述句里的谓语动词是实义动词(有实实在在意义的、在句中可以单独作谓语的动词,比如like喜欢,mind介意等等),变成一般疑问句,要在句首加上助动词Do,后面的动词换成动词原形,同时句尾改成问号,并且往往读升调。我们一起来回顾一下:
Lesson 18: Do you like working here?
Lesson 18: Do you mind if I join you guys?
Lesson 20: Do you have any plans for the weekend?
我们分别把这些一般疑问句改写成陈述句,再来感受一下陈述转疑问的语序变化:
一般疑问句:Do you like working here? 陈述句:I like working here.
一般疑问句:Do you mind if I join you guys? 陈述句:I mind if you join us.
一般疑问句:Do you have any plans for the weekend? 陈述句:I have some plans for the weekend.
这里有一个很明显的不同,一般疑问句用的是any,陈述句用的是some,为什么呢?
我记得我们小时候学英语,老师跟我们讲过,说some用于肯定句,而any用于否定句和疑问句。其实不是这样的。any不光能用在否定句和疑问句里,也能用在肯定句里。比如说:
I’ll do anything for you.(我愿意为你做任何事。)
那为什么我们在上学的时候,老师会跟我们说“some用于肯定句,any用于否定句和疑问句”这种片面的“规则”呢?其实原因很简单,因为any的意思是“任何”,是不特指的或者对象不明确的。比如否定句:
I didn’t do anything wrong.(我没做错任何事。)这就是不特指某件事。
或者疑问句:
Is there anything I can do for you?(我有什么能帮你的吗?)这也是没特指哪件事
所以我们小时候学英语,老师才说,否定句和疑问句用any。但其实any这个词能表示的可不光是这两种情况,因为只要你的指代不明确,都可以用any。比如刚才我说的:
I’ll do anything for you.(我愿意为你做任何事。)这就是典型的不特指,因为我也不知道你接下来想让我做什么。
但是反过来,some的意思是“某种、某些”,是有明确指代的。比如说:
There’s someone at the door.(门口有个人。)你不能说:There’s anyone at the door.(门口有任何人。)你听起来不害怕吗?全世界70多亿人,你家门口能站几个
所以肯定句一般会用some,不会用any。而有时候some也能用在疑问句,比如说:
Can you lend me some money?(你能借给我点儿钱吗?)这个时候你想借的钱是有数的,所以别人接下来才会问:How much do you want?(你想借多少?)但是你不能说:Can you lend me any money?(你能借给我任何钱吗?)因为这句话的意思就变了,意思是:只要是钱、任何钱都可以。那我给你1分钱吧,反正1分钱也是钱。明白了some和any这俩单词的区别,你再来看看我们刚才的两句话就明白了:
一般疑问句:Do you have any plans for the weekend?(不特指、对象不明确)陈述句:I have some plans for the weekend.(有明确指代)
另外,如果陈述句的动词有人称、时态的变化,那么变成一般疑问句的时候,这些变化都在助动词Do上体现出来,实义动词统一变成动词原形。我们来回顾一下:
Lesson 19: Did you go to the Lost and Found? 如果这个句子变成陈述句,应该是:I went to the Lost and Found.(注意,这里的动词go变成了过去式went。)
当然,目前我们没有见过动词人称变化的问句,我给你补充一个例子:
陈述句:She learns English every day.(她每天学英语。) 一般疑问句:Does she learn English every day?(她每天学英语吗?)(注意,一般疑问句里的助动词do变成了does,同时原来陈述句里的动词learns变成了动词原形learn。)
最后,我们分别来看看原文里的这些问题可以怎么回答:
— Do you like working here? — Yes, I do. / No, I don’t.
— Do you mind if I join you guys? — Yes, we do. / No, we don’t. (现实生活里的礼貌回答:Of course not. /You'd better not.)
— Do you have any plans for the weekend? — Yes, I do. / No, I don’t.
— Did you go to the Lost and Found? — Yes, I did. / No, I didn’t.
所谓的“特殊疑问句”(special question),指的是针对句子里一个特殊部分提问的疑问句。比如人物、事物、时间、地点、方式等等,常见的特殊疑问词有:
what(什么),who(谁),whose(谁的),whom(“谁”的宾格)which(哪个),when(什么时候),where(哪里),how(多么、怎样,比如how far多远,how long多长等),why(为什么)等等。特殊疑问句的构成也特别简单,就是“特殊疑问词+一般疑问句”,不过特殊疑问句一般读降调,不读升调。我们一起来回顾一下:
Lesson 17: Where did you work before?
Lesson 19: What are you doing, Doris?
Lesson 19: What did you do?
Lesson 19: What happened?
Lesson 19: What's this?!
Lesson 19: Where was it?
Lesson 20: What are you going to do tomorrow?
Lesson 20: How long have you known each other?
Lesson 20: Do you have any plans for the weekend?
简单来讲,掌握了一般疑问句以后,特殊疑问句就相对容易多了。
Young: Is that a picture from the wedding ?
Is that a ... from ... Is that a pen from your company
Doris: Yes. This is my best friend
Young: What about this photo ? Who's this ?
what about ...
- Would you like some water ? - No thanks ! - What about some fruit ?
- Do you like pets ? - Yes, I like cats. - What about dogs ?
- Would you like some coffee ? - No thanks ! - What about some orange juice
- Can we have lunch together on Friday ? - I'd love to but I can't - I have two meetings on Friday - What about Saturday
who is ...
Who's the man wearing a black suit
Who's the man at the door
Doris: This is my mother. She is on my hometown
hometown 家乡,口语中可以表示老家
Young: What does she do for a living
介词短语作目的状语
What does ... do for a living ?
What do you/they do for a living
What does your uncle do for a living
Doris: She is a professor in a university
Young: Who is the person next to her?
next to 靠近... 在旁边 ... 介词短语作后置定语
Doris: That is my younger sister
elder sister 姐姐,在美国也可以用older
Young: How old is she ?
How old is your brother / How old are your parents / How old is your dog ?
Doris: She is twenty-five years old. She is three years younger than me
两位数在书写时需要连字符:thirty-three fifty-four
than 比:
My elder brother is five years older than me
She is four years older then me
I saw her on the street
Young: So do you have a big family.
Doris: Yes. I have many cousions, nephews, nieces, and other relatives
cousion 表/堂兄弟姐妹 nephew 侄子/外甥 niece 侄女/外甥女 grandmother/ma 奶奶/姥姥 grandfather/pa 爷爷/姥爷 uncle 叔伯舅 aunt 婶娘舅妈
要表示汉语的爷爷比较麻烦:This is my grandfather on my father's side / my paternal grandfather
外国人通常用称呼+名字来区分:Uncle Tom, Aunt Ma
Doris: Let me show you.
Let me show you how to do this
Let me show you the way to the restaurant
Young: Wow ! You really do have a big family.
do放在陈述句动词前面,用于强调:
I do love this English class
Do tell me when you get home
Young: And who are they ?
Doris: They are my sister's children.
Young: Oh, so you are an aunt ?
Doris: Yes. I have two nephews. This is Tom and this is his elder brother Rebort.
Young: They look so cute. I aslo have a nephew. Maybe they can play together sometime
look做为系动词:看起来 Do I look good ?
Doris: That would be great !
That would be ...
- How about eating out tonight ? - That would be great
That would be boring / impossible
living
live 和 life 有关,作动词表示:生存/活着 The doctors said he only had six months to live
live 还可以表示居住:Where do you live ?
live 作形容词读作/ laɪv / 是alive的缩写:
活着的:We saw a live snake in the garden !
现场直播的/实况的:The club has live music most nights
living 谋生/生机/生活方式
His father never talked about what he did for a living
This cost of living has risen sharply
living 作形容词:正在活着的:All living things
professor
pro向前fess说和phone有关or高级人员后缀
教授:His grandfather was a professor
university
uni和单一有关unit vers转reverse倒车ity名词后缀,围绕一个整体运转 原指一所大学的教职工,现在指大学
Both their children are in university
universe 宇宙
next
adj 下一个:Excuse me , it's my turn, I am the next
adj 接下来的:She's away for the next few days
adv 后来: So what happened next
紧挨着 Can I sit next to the window
relative
relate 联系:You can't relate the two things together
relative 亲戚:He has many relatives
relative 有关系的:He's not relative to this event
relative 两者相比的/相对的:Romance is relative
Welcome to join us and learn English phonetics.
今天我们来学习两个“半元音”,分别是/w/ 和 /j/。在学习之前,我们先简单复习一下“元音”和“辅音”的概念。
元音:在发音过程中气流通过口腔而不受阻碍发出的音。
辅音:发音时气流受到发音器官的各种阻碍、辅助元音发音的音。
那什么叫“半元音”呢?简单来说,就是发音过程中,气流受发音器官阻碍较小、介于元音和辅音之间、同时具有元音和辅音特点的发音。比如:/w/ 和 /j/
/w/ :发音方法类似 /uː/,但非常短:/w/。你来张嘴说一下:/w/。
/j/ :发音方法类似 /iː/,但非常短:/j/。你来张嘴说一下:/j/。
/w/week, way, what, one, question
/j/year, young, university, interview, Europe
warm weather(温暖的天气) /wɔː(r)m/ˈweðə(r)/
your yogurt(你的酸奶) /jɔː(r); jʊr/ /ˈjɒɡə; ˈjoʊɡərt/
1. What’s the weather like today?(今天天气怎么样?)
2. Let’s give him a warm welcome!(让我们热烈欢迎他!)
3. The young man picked a yellow flower yesterday.(那个年轻人昨天摘了一朵黄色的花儿。)
4. You look very young for your age.(对于你的年龄来说,你看起来好年轻。)
下面我们来看看英语名言里的相关发音(Now let's take a look at the related pronunciation in English proverbs):
1. Where there is a will, there is a way.(有志者事竟成。)
2. You cannot eat your cake and have it too.(鱼和熊掌不能兼得。)
Young: Hi, Doris. Do you know any good restaurant ? I want to try something new after work
something 不定代词的合成词,类似的合成词还有somebody, someone ...
不定代词:不明确指定人或物 some/any/each/every/all/none ...
为什么形容词new不放在something前面?new something(新的某物),不是更符合表达顺序吗?其实原因很简单,因为something本身就是some+thing的合成词表示“某个东西”,这里的some本身起的就是形容词或者限定词的作用,已经把形容词的位置用完了,所以再有形容词就要往后放了。同时,作为印欧语系的英语,很多其它情况下的定语后置也是非常常见的。这类表达以后你要习惯,比如
something beautiful(漂亮的某物)
someone else(其他人)等等
没什么特别的(nothing special)
Doris: How about hotpot ?
How about ...
How about this dress ?
How about going out for dinner tonight ?
How about Wednesday afternon
How about palying basketball ?
What about…?(……怎么样?)后面接名词或者相当于名词成分的词,可以表示针对之前类似问题的进一步提问。在这一点上,What about和How about可以互换,没有区别。比如说:
I like this movie. What about you? I like this movie. How about you?
I’ve never been to Australia before. What about you? I’ve never been to Australia before. How about you?
What about可以表示针对之前谈到的话题中某个点(what)的担心,指的是“关于……怎么办”,这个时候我们不能说成How about,因为how的意思是“如何、怎么样”,How about的字面上是“关于……怎么样”,更多的还是提建议。比如说:
- Let's go for a movie ! - What about my English class ?
- I’m so bored. I want to try something interesting
- How about playing football?
- Let’s play football
- What about my homework?
Doris: Are you a fan of it ?
fan作名词表示“迷”,复数叫fans,也就是我们平时说的“粉丝”。但是如果你见到你喜欢的人,别说:I’m your fans. 因为你只是一个人,不用复数,要说:I’m your fan. 原文里的a fan of sth.,指的是“某物的粉丝”,当然你也可以说a fan of sb.(某人的粉丝)。Are you a fan of it?字面意思是“你是火锅粉吗”?其实就是说:你喜欢吃火锅吗?
Are you a fan of…?
Are you a fan of the movie star?
Are you a fan of pop music ?
Young: I love it. Do you know where a good one is ?
Do you know where ... 不过后面要用陈述句的语序,而不是特殊疑问句的语序。原文里的Do you know where a good one is? 后面的where a good one is就是陈述句的语序,表示“一家好的(火锅店)在哪里”。为什么要用陈述句语序呢?因为Do you know后面要跟的是宾语,翻译成“你知道某件事吗?” where a good one is指的就是“一家好的(火锅店)在哪里这件事”,但如果你说where is a good one?就成了特殊疑问句“一家好的(火锅店)在哪儿?”,相当于Do you know(你知道吗)这个问句里面又一个问句。虽然你这么说外国人也能听懂,但这种表述在英语里就比较别扭。另外,因为where a good one is也是一个不缺成分的完整的句子,属于句子里“跟着的句子”,也叫“从句”。同时,这个从句跟在动词know后面当宾语,所以也叫“宾语从句”
Do you know where she is?
Do you know where he lives?
Do you know where he lives?
Do you know why I’m angry?
Doris: Yes. I used to go to a really good one all the time
I used to… 指的是“过去这么做过”,汉语翻译成“曾经做过什么“
I used to live in London
He used to be one of my professors
He used to be a policeman
生活里,used to do sth.也经常来表示“过去经常做某事”。比如说:
I used to go there every Saturday
I used to play basetball
used也是use的过去分词,可以作形容词,表示“习惯的”,也就是“经常做的”。英语里还有个表达,叫做
be used to sth:
I’m used to the noise around here
I am used to traveling alone
be used to do sth 不过这里的be used是被动语态,表示“被使用”
Money can be used to buy things
我们再来回顾一下这三个句型,这也是很多中国学生最容易混淆的三个句型,但其实你只要能分清楚句子成分,就不会搞混了:
used to do sth.(曾经做过某事。/过去常常做某事)(used是动词过去式)
be used to sth./doing sth.(习惯某事)(used是形容词)
be used to do sth.(被用来做某事)(be used是被动语态)
Doris: It's not far from here. I can't remember the Chinese name, but it's next to a Wal-Mart
Young: Let me check. I found two locations. Which one is it?
Doris: I think it's this location.
I think ...
I think your idea is very good.
I think your nephew is really cute
Doris: My Chinese isn't good, but it should be right
Young: I need to go out from Exit B
地点状语
Young: OK. I need to walk along the street and turn left at the traffic lights
walk along the street 沿着路走
turn left 左拐 at the traffic lights / at the crossroad
Young: The hotpot restaurant should be around the corner
around prep围绕/转弯:around the corner,字面意思是“在角落处拐弯”,生活里指的是“在拐角处”
There's a bookstore around the corner
- Excuse me. Where is the way to this bookstore? - Walk along the street and turn right at the traffic lights.
- Hello. Could you please tell me how to get to this restaurant? - Walk along the street and turn left at the traffic lights, and the restaurant is just around the corner.
around the corner除了可以表示“在拐角处”,也可以表示“即将到来”,也就是“拐弯就到、马上就到”,是个很形象的说法。比如说:
Christmas is just around the corner.(圣诞节马上就要到了。)
Young: I've arrived. Here is the Wal-Mart, but where is the hotpot restaurant ? There is only a spa
Spa(斯帕)是比利时东部的一座城镇,因为矿泉而闻名全球。现在英语里用spa用来代表“温泉浴场”
Young: It must have been the other location after all.
It must have been... 字面意思是“这肯定已经是……”,生活里用来表示“对过去事实肯定的推测”
It must have been terrible 糟糕 when that happened
It must have been very cold here last night
the other 两者中的另外一个/两部分中的另外一部分
She has two daughters. One is nine; the other is five
This part of the movie is good, but the other parts are boring
after all 在全部事情之后:终究/毕竟,在全部事情发生之后、权衡全部之
We've decided to live in another city after all 终究
After all 毕竟,15 minutes of exercise is better than nothing
Young: Oh well, I'm here now !
来都来了
restaurant
和restore 再次存储 - 复原有关:
The police are trying to restore public order
The operation restored his sight
restau和restore有关,使人填饱独自的地方rant。餐馆/饭店:
That new restaurant is a big disappointment
remember
记住/记起:
I can remember people's facies, but not their names
Do you remember her ?
location
locate 找出...的准确位置/定位:The police are trying to locate the missing 失踪 girl
locale / loʊˈkæl / : 地点/区域
locate 安置/着落于:
They located thier new comany in New York
My company is located in suburban 郊区 BeiJing
location 位置/地点:He showed me our location on the map`
around
prep 周围一圈/围绕:We sat around the table
prep 绕过/作弧形运动:Our house is just around the corner
prep 大约/在周围: 相当于about:He arrived around five o'clock
adv 围绕:Let me show you around 地点状语
adv 向后转/掉头:She turned the car around and drove away
corner
corn和horn有关,corner带角的地方
I hit my nee on the corner of the table
There is a man in the corn of the room
Young: Hi, Leo ! What are you doing ?
Leo: I'm just looking at all of the different countries on this globe.
介词短语做定语,修饰的是国家,不是地点状语
Young: Isn't it amazing how big the world is ?
反问句:
1. 用否定式问句来表示肯定的观点
2. 反问句不需要回答,答案就在提问里,目的是引起对方的反思/共鸣
You should be at school today. Shouldn't you be at school today ?
You like it. Don't you like it ?
Everyone loves beautiful things. Who doesn't like beautiful things ?
Now you make some similar sentences:
He is a doctor. Isn't he a doctor ?
You can help me. Can't you help me ?
No body cares. Who cares ?
It is amazing how big the world is. It是形式主语,正常语序:How big the world is is amazing 很别扭,主语太常,两个is在一起
Leo: Yes, I'm trying to learn more different customs and fun facts about the world
fun n 乐趣/快乐 adj 令人快乐的/有趣的:This game looks fun. You had a fun day 开心的一天
funny adj 滑稽的/搞笑的:funny jokes / acts. You had a funny day 搞笑的一天
Young: Me too. I read a fun fact about time zones the other day
Me too 我也是
- I like this English class - Me too
read 过去式/分词,形式一样,但是读音不同
time zone 时区
the other day 另一天(昨天/明天),但是现在指前些天,不久前的一天
I'm very sorry about the problem the other day
I met my English teacher on the street the other day
Leo: Oh, really ?
Young: Do you know that in both Russia and America, they have 11 different time zones ? But in China, we have only one: Beijing Time.
But 引导的部分是并列句
Do you know that...
Do you know that he has just quit his job ?
Do you know that he is already 40 years old ?
时区的知识,一共24个正好一天。Universal Time Coordinated UTC 夏令时 Summer Time / Daylight saving time
Leo: Wow ! I didn't know they have so many timezones
注意时态:前面didn't是因为之前不知道,后面一般现在时,是因为在描述一般性的客观事实
Young: Yes, it's crazy !
Leo: I can't wait to go traveling again. The last time I weng traveling, I noticed something interesting
I noticed ... 我注意到 ...
I noticed something different
I noticed that everyone was looking at me
I noticed that man with yellow hair
I noticed that he walked into the room
Young: What's that ?
Leo: The floor numbers are different in different countires. In the UK, we call the "first floor" of a building the ground floor, the "second floor" of a building the "first floor"
英国坐电梯,会发现一般电梯没有一层,只有一个大写字母G,代表的就是Ground Floor(底楼)。如果你想上2楼,要按1;想上3楼,要按2,以此类推。另外,电梯“地下室”的表达全球都差不多,最常见的就是用B1,B2来表示。这里的B指的是Basement(地下室)
Young: Oh, really?! It's good to learn more about the world we live in.
It's good to do sth....
It's good to meet people from different parts of the country
It’s good to know someone will help you
Leo: I'm still getting used to the difference here. I'm sure it will take some time.
still在这里作副词,表示“仍然、还在”。get used to sth.,相当于be used to sth.,表示“习惯某事、适应某事”
I'm still getting used to…是现在进行时,指的是“我仍然在习惯/适应…
I’m getting used to the food here
I’m getting used to living in Beijing
I’m getting used to the cold weather here
I’m getting used to getting up early
I’m sure…我确定……
I’m sure we can solve this problem
I’m sure you can win the game
Young:That's funny.
globe
globe作名词,早期指的是“土块、土球”。现在globe变成了“球体”的代名词,也可以用来表示“地球、地球仪”
平时我们说“世界各地”,可以说around the world,也可以说around the globe
环保人士经常说的“全球变暖”,英语叫做global warming。这里的global,就是globe的形容词形式,表示“全球的、全世界的”
amazing
amaze[əˈmeɪz] vt. 使大为惊奇
再往前推,这两个词都和maze(名词“迷宫”)有关,早期指的是“迷惑人、让人产生错觉”。amaze现在作动词,表示“令人惊奇”。比如说:
It amazes me to think that she is now in charge of the company.
amazing作形容词,表示“令人大为惊奇的”,延伸含义是“非常好的”。比如说:
This wine is really amazing.
custom
custom作名词,表示一个地方的“风俗、习俗”。比如说:
In many western countries, it's the custom for women to get married in white.
customer,指的是“习惯光顾一家店的老主顾”,也就是“顾客”。比如说:
This store has many customers
customs,作名词表示“海关”,习惯交钱的岗
costume [ˈkɒstjuːm; ˈkɑːstuːm] n. 戏装:这个词指的就是不同时期和行业的人们“习惯的装束
cosplay(角色扮演),其实就是Costume Play的简称
zone
zone作名词表示“地区、地带”,生活里其实非常常见。比如说:
Smoke Free Zone(无烟区)
Car Parking Zone(停车区)
No-fly Zone(禁飞区)等等
crazy
crazy作形容词,可以表示“疯狂的、荒唐的”。比如说:
You're crazy to buy a house without seeing it
crazy作形容词,也可以表示“狂热的、着迷的”。比如说:
I'm crazy about Chinese food
英语里有个很常见的搭配,叫做drive sb. crazy,指的是“驱使、致使某人发疯”。比如说:
That loud noise is driving me crazy
notice
这个词从读音上和know(动词“知道”)有关,作动词表示“注意到、意识到”。比如说:
The first thing I noticed about the room was the smell
She waved at the man but he didn't notice
notice也可以作名词,表示“注意、在意”。比如说:
I asked him to drive more slowly, but he didn't take any notice.
notice作名词,生活里还经常表示“公告(牌)、警示(牌)”,其实是“让大家注意到”。比如说:
There is a large "No Parking” notice on the wall
still
这个词前面的-st-和stand(站立)前面的-st-是一样的,都表示“站着不动”。still作副词,表示“仍然”,其实就是“原地没动、没变”。比如说:
Do you still work for the same company?
still也可以作形容词,表示“静止的、不动的、平静的”。比如说:
Children find it difficult to stay still for a long time
今天我们来学习一下英语里的“辅音连缀”。Today, we’re going to learn the “consonant clusters” in English.
在学习之前,我们先来了解一下什么叫做“辅音连缀”。所谓的“连缀”,指的是“连接、组合”。“辅音连缀”指的是:在英语单词里,有两个或者两个以上的辅音音素连在一起的现象。
汉语的普通话里没有辅音连缀成串(严格来说,是没有复辅音声母),英语对辅音连缀却非常宽容和慷慨。(Chinese never allows consonants to run together while English is very liberal and generous in stringing them together.)
当然,汉语拼音通常不讲元音和辅音,而是讲“声母”和“韵母”。比如在汉语拼音里,“辅音”的“辅”字,读[fǔ],其中的[f]是声母,[u]是韵母。英语中相当多的辅音连缀在普通话中不存在。换句话说,普通话里没有两个或两个以上的声母连缀,而是“声母+韵母”,比如“大[dà]”;或者单独的韵母发声,比如“啊[a]”。相比之下,英语里两个或者两个以上的辅音音素连在一起的现象就非常常见。这也是为什么很多中国学生读不好英语辅音连缀。比如:
friend [frend] 在这个单词里,辅音音素/f/和/r/构成了辅音连缀,中间没有任何元音音素,读成[frend]。但很多中国学生会读成[fərend],在辅音音素/f/后面加了一个不存在的元音音素/ə/
timetable[ˈtaɪmteɪbl] 在这个单词里,辅音音素/m/和/t/构成了辅音连缀,中间没有任何元音音素,读成[ˈtaɪmteɪbl]。但很多中国学生会读成[ˈtaɪmu:teɪbl],在辅音音素/m/后面加了一个不存在的元音音素/u:/
词首有两个辅音音素的单词:
place [pleɪs](不要读成[pəleɪs])
class [klɑːs; klæs](不要读成[kəlɑːs; kəlæs])
stop [stɒp; stɑːp](不要读成“死套破”)
sport [spɔː(r)t](不要读成“死炮特”)
scar [skɑː(r)](不要读成“死卡尔”)
发音现象:这个时候你还会发现,这几个单词s后面的p,t,c,读起来更像是/b/,/d/,/g/的发音。为什么呢?因为/s/本身是摩擦音,是要送气的。在重读音节里,如果/s/送气,后面的清辅音/p/,/t/,/k/也送气,读起来就会很吃力,甚至会把口水喷出去,所以在重读音节里,/s/后面的清辅音就不送气了,读成了浊辅音的发音
please [pliːz]
close [kləʊz]
flower [ˈflaʊə(r)]
store [stɔː(r)]
speak [spiːk]
词首有三个辅音音素的单词:
spring [sprɪŋ]
street [striːt]
screen [skriːn]
spread [spred]
strong [strɒŋ; strɔːŋ]
square [skweə(r)]
英语单词词中的辅音连缀:
computer [kəmˈpjuːtə(r)]
classroom [ˈklɑːsruːm; ˈklæsrʊm]
bookshop [ˈbʊkʃɒp; ˈbʊkʃɑːp]
remember [rɪˈmembə(r)]
asking [‘ɑːskɪŋ; 'æskɪŋ]
lovely [ˈlʌvli]
词中有三个辅音音素的单词:
umbrella [ʌmˈbrelə]
expensive [ɪkˈspensɪv]
children [ˈtʃɪldrən]
postcard [ˈpəʊstkɑː(r)d]
friendly [ˈfrendli]
complete [kəmˈpliːt]
有四个或五个辅音音素的单词,属于少数情况。比如:
extra [ˈekstrə]
handspring [ˈhændsprɪŋ]
词尾有两个辅音音素的单词:
stops [stɒps]
loves [lʌvz]
grabbed [ɡræbd]
asked [ɑ:skt; æskt]
发音现象:这个时候你还会发现,stops的尾字母s读/s/;但是loves的尾字母s读/z/;grabbed的尾字母d读/d/;但是asked的尾字母d读/t/,这种读音有什么规律吗?其实很简单:
单词词尾的s或者-ed会被前面的音素影响:
前一个音素是清辅音,尾音/s/或者/t/就读清辅音
前一个音素是浊辅音,尾音/s/或者/t/就读浊辅音/z/或者/d/
如果前一个音素是元音的话,尾音仍然读浊辅音。也就是“清—清,浊—浊,元—浊”。这么读可以打到在实际发音的过程中既省力、又清晰的效果。
我们再来举几个例子:
词尾s:
清辅音结尾读[s]:books [bʊks]
浊辅音结尾读[z]:dogs [dɒɡz; dɔːɡz]
元音结尾读[z]:knows [nəʊz]
词尾-ed:
清辅音结尾读[t]:looked[lʊkt]
浊辅音结尾读[d]:lived [lɪvd]
元音结尾读[d]:hurried [ˈhʌrid]
该你了:
词尾s:
清辅音结尾读[s]:cakes [keɪks]
浊辅音结尾读[z]:jobs [d’ʒɒbz; dʒɑːbz]
元音结尾读[z]:shows [ʃəʊz]
词尾-ed:
清辅音结尾读[t]:watched [wɒtʃt; wɑːtʃt]
浊辅音结尾读[d]:loved[lʌvd]
元音结尾读[d]:married [ˈmærid]
此外,这种现象还有三种读音情况:
单词词尾是t或d,加s以后会读成/ts/或/dz/。比如:cats,gifts,reads,ends
单词词尾是t或d,加-ed以后会读成/tid/或/did/,从而让读音更方便。比如:wanted,started,needed,decided
如果单词词尾是/s/ /z/ /ʃ/ /ʒ/ /tʃ/ /dʒ/,加-es以后会读成/iz/,从而让读音更方便。比如:boxes,sizes,wishes,watches,bridges
词尾有三个辅音音素的单词(不要在辅音音素之间加元音音素):
asks [ɑːsks; æsks]
builds [bɪldz]
sixth [sɪksθ]
helps [helps]
stamps [stæmps]
danced [dɑːnst; dænst]
Doris: What are you doing ?
Leo: We are talking about customs in oterh countries
talk about 关于某事来说话,谈论某事
I don't want to talk about it
I want to talk about how to learn English
Doris: That sounds interesting. I was just thinking about where to spend my summer vacation this morning
think about 考虑某事
I was just thinking about ... 我刚刚还在想 ...
I was just thinking about her when she phoned
I was just thinking about what this is
I was just thinking about why you were late
I was just thinking about what to have for lunch
Young: Have you ever been to New Zealand ?
Have you ever ...
Have you ever seen anything like it ?
Have you ever been to the States ?
Have you ever used this software before ?
Have you ever been to Canada ?
Doris: No, I haven't yet. What about you, Leo ?
口语表达要简洁:
No, I haven't = No, I haven't been to New Zealand
Yes, I have = Yes, I have been to New Zealand
Leo: Yes, I have been there. It's a beautiful island.
Young: Yes, but the weather is different from here
A is different from B
My hat is different from Tom's hat / Tom's
Learning a language is different from learning math
My dong is different from Mary's
Playing soccer/football is different from playing basketball
Young: It's hot in winter, but cold in summer
Doris: Well, I want to go somewhere that is hot in summer
Leo: What about Thailand ? Have you ever been there before?
Doris: I went there last year. Any other suggestions ?
( Do you have ) any other suggestions ?
Leo: What about Spain ?
Young: I have been to the capital, Madrid. It has many tourist spots, and the environment is peaceful
tourist spots 游客集中的地方,旅游景点
Doris: Do they speak English ?
Do they speak... 他们说...语言么
Leo: Yes, many of the locals can speak English. Spanish are very friendly and welcoming, and the food is to die for
locals 本地人 welcoming 热情
is to die for = be willing to die for 表示极好的夸张说法
This chocolate cake is to die for
The food in my hometown is to die for
Doris: Spain sounds like an amazing destination !
spend[spend]
这个词前面的s-是ex-(向外)的变体;后面的-pend-是“悬挂、称重”的意思,想象一下用秤下面挂着物体称重的样子
英语里有个货币单位,叫pound(英镑),字面意思就是“称出来的钱”,而且从读音上,pound和spend里的-pend-也是同源
spend这个词,字面意思是“称出来、衡量要花多少钱”,作动词表示“花钱”,延伸含义也可以表示“花费时间、精力”等等。比如说:
She spends a lot of money on clothes.
He spent 3 days in his new project.
He spent the whole afternoon (in) doing his homework
vacation
这个词前面的-vac-是“空”的意思;后面是一个复合名词后缀-ation。所谓的“复合后缀”,就是两个合起来的后缀。-ation是动词后缀-ate和名词后缀-ion合在一起的后缀,并且因为-ate尾音e不发音,合在一起就省略了。vacation指的是“空闲的时间”,作名词专指“假期”。summer vacation是“暑假”。与之相对的winter vacation就是“寒假”
另外,在国外住酒店,我们经常会看到很多酒店门口会写着Vacancy或者No Vacancy,指的就是“有空房”或者“客满”的意思
island
land是“陆地”的意思。island这个词,我们可以简单理解成in sea land(在海里的陆地),也就是“岛屿”。比如说:
The island is hot and humid in summer
另外,今天的原文里还有两个地名,也都和land(陆地)有关。一个是New Zealand,字面意思其实就是new sea land(新的海上陆地)。1647年,荷兰探险家阿贝尔·塔斯曼(Dutch explorer Abel Tasman)发现了这块新大陆并且给这块大陆取了名字,但在第二年,荷兰当局又以荷兰的泽兰省(Zeeland)为基础重新对这块新大陆命名,就有了New Zealand
另一个是Thailand(泰国),thai在泰语里是free(自由)的意思,所以Thailand的字面意思是land of the free(自由的国度)。另外,Thai在泰语里也是当地族群的名字,所以Thailand也可以理解成Land of the Thai People
再多说几句:英语之所以叫English,是因为最早讲英语的人,是古日耳曼民族(ancient Germanic people)里的盎格鲁人(Angles),这些人迁移到了大不列颠岛(Great Britain)上的一片区域,并以自己的名字把这片区域命名为Engla land(现在的England),字面意思是the land of the Angles(“盎格鲁人的土地”),中国人把这个单词翻译成“英格兰”。同时,盎格鲁人讲的语言,就是English(英语)
suggestion
suggest [səˈdʒest] vt. 提议;建议
前缀sug-是sub-的变体,表示“在下面”。我们熟悉的subway(地铁),字面意思就是“在下面的路”。这里之所以写成sug-,是为了和后面的字母g连起来的时候读音方便。 suggest后面的-gest-是“携带”的意思,英语里有个单词叫gesture(名词“手势”),目的就是“携带信息、表达信息”。suggest这个词,字面意思是“从下方带出来”,作动词表示“提出自己的建议、提议”。比如说:
He suggested an Italian restaurant for the party
I suggest going out for dinner
suggestion作名词,表示“提出的建议”。比如说:
I don't know what to wear tonight - do you have any suggestions?
capital
从源头来讲,capital的所有含义,都和“头”相关,我们平时熟悉的cap(帽子),就是capital的同源词,指的是“头上戴的东西”。而capital作为“首都”或者“省会”来讲,指的是“国家或者省份的头号城市”。比如说:
Australia's capital city is Canberra / ˈkænbərə /
capital作为“大写字母”,其实指的也是“英语句子或者单词开头的字母”。比如说:
Please write your name in capitals
capital作为“资本、资金”来讲,来自于中世纪商贸对牛的大宗交易的使用,要数牛头定数量嘛。这也是为什么英语里的“牛群”叫做cattle。capital作为“资金”来讲,比如说:
We put $20,000 capital into the business
tourist
tour [tʊə(r); tʊr] n. 旅游,旅行;巡视;巡回演出或比赛;v. 旅行;巡视;巡回演出或比赛
tour从读音上和turn(动词“转”)有关,指的是“转一转”,作名词表示“旅游、旅行”。比如说:
a walking tour
a cycling tour
因为tour的字面意思是“圆圈”,所以tour作名词,也可以表示“巡回比赛、演出”等。比如说:
The band is on tour in France.(这支乐队正在法国巡回演出)
tour也可以作动词,表示“旅行、巡视、巡回比赛或演出”。比如说:
We spent a month touring around Kenya.(我们在肯尼亚各地游玩了一个月)
He toured America with his one-man show.(他在美国进行了个人巡回演出)
tour后面加一个表示人的名词后缀-ist,就变成了tourist(名词“旅行者、观光客”)。比如说:
A large number of tourists come to Beijing every day
peaceful
这个词由peace(名词“和平、平静”)和形容词后缀-ful组成,作形容词表示“和平的、平静的”。比如说:
We hope to live in a peaceful world
She lived a very peaceful life
local
local和我们之前学过的location(名词“位置”)是同源词,作形容词表示“就在这个位置的、当地的”。比如说:
a local farmer
local也可以作名词,表示“当地人”。比如说:
The locals are very friendly
welcoming
welcome [ˈwelkəm] vt. 欢迎,迎接 n. 欢迎;迎接
They were at the door to welcome us
I would like to welcome any suggestions.
welcome也可以作名词,表示“欢迎、迎接”。比如说:
They were given a warm welcome.
welcome还可以作形容词,表示“受欢迎的”。口语里别人谢谢你,你说:You’re welcome. 字面意思是“你是受欢迎的”,其实指的是“很开心帮助你”,不过汉语翻译成“不客气”,其实是汉语的说法而已,和英语这句话的字面意思没有关系。口语里别人跟你说谢谢,你可以说:You are welcome.
今天,我们来总结一下英语里名词单复数的变化规则。Today, let's summarize the rules for the change of singular and plural nouns in English.
首先,英语的名词分为专有名词和普通名词。
1. 专有名词:表示的是“特定的人、物或抽象概念”。比如Tom(人名),Beijing(地名),Christmas(圣诞节)等等,而且专有名词的首字母都是大写的,目的就是为了醒目,告诉别人这是个专有的名字。
2. 普通名词:非专有名词的其他各类名词,也可以分为“人、物或抽象概念”。比如boy(男孩),computer(电脑),success(成功)等等,但并不特指某个特定的对象。
可数/不可数
同时,英语里的普通名词还分为可数名词和不可数名词。
可数名词是可以计数的单个物体、人、想法等的名称。
不可数名词是材料、液体、抽象特质、集合物品等的名称。这些名称没有明确区分界限的整体,不能作为单个物体来看待。
在英语里,名词的单复数会在词尾用不同的形式体现出来,也就是我们经常说的“以形表意”。比如a student(一个学生),three students(三个学生)。也就是说,student(学生)是可数名词,是数得清数量的。但是有的名词没法数清楚,比如juice(果汁),smoke(烟),或者anger(愤怒)这种抽象概念等等
大多数名词变复数,词尾直接加-s就可以了。
Lesson 8: I always let the pedestrians pass first.
Lesson 10: Meetings are helpful to spot and solve problems.
Lesson 12: I've got great plans for tonight.
Lesson 13: I've been waiting for her for ten minutes.
Lesson 14: I have trouble making decisions.
Lesson 16: Vegetables are packed with vitamins and help us stay healthy and strong.
Lesson 18: Leo:I'm really hungry. Do you mind if I join you guys?
Lesson 19: Doris: It rained cats and dogs.
Lesson 21: Doris: I have many cousins, nephews, nieces, and other relatives.
Lesson 23: Leo: Yes. I'm trying to learn more different customs and fun facts about the world.
以s, x, ch, sh结尾的名词变复数,词尾加-es,这样读音更方便:
Lesson 3: I hate washing dishes.
Lesson 20: Doris:Please send my best wishes to her.
Lesson 17: I was responsible for designing classes.
另外还有比如watch(手表),复数叫做watches;fox(狐狸),复数叫做foxes等等。
辅音字母+y结尾的词,变复数的时候y变i加-es,这样可以保留原本y的读音。比如:
country-countries(国家),family-families(家庭)等等。
以-o结尾的名词,很多都是词尾加-es构成复数,主要目的是为了保留原本o的读音。比如:
tomato-tomatoes(西红柿),potato-potatoes(马铃薯),hero-heroes(英雄)等等。
但是你可能会想,那为什么photo(相片),piano(钢琴)这种词,变复数的时候词尾还是只加-s呢?因为其实这类词是缩写词,photo的全称是photograph,复数是photographs,简称photos;piano的全称是pianoforte,复数是pianofortes,简称pianos。
还有一些外来语的单词,变复数的时候词尾也是只加-s,因为这类词并不属于英语原有的词汇。比如solo(独奏、单人表演),复数就叫solos
但是,以元音字母和-o结尾的名词,词尾还是直接加-s。比如:
zoo-zoos(动物园),video-videos(视频),radio-radios(收音机)等等
以-f或-fe结尾的名词,变复数的时候词尾往往会变成-ves,读作[vz]。比如:
leaf-leaves(树叶),life-lives(生命)等等
Young: Hi Doris. What do you think of this restaurant ?
What do you think of...
What do you think of my new haircut ?
What do you think of the environment in your hometown ?
What do you think of hotpot here ?
What do you think of him ?
这里可以用think about 替换think of。think of vs think about:
about字面意思是on by out 在外面/在周围,围绕对象来思考,考虑
of的字面意思是belong to,属于,侧重于对象本身。除了考虑的意思,还可以表示想起:
I can't think of his name at the moment 我一时想不起他的名字
I'm thinking of me 我想起你了。特定语境下表示我想你了,等于I'm missing you
还可以用:How do you like the restaurant
Doris: It looks really nice. What's the food like ?
What's ... like
和What do you think of / How do you like比起来更加侧重客观事实
What's the weather like in BeiJing ?
What's your new teacher like ?
What's your new house like ?
该句型相当于How is ....
How is the weather in BeiJing ?
How is your new teacher ?
How is everything ?
Young: I've tried a lot of the dishes before, and none of them are bad
dish 可以做菜肴,signature dish 招牌菜
none = not one
Doris: Wow ! You really like eating out.
eating out 下馆子
Young: I've been many restaurants around here.
Doris: Let me look at the menu. Is there any dish you recommend ?
后置定语
Is there any ...
Is there any chance of getting tickets for tonight ?
Is there any coffee left ?
Is there any any pizza left ?
Is there any book you recommend ?
Young: It depends on the type of food you like to eat.
depend on sth/sb...
依靠
You can always depend on him in difficult times 遇到困难时
We should depend on ourselves
取决于
Does the quality of teaching depend on class size ?
Your success depends on your hard work
It depends on ... 这取决于 ...
- Can you be there on time ? - It depends on the airline 航空公司
- Can we play football tomorrow ? - It depends on the weather tomorrow
Doris: Well, I like a little of everything. There's no food I don't like
little
小的/年幼的:a little house, a little boy
少量的/几乎没有的(后接不可数名词):a little water 少量的水;little water 几乎没有水
a little 做副词,稍微/有点:a little cold,此时等于 a little bit:It's a little bit cold today
little做名词表示少许,文中就是这种用法
Young: You are gonna love eating here
You are gonna ... 即 You are going to ... 关于对方有把握的推测:
Trust me. You are gonna look great
You are gona love the next two days
Doris: I've eaten a lot of meat this week. Do they have any healthy options ?
Young: They serve some of the best salads here. They also have a few different vegetable dishes
a few 类似 a little,但是后面是可数名词。few也可以表示几乎没有
We have a little water left
We have little water left
I have a few friends
I have few friends
few可以单独做代词/名词表示少量:
Few of the children can read or write 这些孩子没几个人能读写
练习:
There are a few books on the table
I can speak a little of French
Few people can understand what he said
I have little money
Doris: That's great
Young: I think I'm gonna order this meat dish, and these two vegetable dishes
Doris: Ok. Let me finish looking first
recommend
re强调com共同men和词根man手d和do给予有关,donate 捐赠,字面意思给予。推荐
Could you recomend a book to me ?
depend
de向下pend悬挂,挂在下方。依附/依赖/取决于
He is the kind of person you can depend on
Wether we need more food depends on how many people turn up
It depends / That depends 看情况,视情况而定
- Is he coming ? - That depends. He may not have the time
healthy
healthy - health - heal
heal 和whole有关,治愈
It took a long time for the wounds to heal
This will help to heal your cuts 割伤
health 健康:A health problem
healthy 健康的: He has a healthy living habit
option
选项/选择权:
As I see it 在我看来, we have two options
I have no options but ask him to leave
serve
service 服务,名词形式
为谁服务: He served in the army for three years.
提供食物/饮料:Breakfast is served in the restaurant between 7 to 10 am
对...有用;满足...的需求:These experiments serve no useful purpose
1. 单音节词都要重读,但是不需要标出重音符号,单词读降调。比如:
good [ɡʊd]
great[ɡreɪt]
plane[pleɪn]
2. 双音节单词,重音可以在第一个音节,也可以在第二个音节。比如:
number[ˈnʌmbə(r)]
people[ˈpiːpl]
behind[bɪˈhaɪnd]
decide[dɪˈsaɪd]
这个时候你会发现,在查字典的时候,重音在音标里通常都会用重音符号ˈ标在重读音节之前。
3. 多音节单词,很多单词还是一个重音,但是有些单词会有不止一个重音。比如:
computer[kəmˈpjuːtə(r)](一个重音)
information[ˌɪnfə(r)ˈmeɪʃn](两个重音)
university[ˌjuːnɪˈvɜː(r)səti](两个重音)
这个时候你会发现,有一些单词里会有不止一个重音符号,其中ˌ是次重音符号,ˈ是重音符号。
说到这里,你可能会问:到底怎么读重音?是语调的变化吗?简单来说,重音主要可以用三种方式来体现。我们用English这个单词来感受一下:
第一,音量变大:English
第二,音调升高:English
第三,音长拖长:E-n-glish
4. 通过重音可以更好地区分类似读音的数字类单词。比如:
thirteen 第二音节重读,thirty 第一音节重读
但是,如果你想知道具体某个单词的重音在哪里,那么没有万能的规则,因为但凡规则都会有例外,最好的办法就是查字典、看音标读。另外,即使同一个单词,单独拿出来读,和放在词组、句子里读,重音可能也会发生变化。
下面你来根据这些单词的重音开口读一下吧:
simple[ˈsɪmpl]
report[rɪˈpɔː(r)t]
supermarket[ˈsuːpəmɑː(r)kɪt]
communication[kəˌmjuːnɪˈkeɪʃn](n. 沟通)
1. 一般情况下,合成词或者词组的重音在第一个单词上。比如:
ˈbathroom
ˈgirlfriend
ˈbus stop
ˈwaiting room
2. 在词组里,如果第一个词主要起到的是修饰第二个词的作用,或者你想同时突出前后两个词,这个时候两个词都可以重读:
ˈplastic ˈbag(塑料袋)
ˈhot ˈpotato(烫手的山芋;棘手的问题)
ˈcity ˈcenter(市中心)
ˈkitchen ˈwindow(厨房的窗户)
3. 在大写字母的缩略词里,每个字母都要单独念出来的时候,一般次重音在第一个字母,主重音在最后一个字母。比如:
ˌWTˈO ˌDNˈA ˌBBˈC ˌCNˈN
下面你来读一下这些合成词、词组或者缩略词吧:
ˈclassroom
ˈfootball
ˈfront ˈdoor
ˈfirst ˈclass(头等舱;一流)
ˌUˈK
ˌUSˈA
1. 同一个句子,如果重读的单词不同,句子突出的重点信息也略有不同。比如:
She has ˈno plan on Saturday.(她周六ˈ没有安排。)(突出“没有”)
She has no plan on ˈSaturday.(她ˈ周六没有安排。)(突出“时间”)
ˈShe has no plan on Saturday.(ˈ她周六没有安排。)(突出“谁”)
2. 通常情况下,一个句子里重读和非重读的单词,读起来的起伏都很有节奏,类似平稳的波浪状。比如:
(1)高低高:
ˈWhat’s your ˈname?
ˈThanks a ˈlot!
ˈPleased to ˈmeet you.
(2)低高低:
Where ˈis it?
I ˈlove you.
Just ˈdo it.
下面你来读稍微长一些的句子:
(1)高低高低高……:
ˈOn my way ˈback to the ˈcompany, I was ˈriding a ˈbike and it ˈstarted to ˈrain.
(2)低高低高低……:
My ˈteam is ˈnice and ˈfriendly andˈDoris is ˈgreat to ˈwork with.
2. 在口语里,同时拥有主重音和次重音的单词,有时候会转移单词原本的重音,把次重音读成主重音,也叫“重音转移”。比如:
单词:ˌunderˈstand(第一个音节为次重音)
句子:I ˈunderstand ˈeverything.(第一个音节改为主重音)
单词:ˌcontroˈversial(有争议的)(第一个音节为次重音)
句子:This is a very ˈcontroversial ˈanswer.(第一个音节改为主重音)
对比以后,我们不难发现,这么读可以起到省力的作用,并且更能体现出抑扬顿挫的波浪式语调。
3. 句子当中,重音可以区分读音相似的肯定与否定。比如:
I can speak French.
I ˈcan’t speak French.
I can do it.
I ˈcan’t do it.
Now let’s take a look at the language points in this lesson.
1. Leo: Hey, guys.Sorry I'm late.(里奥:嘿,伙计们。抱歉,我迟到了。)
This place is amazing!(这个地方太棒了!)
这里没什么难点。
2. Young: You haven't been here before, have you?(杨:你以前没来过,对吗?)
3. Leo: No, it's my first time.(里奥:对,这是我第一次来这儿。)
我们来看Young和Leo的这一问一答。首先,Young说的这个句子可以分成两部分,先用一个陈述句提出个人观点,再用一个简短的疑问句去询问对方是否同意,并且前后的观点是相反的,让对方选择一个来回答。这种疑问句的类型,就叫做“反义疑问句”,或者“附加疑问句”。比如说:
— You didn’t go, did you?(你当时没走,对吗?)
— Yes, I did.(不对,我当时走了。)
— No, I didn’t.(对,我当时没走。)
这个时候你就会发现一个问题,英语在回答反义疑问句的时候,Yes和No相对的汉语翻译是相反的。我们再来举个例子:
— You’re not local, are you?(你不是本地人,对吗?)
— Yes, I am.(不对,我是本地人。)
— No, I’m not.(对,我不是本地人。)
这就让很多中国同学在说英语反义疑问句的时候很容易受到汉语表达的干扰。解决办法很简单,英语的回答是前后统一的,要肯定都肯定,要否定都否定。记住这一点就可以了。比如说:
— You haven’t been to Beijing before, have you?(你之前没去过北京,对吗?)
— Yes, I have.(不对,我去过。)
— No, I haven’t.(对,我没去过。)
Your turn:
— You don’t like her, do you?(你不喜欢她,对吗?)
— Yes, I do.(不对,我喜欢她。)
— No, I don’t.(对,我不喜欢她。)
Another:
— He wasn’t there that day, was he?(他那天没在那儿,对吗?)
— Yes, he was.(不对,他那天在那儿。)
— No, he wasn’t.(对,他那天没在那儿。)
我们再来简单总结一下英语的反义疑问句:
(1)前面是肯定,后面是否定;或者前面是否定,后面是肯定。因为只有给出两个选择,才能确认对方是赞同,还是反对;
(2)英语针对反义疑问句的回答是前后统一的,要肯定都肯定,要否定都否定。不要和汉语的表述搞混。
我们继续来看原文。Leo说自己没来过这家餐厅,紧接着又问Doris:
Have you already ordered?(你们点完菜了吗?)
4. Doris: No, we were waiting for you.(多莉丝:没有,我们在等你。)
5. Young: You can have a look at the menu.(杨:你可以看看菜单。)
这里的look是名词“看”。have a look指的是“看一看”,看什么呢?后面的介词at接看的对象。你也可以简单记成:have a look at(看一看)。比如说:Let me have a look at the weather report.(让我看一下天气预报。)Your turn:我能看看那本书吗?(Can I have a look at that book?)
6. Fish is their signature dish.(鱼是他们的招牌菜。)
You both like fish, don't you?(你们都喜欢鱼,对吗?)
又是一个反义疑问句。不过Leo和Doris的回答都比较简单:
6. Leo: Yes.(里奥:没错。)
7. Doris: Me too.(多莉丝:我也是。)
紧接着Leo又说:
8. Leo: I want to try this spicy dish.(里奥:我想尝尝这道辣菜。)
Young, have you tried it before?(杨,你吃过吗?)
9. Young: Yes. It's really spicy but tastes delicious.(杨:吃过。它真的很辣,但味道很好。)
10. Leo: What about you, Doris?(里奥:你呢,多莉丝?)
Are you into spicy food?(你喜欢吃辣吗?)
into作介词表示“进入”,延伸含义是“对……很有兴趣”,类似汉语里说的“很钻”。be into sth.在口语里可以表示“喜欢某事/某物”,是个很形象的说法。比如说:He’s really into sports.(他真的很喜欢运动。)
So the first sentence pattern for today is: Are you into…?(你喜欢……吗?)For example: Are you into jazz music?(你喜欢爵士乐吗?)Your turn: 你喜欢游泳吗?(Are you into swimming?)
Leo问Doris喜不喜欢吃辣,Doris怎么回答的呢?我们继续往下看:
11. Doris: I don't mind it,(多莉丝:我不介意辣的东西,)
but it's not my favourite.(但这不是我最喜欢的。)
I prefer something sweet.(我更喜欢甜的东西。)
I have a sweet tooth.(我爱吃甜食。)
Doris said three sentences in a row.(Doris一连说了三句话。)The first sentence contains the second sentence pattern we're learning today: I don't mind…(我不介意……。)后面可以接名词、动名词、名词短语,也可以接宾语从句。For example: I don't mind the noise during the day.(白天我不介意这种噪声。)I don't mind what we play.(我不介意咱们玩什么。)Your turn: 我不介意告诉你。(I don’t mind telling you.)Another: 我不介意我们晚饭吃什么。(I don’t mind what we have for dinner.)
另外,Doris在第三句话还说自己有a sweet tooth(一颗甜的牙齿),指的是“爱吃甜食”,这也是一个很形象的表达。紧接着Young就提议:
12. Young: How about the sweet chicken?(杨:这道甜鸡怎么样?)
13. Doris: Sure, that would be great.(多莉丝:当然,很棒。)
但是Leo又补充了一句:
14. Leo: I went to a restaurant last week and they had the same signature dish.(里奥:上周我去了一家餐馆,他们也有一样的甜鸡招牌菜。)
Doris赶紧问道:
15. Doris: How did it taste?(多莉丝:味道如何?)
16. Leo: It was kind of awful.(里奥:有点糟糕。)
The third sentence pattern we're learning today is: It was kind of …(有点……。)这里的It,指的就是你描述的对象。比如你看完一部电影,然后说:It was kind of scary.(有一点儿害怕。)Your turn: 假如你听完一个凄凉的故事,然后你说:有一点伤感。(It was kind of sad.)
紧接着Leo又说:
It didn't taste as good as it looked in the menu.(这道菜的味道不如菜单上看到的好。)
as作副词,可以表示“像……一样”。as…as…,表示“像……一样……”。其中第一个后面跟形容词或者副词,第二个as后面跟比较的对象。This is also the fourth sentence pattern for today. For example: You're as tall as your father.(你和你父亲一样高。)We'd like it as soon as possible.(我们希望越快越好。)相反,如果说“不像……一样……”,你就可以说not as… as…。比如说:He’s not as smart as I thought.(他不像我想得那么聪明。)Your turn: 天气不像你想得那么糟糕。(The weather is not as bad as you thought.)Another: 她和她姐姐一样美。(She’s as beautiful as her elder sister. )
我们继续来看原文,Leo说之前吃过的sweet chicken(甜鸡)不好吃,还说了一句:
They should call it 'salty chicken'.(他们应该叫它“咸鸡”。)
紧接着Doris和Young都给出了自己的看法:
17. Doris: Let's hope this restaurant is better.(多莉丝:希望这家餐厅更好。)
18. Young: I promise you it is!(杨:我向你们保证!)
The last sentence pattern for today is: I promise you…(我向你保证……。)后面接宾语(从句),表示保证的具体内容。比如说:I promise you I will be back.(我向你保证我一定会回来。)Your turn: 我向你保证我会努力学习。(I promise you I will study hard.)
1. fish [fɪʃ] n. 鱼;鱼类;鱼肉
fish这个词比较特殊,因为它既是可数名词,又是不可数名词。
fish作为“鱼”来讲,是单复数同形的可数名词。比如说:This is the biggest fish I’ve ever seen.(这是我见过的最大的一条鱼。)或者说:They caught several fish.(他们捉到了几条鱼。)类似的常见的单复数同形的词还有sheep(绵羊),deer(鹿)等,这种属于很少的例外,我们记住就可以了。
fish作为“鱼类”来讲,是可数名词,可以有复数形式fishes。比如说:There are about 50 fishes in this lake.(这个湖里大约有50种鱼。)
fish作为“鱼肉”来讲,是不可数名词。比如说:Do you want to have some fish?(你想吃点鱼肉吗?)
2. spicy [ˈspaɪsi] adj. 辛辣的
这个词来自:
spice [spaɪs] n.(调味)香料
spice从读音上最早和species(种类)是一个词,不过现在spice作名词,在生活里指的是“烹饪用的一类原材料”,专指“香料、调味品”。比如说:Spices are widely used in Southeast Asian cooking.(东南亚菜中广泛使用各种调味香料。)
spicy作形容词,表示“加香料的、辛辣的”。比如说:Do you like spicy food?(你喜欢味道辛辣的食物吗?)
3. taste [teɪst] vt. 品尝;尝起来;短暂体验,经历n. 味道;味觉;短暂体验,经历;鉴赏力,品位
taste是touch(触碰)的意思,作动词表示“尝、尝起来”,指的是“舌头触碰食物”。比如说:Taste it and see if there's enough salt in it.(你尝尝看盐够不够。)或者说:This bread tastes strange.(这个面包吃起来怪怪的。)
taste作动词,也可以表示“短暂体验、经历”,其实就是“尝试”。比如说:He has never tasted the feeling of losing a game.(他从来没有尝过输掉比赛的感觉。)
taste也可以作名词,表示“味道、味觉”。比如说:I don't like the taste of garlic.(我不喜欢大蒜的味道。)或者说:When you have a cold you often lose your sense of taste.(你感冒的时候味觉常常就消失了。)
taste作名词,也可以表示“短暂的体验或经历”。比如说:I had a taste of office work during the summer.(夏天我体验了一下在办公室工作的滋味。)
taste作名词,还可以表示“鉴赏力、品位”。比如说:He has very good taste in music.(他有很高的音乐欣赏力。)
4. sweet [swiːt] adj. 甜的;甜蜜的;甜美的;讨人喜欢的 n. 糖果;甜食
sweet的基本意思是“甜的”,作形容词还可以表示“甜蜜的、甜美的、讨人喜欢的”,都是很形象的用法。比如说:She is living a very sweet life.(她正过着非常甜蜜的生活。)或者说:She has a sweet singing voice.(她的歌声非常甜美。)再比如说:I think Young is a really sweet guy.(我觉得杨是一个很讨人喜欢的人。)
sweet也可以作名词,表示“糖果”或者“甜食”。比如说:She bought me a packet of sweets.(她给我买了一包糖果。)或者说:There is only one sweet on the menu - chocolate cake with cream.(菜单上只有一种甜点——巧克力奶油蛋糕。)
5. awful [ˈɔːfl] adj. 可怕的;极坏的;非常多的
这个词前面的aw的同源词叫做:
awe [ɔː] n. 敬畏;惊叹
你读这个单词的时候,口型的样子就像被眼前的一幕震惊得目瞪口呆一样。英语里有个表达,叫做stand in awe of sth./sb.,指的是“在某物或者某人面前敬畏地站立”,指的是“对……望而生畏”。比如说:He stands in awe of his grandfather.(他对自己的祖父望而生畏。)
awful作形容词,字面意思是full of awe(充满敬畏的),不过awful是个贬义词,指的是“可怕的”,也就是“充满畏惧的”,延伸含义是“极差的、糟糕的”。比如说:I had an awful dream last night.(我昨晚做了个可怕的梦。)或者说:That's an awful color.(那个颜色真难看。)
awful当形容词,还可以表示“非常多的”,经常和lot一起连用。比如说:It's going to cost an awful lot of money.(这要花非常多的钱。)
awful还有个反义词,也是它的同源词,叫做:
awesome [ˈɔːsəm] adj. 令人敬畏的;令人惊叹的;非常好的
这个词里的后缀-some和same(形容词“相同的”)有关,作形容词后缀来强调前面的部分。awesome作形容词,表示“令人敬畏的、令人惊叹的”,延伸含义是“非常好的”,是个口语高频单词。比如说:Wow! That's totally awesome!(哇!真是棒极了!)
6. salty [ˈsɔːlti] adj. 咸的
这个词来自:
salt [sɔːlt] n. 盐
salty作形容词,表示“咸的”。比如说:This dish is not salty enough.(这个菜不够咸。)
另外,英语还有两个常见的单词,从读音上和salt(盐)有关。一个叫做sauce(名词“调味汁、酱”),也就是“沙司”;还有一个叫做sausage(名词“香肠、腊肠”),字面意思就是“咸肉”。另外,我们之前学过的salad(沙拉),也是salt的同源词。
7. promise [ˈprɒmɪs] v. 承诺;保证;预示 n. 承诺;保证;前途,出息
前缀pro-表示“向前”;后面的-mis(e)-是“发送”的意思,我们熟悉的message(信息),指的就是“发出去的消息”。promise这个词,字面意思是“发送到前面”,指的是“向前说出来的话”,作动词或者名词都表示“承诺、保证”。比如说:Promise me that you won't tell him.(答应我你不会告诉他。)或者说:If I make a promise, I will keep it.(如果我做出了承诺,我会遵守的。)
promise作动词或者名词,还可以表示“预示着成功的迹象、前途、出息”,指的是“让人看到前方、未来”。比如说:It promises to be a really exciting game.(预计这会是一场非常精彩的比赛。)或者说:Her work shows great promise.(她的作品很有前途。)这也是为什么promise的现在分词promising,作形容词表示“有希望的、有前途的”。比如说:He is a very promising young man.(他是一个很有前途的年轻人。)
今天我们来学习一下英语的“强读”和“弱读”。Today, we’re going to learn the “strong forms” and “weak forms” in English.
按照单词原本音节来读音,就叫做“强读”。
在一个英语句子里,有的单词是重点信息,需要重读(强读);相比之下,有的单词不是重点信息,不仅不需要重读,而且还要弱化单词原本音节的读音,因为在英语的发音习惯上,单词重音之间的时长都差不多,所以英语使用者在发音上会弱化一些小词的音节读音来缩短一些词重音之间的时间,让这些小词适应英语的习惯性节奏,让句子讲出来更有高低起伏、强弱交替的节奏。这种弱化单词音节读音的现象,就叫做“弱读”。
英语里的一些特定单词,都有“强读式”(strong forms)和“弱读式”(weak forms)两种不同的发音。通常情况下,我们会弱读这些单词,但是如果这些单词在句子里很重要,或者我们想要进行对比的时候,就要强读这些单词。我们来举两个例子:
— Has the game started?(弱读 /həz/)
— Yes, it has!(强读 /hæz/)
上面这个对话里,第一句话的重点单词是started,has只是助动词,所以弱读;第二句话里的has虽然也是助动词,但是指代了has started,属于重点信息,所以强读。
— Do you want to go there?(弱读 /tə/)
— I’d like to.(强读 /tuː/)
上面这个对话里,第一句话的重点单词是动词原形go,to只是动词不定式(to do)的标志,所以弱读;第二句话里的to虽然也是不定式的标志,但是指代了to go,属于重点信息,所以强读。
简单来讲,主要是为了在实际讲话过程中更有节奏,同时起到省力的作用,让语言更加连贯和流畅。
大部分单词的弱读形式都和 /ə/ 有关系,比如:
have /hæv; həv/
and /ænd; ən(d)/
but /bʌt; bə(t)/
that /ðæt; ðə(t)/
/ə/ 这个音也是英语口语里最常见的发音,甚至专门有个自己的名字:schwa(非重读央元音)。不过有趣的是,虽然schwa是 /ə/ 这个音标的名字,但是在英语里,schwa这个单词的读音和 /ə/ 的发音一点关系也没有。
还有一小部分长元音的单词,弱读形式会变成短元音。比如:
we /wiː/ /wi/
he /hiː/ /hi/ /i/
she /ʃiː/ /ʃi/
been /biːn/ /bin/
在英语里,弱读的单词,主要是:代词、连词、介词、冠词、be动词、助动词、情态动词等。下面我们就来详细了解一下这些词的弱读。我在读每句话的时候,你可以张嘴跟我一起读,找找单词弱读的感觉。
So, who am I? My name is Young. I'm 27 years old. I work for an international company. I am a project manager.In other words, I'm responsible for everything in my project. My company is located in suburban Beijing. It's a 40-minute drive from my downtown apartment. The offices are bright and airy. The working environment is second to none. My colleagues are highly driven people. They are prepared to go above and beyond. That's why I love working here.We are a great team.
Young: Hi, Doris. What are you doing here ?
Doris: I'm trying to buy something to wear for the end-of-year work party.
end-of-year 年终的 work part 工作聚会
Young: I'm just gonna wear a simple shirt and my work pants
Doris: It sounds like you have it all planned
have sth done 形式:让某物怎么样
I want to have my hair cut
Doris: I still don't what to wear. How about you come and help me choose a dress ?
Young: I'm not sure if I have the best test in women's clothes. But OK, sure !
I'm not sure if ...
I'm not sure if it will be sunny this weekend
I'm not sure if I have the information you need
I'm not sure if I have time
I'm not sure if this is what I want
have the best taste in ... 在某方面有最好的品味
She has the best taste in music
I have the best taste in food
Doris: Right, come on then !
then
当时:Things were very difficult back then 情况当时很困难
然后,接下来:We lived in France, and then Italy
come on then (既然你答应了)那就来吧
Young: (thought) What is she doing in there ?
Young: Doris, Is everything OK ?
Doris: What do you think ?
Young: It's ...
Doris: No, I don't like the feel of the material
feel of the material 材质的触感。feel 触感/手感 feeling 情绪/感受
Doris: What about this combo ?
combo即combination的口语说法,组合,几件衣服,点餐时的套餐,都可以叫combo
Young: It's great !
Doris: It looks nice thant the other one. But look at the price tag, it's more expensive, let me try on one more
try one 试穿衣服:Can I try on the dress ? / Can I try the dress on ?
than ...
She's more beautiful that her sister
His house is bigger than my house / mine
顺便说一点:像my(我的),your(你的),his(他的),her(她的),its(它的),our(我们的),their(他们的/它们的)等等这些词,指的是“表示某物属于某人的形容词”,也叫做“形容词性物主代词”。相对来说,mine(我的xx)这种词,指的是“表示某物属于某人的代词”,也叫“名词性物主代词”。类似的还有yours(你的xx),his(他的xx),hers(她的xx),its(它的xx),ours(我们的xx),theirs(他们/它们的xx)等等。比如说:
My bag is bigger than yours
His room is quieter than hers
Doris: No !
Doris: Now what about this cocktail dress ?
cocktail dress 酒会礼服
Young: I like the color
Doris: It fits better than the other dresses
这里better是副词well的比较级。副词和形容词的比较级表达是一样:
Young works hard. Doris works harder than Young
He runs faster thant his classmates
Doris: It's also cheaper than the second one ! But I don't like the color
Young:(thought) What ?! I didn't realize it would take so long to find a single outift
I didn't realize... 我没有意识到
I didn't realize my mistake
I didn't realize (that) you were so unhappy
I didn't realize that
I didn't realize I had a problem
Young: Now I understand why you still haven't got a dress !
Now I understand why your English is so good
Now I understand why you work so hard
drees
n 连衣裙:long dress, short dress
n 衣服/服装:casual dress, formal dress
v 穿衣服:
He left very early and had to dress in the dark
Her husband dresses the boys when she makes breakfast
material
和matter有关,matter和mother有关
matter
n 造物的基本物质:The universe is made up of different kinds for matter
n 事情:What's the matter ?
v 要紧/有关系:We were late but it didn't matter
material
材料:building material
素材:writing materials
tag
和touch有关,表示挂在/贴在物品上的标签:name tag, price tag
label,除了可以表示标签,海可以表示品牌/商标:designer label 设计师品牌,例如LV
expensive
来源于expense费用/价钱,expense和spend花费有关:
We went on holiday at my father's expense at sb's expense 在某人出钱的情况下
expensive 昂贵的:She has expensive tastes 她喜欢昂贵的东西
cocktail
酒、饮料、果汁混合的饮料
fit
v 合适/合身:That jacket fits you perfectly
v 可容纳:
Our new sofa doesn't fit through the door 我们的新沙发没法通过这道门
I don't thank another desk will fit into this classroom 我觉得这间教室一张桌子也装不下了
v 适合/符合/胜任:I'm not sure if I'll fit the job
adj 合适的: He is not fit to be a teacher
adj 健壮的/健康的:keep fit. fitness club 健身房
outfit 外面的、适合的全套设备 —— 全套服装/装备:
I'm gonna wear my vampire outfit for Halloween
a bicycle repair outfit
single
adj 单个的:
You haven't listening to a single word I've been saying
He eats rice every single day
adj 单身的:He's been single for so long now, I don't think he'll ever marry
今天我们来学习一下英语的“连读”。Today, we’re going to learn the “liaison” in English.
“连读”的定义:在说英语的时候,为了发音方便,把同一意群的单词连在一起读。比如说:
(1)Pick it up.(把它捡起来。)
(2)Where is it?
(3)This is the end of the class.
注意:所谓的“意群”,指的是在句子里按意思和结构划分出的群落。同一个意群里的单词关系紧密,不能随意拆分,否则表达上容易模糊不清或让人产生误解。不是同一个意群的单词,即使符合连读条件,一般也不连读。我们分别来举个例子:
(1)This is Tom and this is his elder brother, Robert.(可以连读,属于一个意群)
(2)This is Tom and this is his elder brother, Robert.(一般不连读,不属于一个意群)(当然,如果你说话很快,不怕别人听不懂,也可以连读)
下面我们就来详细了解一下连读。
前一个单词结尾是辅音音素,后一个单词开头是元音音素的时候,这两个词通常可以连读。注意:我们这里说的是音素,不是字母。比如:
Take it.(拿着。)
Wait a minute.(等一下。)
It’s a piece of cake.(小菜一碟。)
Let’s keep it a secret.(让我们保密。)
Wait for an hour.(等一个小时。)
连读练习:
Read it.(读它。)
This is great.(这太棒了。)
Put it on.(穿上它。)
I need a cup of coffee.(我需要一杯咖啡。)
注意以下两种情况:
(1)音素 /r/。当以r或者re结尾的单词,后面接以元音音素开头的单词时,可以连读。比如:
hear about(听说)
fire alarm(火警报警器)
(2)音素 /h/。如果前一个单词以辅音音素结尾,后面的单词以h开头,h可以选择不发音,辅音与后面的元音音素发生连读。比如:
tell her
pick him up(接他)
前一个单词结尾是元音音素,后一个单词开头是元音音素的时候,这两个词通常可以连读。这种连读分两类情况:
(1)前一个单词结尾的元音音素的 /iː/ 或者 /ɪ/(包括 /aɪ/,/eɪ/ 等双元音),和后一个单词开头的任意一个元音音素,连读时中间有一个 /j/ 的音。比如:
see it(see jit)
play a song(play ja song)
(2)前一个单词结尾的元音音素的 /uː/ 或者 /ʊ/(包括 /aʊ/,/əʊ/ 等双元音),和后一个单词开头的任意一个元音音素,连读时中间有一个 /w/ 的音。比如:
go out(go wout)
you and me(you wand me)
连读练习:
me and you
today or tomorrow
to us
yellow and white
有时候两个单词连读的时候,听起来非常容易让人产生歧义。比如说:
stopped aching(停止疼痛) - stop taking(停止拿/服用)
ice cream(冰激凌) - I scream(我喊叫)
missed a night(错过了一个晚上) - Mr. Knight(奈特先生)
不过这一点你大可不必担心,因为在现实生活里,讲话都是有语境的,结合上下文语境一般人很容易知道对方到底说的是什么。
下面你试着读一下这一段文字,看能否把可以连读的地方读出来。
I wake up in the morning.Wow! It's eight o’clock.I look at the time on my phone.It's time to get up.I yawn.I am so sleepy.I get up and stretch.I need a cup of coffee.I make my bed.I want to keep my room tidy.
Doris: Thanks for inviting me over for you movie night !
Thanks for ...
Thanks for your help
Thanks for coming 谢谢光临
Thanks for your advice
Thanks for coming to see me
over 从一头到另一头 inviting me over 邀请我(从我家到你家)来
movie night 电影之夜
Young: No problem. So what kind of movies do you like ?
what kind of food/sports/wine/flowers do you like
Doris: I like comedies and dramas the best
comedy 喜剧 drama 剧情片
I like ... the best
Of all the animals, I like dogs the best
Of all my clothes, I like this dress the best
Of all the chothes, I like jeans the best
Of all the bastetball players, I like Yao Ming the best
Drois: Whata about you ?
Young: My most favorite are horror or sci-fi movies
口语中,可以用most/least favorite在最喜欢中挑选出:最最喜欢、相对最不喜欢的
He is now my most favorite actor
What is your least favorite course ?
Doris: I can't watch anything violent or scary
Young: Well, I guess I should let you choose the movie
Doris: Have you seen Harry Potter before ?
口语中see a movie 和watch a movie都可以
watch 强调长时间的看/监控:I'm watching the game
see 强调看到,这一结果:I didn't see you. I haven't seen this movie
movie: 字面意思moving pictures。北美用的多一些
film:早期是指电影的胶片,后来代表电影
Young: No, I've never seen it before, but I know it's a great fantasy movie series
fantasy 奇幻
Doris: Yes ! I think it's the greatest fantasy movie series ever !
ever 作副词:任何时候/始终,这里可以翻译为有史以来。这里是时间状语
If you're ever in BeiJing, do give me a call
ever 作副词:曾经
Have you ever been to London ?
It is the greatest ... ever
This is the greatest bastetball game ever 时间状语 / I've ever seen 定语
This is the greatest party ever / I've ever been to
Young: But the plots are too long for tonight, Let's choose something elese
Young: Hmmm. What about Notting Hill ?
Doris: Oh, this movies is the funniest ? Haven't you seen it before ?
Haven't you ...
Haven't you heard the news ?
Haven't you finished your homework ?
Haven't you been here before ?
Haven't you read that book ?
Young: Of course I have. It's a great romantic comedy, and it stars Julia Roberts and Hugh Grant. They are both fantastic actors.
star 担任主角 / 主演:
He starred in the movie
This movies stars Tom Cruise
Doris: Do you mind if we see it again ?
Young: Not at all ! It's one of my all-time favorites
I don't mind at all
one of ... 之一:She's one of my closest friends
all-time 空前的;全部时间的;历来的
favorites 这里是名词,指代电影s
Doris: I think the greatest line is: "I'm also just a girl, standing in front of a boy, asking him to love her"
两个现在分词短语,作伴随状语
Young: Notting Hill it is!
就选诺丁山了!
倒装强调Notting Hill
invite
邀请:
They have invited me to their wedding
They invited me to go for a picnic
invitation n邀请:Thanks for you invitation
over
基本意思是:从一头到另一头
prep 在...上方:
There is a plane over us
She put a blanket over the sleeping child
prep 从一边到另一边,越过:She jumped over the fence
prep 在...的另一边:She lives over the road
prep 从上到下的落下:He fell over the table
prep 遍布,哪里都是:English is spoken all over the world
prep 多于/超过:He's over sixty years old
prep 利用/通过:He told me over the phone
adv 落下/下落/倒下:The lamp fell over and broke
adv 从一边到另一边:Hand over the money !
adv 翻转:The dog rolled over onto its back
adv 大于/剩余:If there's any food left over, put it in the fridge
adv 再来一次:It's all wrong, You'll have to do it over
adv 结束:The game is over
kind
n 种类: What kind of job are you looking for ?
adj 亲切的/友好的/仁慈的:It's very kind of you to help us
drama
字面含义:That which is done。把发生过的再演一遍,戏剧/剧情片
horror
n 惊恐/惊骇:People watched in horror as the plane crashed to the ground
horror film 恐怖片
sci-fi
science fiction 科幻小说/电影,非正式说法
fiction fict表示揉捏/捏造。fiction表示杜撰的故事/小说
violent
adj暴力的:Her husband was a very violent man
violence n暴力:
He hates violence in any form
They have substitued violence for dialogue
scary
scare 使惊恐/使害怕:
You scared me
She's very brave. She doesn't scare easily
scary 恐怖的/吓人的:It was a really scary moment
fantasy
n 幻想/想象
奇幻电影 fantasy film
fantastic 幻想中的:fantastic animals
fantastic 非常好的:You look fantastic in that dress
series
n 连续/系列:TV series
a series of 一系列/一连串:A series of events happened yesterday
plot
和plan有关,秘密的计划,密谋:
They're plotting to take over this company
The plot was discovered before it was carried out 实施
电影/小说/戏剧/电视剧的情节: The movie has a very simple plot
line
n 线条:Draw a line on the page
n 行/列/排:The children all stood in a line
n 边界/界限:Whatever you're doing, do not cross the line
n 电话线:Please hold the line, I'll see if she's here
n 铁路线/战线 ...
n 台词:I only had two lines in the whole play
v 沿线排成一排:Thousands of people lined the streets to watch the show
今天我们来学习一下英语的“略读”。Today, we’re going to learn the “elision” in English.
“略读”的定义:从广义上来讲,“略读”指的是单词或词组里的读音有所省略。比如说:
almost里的舌侧音 /l/ 可以略读
always里的舌侧音 /l/ 可以略读
I have略读为I’ve
do not略读为don’t等。
从狭义上来讲,略读指的是两个单词见面,为了读音方便而省略掉第一个单词的最后一个辅音。比如说:
(1)first class(头等舱)
(2)looked back
(3)last night
这节课我们主要聊的,是狭义上的略读。下面我们就来具体了解一下:
(1)当前一个单词词尾辅音连缀以 /t/ 或 /d/ 结尾,后一个单词以辅音音素开头时,/t/ 或 /d/通常略读(非必须,而且略读音素的口型往往也是有的)。比如:
first part
don’t know
old man
world record(世界纪录)
注意:当/t/ 或 /d/出现在 /h/ 之前时,通常不略读。比如:
left-handed(左撇子)
seemed happy(好像很开心)
略读练习:
just now(刚刚)
last week
hold fast(抓牢)
did not
right-handed(右撇子)
(2)鼻腔爆破(nasal plosion)(美音):
当爆破音 /t/ 或 /d/ 后面紧跟鼻音 /m/ 或 /n/ 时,/t/ 或 /d/舌位保持不变,仍然是舌尖抵住上齿龈,但不发原本的爆破音了,而是让气流从鼻腔出来,所以也叫“鼻腔爆破”。比如:
garden
mountain
wouldn’t
couldn’t
鼻腔爆破练习:
Britain
shouldn’t
(3)舌侧爆破/舌边爆破(lateral plosion)(美音):
当爆破音 /t/ 或 /d/ 后面紧跟舌侧音 /l/ 时,/t/ 或 /d/舌位保持不变,仍然是舌尖抵住上齿龈,但不发原本的爆破音了,而是让气流从舌侧出来,所以也叫“舌侧爆破”。比如:
lately
importantly
badly
gladly
舌侧爆破练习:
recently
sadly
鼻腔爆破和舌侧爆破不是一日之功,你完全可以把这两类发音忽略掉,直接按照单词原本的发音发就可以了,但是了解这些现象对我们的听力是非常有好处的。
当前一个单词以 /t/ 或 /d/ 结尾,后一个单词以y /j/ 开头时,/t/ + /j/ 读成 /tʃ/,/d/ + /j/ 读成 /dʒ/。
比如:
meet you
last year
Could you?
Did you?
同化练习:
Not yet.(还没。)
that year
Had you?
Would you?
课文中的例子:
That is my younger sister
This is Tom, and this is his elder brother, Robert
She is three years younger than me
It looks nicer than the other one, but look at the price, it's more expensive
It fits better than the other dresses, it's also cheaper than the second one
对于单音节、短的双音节单词,可以用er形式的比较级
比较级单词可以单独使用,也可以和than联用后接对比的目标。其它三种比较级的常见用法:
the more ... the more ... 越 ... 越 ...
The more mistakes you make, the more progress you will make
The harder you work, the luckier you will be
The more, the merrier !
more and more .... 越来越 ...
She is becoming more and more beautiful
Our country is becoming stronger and stronger
as ... as ... 和什么一样,平行比较
This room is as large as that one
He's as brave as a lion
It didn't taste as good as it looked on the menu
This shirt is twice as expensive as that one
This house is three times as large as that one
not as ... as ... 不像那样
The weather today is not as hot as yesterday
This is not as bad as I thought
课文中的例子:
I made a shopping list and headed to the nearest store
Wait. You haven't heard the worst part
I'm not sure if I have the best taste in women's clothes, but OK, sure !
I like the comedies and dramas the best
My most favorite are horror or sci-fi movies
I think it's the greatest fantasy movie series ever !
Oh, this movies is the funniest !
I think the greatest line is: ...
因为最高级通常是独一无二的,因此经常前置定冠词 the
more , the most less, the least
I eat a lot less than I used to
She lost 20 pounds in less than a month 不到一个月瘦了 20磅
no less than 不少于
English has no less than 1m words
He spent no less than 3000 yuan on his new suit
more or less 差不多
The answers are more or less right 这些回答差不多都对了
It's a fifteen minute's walk, more or less
It's better than the other dresses
She is smarter than any students in the class
单音节和短的双音节形容词:
以y结尾或长的双音节形容词,用more/most前缀:
多音节形容词,用more/most前缀:
不规则变化:
I'm almost at the office
at 后面通常接一个小的、具体的地点:at home / school
in 后面则是大的、笼统的地点:in the city / the woods
虽然有时候可以替换使用,例如 at / in the pool ,但是 in的基本意思是在里面,at则是在某个点:例如 in the room/ kitchen 不用用at
This is the main entrance, My company has many entrances. I need to scan my work card. It's time to go upstairs.
It' time 是主要信息,后面的动词不定式是后置定语。所谓动词不定式:动词的形式不被时态、人称等限定,永远都是to + 原形。有时候to省略
英文中动词不定式的字面意思是:去做,往往表示还没有做的事情
不定式可以做为多种句子成分:
宾语: I hope to see you again
表语:My dream is to be a pilot
目的状语:I've come to ask your advice
定语:She has a lot of things to do
There are three elevators now, but there used to be only stairs.
there used to be ... 过去/曾经 这里有
There used to be an apple tree in the garden
There used to be a dog and a cat in my house
There used to be a restaurant around the corner
I can't afford to wait any longer
I can't afford to ... 我负担/承受不起 ...
I can't afford to buy the house
I can't afford to work so late every day
I can't afford to buy a new car
I can't afford to waste time
any longer 在否定句中表示不能更长时间:I'm sorry, but I can't stay any longer
any more 在否定句中表示不能再怎样:I can't lend you money any more
Let's take the stairs today. It's good for my health
take 字面意思是拿,这里抽象为 采取...的方式
It's good for...
Do some reading, it's good for you soul 心灵
Running is good for your health
Smoking is bad for your health
Drinking milk every day is good for your health
Watching TV for too long is bad for your eyes
Luckily my office is on the second floor now. It used to be on the sixth floor. This is my workstation.
Luckily 幸好
I do most of my work here. The work environment used to be quieter. Now there are more staff
staff 集合名词,全体职员
I'm still feeling tired.
I'm still feeling ...
I'm still feeling sleepy after walking up
I'm still feeling terrible now
It's time for my morning coffee. Next to my office area, there is a rest area. Nothing better than a morning coffee
Nothing better than ... 没有什么 更好了
Nothing better than a cold drink on a hot day
Nothing better than a good rest when you are tired
There are many table to sit at
sit at 坐在旁边,sit at a table . to sit at 不定式做后置定语
There are some meeting rooms over there. They often get booked out for important meetings
get booked out 相当于 are booked out
Oh, look at the time. It's time to get back to my desk and start today's work
main
主要的: One of the main reasons I came to England was to study the language
entrance
动词形式 enter :进入 Knock before you enter。 输入You need to enter the password to use the computer
入口:I'll meet you at the main entrance
scan
用机器或肉眼扫描:
I scanned the list quickly for my name
I'll scan the article into the computer
浏览:I gave the book a quick scan, and decided not to buy it
医学扫描:He needs a brain scan
elevator
elevate 提升/提高/改进/抬高
Somking often elevates blood pressure
He elevated many of his friends to powerful positions in the company
elevator 直梯
upstairs
向楼上: He went upstairs and get dressed
在楼上:The cat belongs to the people who live upstairs
afford
提供/给予:This seat has afforded her a great view of the city
负担得起/买得起:
The poor man can't afford his kids' education
She couldn't afford the time off work to see him
station
车站/站台/所/局:train station / radio station / television station / petrol station / police station / fire station
Today we’ll be focusing on the intonation of English.
“语调”的定义:语调指的是在讲话时音高(pitch)的起伏配合与变化。我们可以通过语调的多样性,来表达和聆听一句话里的字面意思和实际意思。同时,讲话的节奏、重读和非重读音节之间的互相对比,都会影响我们对一句话的理解,也都属于语调的范畴。
简单来讲,同样一句话,语调不同,意思往往也会不一样。对比:
A: Can you do me a favor?
B: Sorry↗?(升调,疑问语气,表示没听清对方的话,要求重复)
A: Can you do me a favor?
B: Sorry↘.(降调,陈述语气,表示自己拒绝帮助或无能为力。)
'I live in New York.(强调I,暗指在场其他人不住在纽约)
I 'live in New York.(强调live,暗指自己只是“住在”纽约,但可能不在这里工作)
I live 'in New York.(强调in,暗指自己不是住在纽约周围或附近)
除了上面例子里的重点单词重读强调之外,英语有五种基本语调,分别是:
降调(fall)(↘)
升调(rise)(↗)
降升调(fall-rise)(∨)
升降调(rise-fall)(∧)
平调(flat)(→)
在现实生活当中,降调、升调和降升调是常见的三种语调。
1. 一般单音节的单词,都是读降调(语调由高到低)。比如:
Wow↘!
Great↘!
Yes↘!
No↘!
2. 通常情况下,单独的陈述句结尾往往都是读降调,用来表达句子已经说完,句意也已经表达完整。比如说:
We’re ready↘.
My name is Young↘.
It’s great to meet you↘.
3. 特殊疑问句结尾通常读降调。比如说:
What’s your name↘?
Where’s my phone↘?
How’s everything↘?
1. 用Yes或No回答的问题,通常结尾用升调,期待对方的正面答复。比如说:
Are you ready↗?
Is that your brother↗?
Can I come with you↗?
Are you still single↗?
但有时候这类问题也可以读降调,尤其是在反复问一个问题的时候,通常语气更严肃,甚至略带威胁。比如说:
A: I’ll ask you once more: Did you take the money↘?
B: No, I didn’t↘.
A: Can you prove that↘?(你能证明你没拿那笔钱吗?)
2. 核对自己是否是正确的,结尾核对的词通常用升调。比如说:
You can speak French, right↗?
I’ll show you how to do it, OK↗?
3. 没听清对方的话,想让对方重复,这类的表达后面通常用升调。比如说:
What↗?
Pardon↗?
Sorry↗?
Excuse me↗?
4. 反义疑问句(附加疑问句)的两种情况:
(1)如果不确定自己的观点,附加疑问句用升调:
The answer is twenty, isn’t it↗?(答案是20,对吗?)
She’s at home, isn’t she↗?(她在家呢,对吗?)
(2)如果确定自己的观点,并且希望得到对方的肯定,附加疑问句用降调:
What a beautiful day, isn't it↘?(天气真好,难道不是吗?)
We have been here before, haven't we↘?(我们来过这里,难道没有吗?)
5. 列举清单的时候,前面的选项读升调,最后一个读降调。比如说:
Do you want coffee↗ or tea↘?
I've been to Paris↗, New York↗, and Beijing↘.
One↗, two↗, three↗, four↗, five↘.
6. “开放性”问句和“核实性”问句。
开放性问句询问未知信息(比如特殊疑问句),结尾通常是降调;但是核实性问句往往是核实信息是否正确(比如一般疑问句),需要对方确认,结尾通常是升调。比如:
A: What’s your name↘?(开放性问句)
B: My name is Young.
A: Where are you from↘?(开放性问句)
B: I’m from China.
A: Are you from Beijing↗?(核实性问句)
B: Yes, I am.
A: How long have you lived here↘?(开放性问句)
B: One year.
A: Are you married↗?(核实性问句)
B: Yes, I am.
A: What do you do for a living↘?(开放性问句)
B: I’m an actor.
A: You’re an actor↗?(核实性问句)
B: Yes, I am.
7. 很多时候在一个句子的意群结尾用升调,仅仅是为了语调更好的起伏,用抑扬顿挫的语调变化达到省力的效果。比如你要去火车站接个人,你要告诉他下火车怎么找你:
When you get 'off the train↗, turn 'left along the 'platform↘. At the 'end of the platform↗, there's an 'escalator↘. Go 'up it↗ and you'll be in the 'square↘. There's a 'fountain in the square↗, and I'll be 'waiting for you ‘there↘.
(你下车以后,左转沿站台走。走到头以后,有一个自动扶梯。从扶梯上去就到广场了。广场上有个喷泉,我会在那里等你。)
1. 暗示后面还有内容:
有时候,虽然一个陈述句说完了,但是这个陈述句只属于说话人想表达的整体意思的一部分,后面还有内容。这个时候,这样的陈述句结尾就可以用升调或者降升调,目的是暗示对方后面还有内容。比如说:
I know her face↗, but I can't remember her name↘.
I know her ∨face, but I can't remember her name↘.
It's not what she said↗, but the way that she said it↘.【并不是她说的话(让我生气),而是她说话的方式。】
It's not what she ∨said, but the way that she said it↘.
∨Guns don’t kill people. People kill people.
I ∨think so, but I’m not sure.
I can ∨speak English quite well, but I can't write it very well.
2. 在主次分明的句子里,或者主从复合句里,次要部分或者从句的结尾通常用升调或者降升调,主句结尾通常用降调,以此来突出次要部分或从句对主句的依赖。比如说:
I was walking along the ∨street one day, and I saw a wallet on the way.
I was lying in ∨bed last night, and I heard a knock at the door.
If I were ∨you, I would marry him.(如果我是你,我就嫁给他。)
I would marry him if I were you↗.
If you were ∨ready, we could begin.
We could begin if you were ready↗.
3. 升调和降升调的区别,在于降升调在语气上更突出重点信息。对比:
My 'sister is a nurse.
My sister↗ is a nurse.
My ∨sister is a nurse.
Your 'passport will be ready tomorrow.(你的护照明天就准备好了。)
Your passport↗ will be ready tomorrow.
Your ∨passport will be ready tomorrow.
A: Have you finished that report?
B: ∨Finished? I’ve just started it
请试着按照给出的语调读出下面这段话:
Young: 'What are you 'doing, Doris↗?
Doris: I'm 'struggling to find my 'lunch card.
Young: Did you↗ go to the Lost↗ and Found?
Doris: I ∨did, but it wasn't 'there. It has been a 'bad morning.
Young: 'Why? What 'happened?
Doris: I left my 'laptop at home↗.
Young: Oh 'no. 'What did you 'do?
Doris: I 'went home↗ and picked it 'up. But 'that wasn't the 'end of my bad ∨morning. On the 'way back to the 'company, I was 'riding a ∨bike and it 'started to 'rain. It 'rained 'cats and 'dogs.
Young: It sounds 'terrible.
Doris: 'Wait. 'You haven't heard the worst 'part. At lunch↗, 'many people were 'waiting in 'line. When I↗ got to the front of the ∨line, I realized my 'lunch card was 'missing.
Young: Well, let 'me help you find it. Oh, 'look. What's 'this?!
Doris: Where 'was it?
Young: It was 'right under your nose.
Doris: 'Thanks a 'lot! Now I can 'finally go for 'lunch.
需要注意的是,语调在现实生活里没有刻板的对与错,不同的人讲同一个片段所用的语调也不一定相同,因为每个人对句子的理解有不同的角度,所以学习语调不要刻板,而要融会贯通,让它更好地为你的表达服务。
Young: It's time to clock out, Doris.
clock除了可以作名词表示“钟表”,也可以作动词,表示“达到某个时间”。这里的clock out,指的是“达到了出去的时间、到了下班的时间”,专门指的是“打卡下班”。相对的是clock in(打卡上班)
Doris: It's another late night at the office for me.
late night,字面意思是“很晚的夜”,也就是“深夜”
Young: Oh no! What happened?
Doris: I have so much work to finish.
这里的不定式to finish作后置定语修饰前面的work,也就是“该去完成的(工作)”。
Young: That's not good. You might need to arrange your schedule better.
You might need to …(你可能需要……/或许你得……。)
You might need to take a rest for a few days
You might need to talk to him
You might need to lose weight
You might need to change your plan
Doris: I am trying, but I'm always given more work.
这里的be given是被动语态,表示Doris“被给工作”,也就是有人给Doris 安排了工作。为什么要用被动语态呢?因为是谁安排的工作不重要,只需要突出谁需要去做这些工作就可以了。比如说The cake was eaten.(蛋糕被吃了。)被谁吃了不重要,只要知道蛋糕已经被吃了就可以了
Young: Do you want to know how I always finish work on time?
how I always finish work on time(我怎么总能按时完成工作)是宾语从句,作know(知道)的宾语
Doris: Yes, please! Could you tell me how you do it?
please表示“请”,这个语境下其实就是“太好了、太感谢了”的意思。而且please结合不同的语境和语气,用法也非常灵活。比如说:
Oh, please. Stop talking!(喔,求你了。别说了!)(请求)
Oh, please! You cannot be serious.(喔,得了吧!你准是在打哈哈。)(请你打住)
— Do you want some coffee? — Yes, please.(好,谢谢。)(好的,请给我倒)
这句话主要是tell sb. sth.(主语+双宾语),其中how you do it(你是怎么做到的)作直接宾语,表示告诉的内容
Could you tell me …?
Could you tell me where the rest room is?
Could you tell me where the bus station is?
Young: You must give yourself a daily schedule.
You must …(你必须……。)这是一个半命令式的句型,生活当中除非必要,否则一般不要这样跟人说话,尤其是不太熟悉的人,会让人觉得你的控制欲很强。但是如果用得恰到好处,别人也会感受到你的真诚和关心。比如说:
You must see a doctor
You must arrive in time
You must try harder
You must be home by 11 o’clock.
另外,生活里如果我们猜测对方的状态,当自己有肯定把握的时候,会经常说:You must be…(你一定是……。)比如说:
You must be joking
You must be hungry
You must be tired
You must be a teacher
另外,daily在这里是形容词“每天的”。daily schedule(每天的计划表),也就是“日计划表”
It must be a detailed plan.
detailed是detail(名词“细节”、动词“详细阐述”)的形容词,表示“详细的”
Doris: Oh, I don't have one. Can you give me some suggestions?
Can you give me …(你能给我……吗?)
Can you give me an example?
Can you give me a hand? = Can you help me?/Can you do me a favor?
Can you give me a ride?
Can you give me a reason?
Young: You need to set a time limit to complete each task. If you can't finish a task on time, you should ask for help. You mustn't spend too long on one task.
You need to set a time limit(你需要设置一个时间期限)是主要信息;后面的to complete each task(去完成每项任务)是动词不定式作目的状语
You mustn't …(你不能……。)这也是一个语气比较强硬的句型,要学会酌情使用,否则可能会让对方觉得不舒服。比如说:
You mustn't say things like that
You mustn't break your promise
You mustn't touch the camera
You mustn't drive here
原文里的spend too long相当于spend too much time(花太长时间)。在什么上面花时间呢?on one task(在一项任务上)。这也是个很好的搭配,叫做:spend … on…(花费时间、金钱等在……上)。比如说:How much did you spend on your new coat?(你的新外套花了多少钱?)或者说:I don’t want to spend too much time on sleeping.(我不想花太多时间在睡觉上。)
Doris: You're right! I need to plan my work better.
Young: You really do. No one likes staying late at work on a Friday evening.
You really need to plan your work better. 所以适当用好助动词,可以让你讲话的效率变得更高
Doris: Thank you, Young.
Young: Good luck. See you on Monday.
arrange [əˈreɪndʒ] v.安排;排列
前缀ar-是ad-的变体表示“朝、去”;后面的range从读音上和ring(戒指)有关。再往前推,这两个词都和“排列”有关。戒指指的是“排列出来的圆形”,而arrange作动词,表示“去排列、去安排”,指的是“安排时间、任务”等。比如说:The meeting has been arranged for Wednesday.(会议已经安排在了周三。)或者说:She arranged her birthday cards along the shelf.(她把生日贺卡在架子上摆成一排。)
suggestion [səˈdʒestʃən] n. 提议;建议
这个词的动词形式叫做:
suggest [səˈdʒest]vt. 提议,建议;暗示;意味着
前缀sug-是sub-的变体表示“在下面、自下而上”;后面的-gest-是“携带、带来”,英语里有个词叫做gesture,指的是“用肢体携带信息”,也就是“手势、姿势、示意动作”等。suggest作动词,字面意思是“带上来、提出来”,作动词专门指的是“提议、建议”,后面接名词或者相当于名词成分的词,表示提的“议”。比如说:I suggested an Italian restaurant near the station for the party.(我建议聚会去火车站附近的一家意大利餐馆。)或者说:I suggested going in my car.(我提议坐我的车去。)
suggest作动词,还可以表示“暗示、意味着”,指的就是“根据已有情况让人冒出新想法”。比如说:Something about his manner suggested a lack of interest in what we were doing.(他的举止流露出的某种东西表明他对我们正在做的事情并无兴趣。)
complete [kəmˈpliːt] vt.使完整;使完全;使完美;完成;结束 adj. 完全的,十足的;完整的
前缀com-在这里起强调作用;后面的-ple(te)是fill(填满、充满)的意思。complete的字面意思,是“全都填满”,作动词指的是“全部履行完、全做完”,也就是“使完整、使完全、使完美”。比如说:Complete the sentence with the given words.(用给出的单词补全句子。)或者说:He only needs two more cards to complete the set.(他只需再有两张牌就凑成一副了。)
complete作动词,也可以表示“完成、结束”。比如说:She will complete her studies in France next year.(她明年就在法国完成学业了。)或者说:The palace took over 20 years to complete.(这座宫殿耗时20多年才竣工。)
complete还可以作形容词,表示“完全的、十足的、完整的”。比如说:That man is a complete fool!(那个人是个十足的傻瓜!)或者说:the complete works of Oscar Wilde(奥斯卡‧王尔德全集)。
task [tɑːsk; tæsk] n.(困难的)任务
task作名词,表示“任务”,尤其指的是“艰巨的、困难的任务”。比如说:This is not an easy task.(这不是项容易的任务。)或者说:She's set herself a difficult task.(她给自己安排了一项艰巨任务。)
到目前为止,英语常见的语音语调方面的知识我们已经基本学完了。对于初学者来说,在掌握了基本的语音语调内容之后,更重要的就是付诸实践,并且在实践当中熟练、精进、总结更多语音语调方面的实用经验。
今天我们主要通过一个片段,来综合练习一下我们学过的语音语调知识。
在现实生活里,人们讲一句话的时候,并不会快得没有停顿,而是会一个意群一个意群说,每个意群之间都有短暂的停顿。举个例子,比如屏幕上这段话,现在我按照意群来读一遍给你听:
A family of mice were surprised by a big cat. Father Mouse jumped and and said, "Bow-wow!" The cat ran away. "What was that, Father?" asked Baby Mouse. "Well, son, that's why it's important to learn a second language.”
划分意群后:
A family of mice/ were surprised/ by a big cat. Father Mouse jumped / and said, "Bow-wow!" The cat/ ran away. "What was that, Father?" asked Baby Mouse. "Well, son, that's why / it's important / to learn a second language.”
(参考译文:一群老鼠被一只大猫吓了一跳。老鼠爸爸跳起来说:“汪汪!”猫跑开了。“那是什么,爸爸?”小老鼠问。“好吧,孩子,这就是为什么学习一门外语很重要。”)
接下来屏幕上会出现一段话,你试着把这段话,按照合适的意群划分开,并且大声朗读出来(技术方面看这个如何体现出来):
Lots of people get arrested for dangerous driving, but how old is the oldest? Well, I read about a man who was a hundred and four! He went through red lights, crashed into parked cars and drove along the pavement. And how old was his car? Only thirty.
生词注释:
arrest [əˈrest]vt. 逮捕;拘捕
crashed [kræʃ] v. 撞车;撞毁;坠毁
pavement [ˈpeɪvmənt] n. 人行道
(参考译文:很多人因危险驾驶而被捕,但年龄最大的人有多大?嗯,我读到一个一百零四岁的男人!他闯红灯,撞上停着的汽车,而且还沿着人行道行驶。他的车有多老?只有三十年。)
参考答案:
Lots of people/ get arrested/ for dangerous driving, but how old/ is the oldest? Well, I read about a man / who was a hundred and four! He went through red lights, crashed into parked cars/ and drove along the pavement. And how old was his car? Only thirty
Lots of people get arrested for dangerous driving, but how old is the oldest? Well, I read about a man who was a hundred and four! He went through red lights, crashed into parked cars and drove along the pavement. And how old was his car? Only thirty.
Lots of people get arrested for dangerous driving, but how old is the oldest? Well, I read about a man who was a hundred and four! He went through red lights, crashed into parked cars and drove along the pavement. And how old was his car? Only thirty.
Lots of people get arrested for dangerous driving, but how old is the oldest? Well, I read about a man who was a hundred and four! He went through red lights, crashed into parked cars and drove along the pavement. And how old was his car? Only thirty.
ˈLots of people get arˈrested for ˈdangerous ˈdriving, but ˈhow ˈold is the ˈoldest? ˈWell, I ˈread about a ˈman who was a ˈhundred and ˈfour! He ˈwent through ˈred lights, ˈcrashed into ˈparked cars and ˈdrove along the ˈpavement. And ˈhow ˈold was his ˈcar? Only ˈthirty.
接下来,你来尝试把这段话里所有的升调、降调、降升调标出来:
Lots of people get arrested for dangerous driving, but how old is the oldest? Well, I read about a man who was a hundred and four! He went through red lights, crashed into parked cars and drove along the pavement. And how old was his car? Only thirty.
参考答案:
Lots of people get arrested for dangerous driving↘, but how ∨old is the oldest↘? Well↗, I read about a man↗ who was a hundred and four↘! He went through ∨red lights, crashed into ∨parked cars and drove along the pavement↘. And how old↗ was his car↗? Only thirty↘.
接下来,我们把所有的标记都标上,你来尝试按照标出的标记读一下:
ˈLots of people/ get arˈrested/forˈdangerous ˈdriving↘, butˈhow ∨ˈold/ is the ˈoldest↘? ˈWell↗, I ˈread about aˈman↗/ who was aˈhundred andˈfour↘! He ˈwent through ∨ˈred lights, ˈcrashed into ∨ˈparked cars/andˈdrove along the ˈpavement↘. Andˈhow ˈold↗ was his ˈcar↗? Only ˈthirty↘.
当然,很多时候不同的人讲同一个片段,所用的语音、语调也不一定相同,因为每个人对片段的理解有不同的角度。学习语音语调不要太刻板,而要融会贯通,让它更好地为你的表达服务。
Young: Hey, Leo. Are you OK ?
你没事吧
Leo: Oh, sorry. I was just thinking about my childhood. I remember I wanted to be a doctor when I was a child
I remember ...
I remember her phone number
I remember that we used to go and see them most weekends
I remember the color of your dress
I remember that he used to be a English teacher
kid 原意是小羊。正式语境下用child。kid还有开玩笑的意思: You must be kidding
remember to do 记得去做某事
Remember to call me when you arrive
remember doing 记得做过某事
I remember thinking you were not handsome enough for me 我曾经觉得你不够帅
Leo: What about you ?
Young: I wanted to be a fireman because I really liked the big red fire engines. They looked really cool
fireman = firefighter 消防员
fire engine 这里指的是红色的消防车
Leo: Why didn't you become a fireman ?
Why didn't you ...
Why didn't you come to the party last night
Why didn't you go to the UK to sutdy ?
Young: I turns out I'm scared of fire, so I don't think I would be a good fireman
I'm scared of ...
I'm scared of thunder / cats / wild animals / seeing him
Leo: That makes two of us ! I couldn't be a doctor as I'm scared of blood
字面意思:这件事塑造了我们俩。我也有同感
I couldn't ... as ...
I couldn't meet you yesterday as I was busy with my work
He couldn't answer that question as he didn't work hard
Leo: What about you Doris ? What did you want to be when you were young ?
What did you want to be when ...
What did you want to be when you were in college ?
What did you want to be when you came to this city ?
Doris: I wanted to work as a waitress or chef in a fast -food restaurant.
Young: In a fast-food restaurant ? Why ?
Doris: Because I could eat as much fast food as I wanted. But later I realized I don't like eating french fries and hamburgers for every meal
french fires = chips 炸薯条
Leo: Look at the three of us. We all have different dreams when we wre young, but here we are.
childhood
child孩子hood表示状态,童年
neighborhood 邻居关系,街坊四邻 : There are a lots of kids in my neighborhood
manhood 成年(的状态):He will soon reach manhood
scared
受到惊吓的/害怕的:Look how scared he is
scary 令人害怕的:You look very scary
blood
血浓于水 Blood is thicker than water
bleed 流血:My finger is bleeding
chef
读音上和chief有关,两者都和head有关。 主厨
Young: So, if you could have any job you wanted, what would it be ?
if you could ... what would ...
条件句,且是不真实的条件句,虚拟语气,统一用过去式
If you could get whatever you want, what would you get first ?
If you could go anywhere in the world, what would you like to go mosst ?
If you could have enough money, what would you want to buy most ?
If you could meet anyone in the world, who would you want to meet most ?
Doris: Wow, let me think about it for a second
for a second 一会儿
Leo: If I could have any job, I would be a hotel critic
If I could ... I would ...
If I could live in anywhere in the world, I would live in Norway
If I could lieve for a thousand years, I would learn ten languages
Leo: I hope to stay in the best hotels in the world, and get paid to do it
get paid = be paid
Doris: And, you would never need to make your bed
还是虚拟语气,省略了前面Leo说的前提条件
If you could ... you would never ...
If you could fly, you would never need to worry about traffic jam
If you coould be 18 forever, you would never need to worry about getting old
Doris: Oh, I know ! If I could choose any job, I would choose to be a food critic. I have the best taste in food
taste 品位
Leo: Just imagine eating good food every day, That sounds like a dream
Just imagine ...
Just imagine living like that
Just imagine that we're going to do that
Just imagine what we can do
Just imagine that you're a CEO in a big company
Young: It does
省略句:It does sound like a dream
Young: But maybe not all restaurants would serve good food
serve good food 好吃
Doris: That is true, what about you, Young?
What would do if you could choose your job ?
Young: If I could choose my job, I would be a CEO. I could choose my own work hours and make all of the big decisions
Doris: Wow, that is a big dream !
Leo: It is. But it's good to dream !
it's good to ... 做什么挺好的
it's good to meet people from different parts of the country
it's good to have someone you could talk to
it's good to be recommended
Young: But dreaming time is over. Work is waiting ! Time to get back to reality
hotel
hotel和hospital最早是一个词,都是接待客人的地方。hostel招待所/青年旅舍
This is a five-star hotel
critic
crit决断/区分ic,区分好坏的人。secret后面的cret也是区分之意(分开的不可告人的东西)
He is a film critic
critical 批判性的,至关重要的,严重的。都和下决断的、区分好坏的关键时刻有关
This is a critical report 批判性的报导
Your support is critical to this project 支持是重要的
He's had a traffic accident and is now in critial condition 生死攸关的
imagine
image 和图像、形象有关:His public image is very different from the real person
imagine 和脑子中的形象有关:
She imagined herself sitting in her favourite chair back home 她想象自己正坐在家里最喜欢的扶手椅上
Can you imagine what it must be like to lose your job after 20 years ? 你能想象干了20年被辞退什么感觉么
reality
现实/实际:The reality is that there is not enough money to pay for this project
Modal verbs 也叫情态助动词。情态动词是表达情况、状态的助动词(auxiliary verb ):
情况:说话者对某事的可行性、可能性、确定性的判断
态度:说话者对某人的能力、意愿、责任的看法
情态动词帮助动词原型一起构成谓语,不能独立做谓语,没有人称、数的变化。
情况的例子:
The plan may work
It should be her
We shall win this game
态度:
We must work hard
You should do this
Shall we have dinner together ?
情态动词是一种“非事实”的标记,表示事情还没有发生,或者不一定发生。即使和表示确定意义的副词联用也不能改变这一点:
It may probably snow soon
They should definitely get back together 他们当让应该重归于好
常用情态动词:can / could, may/might, must, will/would, shall/shold, need, have to
否定形式大部分都是直接在情态动词后面加not:
I might not get the chance to go abroad
You shouldn't drink and drive 酒后驾车
Rewards don not have to be stuff 物质
在两种情况下,can 和 could 完全一样,只是现在和过去的区别:
表能力:
She can speak three languages
No one in the room could understand him 过去时
文中的例子:
I hope I can get a ride in time
I can't watch anything violent or scary
I couldn't be a doctor as I'm scared of blood
Because I could eat as much fast food as I wanted
表可能性,相当于It is possible:
I can't be true
He said we could meet another time
在以下情况下,can和could功能不一样:
表请求/许可,could语气更加委婉:
Can you pass the salt, please ?
Could you pass the salt, please ?
文中的例子:
Can I add your Wechat ?
Can you give me some suggestions ?
Could you tell me how you do it ?
当你回答对方、给予许可的时候,因为确定性,不用语气弱的could:
- Could I borrow this book ? - Of course you can
表推测时,might是过去式:
I think I may go to the game 去看比赛
I thought I might go to the game
对当下事情做推断,might的语气比较弱:
That's not good. You might need to arrange your schedule better
表请求、许可的时候,意思和can/could一样,但是更加正式,同时might比may委婉:
May / Might I just interrupt for a moment ? 生活中May就很委婉了,基本没人说Might
同样,对请求答复的时候,因为确定性,使用may而不是might:
- May I borrow your car tomorrow ? - Yes, you may/ can
而拒绝请求的时候,要用mustn't。也可以用may not 或 can not
- May I borrow your car tomorrow ? - No, you mustn't 语气强烈 - No, you may not 语气委婉
May + 主语 + 动词原型,用于祝愿:
May you have a wonderful year
must / have to
语气强烈、表示必须/不得不:
You must give yourself a daily schedule.
It must be a detailed plan
I have to catch it right now
I guess I have to bite the bullet
表示推测时,must表示非常有把握:一定
You must be new
Wow, you must be a busy bee
Those must be our drinks
must的否定形式mustn't表示绝对禁止,而have to 的否定形式don't have to 则表示没有必要,差别很大:
You mustn't park here
You don't have to apologize
must引导一般疑问句,其否定回答可以用don't have to 表示不必:
- Must I show up tomorrow ? - Yes, you must
- Must I show up tomorrow ? - No, you don't have to
have to 有人称和时态的变化,这和其它情态动词不同:
When you drive, you must wear a seabelt
He has to / had to / will have to work a lot
shall 用于征求对方意见,用于第一人称:
Shall we dance ?
shall 用于表示坚强的决心,用于第一人称:
I shall not fear
We shall overcome the difficulty
Our day shall come 我们的出头之日总会到来的
用在条文、规定中,表示义务或者规定:
No one shall take the books home
should 用于表示现在/将来的义务或责任,含义是“应该”:
I should go freshen up
Maybe I should buy a car
Well, I guess I should let you choose the movie
should 表示“比较大的可能性“,含义是”按道理应该“:
They should be great
My Chinese isn't so good, but it should be right
The hotpot restaurant should be around the corner
will表示将要:
That will be be nice
I'm sure it will take some time
表示习惯和特性是,will表示现在,would表示过去,含义是 会/总会:
The law system will punish those who break the law
When he was young, he would drink a lot
表示请求时,用在疑问句would语气更加委婉:
Will you close the window ?
Would you close the window ? 听起来舒服一些
课文中的例子:Would you like to have lunch together later ?
可以做情态动词,表示需要,后面跟动词原形,没有人称、数、形态的变化:
He needn't worry too much
可以做实义动词,有两种情况:
+ 名词/名词性短语:
I need your help
His car needs washing 主动形式表被动,相当于 His car needs to be washed
+ 不定式:
I need to hurry/dash
I need to plan my work better
此外need还可以做名词:
No need to rush
Young had just come back from a vacation, and was surprised when he looked at the time.
Is that the time already ?
This means it's time for Young to get back to work.
I need to start arranging my work for next week.
Looks like it's gonna be a busy week. Such a tight schedule on Monday.
To have a tight schedule here means that your time is very closely arranged in your week and you may not have time to do anything else
Three meetings. This always happens when I come back from a vacation.
come back from ...
I have just come back from the zoo.
Young took a look at the meeting time and said:
From 2pm to 7pm. That will be a long afternoon.
Then, Young tried to comfort himself by saying:
Well, as they say, no rest for the wicked.
as they say 俗话说
As they say, knowledge is power
As they say, better late than never 迟到总比缺席好
As they say, time is money
As they say, the harder you work, the luckier you will be
wicked 邪恶的。the adj 这种形式来表示具有某种特质的人:the young, the old, the rich, the poor
no rest / peace for the wicked 来自圣经,自我讽刺,表示一刻不得闲
Tuesday and Wednesday look like quite days. I can get on with replying to my emails.
In other words, these days look not that busy
get on 处于接触状态,不间断。稍作停顿后继续做(一件事情)
get on with sth / doing sth
继续做某事
Get on with it ! We haven't got all day. 继续干,我们的时间并不多了
No matter what happened, we have to get on with our life
Stopping talking and get on with you work
描述和某人相处
Do you get on well with your new boss ?
Let's get back to the text and look at Young's schedule next week.
Let's check Thursday. My boss said that I have a presentation to prepare for.
... said that ...
She said that she couldn't come 当时说那时不能来
He said that he had finished his work
She said she wanted to see you
注意一下时态统一。课文中则是过去说下周的情况,因此宾语从句部分没有用过去事
Let's return to the text and move on.
Oh, yes. Here it is. So, that's my Thursday booked out.
booked out 被预定出去的,过去分词短语做后置定语
Prepare for presentation. That just leaves Friday.
leave 留下/剩下
Looks like there's nothing in the calendar.
But suddenly Young gets an email from a colleague, saying that the presentation has been moved to Wednesday.
Oh, great ! That's in three day's time.
字面意思是三天里,汉语表达对应是:那是三天后(表示时间很紧)
... is in ... days
The sport is in three days
My birthday is in two days
Time is running short, Young said:
How am I supposed to manage that ?
be supposed to ... 被认为(应当)
You are supposed to be here an hour earlier
How am I supposed to ... 我该怎么样才能 (可能有反问语气)
How am I supposed to live without a car ?
How am I supposed to learn English by myselft
Young has just got three days to prepare for the presentation, which means that he has to work very hard in the following days. So he said:
It's gonna be a lot of late nights at the offices over the coming days !
over the coming days 在接下来的几天
tight
adj 紧的:
She was wearing a tight pair of jeans
The rope was stretched tight
adj 密集的/挤满的:With five heavy guys in the car, it was very tight
adj 严密的/严格的:We need tight security at the airport
adj 时间紧张的:The president has a tight schedule today
adj 经济拮据的:Money is always tight in our home
adj 亲密的:They are pretty tight at school
reply
v 回复:He never replied to any of my letters
n 回复:I asked her what her name was but she made no reply
present
做动词,重音靠后
v 提交/展现:
He presented the report to his colleagues at the meeting 他在会议上做了报告
You need to present yourself better
v 赠送/授予:The winners were presented with medals
v 引见/介绍:I'd like to present you to the headteacher 校长
presentation 报告/演讲/陈述,展示会/介绍会/发布会
The speaker gave an interesting presentation on urban transport 城市交通
The sales manager will give a presentation on the new products
做名词,重音靠前
n 礼物/赠品:This is your birthday present
n 当下(的时间):That's all for the present 暂且就讲这些
at present 目前:He studies chemistry in the college at present
做形容词,重音靠前
adj 出席的/在场的:The whole family was present 全家人都在场
adj 现在的/当前的:I don't have here present address
suppose
假设:Suppose we miss the train, what shall we do then ?
猜想/料想:He didn't answer my phone, so I suppose he was busy
supposed 假设的/预期的,应该:You are not supposed to park here
Young have just come back to the company after the weekend, and bumped into Leo.
Leo: Morning, Young. How was your weekend ?
How was your ...
How was your trip
How was your dinner last night
How was your first day at work
How was your trip to Thailand
Leo asked about Young's weekend, and Young replied:
Young: It was pretty quiet .
Leo: That nice, I wish I had a relaxing weekend.
I wish I had 我希望(虚拟语气,用过去时态) You can use this sentence pattern to express whatever you want to have but in fact is very difficult for you to have
I wish I had a English teacher like Mr. Young.
I wish I had wings, but I don't
I wish I had a car like that
I wish I had a bigger house
I wish I had been at my sister's wedding last Tuesday, but I was on a business trip in New York then.
I wish I had told him the truth
In today's text, Leo said that he wished he had a relaxed weekend, which means he didn't have one, so Young asked.
Young: Oh? What happened ?
Leo: I ended up working all weekend
end up 完全结束, 后面伴随状语
end up ...
I always ended up having an argument with her. I don't know why. I just can't help it
If you talk like a loser, you'll end up losing
If you go on like this, you'll end up in prison
You may even end up with a promotion !
Leo: Since I woke up on Satureday morning, I haven't stopped
Young: No way. That sucks !
不会吧,那也太惨了
Leo: Yes, it does ! My leader called me on Friday night at 11 o'clock
两个时间状语,前面那个突出了不该打电话的时间
Young: Why so late ?
Leo: There will be an important presenation today, so I had to spend the weekend preparing for it
Young: I have an importaqnt presentation too this week, but I didn't have to work on my days off
day off 离开的日子/休息日
Leo: I envy you so much ! My lead had me working for the whole weekend !
have sb doing sth ... 让某人一直做某事
He had me waiting for him for two hours. I can't bear it any more !
She had me doing all kinds of work for her
Leo: I worked until 10 pm on Saturday, and again on Sunday, too.
Having heard Leo's bad weekend, Young said:
Young: You must be tired.
Leo: I'm exhausted
Young then gave Leo a piece of advice
Leo: Make sure you grab a (cup of) strong coffee this morning.
Make sure ...
Make sure the TV is off
Make sure you shut the gate
Make sure the tap is off
Make sure you won't be late for work
In the text Young suggested Leo should have a strong coffee, and leo replied:
Leo: Yes, I will definitely need one !
Young: Well , good luck today ! I hope it all goes smoothly.
Leo: Thanks ! Enjoy your day.
在有事先走的时候,可以针对当前正在做的事情,提出祝福:
在吃饭:Enjoy your meal !
在健身:Enjoy your exercise
Leo: Maybe see you later.
pretty
adv 相当地,没有very程度高:I've got a pretty good idea of how to get there
adj 可爱的/优美的:
That's a pretty hat you're wearing
She's got such a pretty daughter
suck
v 吸/吮/抽/啜:
He sucked his thumb until he was seven
It's good for you to suck in fresh air
v 糟糕/差劲:This movie sucks
lead
v 领导/指挥:If you lead, I'll follow
lead to ... 导致... Eating too much sugar can lead to health problems
n 领先地位/领导地位: She took the lead in the second game. 在第二场比赛领先了
n 主演: Who is playing the lead in the new movie ?
leader 领导者:He's a natural leader
envy
v 羡慕/妒忌 evil eye
I envy her ability to talk to people she's never met before
She envied her good looks
n 羡慕/妒忌,令人羡慕的人/物
He couldn't hide his envy to me
Her hair is the envy of the office
whole
adj 完整的/整个的:I spent the whole day cleaning
n 整体/全部:Two halves make a whole
exhaust
ex向外haust呼出/排放,蒸汽机排出的废气,现在指任何废气:
Car exhaust is main reason for the city's pollution
v 使力竭/用光/耗尽:
The long journey exhausted the children
Within three days, they have exhausted their supply of food
exhausted 精疲力尽的/枯竭的:I'm completely exhausted
definitely
definitely - definite - de向下fine界限finish 彻底给出一个范围
define:
v 定义:In the dictionary, "reality" is defined as " the state of things as they are, rather than as they are imagined to be"
v 界定/明确:We need to define the task ahead very clearly
v 确定..的界限/显示...的轮廓:The mountain was sharply defined against the sky
definite: 确定的/明确的:Can you give me a definite answer by tomorrow ?
definitely: 明确地,当然/肯定:
I definitely remember sending the letter 我确信是发送出去的
- Will you help me ? - Definitely !
definition 定义,分辨率(画面边缘的清晰度):High Definition
smooth
adj 光滑的:The road ahead was flat and smooth
adj 顺利的/圆滑的:
We had a very smooth flight
I don't like him. He's far too smooth for me
v 抚平/使平整/使顺畅:
He smoothed his hair back 朝后捋头发
We encourage parents to help smooth their children's way through school
First, you need to prepare a piece of paper and a pen. Then, watch the video below and try to write down every single word in it. You can listen to each sentence five times. If you can’t write down some words, just leave some blanks. After your dictation, you can check the answer and learn the words and expressions you don’t know.
Now watch the video below and see the man’s terrible weekend.
(1) I hate working weekends.
(2) Hi, you gotta do me a favor and come to the office. I’ve locked myself out.
(3) Hi, it’s me again. Really need to get back into the office.
(4) No work phone calls on personal hours.
(5) What am I supposed to do?
(6) Mom, I need some help. Yes, I’m eating my vegetables. Can you come get me?
(7) Did you get any of my messages yesterday?
(8) Yep!
(9) You know my rule: No work messages during personal hours.
Young has arrived at work. He sits down at his desk and a message appears on his screen, telling him that his meeting is in thirty minute's time. He then starts to worry and wants to prepare
Look at the time ! It's half past nine.
past做prep表示 经过.. 在..之后
时间表达:
整点:基数词 [ + o'clock ]。例如:Thirteen o'clock
非整点:基数词钟点 + 基数词分数。例如: Seven ten, Twelve thirty, Nineteen forty-five
强调表达:
强调过了点: Twenty past seven, Then past then, Half past eight
强调差几分:Five to seven, Two to two
几刻:A quarter to twelve
强调上下午:Let's meet at 7:30am tomorrow, and go to the gym at 2pm
I only have half an hour before my presentation. I should head to the meeting room to prepare.
head to 朝...
OK. First things first.
要事优先
Let me make sure I can connect my laptop to the screen
Let me make sure ...
Let me make sure you understand my meaning
Let me make sure this is your camera
Great ! It works. It took me all week to prepare this presentation, I must make sure it goes off without a hitch
work 奏效:I don't thank this method will work
go off 发展/进展 hitch 障碍
I must remember to smile while everyone is coming in. After they sit down, how should I begin ?
时间状语 时间状语
I wonder if I should introduce myself ?
Young thought about introducing himself, but then he thought:
No, it makes no sense to do that. I've met them before.
it makes no sense to ...
it makes no sense to talk about it again
Promising without taking actions makes no sense to her
It makes no sense to do so
It makes no sense to me
In today's text, Young said it makes not sense to introduce himself, but how should he start his presentation ? Let's move on to the text
Oh, I know ! I should start by saying: " I'm glad to give this presentation to you all "
start by doing ....
Let's start by reviewing what we learned last time
I'm glad to ...
I'm glad to meet you. I've heard a lot about you
Thank you, I'm glad to be here.
Young decided what to say at the begining of the presentation , and then he said:
Yes, that's it ! During the presentation, I must keep eye contact with my colleagues.
He then took a look at the time and said:
Oh, it's a quarter to ten. It's time to go over my PowerPoint
go over means to look all over again 重温
Everything will be OK, I just need to believe in myself.
I just need to...
I just need to rest
I just need to find a place to live
Five minutes to go. OK, I'm ready for it.
I'm ready for school / I'm ready for the journey
past
和动词pass有关,此外pass的过去式也是past
prep 晚于,在...之后:
Then past six
She's past the age where she needs a babysitter 临时照顾幼儿者
adv 经过,过去:
I called him as he ran past
A week is past, but nothing has changed
adj 过去的,以前的:
I haven't seen hr in the past few weeks
I know from past experience that you can not judge by appearance
n 过去: In the past, this kind of work is all done by hand
before
prep 时间/位置上在前面:
You should always wash your hands before meals
The bus stop is just before the school
conj 在之前:Did she leave a message before she went away ?
adv 以前: I think we've met before
head
n 人头:Dinner wil cost $20 a head
n 头脑/智力:You need a clear head to be able to drive safely
Two heads are better than one 三个臭皮匠赛过诸葛亮
n 带头人/领导:The head of the History Department 历史系主任 The headteacher of the class 班主任 The headmaster of the school 校长
v 朝向 .. 走:He headed for the fridge
connect
v 链接/连接/联合/关联:
Can I connect my printer to your computer ?
The two subjects 学科 are closely connected
They mett a couple of times but they didn't really connect 建立关系
hitch
v 拴住/套住:He hitched the horse to the gate
n 临时的故障/小问题:The work went off without a hitch
v (口语)搭便车:They hitched a lift to Edinburgh from a passing car
while
conj 在 ...的时候,强调同时进行:
I read the news while you were drying your hair
conj 一种情况发生时,另一种情况也存在。虽然/尽管,相反的
While Tom's very good at science 理科, his brother is definitely hopeless
n 一段时间/一会:I haven't seen him for a while
during
prep 在...期间:
They work during the night and sleep by day
I only saw her once during my stay in Rome
sense
n 感觉/官能:Sense of direction/humor/smell
n 观念,看待...的角度,意义: He is a real friend from every sense of word ( in every possible way)
n 良好的判断,清醒的认识:
What he says makes sense
It doesn't make any sense in what you said
v 感觉到/意识到:Although she said nothing, I could sense her anger
quarter
十分之一:一刻钟,一季度,两毛五 A quarter of mile A quarter past four
夸脱 = 1/4磅
kill time / pass time 打发时间:
Let's play cards to kill time
Reading is a good way to kill time
only time will tell 时间会证明
Only time will tell if the treatment has been successful
Only time will tell if you are right
not born yesterday 又不是三岁孩子
Stop joking ! I wasn't born yesterday
I wasn't born yesterday, I know what I'm doing !
against the clock / a race against time 对抗时钟 / 一场于时间的竞赛。争分夺秒
My every day is a race against the clock
Doctors raced against the clock to save his life
We are working against the clock to finish the report by Friday
around the clock 一天到晚,一整天
We worked around the clock 昼夜不停的加班
I'm so tired, I can sleep around the clock
twenty-four seven 即 all the time
He's on duty twenty-four seven
The supermarket is open twenty-four seven
give sb a hard time 给某人一段困难的时间,使难堪/为难
They really gave me a hard time at the interview
This problem really gave him a hard time
turn back the hands of time 时光倒流
hand表示时钟的指针:Hour hand / Minute hand / Second hand
I wish I could turn back the hands of time
If I could turn back the hands of time, my darling you would still be mine
If I could turn back the hands of time , I would go back to my high school again
third time's the charm 第三次有魔力,鼓励两次失败的人再试一次
I've already failed the text twice, so hopefully 希望 the third time's the charm
I've already called her twice, but she didn't pick up the phone , so I hope third time's the charm
old timer 老一代的人,老前辈。老古董(不懂得与时俱进的人)
Master Lee is an old timer, everyone respects him
I don't want to be a old timer when I'm old
I don't want to sound like a old timer
Young hasn't had his hair cut for a long time. When he looked at the mirror and saw his hair, he said:
Young: My hair is so long. I need to go get it cut today.
get it done 让 ... 处于done的状态
He then picked up his phone and opened his hairdressers' app, and tried booking an appointment:
Young: Wow, they seem to be very busy. There are no appointment left
seem to be 好像 ...
We seem to be missing some students this morning
There seems to be fewer tourists around this year
She seems to be getting younger
You seem to be very close to him
Young found that there's no appointment left tody, so he said:
Young: Let's check tomorrow. Still none. Let me call and see if they can squeeze me in today
squeeze in 挤入/插队 hair头发dresser化妆师
Young found the hairdressers' number on his phone and called, and the receptionist picked up
Receptionist: Hello, Forever Young Salon, How can I help ?
Young: Hello, I'm calling to ask if you have any appointments available today
I'm calling to
I'm calling to invite you to dinner on Friday night
I'm calling to offer you a job|
I'm calling to ask if you are busy tonight
I'm calling to ask if you have got my email
Receptionist: I'm afraid we are fully booked until the 20th of April
I'm afraid ...
I'm afraid you guessed wrong
I'm afraid I can't remember the way
I'm afraid I made a mistake
I'm afraid this isn't finished yet
Young: The 20th ? That's not until next Friday ?
next friday 下周五,即使现在是周四,说的也是下周的周五
Receptionist: Yes, recently we are very busy
Young: What about the day after ?
the day after 次日
Receptionist: Next Saturday, the 21st ?
Young: Yes
Receptionist: Any idea what time ?
Do you have any idea what time you want to come here ?
Any idea ... 知不知道 ...
Any idea where he is ?
Any idea when he will come ?
Receptionist: We have appointments available from 2 to 5 pm
Young: 3:30 would be great
Receptionist: OK sir . Can you recall if you have a membership card here ?
membership card 会员卡
Can you recall ...
Can you recall the last time you wrote a letter
Can you recall what happened then ?
Young: Yes I do.
Receptionist: Can you tell me the last 4 digits of your phone number ?
Young: 1875
Receptionist: Mr. Young ? The last time you came here was over two months ago
Young: That's right
Receptionist: OK. Your appointment is scheduled for the 21st at 3:30 pm, Mr. Young
Young: Great, see you then
cut
v 切割砍剁:
Cut the meat up into small pieces
This knife doesn't cut very well
v 缩短/削减/删减/中断/打断/抄近道
His salary has been cut by 10 percent
Could you cut your essay from 5000 to 3000 words ?
Some parts of the movie have be cut
The diector shouted 'Cut !'
Let's cut through this road to save time
n 切口:
There's a deep cut in his arm
Sirloin is the most expensive cut of beef
appoint
指派/任命:We've appointed three new teachers this year
约定:A date has been appointed for the meeting
appointment 任命/约定/预约时间
We are pleased to announce the appointment of Young as the new headmaster of the school
She made an appointment to see the doctor
squeeze
挤压:Cut the lemon in half and squeeze the juice into the bowl
挤入:She squeezed through the crowed and found a seat at the front
available
adj 可用的:This is the only room available
adj 有空的:
Are you available this afternoon
Are you still available 特定语境,你还单身么
digit
数位(0-9之间的一个数字):
Her telephone number is different from mine only by one digit
A four-digit number
digital 数字的 / 数码的: digital devices
ago
从现在往前追溯,常常和一般过去时联用。before 从过去向前追溯
I visited him three days ago, but he had gone to BeiJing a week before
不确定具体多久:I have seen this film somewhere before
A hairdresser is a person whose job is to cut or style hair in order to change or keep a person's look. This is often done by using a combination of haircutting, hair coloring and so on.
Hairdressing has a history of thousands of years.In ancient Egypt, wealthy men often had personal barbers within their home. In ancient Rome and Greece, household slaves and servants would be hairdressers when they were needed to.Men who did not have their own private hair or shaving services would visit the local barbershop. Women had their hair cut at their homes.
The first appearance of the word "hairdresser" is in 17th century Europe, and hairdressing was considered a profession. By 1777, about 1,200 hairdressers were working in Paris.
Beauty salons became popular during the 20th century, along with men's barbershops. These spaces served as social spaces, allowing women to socialize while having their hair done and other services such as facials.
理发师的工作是剪头发或做发型,以改变或保持一个人的容貌。这通常是通过结合理发、染发等方式来实现的。
理发已有数千年的历史。在古埃及,有钱人通常在家里有私人理发师。在古罗马和希腊,家奴和仆人在需要的时候会做理发师。没有私人理发或剃须服务的男性会去当地的理发店。妇女们在家里让人理发。
“理发师”一词最早出现在17世纪的欧洲,理发当时被认为是一种职业。到1777年,大约有1200名理发师在巴黎工作。
美容院在20世纪与男士理发店一起流行起来。这些空间作为社交空间,使得女性可以在做头发和其他服务(如面部护理)的同时进行社交活动。
combination [ˌkɒmbɪˈneɪʃn; ˌkɑːmbɪˈneɪʃn] n. 联合
ancient[ˈeɪnʃənt] adj. 古代的;古老的
Rome[rəʊm] n.罗马(意大利首都)
Greece[ɡriːs] n. 希腊(欧洲南部国家)
household [ˈhaʊshəʊld]adj. 家用的,家务的;全家人的;家喻户晓的
slave[sleɪv]n. 奴隶
servant[ˈsɜː(r)vənt]n. 仆人,佣人
Egypt[ˈiːdʒɪpt] n. 埃及(非洲国家)
wealthy[ˈwelθi]adj. 富有的;充分的;丰裕的
personal[ˈpɜː(r)sənl]adj. 个人的,私人的
barber[ˈbɑː(r)bə(r)]n. (为男子理发的)理发师;男子理发店
barbershop[ˈbɑːbəʃɒp; ˈbɑːrbərʃɑːp]n. 理发店
within[wɪˈðɪn]prep. 在……之内;在……里面
private[ˈpraɪvət]adj. 私人的,私有的
shaving[ˈʃeɪvɪŋ]v. 修面,剃
appearance[əˈpɪərəns] n. 外貌,外观;出现,露面
century[ˈsentʃəri]n. 世纪;一百年
consider[kənˈsɪdə(r)]v. 考虑,斟酌;认为,视为
profession[prəˈfeʃn] n.(需要专门技能,尤指需要较高教育水平的某一)行业,职业
salon[ˈsælɒn] n. 理发沙龙;理发厅
popular [ˈpɒpjələ(r); ˈpɑːpjələr] adj. 受喜爱的;受欢迎的;当红的
social[ˈsəʊʃl]adj. 社会的
socialize[ˈsəʊʃəlaɪz]vi. 交际;参与社交
allow[əˈlaʊ] v. 允许;准许
facial[ˈfeɪʃl]adj. 面部的,面部用的n. 面部护理,美容
beauty salon美容院
Today, let's summarize the adverbial clauses of time in English. Here are some examples:
He cried when he heard the news
I'm not going out until I've finished this
How long is it since we last went to the theater together
状语从句总会出现从属连词(引导词),例如when until since, while whenever, as soon as until not .. until before after by the time
when/while/as/whenever
when 后面可以是连续性的动词也可以是瞬时性的
When I was younger, I always stayed up late before the final exam
When she stops talking to me, I know she is angry
when 用于主从句中的动作同时发生,或者从句稍先于主句发生
I was thinking of you when you texted me
When he came out of the bank, the thief followed him home 一路跟踪他到家
while 在...期间,与...同时。 当主从句都是延续性动词,或者强调同时发生时使用
While I was waiting for my taxi, three buses went by
She is playing video games while I am having lunch
as 当...时,随着
I saw him as I was coming into the building
As he grew older, he understood the importance of love
whenever 无论何时,每当
You can ask me for help whenever you need it
Whenever / Each time /Every time we hang out, he brings a friend
对比:
while/as往往对应持续的时间,而不是时间点:
When the phone rang, I was cooking
While / As I was cooking , the phone rang
当主从句的动作同时发生,并且从句是延续性动作时,三者可以替换:
When/While/As he was playing computer games in the office, the boss came in
文中的例子:
When I got the front of the line, I realized my lunch card was missing
I remember I wanted to be a doctor when I was a kid
What do you want to be when you was young ?
We all have different dreams when we wre young, but here we are
Three meetings, This always happens when I come back from a vacation
I must remember to smile while everyone is coming in
as soon as / once / the moment / directly
As soon as he gets here, we are ready to go
Once I have found somewhere to live, I'll send you my address
The moment/minute/second I see you, I want to give you a bear bug
He called directly / immediately he got my message
until / not ... until
I'm not going out until I've finished this
It's not until now that she realizes her faults 直到现在,她才意识到自己的缺点
文中还没有这类时间状语从句,但是有until的时间状语:
I workd until 10pm on Saturday and again on Sunday, too
I'm afraid we are fully booked until the 20th of April. The 20th ? That's not until next Fridayh
before/after/since
Check your artical carefully before you hand it in 上交
It was two years before he realzied that we was wrong
Put it into your pocket before you lose it 放口袋里别丢了
She would die before she apologized 宁死也不道歉
Several years after they had broken up, they met again by chance in BeiJing
He hasn't called since he went to work
She had been at home since the city went into a 14-day lockdown 自从封城以来,她一直待在家
How long is it since we last went to the theatre together
文中的例子:
After they sit down, How should I begin ?
Since I woke up on Saturday monring, I haven't stopped
by the time
By the time we arrived, someone had grabbed all the good seats
By the time this letter reaches you, I will have left the country
Young saw a reminder on the computer about a meeting in 10 minutes. Then a notification appeared to show that the meeting room had been changed.
Young: Oh, Great !
This is an irony to show Young's bad feeling.
Young: I hate it when they change the meeting room at the last minute.
at the last minute 在最后一刻
I hate it when ...
I hate it when she calls me at work
I hate it when people talk with their mouths full of food
I hate it when people ask me for mony
I hate it when talk about me behind my back
Young had never been to the new meeting room before, so he said:
Young: I have no clue where it is.
I have no clue ... 我一点也不知道
I have no clue what I'm gonna do next
I have no clue what you are talking about
I have no clue what to do with my life
I have no clue why she's so angry
Young said that he had no clue where the meeting room is , so he decided to look for it
Young: I'd better leave now to try and find it . OK. Well, this is Area B. So it must be over that way.
Young: Could the lift go any slower ?
This is also an irony to show Young's anxiety
Young: Finally ! It feels like I'm walking around in circles.
Walking around in circles绕圈子 means that Young has lost his way
It feels like ... 感觉 ...
It feels like her whole life has changed
It feels like I'm dreaming
Young: Hey Leo. Do you know where Area C Meeting Room 4 is ?
Leo: What a coincidence ! I had a meeting there this morning. Young need to head to the left wing of the building and go to the third floor. It's the first meeting room through the door on the left. You can't miss it. But don't turn right, or you'll end up at the toilets.
wing: one the parts of a large building that stretches out from the main part
You can't miss it 你不会错过它的
end up at somewhere 最后会在哪里
Young: Great ! Thank you for your help. I must dash.
Leo: No problem.
Young: By the time I get there, the meeting will be over.
By the time ... 等到 ...
By the time she was 13, her company was worth millions of dollars.
By the time we got back from dinner, she had already left
Young: I'd better take the stairway. First meeting room on the left. Great ! Meeting Room 4. Finally I'm able to find it.
able to ... 客观的能力
I'm able to do it better
I'm able to help you, but I can't do this
I'm able to pass the exam
She's able to sing 100 songs
can 主观的意愿/决定
Young: Thanks, Leo ! Just in the nick of time !
nick 小的缺口。 in the nick of time 钻入时间的缺口,时间刚好赶上
clue
线团,衍生为线索:
I don't have a clue when the pandemic is over. 我不知道疫情什么时候才能过去
He has no clue when he can live the life he wants
lift
v 提起/抬起/举起:
Could you help me lift this table, please ?
He lifted his hands above his head
n 电梯:相当于elevator. Take the lift to sixth floor
n 搭便车:I'll give you a lift to the station
coincidence
巧合:
What a coincidence ! I wasn't expecting to see you here.
This is not a coincidence
toilet
toi和text编织有关let小词后缀,一小块麻布。衍生为台布,梳妆台,厕所(雅称)
W.C 就是Water Closet 盛水的容器(抽水马桶),过时说法。可以用Washroom/bathroom/washroom,比较正式的措辞是lavatory
我想上厕所:
I'm gonna hit the John. 因为抽水马桶是John发明的
Nature is calling me.
Asking for and giving directions
Watch a video about a hotel receptionist who gives directions to a family about where their room is. There will be many words and expressions we’ve learned before, so this is also a great chance for you to review.
Asking for and giving directions
Dad: This is our hotel. Let's go inside. Hello.
Receptionist: Good afternoon, how may I help you?
Dad: We'd like to check in, please.
Receptionist: Certainly, do you have a reservation?
Dad: Yes, it's under Scott. I've booked a triple room.
Receptionist: May I see your ID please?
Dad: Sure! Here it is.
Receptionist: Thank you. Yes. I have found your reservation. Okay, this is your room key. Your room is on the second floor.
[Music]
Receptionist: Just take the lift on the left. When you get off the lift, turn left. Your room is at the end of the corridor on the right side.
Dad: Thank you very much.
Receptionist: It was my pleasure.
Dad: Let's take the elevator. Here we are at last.
Daughter: I love our room. It's nice.
receptionist [rɪˈsepʃənɪst] n. 接待员
reservation [ˌrezə(r)ˈveɪʃn] n.保留,保护;(房间,座位等的)预订
triple [ˈtrɪp(ə)l] adj. 三倍的,三重的;三部分的,三人的
ID = identification [aɪˌdentɪfɪˈkeɪʃn] n. 辨认,识别;确认,确定;身份证明;认同
corridor [ˈkɒrɪdɔː(r)] n. 通道,过道;走廊;狭长地带
elevator [ˈelɪveɪtə(r)] n. 电梯;(运送粮食、液体或卸船的)升降机
check in 办理(酒店入住)登记手续
have a reservation 有预订
be under sb. 在某人名下
a triple room 一个三人间
Do you speak English?
Female: Excuse me! Excuse me! Sorry, umm, do you speak English?
Male 1: No, I don’t. Sorry.
Female: Oh! My car’s broken down and I wonder if you could tell me where to find a garage.
Male 1: You, well, you know, that’s wasted on me. I don’t, I don’t understand what you’re saying.
Female: You don’t speak in English at all?
Male 1: Not a word. No. It’s one of those things where I wish I'd paid more attention in school, but, umm. Excuse me! Excuse me! Sorry, do you speak any English?
Male 2: English? No. What’s the problem?
Male 1: I don’t know, I can’t understand her.
Female: Hi. My car’s broken down and I need to find a garage.
Male 2: No, I’m so sorry, I didn't understand that at all.
Female: Alright. Well, thanks. Ah...
Male 1: Tell you what, if you go down that way, about half a mile, there’s a village. There might be somebody there that speaks English.
[Now, they are talking about the same thing in German]
Male 1: So, I’m sorry we couldn't be more help.
Male 2: Yeah, sorry about that. Hey, you never know, next time you are over maybe we’ll have learned a bit of English for you.
[now in German]
Female: Thanks anyway.
Male 1: I can speak English.
Male 2: So can I.
garage[ˈɡærɑːʒ; ɡəˈrɑːʒ] n. 车库;汽车修理厂
attention[əˈtenʃn] n. 注意;注意力
mile[maɪl] n. 英里
village[ˈvɪlɪdʒ] n. 村庄
break down 发生故障
That’s wasted on me. 那在我这里是浪费时间(徒劳)的。
Not a word. 一个字也不懂。
I wish I'd paid more attention in school(我希望我在上学的时候努力了)(I wish I had… 虚拟语气,暗指当时在学校没努力)
you never know 很难预料/谁会知道呢
Young has just got off work, and is going to look for a new place to live. When he bumped into his old friend, Alice, he said:
Young: Alice ? It that you ?
Alice: Oh, wow ! Young ! Long time no see ! I've just got back from Germany. How are you ?
Young: I'm OK. What are you doing here ?
Alice: I just finished an interview.
Young: Oh, really ? How did it go ?
go 进展/进行
How did the meeting go ? How did your date go ? How did your new book go ? How did your English learning go ?
Young asked Alice about her interview. Alice replied:
Alice: Not too bad, thanks. Do you work here ?
Young: Yes, I've just got off work, and am off to view some apartments.
be off to 离开/动身去做...
So why does Young want to view some aprtments ?
Young: I'm looking for a one-bedroom place.
one-bedroom 一居室的
I'm looking for ... 我正在找...
I'm looking for the train station
I'm looking for a new job
Young: I'd rather find a smaller place closer to work, than the bigger one I'm living in. It's so far way.
adv rather 宁愿/宁可
I'd rather do sth than ...
I would rather watch TV at home than go to the cinema
I would rather be a doctor than a teacher
I would rather go there by bike than by bus
I would rather stay here than go out
I would rather talk to a stranger than him
Young said that he wanted to find a new apartment closer to work, then Alice replied:
Alice: What do you think of this community ?
Using "community" to refer to a residential area or neighborhood is quite appropriate and common in English.
Young: It looks great, even nicer than the community I live in now.
Alice: Yes. It's a great area. It's where I'm living in.
表语从句
Young: How long does it take to get here from your apartment ?
形式主语
How long does it take...
How long does it take to go to the shore from here ?
How long does it take to get to the airport ?
Young asks Alice the time it takes from her apartment to his workplace. Alice said:
Alice: It's just north of here. It takes about 15 minutes by subway.
Young: It's not as far as where I live now. My place is in the southeast of the city. Commuting to work takes about one hour and a half.
commute 通勤/上下班往返
Alice: Well, my landlord has another apartment to rent out in the same community.
Young: Really ? I would prefer to live somewhere like this if possible.
if possible 是if it is / renting this place is possible的简化,条件状语从句
I would prefer / prɪˈfɜːr / to do ... 我更喜欢... rather than do... 相比于。因为共用to,后面的省略
I would prefer to drive than walk
I would prefer to spend the weekend at home rather than go outside
Young said he would prefer to rent the apartment in Alice's community, then Alice replied:
Alice: Yes. In the summer you can even ride a bike to work
Young: Sounds ideal. I'll have to go check it out !
check it out 搞清楚/弄明白
view
v 看待/考虑:How do you view your position within your company
v 观看,相当于watch:
People came from all over the world to view the show.
We have two people coming to view the house this afternoon
n 看法/见解/观点:It's my view that the price is much too high
n 景色/视野:There was nobody in my view
community
com一起mun改变位置ity名词后缀:相互换位置/共同分享。有共同利益(社区、信仰、国籍……)的群体:
He's well known in the local community
In this school, most children are from the Chinese community
place
n 地方/场所:There are several places of interest 旅游胜地 to visit in the area
v 放置(到某个地方):She placed the book in front of me
north
英语的八个方向:east west south north northeast northwest southeast southwest
commute
com一起mute改变位置,上下班来回变位置。通勤,来往于/穿梭于
He spent that year commuting between New York and Chicago
It's at least an hour's commute to work
landlord
land土地lord领主。房东/地主:His landload doubled the rent
斗地主:Fight the landlord
rent
v 出租:She agreed to rent the house to me
n 租金:How much rent do you pay for this place
ideal
理想的: This beach is ideal for children
Watch the video below to learn how to rent an apartment in English. There will be many words and expressions we’ve learned before, so this is also a great chance for you to review.
Cynthia: Hello?
Sophia: Hi, my name is Sophia. I am a student at Brandeis University, and I want to rent an apartment. I saw your listing for an apartment on Oak Street.
Cynthia: Hi, Sophia. I'm Cynthia, the landlord. Did you want to schedule a viewing?
Sophia: Yes, that's right.
Cynthia:The earliest appointment to view the apartment is 1 pm tomorrow.
Sophia: Great! I’ll take that appointment. Thank you.
Cynthia: Okay, I’ll see you then.
Cynthia: Hi, Sophia! Nice to meet you. Come in.
Sophia: Hi, nice to meet you, too. Thank you. Wow, this is very nice and clean!
Cynthia: Yes, I always have it cleaned when a tenant moves out. Besides, the apartment was recently renovated. Let me show you around.
Sophia: That would be great, thank you.
Cynthia: Like the listing said, it’s a one-bedroom, one-bathroom apartment. This is the bedroom. It is fully furnished with a bed, wardrobe and two bedside tables. There is also a desk for study and a bookshelf, an LCD TV and WiFi connection.
Sophia: I love this room! It looks really cozy and stylish! Is there air-conditioning?
Cynthia: No, there isn’t, but this building stays pretty cool when it’s hot outside.
Sophia: Is it okay if I hang some things on the walls?
Cynthia: Yes, but please don’t leave any holes in the walls. I don’t want you to make any major changes to the apartment.
Sophia: What if something in the apartment stops working or breaks?
Cynthia: You can call me immediately and I will come over to look at it.
Sophia: Well, all of that sounds perfect!
Cynthia: The bathroom is attached to the bedroom. It’s over here. The toilet and shower are a little older, but they are in excellent condition.
Sophia: Yes, they look almost new. Is there a washer and dryer?
Cynthia: There is no washing machine or dryer in the apartment, but there’s a laundromat in the basement. You will have to get a laundry card from a machine down there. You can load some money onto it to do your laundry.
Sophia: I see. It’s perfectly fine.
Cynthia: Let me show you now the kitchen. It is a fully equipped kitchen. It has a stovetop, and oven, microwave, and refrigerator. The oven and stove top use gas.
Sophia: Will I be responsible for paying the gas bill?
Cynthia: Yes, but it won’t be very much. If you cook one meal a day, it should be about $30 a month.
Sophia: Is there a dishwasher in the kitchen, too?
Cynthia: There is. It’s right here.
Sophia: Awesome! How much is the rent for this place?
Cynthia: $800 a month.
Sophia: And how can I pay the rent?
Cynthia: You can write me a check at the beginning of each month. I’ll ask you to pay a deposit for the first and last month’s rent, which would be $1600. Any damages to the apartment will come out of the deposit. If there aren’t any damages, then you won’t be charged, and the deposit will go towards paying for your last month’s rent.
Sophia: How long is the lease?
Cynthia: One year. After that, you can sign a lease for another year.
Sophia: Is the apartment close to public transportation?
Cynthia: Yes, the bus stop is just 150 feet away. It’s a 5-minute walk from this building. You can also get easily to the grocery store from here.
Sophia: Perfect!
Cynthia: Would you like to rent the apartment? I have the lease right here.
Sophia: Yes. I will sign right now. When can I move in?
Cynthia: If you want, you could move in tomorrow!
Sophia: Perfect! Thank you.
Cynthia: Welcome to the building! I’m sure you’ll love it here.
listing [ˈlɪstɪŋ]n. 列表,清单
tenant [ˈtenənt] n. 房客,租户
renovate [ˈrenəveɪt]v. 修复,翻新(尤指建筑物)(re-再+-nov-=new新+动词后缀-ate→使再次变新)
immediately [ɪˈmiːdiətli]adv. 立即,马上(im-无+-medi-中间+形容词后缀-ate+副词后缀-ly→没有中间、没有间隔→立刻、马上)
excellent [ˈeksələnt]adj. 极好的,卓越的(ex-向外+-cell-=hill小山+形容词后缀-ent→突出山顶的→卓越的)
check [tʃek]n. 检查,核对;结账单;支票
deposit [dɪˈpɒzɪt] v. 储存;支付(押金、定金等)(de-向下+-posit-放→放下→储存、支付)
damage [ˈdæmɪdʒ] n. 损坏
lease [liːs]n. 租约,租契
furnish [ˈfɜː(r)nɪʃ]v. 为(房间或房屋)配备家具(furniture 家具)
wardrobe [ˈwɔː(r)drəʊb]n. 衣柜,衣橱
bookshelf [ˈbʊkʃelf]n. 书架
cozy [ˈkəʊzi]adj. 舒适的,温暖的
stylish [ˈstaɪlɪʃ] adj. 时髦的;新潮的(styl(e)风格+形容词后缀-ish)
hang [hæŋ]v. 悬挂,吊
hole [həʊl]n. 洞,坑
laundromat [ˈlɔːndrəmæt]n.(美)自助洗衣店
laundry [ˈlɔːndri]n. 待洗(或正在洗涤、洗完)的衣物;洗衣房,洗衣店
load [ləʊd]v. 装上,装进;承载,装载(计算机 loading 加载)
equipped[ɪˈkwɪpt]adj. 装备齐全的
stovetop [ˈstəʊvtɒp; ˈstoʊvtɑːp] n.(炉具上的)炉盘,搁架(stove炉子+top上面)
oven[ˈʌvn] n. 烤箱
microwave [ˈmaɪkrəweɪv]n. 微波炉
gas [ɡæs] n. 气体;汽油;天然气
heat [hiːt] n. 热量;热源;暖气
electricity [ɪˌlekˈtrɪsəti] n. 电
dishwasher [ˈdɪʃwɒʃə(r)]n. 洗碗机
schedule a viewing 安排一次看(房)
be attached to 附属于
washer and dryer 洗衣机和烘干机
run on 继续,继续下去
public transportation 公共交通
Young sat in the car and was stuck in traffic. He then got a text message from the movers, saying that they had arrived.
Young: (Thought) How did they arrive so quick ?!
He then took out his phone and called Alice:
Young: Hi Alice ! I'm sorry to bother you on a Saturday.
I'm sorry to ... 不好意思...
I'm sorry to call you so early / so late
I'm sorry to disppoint you
I'm sorry to hear that
I'm sorry to bother, but I need your help
Young called Alice and asked her for help
Young: The movers have already arrived, but I'm stuck in traffic. Would you be able to go downstairs and greet them ?
Would you be able to ... 你能够...
Would you be able to come over at Saturday night ?
Would you be able to pick them up in time ?
Would you be able to come over and pick me up ?
Would you be able to introduce yourself in English ?
Alice: Of course I can. I will go down now to help them get into the community.
Young: I thought I would arrive on time, but the taxi hasn't moved for ages.
Alice: Don't worry. I'm here to help.
I'm here to ... 我是来...
I'm here to show you around
I'm here to have a talk with you
I'm here to watch the show
I'm here to learn English
Alice told Young she was ready to help him, and then she asked Young:
Alice: Where are you now ?
Young: The map says less than two kilometers. I'm opposite the Wal-Mart
says读音 / sez / opposite 在对面
Alice: That road is always gridlocked at the weekend. You can get the taxi to pull over and finish the journey on foot.
pull over 拉到一边,早期指把马拉到路边。现在泛指靠边停车
Young: Really ? Are you sure it's faster ?
Are you sure ... 你确定...
Are you sure this is the quickest way ?
Are you sure you locked the door ?
Alice: Yes. And there is a shortcut you can take. You can cut through the Wal-Mart, rather than go all the way around.
take a shortcut / cut through 都是抄近道的意思
Young: Alright. I'll give it a shot.
shot / ʃɑːt / give it a shot 试试看
Alice: Hey ! Finally, you made it ! We haven't started yet because we don't have the key.
Young: Oh ! I apologize for keeping you waiting.
I apologize for... 比sorry更加正式一些
I apologize for what I saied about you
I apologize for what happened
I apologize for not coming to the party
I apologize for my laziness
bother
v 烦扰/打扰:
Don't bother your father when he's working
I'm sorry to bother you, but could you help me lift 提 shit suitcase ?
v 花费时间/精力做某事:
You could have just phoned us but you just didn't bother 但是你就是懒得打
He didn't even bother 甚至没空 to let me know he was coming
n 麻烦/打扰/令人讨厌的人:
I can take you there, it's really no bother
I'm sorry to be a bother, but could I have that number please ?
greet
v 打招呼/迎接:
She greeted us with a smile
He greeted all the guests warmly as they arrived
opposite
op等于ob相反posite摆放和position有关,放在对面的,相反的
Although they are sisters, they're completely opposite to each other in every way.
My brother and I live in the opposite sides of the city
prep: They sat opposite each other
adv: The people who live opposite 住在对面的 are always making a lot of noise
noun: People say opposites 相异的人 attract
gridlocked
gridlock 交通网络阻塞,名词或动词:
A car breaking down at rush hour could cause gridlock across half the city
adj 阻塞的:
After the game, the car park was gridlocked
Talks 谈判 are currently gridlocked 陷入僵局的
shortcut
n 捷径:
I tried to take a shortcut but got lost
There is not shortcut on the way of learning English
shot
n 射击/枪声:He fired four shots at the car as it drove off
n 射门/投篮:Nice shot ! 好球
n 尝试/努力:Why don't you give it a shot ?
n 相片/视频片段:I took some really good shots of the harbour at sunset
n 一次注射:The doctor gave him a shot of morphine
Young woke up from his first night in his new place, and he said:
That was the best sleep I've had in a long time. It feels so good to wake up in my new pad
He got out of bed, went to the curtain and opened it. The light began to shine in
Look at the view. The sun is shining. This is great exploring weather
exploring 探索
This is great ... weather 这是做什么的好天气
This is great golfing weather
This is great kite flying weather
This is great swimming weather
This is great picnic weather
As soon as I freshen up, I will go explore my new surroundings
He headed to the window and looked toward the subway, and said:
I can't believe how close the subway station is. It took less than 5 minutes to walk home from the station last night
With such good weather, what will Young do today ? We will take a look at his idea. He said:
Let's make a plan for today's "exploration"
Let's make a plan for ...
Let's make a plan for the coming vacation together
Let's make a plan for the meeting
Let's make a plan for learning English
Let's make a plan for summer vacation
Let's move on to the text and see Young's plan. He looked through one part of the window and noticed the mall sign on the side of the building:
First, I'll go check out the shopping mall downstairs. I saw that they have several of my favorite clothing stores and coffee shop
He then looked through another part of the window and said:
What's that ? It looks like a gym. I'll take a closer look at it when I'm out of the shopping mall
So why does Young want to figure out if that is a gym or not ?
I always have a passion for keeping fit.
I always have a passion for ... 我一直热衷于
I always have a passion for traveling around the world
I always have a passion for food
I always have a passion for drawing
I always have a passion for learning language
So what will Young do after visiting the gym ?
After that, I'll find a nice place nearby and grab something to eat. I wouldn't be surprised if there are some great restaurants out there. This place is so cool.
I wouldn't be surprised if ...
I wouldn't be surprised if you say no
I wouldn't be surprised if he doesn't know it
I wouldn't be surprised if you want to lose weight
I wouldn't be surprised if you don't want to get married
Alright. Time to shower and get myself dressed. I bet it's gonna be a great day !
I bet ...
I bet it costs a lot of money
I bet he forgot about the meeting
I bet you don't know the answer
I bet he won't come tonight
pad
n 垫子,原始意思是脚下踩着的垫子,和path有关。现在衍生为任何垫子
knee pad 护膝 shoulder pad 垫肩
n 公寓: a bachelor pad 单身公寓
n 平板电脑:薄片一样的电脑 iPad
explore
ex向外plore和flow有关,走出去,探险/探测:The children have gone exploring in the woods
研究:Let's explore this idea more fully 进一步探讨
名词形式 exploration / ˌekspləˈreɪʃ(ə)n /
The exploration for new sources of energy is vital for the future of our planet
surround
v 围绕:The lake is surrounded by trees
v 包围:Police surrounded the building
surrounding
n 周边事物/周边环境:The buildings have been designed to match their surroundings
adj 周围的:surrounding areas
passion
n 激情: Passion is the drive that leads to success
同源词 patient
耐心的:She's very patient with children
病人:pas前缀表示痛苦,承受痛苦之人
surprise
sur在上面prise抓住,prison抓人的地方。在上方抓住,当头一棒,惊讶的事:
I have a surprise for you
Last night's snow came as a complete surprise
n 惊奇/惊讶:He looked at her in surprise
v 使惊讶:The news surprised everyone
surprised (被)惊讶的:She looked surprised when I told her
bet
v 打赌:I bet you $100 that I'll get there before you
v 赌博/下注:She bet 500 pounds on that horse that came in second 跑了第二的
v 肯定: I bet he won't come
n 赌注:She had a bet on the race
n 猜想:My bet is that their baby will be a girl
First, you need to prepare a piece of paper and a pen. Then, watch the video below and try to write down every single word in it. You can listen to each sentence for five times. If you can’t write down some words, just leave some blanks. After your dictation, you can check the answer and learn the words and expressions you don’t know.
Daughter: Hi!
Mom: Hi!
Daughter: Welcome to my new apartment, mom.
Mom: I liked your old apartment at 24 Oak Street better.
Daughter: That's because you live at 22 Oak Street.
Mom: Your old apartment had such a nice view.
Daughter: The view here is nice too, mom. The park is just across the street, and my office is around the corner.
Mom: Nice refrigerator. It's very small, isn't it?
Daughter: The refrigerator?
Mom: The kitchen.
Daughter: It's a little small, but I like it. There's the dining room, the office, and the living room.
Mom: The chairs are nice. I like the sofa. Why is the dresser in the living room?
Daughter: There's no place else for it to go.
Mom: But where are the other rooms, honey?
Daughter: Mom, it’s a studio apartment. There are no other rooms.
Mom: This is it?!
Daughter: This is it!
Mom: But where’s the bedroom?
Daughter: Ta-da!
Mom: I’m afraid to ask about the bathroom.
Daughter: Oh, mom! I think it’s nice.
dresser[ˈdresə(r)]n. 梳妆台
studio [ˈstjuːdiəʊ]n. 录音室,播音室,演播室
Ta-da 吸引注意力的语气词,例如向别人展示一个东西时
OakStreet橡树街
studio apartment一个房间的小公寓住宅
next to
紧挨着,在旁边:Our house is the one next to the school
between
在两者之间:The book shop is between the school and the hotpot restaurant
near
在附近:Do you live near here ?
far from
离的很远:The restaurant is not far from here
opposite
在对面:Our company is opposite the bus station
in front of
在前面:The bus stops right in front of our house
behind
在后面:There is a small street behind the train station
课文中的例子:
It's not far from here, I can't remember the Chinese name but it's next to a Wal-Mart
Next to my office area, there is a rest area
I'd rather find a place closer to work than the bigger one I'm living in, it is so far way
The map says less than two kilometers, I'm opposite the Wal-Mart
across
穿过/跨过:There's a bank across the street,穿过这条街那里有个银行
along
沿着/顺着:They walked slowly along the road
OK, I need to walk along the street and turn left at teh traffic lights
by
经过/在旁边:She walked by me without saying a word
through
从(立体空间的)中间穿过:They walked through the woods 树林
It's the first meeting room through the door on the left
around
围绕/在周围:We sat around the table
It feels like I'm walking around circles
over
在...的另一边:There's a bar over the road we could go to 我们可以去路另一边的酒吧
OK, this is area B, so it must be over that way
left
right
But don't turn right or you will end up at the toilets
around the corner
在拐角处:The hotpot restaurant should be around the corner
You can cut through the Wal-Mart, rather than go all the way around
east west south north
It's just north of here. It takes about 15 minutes by subway
My place is in the southeast of the city
Alice is painting in a studio, Young walks in and sees a drawing beside her.
Young: Whose is this ?
whose 名词性物主代词,用来表示某物属于某人
Alice: It's mine.
mine 名词性物主代词
Young: You drew this ?
Alice: Yes, I have a passion for drawing. Do you know how to draw ?
Young: I wish I could draw like you ?
I wish I could... 我希望我能 This is subjunctive mood to express something that you're not able to do
I wish I could play the guitar
I wish I could relive my childhood
I wish I could sing like her
I wish I could speak more languages
In the text, Young said that he wished he could draw like Alice, but things didn't always go his way
Young: But I'm rubbish at it.
rubbish 口语中做为形容词,很差劲的 be rubbish at sth
Alice: The trick is to draw by using shapes.
介词短语做方式状语
The trick is to ... 窍门是...
- How to pick the puppy up ? - The trick is to pick it up by back of its neck
- How to cook weel ? - The trick is to find a good cookbook
In our text, Alice told Young to draw by using shapes, but Young didn't quite understand, so he replied:
Young: What do you mean by using shapes ?
介词短语做方式状语
What do you mean by ... 你...的是什么意思?
What do you mean by saying that ?
What do you mean by not talking to me ?
What do you mean by asking such a question ?
Young asked Alice what she meant, and then Alice replied:
Alice: Let me show you.
Alice shows hers to Young.
Alice: See, it's just a variety of shapes put together.
a variety of 各种各样的
Alice: You should try.
Then, she gives Young a pen and a piece of paper.
Young: What should I do first ?
Alice: First, draw a big round circle, and then two smaller circles inside. These will be eyes. Then put two black dots inside those circles for the pupils.
for the pupils 目的状语
Young: Like this?
Alice: Yes, you are doing great. Now you need to draw a small triangle just under the two eyes.
Alice: Now, draw two horn shapes on the top of the big circle.
horn 角
Young: It's harder than it looks
It's harder than...
It's harder than it used to be
It's harder than you thought
Alice: Now for the last part, at the boottom of the big circle, you need to draw three small straight lines on the left and three on the right
Young: Done
Young looked at his drawing and then is confused about what it should look like
Young: What's it meant to be ?
Alice: It's meant to be an owl.
It's meant to ... 它本该...
I can't talk about it anymore, it's meant to be a big secret
It's meant to be a safe zone, but it's not any more
meant to be 还有本就该、注定的意思:
They are meant to be together 他们注定在一起
He's mean to be a invento r
After saying the drawing is meant to be an owl, Alice showed her drawing to Young and said:
Alice: It should look like this
Young: It looks very different from yours.
yours 名词性物主代词
draw
v 画画:She can draw very well
v 拉/抽/拔:
拉 His father drew him into the room
拔 He suddenly drew a knife and held it to my throat
v 吸引:He waved his hands to draw her attention
n 平局:The game ended in a draw
drawer 抽屉,能拉出来的匣子
trick
n 骗局/诡计/恶作剧:The kids are always playing tricks on their teacher
n 诀窍/秘诀/技巧:Could you tell me the trick of making such tasty food ?
v 欺骗:He tricked the old lady into giving him eight hundred dollars
variety
vary v不一样/相异:
Prices vary widely from shop to shop
The students' work varies in quality
vary (根据情况)变化/改变:The menu varies with the season
various adj各种各样的
We had various problems on our journey
variety 多样化/变化
There are a large variety of good and inexpensive 物美价廉的 resturants
We have apples in several different varieties 不同品种 in our supermarket
dot
n 小圆点:There are dots above the letters i and j
pupil
n 小孩/小学生(可爱),衍生出小玩具,突出小。同源词puppet 木偶/小玩偶 puppy 小狗
n 瞳孔
triangle
n 三角形:A triangle has three sides
horn
corner 带角的地方
n 角 Rhino is a big animal and has a horn on its head
n 号角/喇叭 To honk the car horn
straight
同源词stretch拉伸
adj 直的:She has straight blonde hair
adj 直接的: She looked at me straight in the eye
adj 坦诚的:Just be straight with her and tell her how you feel
adj 纯粹的/不掺杂的:I like my vodka straight 纯伏特加
adj 不间断的:They're the only to have won ten straight games this season
adv 直接/径直:I got home and went straight to bed
owl
night owl 夜猫子
How to draw a goldfish?
Today we are going to be drawing a goldfish. Isn't she lovely? And it's as simple as getting a pen and a piece of paper and some coloring pens for the end. So the first thing we'll do is draw a big semi-circle and the same thing underneath. Now on one side we're going to do these frilly shapes here. And this is to show that this is the tail of the goldfish. And on the other side we're going to draw this funny sort of sausage shape here. And one underneath and these are the lips of the goldfish. Now we're going to draw an eye and this is a medium-sized circle with a small circle inside and another tiny one. And we're just going to color in the medium-sized circle, leaving a bit of white. Now we're going to draw the fin on the top using this frilly shape. And then we'll add some more frilly decoration on this half of the goldfish. Now we're going to draw the bubbles coming out of the goldfish's mouth. We'll add a bit of detail which is a sort of C shape with a dot after it. Doesn't that look fab? And now we're going to color him in. And you can do any design you like on this lovely goldfish.
如何画一条金鱼
今天我们要画一条金鱼。是不是很可爱啊?画起来很简单,只要拿一支笔、一张纸和一些彩笔就可以了。我们要做的第一件事是画一个大的半圆下面也是一样的。在一边,现在我们要画些褶边形状。这是为了展示金鱼的尾巴。在另一边我们要画一个有趣的香肠形状。下面也画一个。这些是金鱼的嘴唇。现在我们要画一只眼睛,这是一个中等大小的圆,里面有一个小圆,还有一个小圆。我们要给中等大小的圆圈上色,留下一点空白。现在我们要用这个褶边形状在上面画鳍。然后我们在这条金鱼的这半边加一些褶边装饰。现在我们要画出金鱼嘴里吐出来的气泡。我们会添加一些细节,这是一个C形状,后面有一个点。看起来很棒吧?现在我们要给他上色。你可以在这条可爱的金鱼上做任何你喜欢的设计。
simple [ˈsɪmp(ə)l] adj. 简单的,简明的;简朴的,朴素的
semi-circle [ˈsemisɜːkl] n. 半圆
underneath [ˌʌndə(r)ˈniːθ] prep. & adv. 在……下面,在……底下
sausage [ˈsɒsɪdʒ] n. 香肠,腊肠;香肠形状
frilly [ˈfrɪli] adj. 镶褶边的;多饰边的
tail [teɪl] n. 尾巴
lip [lɪp] n. 嘴唇
medium-sized [ˈmiːdiəm-saɪzd] adj. 中型的,中等大小的;普通型的
fin [fɪn] n. (鱼的)鳍;鳍状物,
decoration [ˌdekəˈreɪʃn] n. 装饰,装饰品
bubble [ˈbʌb(ə)l] n. 气泡,泡沫
detail [ˈdiːteɪl] n. 细节,细微之处;详情,资料
fab = fabulous [ˈfæbjələs] adj. 极好的,绝妙的
design [dɪˈzaɪn] n.&v. 设计,布局,安排
as simple as 就像……一样简单
on the top 在顶部
Hi. I've got a question for you: how many people here would say they can draw? (Laughter) Well, I think we've got about one or two percent of the hands going up, and it's interesting, isn't it? It's a little bit like people think of spelling or singing. They think,"You can either do it, or you can't." But I think you can. Because when people say they can't draw, I think it's more to do with beliefs rather than talent and ability. So I think when you say you can't draw, that's just an illusion, and today I'd like to prove that to you.
嗨,我有个问题要问你:这里有多少人会说自己会画画?(笑)好吧,我想我们有大约1%或2%的人举手,这很有趣,不是吗?这有点像人们对拼写或唱歌的看法。他们认为,"你要么能做到,要么做不到。" 但我认为你可以。因为当人们说他们不能画画时,我认为这更多地是与信念有关,而不是与天赋和能力有关。所以我认为当你说你不能画画时,那只是一种幻觉,今天我想向你证明这一点。
When I say "draw", I'm not saying we're all going to draw like Michelangelo. We are not going to be paintingthe Sistine Chapel's ceiling. But would you be happy if, by the end of this session, you could draw pictures a little bit like this?
当我说 "画画 "时,我不是说我们都要像米开朗基罗那样画画。我们不打算画西斯廷教堂的天花板。但是,如果在这节课结束时,你能画出像这样的作品,你会感到高兴吗?
(Audience murmuring) Oh, yes! (Laughter) Or even a little bit like this? (Laughter) Well, actually, there are only two things you need to do to be able to achieve this. One is have an open mind. Are you up for that? (Audience) Yes! And two, just be prepared to have a go. So grab a pen and a piece of paper. OK, so here's how it's going to work: I’ll show you the first cartoon we're going to do, so just watch to begin with. Here we go. Just watching.
(听众窃窃私语)哦,是的! (笑声)或者甚至有点像这样?(笑声)好吧,实际上,你只需要做两件事就能达到这个目的。一个是有一个开放的心态。你准备好了吗?(听众)是的!第二,要准备好有一个好的结果。第二,准备好去尝试一下。所以拿起笔和一张纸。好了,下面是如何进行的。我将向你们展示我们要做的第一幅漫画,所以先看一下。我们开始吧。看看我。
That's going to be our first cartoon. It's a character called Spike. I'd like you to draw along with me. I'll draw the first line, you draw, and when you've done that, look up, and I'll know you're ready for the next line. Okay, here we go. Start with the nose. Now the eyes. They're like 66s or speech marks. That's it. Next, the mouth. Nice, big smile. Now, over here, the ear. Next, some spiky hair. Next, put the pen to the left to the mouth, little line like that. Pen under the ear, drop a line like that. Pen to the left of the neck, top of the T-shirt. Line to the left, line to the right. Just hold your drawings up and show everyone. (Laughter) How are we all doing? (Laughter) OK. OK, fantastic.
这将是我们的第一部动画片。它是一个叫斯派克(Spike)的角色。我希望你能和我一起画。我画第一行,你来画,当你画完后,抬起头,我就知道你已经准备好画下一行了。好,我们开始吧。从鼻子开始。现在是眼睛。它们就像66这些数字或标点符号。就这样了。接下来,嘴巴。很好,大笑。现在,在这里,耳朵。接下来,一些尖尖的头发。接下来,把笔放在嘴的左边,像这样的小线。耳朵下面的笔,像这样画一条线。笔放在脖子的左边,T恤衫的上面。向左划线,向右划线。只要把你的画举起来,给大家看看。(笑声)我们都做得怎么样?(笑声)好。好的,太棒了。
So, it looks like you've just learned to draw one cartoon, but you've actually learned more than that; you've learned a sequence that would enable you to draw hundreds and thousands of different cartoons, because we're just going to do little variations on that sequence. Have a go at this.
所以,看起来你只是学会了画一幅漫画,但实际上你学到的不止这些;你学到的序列可以让你画出成百上千种不同的漫画,因为我们只是要在这个序列上做一些小小的变化。来看看这个吧。
Draw along with me. Nose.Eyes. Smile. That's it. Now some hair. Pen to the left of the mouth, under the hair, little V-shape for the top, line to the left, line to the right. So we've got another character. Let's call her Thelma. (Laughter)
跟我一起画。鼻子.眼睛。微笑。就这样了。现在是一些头发。用笔在嘴的左边,在头发下面,顶部的小V字形,向左画线,向右画线。所以我们已经有了另一个角色。让我们叫她塞尔玛(Thelma)。(笑声)
So, we've got Spike and Thelma. Let's try another one. Here we go. Another little variation. You're getting the idea. Starting with the nose. But this time we'll change the eyes slightly. Look, two circles together like that. That's it.
所以,我们已经有了斯派克和塞尔玛。让我们再试一次。从这里开始。另一个小变化。你得到了这个想法。从鼻子开始。但这次我们要稍微改变一下眼睛。看,像这样两个圆圈在一起。这就是了。
Then, two little dots in for the eyes. And this time we'll change the mouth slightly. You watch. Little circle colored in there. Have a go at that. Next, the ear. Now, we'll have some fun with the hair, watch. Nice curly hair. Then same thing: pen to the left to the mouth, little line like that. Under the ear, drop a line. Top of the T-shirt. Line to the left, line to the right. I think we'll call him Jeff. (Laughter) We'll do one more. One more go. Here we go. You're getting the idea. (Laughter)
然后,用两个小点来做眼睛。这一次,我们将稍微改变嘴巴。你看着。在那里涂上小圆圈。试试这个。接下来是耳朵。现在,我们将对头发进行一些有趣的处理,看。漂亮的卷发。然后同样的事情:用笔向左画到嘴边,像这样的小线。耳朵下面,落下一条线。T恤衫的顶部。向左划线,向右划线。我想我们会叫他杰夫(Jeff)。(笑声)我们再做一次。再来一次。在这里,我们走了。你渐渐学会了。(笑声)
So we'll start with a nose again. Notice we're doing little variations. Now we'll change the eyes, so we've got them apart. We'll put some little dots in like that. Next, the mouth slightly different. Let's put a little V-shape like that. Triangle. And a little line across, and we'll just color this a little bit in.
因此,我们将再次从鼻子开始。注意我们进行了一些微小的变化。现在我们将改变眼睛,所以我们已经把它们分开。我们会像这样放一些小圆点。接下来,嘴巴稍有不同。让我们像这样放一个小V字形。三角形。还有一条横着的短线,我们把它涂上一点颜色就可以了。
Now, watch this bit carefully; some hair, watch. Here we go, little line like that. Next, a bit more there. And watch, a couple of triangles to make a little bow. Triangle at the bottom, rest of the hair. Pen to the left of the mouth again. You get the idea. Drop a line for the neck. Now the V-shape. Line to the left, line to the right. There we go. Let's call her Pam. (Laughter) So you've done... (Laughter) So you've done four cartoons. You can have a little rest now. (Laughter)
现在,仔细观察这一点;一些头发,看着。在这里,我们走,像这样的短线。接下来,那里再来一点。再看,几个三角形,做一个小蝴蝶结。三角形在底部,其余的头发。再用笔在嘴的左边。你会明白的。在脖子上画一条线。现在是V字形。向左划线,向右划线。我们走吧。让我们叫她帕姆(Pam)。(笑)所以你已经画了... (笑声)所以你已经画了四幅漫画。你现在可以休息一下了。(笑声)
spelling[ˈspelɪŋ]n. 拼写,拼写能力;拼法
belief[bɪˈliːf]n. 相信,信心;信念,信仰
illusion[ɪˈluːʒn]n. 错觉,幻觉
Michelangelo[ˌmaɪkəlˈændʒɪˌləʊ]n. 米开朗基罗(意大利文艺复兴时期成就卓著的科学家,艺术家)
paint[peɪnt]n. 油漆,涂料
session[ˈseʃn]n. (某项活动的)一段时间,一场;(议会等的)会议
achieve [əˈtʃiːv]v. (经努力)达到,取得,实现;获得成功(a-=ad-去+chieve=chef=head头→去到头→达到、实现)
character[ˈkærəktə(r)]n. 性格;人物,角色(chara=carve刻→刻画的性格、任务)
sequence[ˈsiːkwəns]n. 顺序,次序
enable[ɪˈneɪbl]v. 使能够,使可能(en-注入、使+able能够)
variation[ˌveəriˈeɪʃn]n. 变化,变动
slightly[ˈslaɪtli]adv. 稍微,轻微地
curly [ˈkɜː(r)li] adj. (头发)卷曲的,鬈曲的
the Sistine Chapel's ceiling西斯廷教堂的穹顶
Are you up for that?你愿意吗?
have a go试一试
speech mark讲话标记;双引号
a couple of一些
Young: It's my mom's birthday dinner tonight. I'm gonna buy her some nice flowers.
He walks on the street, and goes into a florist.
Young: Wow, they have so many options to choose from.
I can choose from so many options that they have
He goes over to the bouquets, looks at them and the price tags
Young: My mom doesn't like pale or white flowers. Why can't I find any brighter ones ?
Why can't I ...
Why can't I find a job I like ?
Why can't I go with you ?
Why can't I stay out until 12:00 ?
If she can go, Why can't I ?
Young couldn't find the flowers he like, so he goes over to the counter and asks the florist
Young: Exceuse me, do you havfe any other bouqets, I'm looking for a brightly colored bouquet
brightly colored 颜色鲜艳的
Florist: You can choose your own.
your own (bouquet)
Young: What do you mean by that ?
Florist: If you pick the colors you like, I can make you a personalized bouquet.
personalized 个性化的
Young: That would be great.
He goes over to the flowers and says:
Young: These look great. My mom has always been a fan of anything bright.
has always been...
Different living habits have always been a interesting topic
She has always been a poor test-taker 参加考试的人。她向来对考试不拿手
We have always been good friends for the past ten years
She has always been a model of healthy living
Young: These orange ones would match quite well. My mom would love these as well.
as well 相当于too,区别是后者既可以放在句尾也可以放在句中:
I like this English class as well
I like this English class too
I too like this English class
also也具有也的意思,但是它还可以做为连词(连接前后两句话),而不仅仅是副词too / as well 则不可以:
I didn't like it that much. Also, it was much too expensive
Young: Her favourite has always been purple. OK, I think I have enough
He goes back to the florist, and says:
Young: I would like these ones, please. Are they OK ?
Florist: Don't worry about it, I will make you a beautiful bouquet
Don't worry about ...
Don't worry about the cost, I'll treat you.
Don't worry about me, I'm very well
Don't worry about making mistakes
Don't worry about getting lost, I'm here with you
Young watches the florist, putting the flowers together and says:
Young: The bouquet is looking great already.
Florist: Which color paper would you like ?
The Florist gives Young a selection to choose from. Young looks through the different color
Young: No no no, these colors won't match
won't match ... 不搭
I think they will match together
Your tie won't match your shirt
I don't think these two colors match / I think these two colors won't match
That shirt will match you pants
But suddenly, Young finds something great, he says:
Young: Oh, wait ! This one's perfect ! The light brown matches perfectly !
The florist says: OK. She wraps the flowers in the paper.
Florist: All done
即All is done
Young: How much do I owe you for everything ?
How much do I owe you...
How much do I owe you for the groceries ?
How much do I owe you for the coffee ?
How much do I owe you for the dinner ?
How much do I owe you for all the books together ?
Florist: That's 200 RMB all together.
He then scans the QR code and pays.
Young: Thanks again.
He walks out and leave the shop.
pale
adj 脸色/肤色苍白的: You are looking pale, are you feeling well ?
adj 浅的/淡的: pale blue eyes
v 失去血色,变苍白:His face paled and he looked terrible
bouquet
和bush 小树丛有关,表示一小束花:She sent me a lovely bouquet when I was sick
personalized
personalize v 使个性化:All our courses are personalized to the needs of each student
adj 个性化的:In a small company, you will receive more personalized service
match
v 匹配/和...相配:
Does this shirt match these trousers ?
As a couple they are not very well matched
v 比得上/敌得过:It would be difficult to match the service this resturant provides
n 相配的物品 / 般配的一对:
The curtains and carpet are a good match
Jack and Jill are a perfect match for each other
n 比赛/竞赛: The football match last night was great
n 火柴:The Little Match Girl
quite
adv 相当/很:
He's quite a serious person
The children are quite safe here
quiet
adj 安静的:
Be quiet, I have something to say
All I want is peace and quiet
perfect
per 通过/以什么为工具,具有by或者by means of的意思:
Kilometers per hour 以一小时为度量,走了多远
percent 以100为度量,有多少
perfect后面的fect和fact有关,字面意思是做完的事情,衍生为完美的:
You have a perfect English accent
v 使完美,重音靠后:
As an English teacher, he works very hard to perect his teaching skills
owe
和own属于自己的有关
v 欠:
She still owe her father $3000
I owe you a drink for helping me move
v 归功于/归因于:
I owe my success to my hard work
He owes his life to the staff at the hospital 他能保命得亏这家医院的医护人员
Today we are gonna talk about different colors and their interesting meanings in English idioms and expressions.
red
in the red 负债/亏损/赤字:
The comany is $500,000 in the red
We are already running in the red
see red 变得生气、大怒(看见眼睛变红)
I see red whenever I hear that man's name
It always causes me to see red whenever he tells a lie
green
green thumb 园艺高手
My mom has huge green thumb
All my friends say I have a green thumb
green with envy 非常嫉妒
They were green with envy at us
People around you may be green with envy
get the green light 得到批准
If we want to go out, we must get the green light from the teacher
Whether the company will get the green light for its plan is uncertain
green hand 新手 new hand
It takes time for a green hand to become skilled
the grass is always greener on the other side of the fence 东西总是别人的好
blue
feel blue 感到闷闷不乐
I feel blue on Mondays
The sky is really blue, I also feel blue
out of the blue 突然地
The decision comes out of the blue
Her ex-boyfriend called her out of the blue during her honeymoon
once in a blue moon 千载难逢
She visits us once in a blue moon
This is a chance once in a blue moon
blue collar 蓝领
Nowadays, many blue collar workers make more money than white collar workers
black
black eye 被打的乌青的眼圈
He had a black eye after the fight
I gave him a black eye 我把他揍的眼睛发青
black and blue 青一块紫一块
The policeman beat the thief black and blue
black sheep 败家子,害群之马
He is the black sheep of our class
Tom is the black sheep of his family
in black and white 白纸黑字
I don't understand why you don't believe me ! Look, it's written here in black and white !
white
white elephant 不实用的东西,花瓶,累赘
That vase is a white elephant
My new car turned out to be my white elephant
white lie 善意的谎言
It was just a white lie
silver
born with a silver spoon in one's mouth 含着金钥匙出生的人(生在富贵人家)
I don't think she has ever had a job. She was born with a silver spoon in her mouth
Every cloud has a silver lining 每朵云都有一条银边(黑暗中总有光明)
She got fired but found a better job. Every cloud has a silver lining
purple
born in the purple 出生豪门/皇室
He was born in the purple and was brought up in the grand palace
grey
grey area 灰色地带(法律不知道该不该管)
This market now is still a grey area
Young bumps into Leo and Leo starts to ask him about his new place.
Leo: Hey Young ! How is your new place ?
Young: It's great, but I need to buy myself a new sofa
myself 属于自身代词(反身代词),翻译为我自己。用于强调个体/群体自身:I can do it by myself
类似反身代词:yourself himself herself itself ourselves yourselves themselves oneself
Leo: Did you hear about the online sale at The Big Furniture Store ?
sale 降价促销,online sale线上打折
Did you hear about ...
Did you hear about her divorce ?
Did you hear about the accident yesterday ?
Did you hear about the meeting on Friday ?
Did you hear about the fire last night ?
Young: No, I didn't
Leo: You should go and check it out for yourself
check it out 去看看
Young: Thanks, I will.
In the resting area, Young opens an internet page and loads af furniture website, then clicks through the pages until he reaches the sofa section
Young: It's been ages since I shopped for furniture.
shop 购物
Young: Wow, I see what he means. Everything is on sale !
on sale 打折 means things are offered at a discounted price for a certain, limited period of time
I see ... 我明白...
I see your point
I see I was mistaken about 我明白我错怪你了
Now I see why you like him
I see where problem is
Young looks through a few pages online and stops on the one he likes
Young: Oh, I love this one. I like the big rounded edges on either end
either 两个中的任何一个
- Which one do you like ? - I don't mind. Either (one) is fine
We can either eat now or after class
Either you leave now or I call the police !
经常以 either ... or 形式出现,表示 要么... 要么 ...
生活中,附和对方的肯定句时,用too
- I like fish - I like fish too / Me too
附和对方的否定句时,则用either
- I don't eat meat - I don't either
neither 即 not whether 两者都不:
- Which one do you like ? - Neither
经常以 neither ... nor 形式出现,表示 既不 ... 也不 ...
Neither my mother nor my father went to university
I neither know nor care about what happened to him
Neither do I 相当于 I do not either,提前Neither属于强调句,强调否定
- I don't eat meat - Neither do I
Young: The size is perect and the price is awesome as well
Leo: How are you doing with your search for a new sofa ?
How are you doing with ... 你在 ...的进展如何了
How are you doing with your new job ?
How are you doing with your new classmates ?
How are you doing with your new boss ?
How are you doing with your English learning ?
Young: I've found the right style and shape. Now I just need to decide on the color.
decide on ... 在某事上做决定
Young: Would you care to help me choose ?
care 在意/关心 care to do 有没有心/原不愿意做 ...
Would you care to ...
Would you care to dance with me ?
Would you care to have dinner with me ?
Young asks Leo to help him choose the sofa, Leo replies:
Leo: I have no idea about the color scheme in your house ?
have no idea about 不知道
color scheme 颜色方案
Young: Everything in my apartment is of a dark shade.
of 引导从属关系,房间属于dark shade(深色调)
Leo: Then maybe you should go with this one.
Young: The black ? I was thinking the same or maybe the dark grey.
Leo: Both are great. The sofa is for yourself to enjoy.
You will be using the sofa in your house, so you can make the decision.
Young: OK, the dark grey it is.
Young selects the dark grey one and goes to the delivery part.
Young: How much does it cost to get it delivered ? Wow, it‘s free. I do love a good bargain.
a good bargain 物美价廉的东西
How much does it cost to ...
How much does it cost to become a member ?
How much does it cost to fly to the United States ?
How much does it cost to rent a car ?
How much does it cost to go there by ship ?
Young: Done, Thanks for the tip !
Leo: You are welcome !
sale
出售sell的名词形式:
I haven't made a sale all week 我整整一周没出单
Is this painting for sale ?
Sales department 销售部
sales 降价出售,大减价:I bought this in the January sales
furniture
furnish 配备家具 They have furnished the room very simply
furniture 布置的家具的总称,集合名词,没有复数形式
一件家具:A piece of furniture
edge
边缘:
Don't put the glass so near to the edege of the table
I sat down at the water's edge
边缘的阶段:The company is on the edge of falling down
刀锋/刀刃: Be careful with that knife, it's got a very sharp edge
优势:She showed the edge over the other people in the interview
search
v 搜索:
The police searched the woods for the missing boy
I searched the Internet for the best answer
n 搜索:
After a long search, they finally found the missing papers 文件
He went into the kitchen in search of a drink
scheme
和shape有关,形成一套计划/方案:A training / savings scheme
n (欺诈、阴险的)计谋:She has created a scheme to avoid taxes
v 密谋/图谋:She seemd to feel that we were all scheming against her
shade
和影子shadow有关,背阴的地方/阴凉处:The sun was hot, and there was no tree to offer us shade
n 色调/色度:Dark shade , Rich shade饱满的色调,Soft shade 柔和的色调
v 为...遮挡光线:She shaded her eyes against the sun
deliver
de脱离/离开liver自由。liberty中的前缀也是自由,Statue of Liberty
v 运送/投递:The furniture store is delivering our new bed on Thursday
v 助产/接生/分娩:
She delivered her third child at home
The baby was delivered by a nurse
v 发布/宣布:Deliver a speech 发表一个演讲
delivery 名词形式:free delivery 免费送货 pay on delivery 货到付款 delivery room 产房
bargain
n 便宜货/化算货:This coat was only half-price. it's a real bargain
v 讨价还价/谈判:He said he didn't want to bargain
tip
和top有关,顶点/尖端:The tip of your finger/nose
n 指点;实用的提示: Useful tips on how to saving money
n小费,v给消费,和tap有关:
They tipped the waiter $20
We don't need to leave a tip for the waiter, because there's a service charge 服务费 in the bill
Choosing a mattress
Customer: Hi! I want to buy a mattress. Can you guide me?
Salesman: Sure. What is the size of your bed?
Customer: It’s a king size bed.
Salesman: What kind of mattress do you want to buy?
Customer: Something quite comfy, but it should support my back.
Salesman: Alright. This section displays all kinds of double comforter king size mattresses. You can check them and choose the one you like.
Customer: What is the price range of these mattresses?
Salesman: They are from $150 to $300.
Customer: Is there any guarantee on them?
Salesman: Yes. The guarantee period differs from brand to brand. You can get up to 7 years guarantee on most brands.
Customer: Alright. Thanks for your help. I will come back with my husband on the weekend.
Salesman: Sure. You are always welcome.
选床垫
顾客: 你好!我想买个床垫。你能给我一些指导吗?
售货员: 当然。您的床是多大的?
顾客: 特大号床。
售货员: 您想买什么样的床垫?
顾客: 舒服就行,不过得能托住我的后背才行。
售货员: 好的。本展区展出各种规格的双人床大号床垫。您可以试一试,然后选择一个您喜欢的。
顾客: 这些床垫的价格范围是多少?
售货员: 从150美元到300美元不等。
顾客: 有质保吗?
售货员: 有的。不同品牌的保修期不同。大多数品牌都有长达7年的保修期。
顾客: 好的。谢谢你的帮助。周末我会和我丈夫一起再来看看。
售货员: 当然可以。随时欢迎您的光临。
mattress [ˈmætrəs] n. 床垫
guide [ɡaɪd] v. 指导
comfy [ˈkʌmfi] adj. 舒服的;轻松的(等于 comfortable)
support [səˈpɔː(r)t] v. 支持,支撑
display [dɪˈspleɪ] v. 展示,陈列
comforter [ˈkʌmfə(r)tə(r)] n. 被子
range [reɪndʒ] n. (变动或浮动的)范围,界限
guarantee [ˌɡærənˈtiː] n. 担保;保修单
brand [brænd] n. 品牌
double comforter 双人被
king size 特大尺寸的
all kinds of 各种各样的
the price range 价格区间
differ from 与……不同
up to 一直到……
First, you need to prepare a piece of paper and a pen. Then, watch the video clip from the TV series Friends below and try to write down every single word in it. You can listen to each sentence for five times. If you can’t write down some words, just leave some blanks. After your dictation, you can check the answer and learn the words and expressions you don’t know.
(首先,你需要准备一张纸和一支笔。然后,看下面这段节选自电视剧《老友记》的视频片段,试着写下其中的每一个单词。你可以把每个句子重复听五遍。如果你写不出来一些单词,就留下一些空白。听写完成后,你可以检查答案,学习你不知道的单词和表达。)
In this video clip, Ross and Rachel are buying a new couch. They’re discussing it with the salesman.(在这个片段里,罗斯和瑞秋正在买一个新的沙发。他们在跟销售员讨论沙发。)
Rachel: Oh!
Ross: Yeah. I still don’t know. I’m sorry. I just want to make sure I bought the right couch. I need a couch that says, “Kids! Welcome here!” but that also says, “Come here to me.”
Rachel: You say that to kids?!
Ross: No! No! No! The “Come here to me” is, you know, for the ladies.
Rachel: Ross, honey, it’s a nice couch. It’s not a magic couch.
Salesman: Well, you pick the great couch.
Ross: Yeah?
Salesman: Yeah. Can you just sign right here please?
Ross: Oh, sure! Oh, oh! What’s…? The delivery charge is almost as much as the couch.
Rachel: Wait! No! That’s ridiculous! Come on! He lives three blocks away!
Ross: Yeah. You know what? I’ll take it myself. Thank you. Alright Rach, come on! Let’s go!
Rachel: Yeah!… Are you kidding?
Ross: Oh, come on! It’s only three blocks, and it’s not very heavy. Try it! Come on! Come on!
Rachel: Oh!… Oh, oh, I can do it!
Ross: Yeah!
Salesman: You two are really gonna enjoy the couch!
couch[kaʊtʃ]n. 长沙发(sofa泛指沙发)
honey [ˈhʌni]n. 蜂蜜;亲爱的,宝贝儿
magic [ˈmædʒɪk]n. 魔法adj. 神奇的;有魔力的
ridiculous [rɪˈdɪkjələs]adj. 可笑的,荒谬的
block [blɒk; blɑːk]n.街区
delivery charge运输费用
as much as 和……一样多
Young is at home. He sees his new game next to the TV and decides to open the box and puts the game into play. He picks up the control and notices something strange about the game.
Huh ? What's this ?
He clicks a button on the control, selects the option, and then the screen sucks him in
Oh No!
Now, Young is inside the game. He looks at himself, looks around and wonders where he is.
What? Where ami I ? Am I really in the game ?
A notice appears on the screen: Your mission: Complete three tasks.
Young then touches the words in front of him and the first task appears.
Oh, I didn't mean to do that ! But I'm here now ! Let's have a try !
I didn't mean to... 我不是故意...
I didn't mean to hurt you
I didn't mean to break it, it was an accident
I didn't mean to be late
I didn't mean to forget this meeting
So the first task is locating the tree with a triangle. This should be pretty easy. But there are so many tall trees !
Then a timer appears on the screen and he only have 60 seconds
60 seconds. I'd better get a move on and find the triangle.
get a move on 赶快行动/赶快动起来
Time's ticking away.
tick away 流逝
Only 20 seconds left, where is it?
He takes a little while but then finds the right tree.
Just in time !
刚好赶上
He touches the triangle. Thck clock stops. Message appears: Taskl 1: Complete. Then task 2 appears. Task 2: Get The Ball
New timer appears. Timer has 5 minutes on it
Task 2: Get the ball. OK. I'm looking for a ball, but where on earth is it ?
on earth 到底,作副词 What on earth are you talking about ? How on earth did you find me ?
A message appears on the screen: Do you need a hint ? YES/NO
I better select Yes or else I'll be here all day !
or else 否则
He select YES, and a hint appears: Look up !
Oh, there it is ! How on earth did something circular, like a blue ball, get stuck up there ?
What/Where/How/Why on earth ...
Wher on earth have they gone ?
How on earth did that happen ?
What on earth are you doing ?
When on earth can you learn English well ?
Why on earth didn't you work hard ?
Young sees the hint but all of a sudden the timer changes. It deducts two minutes for getting a hint
Oh, I need to hurry.
He tries to climb the tree but fails.
I'm good at climbing but this tree is too tall
be good at ...
I'm good at remrembering names.
She's good at spoken English
I'm good at my work
He's very good at telling lies.
He looks around, grabs things nearby and starts throwing them at the ball, but keeps missing
This task involves a lot of energy
sth involves a lot of ...
This plan involves a lot of difficulties and expenses 费用
International travel involves a lot of waiting around the airport
Learning English well involves a lot f practice
The job involves a lot of brainstorming
Young finds a big item and hits the ball out of the tree at last
Finally !
Message appears: Task 2: Complete. Then Task 3 appears. Task 3: Locate The Box. New timer appears. The timer have 5 minutes on it.
Now I have to locate the box.
A map box appears. there's a pin 大头针 to show the search area. The area is a rectangle shape.
OK. So from the looks of this map, it must be over there in the rectanglar area.
He touches the map, and get transported in that area.
I'm crazy about interactive games but I did not enjoy that !
I'm crazy about: I'm crazy about music / girlfrinds / Learning English / travelling
OK, so the box is somewhere in this area. I hope I can find it before time runs out.
run out 用完/耗尽
Young searchs around and eventually finds the box behind a tree
Here's the box. I found it at last ! What now ?
Message appears: Task 3: Complete. Novice mission completed.
Novice 新手:I'm a complete novice in skiing
Well. I seem to have completed this novice mission.
The box opens. A square object flies out.
Oh, a cube ? I guess I should see what it does.
He touches it and get transported back to his home.
Wow ! that was one crazy game ! I'm glad to be back in the real world !
mission
miss发送ion名词后缀, mess同源age。早期指传教士被派出完成任务。missionary 传教士
任务(带有使命/信念的):
Her mission in her life was to work with 帮助 the homeless
Your mission is to get there before our enemy
task 表示一般的需要去主动解决的任务,mission突出使命,被动授予
hint
和hunt捕捉同源,暗示/提示:
Can you drop a hint for me ?
select
se分离lect收藏 secret分开存放/秘密 collect 收集。选出来
There is a choice of four prizes, and the winnder could select one of them.
He hasn't been selected for the team
circular
圆形的/环形的:The full moon has a circular shape
climb
v 爬/攀登/爬升:
I hate climbing ladders
The plane climbed quickly to a height of 30,000 feet 英尺
v 价格/身份地位等的攀升:
Our costs have climbed rapidly in the last few years.
He quickly climbed to the top of his company
involve
in在里面volve转。汽车品牌Volvo最早生产旋转的轴承。转入其中/卷入其中/参与
The test will involve answering questions in English 用英语回答问题
Parents should involve themselves in their children's education
使陷入/使牵涉:He was involved in a murder case last year
rectangular
rectangle:长方形 The pencil-box is a rectangle
square 正方形
长方形的:His room is rectangular.
interactive
inter相互act行动,互动:You need to interact with others in order to make friends
交互性的:Interactive teaching methods 互动式教学法
cube
立方体。魔方:Rubik's cube
立方体形状的东西:Cut the meat into cubes 肉切丁
Today let's summarize all kinds of pronouns in English。所谓代词:代替名词、名词性短语,或者一句话的词,例如:
Mr. Young is my English teacher. He is thirty-three years old. 指代人
Learning English is not easy. It takes time and hard work. 指代名词性短语
He always stays up late and I don't like this 指代句子
代词分类:人称代词、物主代词、相互代词、指示代词、不定代词、疑问代词、连接代词(连接从句)、关系代词。
并列作主语的时候,单数主格人称代词I习惯放在最后:
You and I(你和我),He and I(他和我),You, he and I(你我他)等。
原因:Note that there's nothing ungrammatical about putting me first; it's simply considered more polite to put oneself in the final position. (请注意,把我放在第一位没有什么不合文法的;把自己放在最后一位被认为更礼貌。)
“我和你”,到底是you and I,还是you and me?
看在句子里的语法成分。比较:
You and I are going to the party.(I是主语)(相当于:You are going to the party. I am going to the party.)
Sam is going to the party with you and me.(me是宾语) (相当于:Sam is going to the party with you. Sam is going to the party with me.)
人称代词he和she的修辞用法:
a. 表示动物的性别:What a sweet little dog. Is it a he or a she?(多可爱的小狗啊!是公的,还是母的?)
b. 表示车、船:What a nice car! How much did she cost?(这辆车真棒!买它花了多少钱?)
c. 表示国家:China is a great country. She has a long history.(中国是一个伟大的国家。她有着悠久的历史。)
it的特殊用法:
a. 指代任何一件事:
You saved my life. I will never forget it.(你救过我的命。我永远不会忘记这件事。)
How’s it going?【你(身边的一切进展得)怎么样?】
b. 不知性别的孩子:
What a beautiful baby—is it a boy?(好漂亮的宝宝——这是个男孩吗?)
c. 时间、环境、距离、天气、金钱等:
— What time is it? — It’s 9 o’clock.(——现在几点了?——九点。)(It=The time 当下的时间)
It’s too noisy here.(这儿太吵了。)(It=The environment 这里的环境)
How far is it from our city to Beijing?(从我们市到北京有多远?)(It=The distance 两地的距离)
It’s sunny today.(It=The weather 天气)
It’s about 1000 dollars.(It=The price 金钱,价格)
it作形式主语和形式宾语。根本目的:当动词不定式、动名词(短语)、从句等作主语或宾语时,为了更快让对方抓住表达重点,避免主语过长(头重脚轻):
形式主语:
It is my pleasure to meet you.(见到您是我的荣幸。)(To meet you is my pleasure.)
It is no use crying over spilt milk.(覆水难收。)(Crying over spilt milk is no use.)
It doesn’t matter where you came from. All that matters is where you are going.(你出身卑微并不重要。重要的是你是否志存高远。)(Where you came fromdoesn’t matter. Where you are goingis all that matters.)
形式宾语:
I find it hard to learn English well.(我发现学好英语很难。)(I find to learn English well hard.)
I think it no good reading without understanding.(我觉得光看不懂是没用的。)( I think reading without understanding no good.)
I think it very important that we take part in the discussion.(我认为我们参加这次讨论是很重要的。)(I think that we take part in the discussion veryimportant .)
Your car is bigger than my. 你的车比我的大(错)
Your car is bigger than mine. 你的车比我的(车)大(对)
This book is my and your is over there. 这本书是我的,你的在那儿(错)
This book is mine and yours is over there. 这本书是我的(书),你的(书)在那儿 (对)
作主语或宾语的同位语,起突出作用:
I myself don’t like cooking.(我自己不喜欢烹饪。)
I like the house itself but not the price.(我喜欢这座房子本身,但是不喜欢这座房子的价格。)
当动作的发出者也是动作的承受者时,也会用到反身代词:
I love myself.(我爱我自己。)
He hurt himself.(他伤到了他自己。)
Lesson 5: I put on my helmet and get on my bike.
Lesson 7: It's raining. No, it's pouring!
Lesson 8: It's my first time driving to work.
Lesson 9: They are prepared to go above and beyond.
Lesson 9: We are a great team.
Lesson 10: I never limit myself to just one point of view.
Lesson 11: Please don't passhis work to me.
Lesson 12: I'm not myself today.
Lesson 14: People were checking their phones all the time.
Lesson 14: Is it so difficult to put your phone down for two hours?!
Lesson17: Young: Excuse me. You dropped your work card.
Lesson 18: Doris: Leo works in my team. He is an English teacher from the UK.
Lesson 20: Young: I'm gonna visit my friend. She has just had an operation.
Lesson 20: Young: Yes, it was just a minor operation, but I want to go and see her anyway.
这些常见代词多数可以同时做为代词和限定词。所谓的限定词(determiner,简称det.),指的是限定名词范围、且往往不便作形容词的一类词的统称。包括:
冠词:
He’s in the garden.(他在花园里。)
I want to buy a book.(我想买一本书。)
指示代词:
This time last year we were on holiday.(去年这个时候我们正在度假。)
Those cars are on sale.(那些车正在廉价出售。)
形容词性物主代词:
His father is a professor in college.(他的父亲是一所大学的教授。)
I can’t find my phone.(我找不到我的手机了。)
不定代词:
Did you catch any fish?(你钓到鱼了吗?)
Every coin has two sides.(凡事皆有两面性。)
下面逐个看一下这些既可以做为代词,也可以做为限定词的:
both 两者都
Both my parents are teachers.
- Which one do you like ? - I like both
each 两者或更多中的每一个
There are five questions, each question is worth 20 points 这里是限定词
There are five questions, each is worth 20 points 这里是代词
either 两者中任一个
You can park on either side of the street
- Which one do you like ? - I don't like either
neither 两者都不
Neither one of us is interested in video games 限定词
Neither of her parents likes her boyfriend 代词
all 三者以上肯定
All of the students in our class have watched the movie 代词,后面的of表示从属关系
All the students in our class have watched the movie 限定词(所有的)
none 三者以上否定
None of the sutdents in our class have watched the movie 代词
many 许多(可数)
How many people were there ? 限定词
There are fifty people at the meeting. Many of them are parents 代词
much 许多(不可数)
How much sugar do you take in your coffee ? 限定词
I spend too much on clothes 代词
some 某些(可数/不可数均可)
Some people find this more difficult than others 限定词
There are still some wine in the bottle 限定词
He is in some kind of trouble 限定词
Some of us have been there before 代词
few 很少(可数)
Very few people can afford to pay thoese prices
Few of the children can read or write yet
little 很少(不可数)
They have little money
We did little on sunday
a few 少量/有些(可数)
I need to get a few things in town
If you can't fit 装不下 all bags in your car, I can take a few in mine
a little 少量/有些(不可数)
This sauce needs a little salt
I could only hear a little of what they were saying
other 其他的,限定词
Are there any other questions ?
others 名词属性,其他的XX
Others have met similar problems
one 一个
the other 两者中的另外一个
another 很多个中的另外一个(an other )
I have two dogs, one is Husky, the other a Labrador
Would you like another drink ?
Lesson 14: People were checking their phones all the time.
Lesson 22: Young: There's only a SPA. It must have been the other location after all.
Lesson 23: Young: Me, too. I read a fun fact about time zones the other day.
Lesson 23: Young: Do you know that in both Russia and America, they have 11 different time zones. But in China, we only have one, Beijing Time.
Lesson 24: Leo: We are talking about customs in other countries.
Lesson 25: Young: I've tried a lot of the dishes before and none of them are bad.
Lesson 25: Young: They serve some of the best salads here. They also have a few different vegetable dishes.
Lesson 26: Young: You both like fish, don't you?
相互代词:表示相互关系的代词。英语里的相互代词只有两个:
each other 特指两者之间“彼此
You two should help each other.
They looked at each other and laughed.
one another 泛指“任何两个”
We all should try to help one another.
I think we've learned a lot about one another these days.
只有四个:this, that, these, those。唯一的难点是that:
Who told you that?(谁告诉你那件事的?)(代词作直接宾语)
It won’t be that easy.(这件事不会那么容易的。)(副词作程度状语)
That book isn’t mine.(那本书不是我的。)(美:形容词作定语;英:限定词作定语)
不定代词的定义:不明确代替任何特定名词或形容词的代词
thing: something, anything, everything, nothing(某事,任何事,每件事,没有什么)
body: somebody, anybody, everybody, nobody(某人,任何人,每个人,没人)
one: someone, anyone, everyone, no one(某人,任何人,每个人,没有人)
Lesson 27: Doris: I'm trying to buy something to wear for the end-of-year work party.
Lesson 27: Young:What is she doing in there?Doris, is everything ok?
Lesson 28: Doris: I can't watch anything violent or scary.
Lesson 29: Young: Nothing better than a morning coffee.
Lesson 42: Young: Everything in my apartment is of a darker shade.
因为不定代词本身就是“形容词/限定词+名词”的合成词,some, any等习惯置于前定语的最前部,所以把前定语的位置占完了
I’m looking for someplace safe.(我想找某个安全的地方。)(= someplace that is safe)
I want something different.(我想要某种不同的东西。)(=something that is different)
You can’t do anything illegal.(你不能做任何违法的事。)(=anything that is illegal)
疑问代词有五个:
who(谁,主格与宾格): Who did this?(这是谁干的?)
whom(谁,宾格): Whom/Who are you talking to?(你在跟谁说话?)
whose(谁的): Whose book is this?(这是谁的书?)
what(什么): What’s going on?(发生什么了?)
which(哪一个): Which do you prefer, coffee or tea?(你想喝咖啡还是茶?)
Lesson 21: Young: Who's this?
Lesson 22: Young: I found two locations. Which one is it?
Lesson 27: Doris: What do you think?
Lesson 41: Young: Whose is this?
Young sits at the table in the rest area, watching the rain out of the window. Leo walks in
Look at the weather
Hey, Young. I'm soaked
soak 浸泡 soaked 湿透了
Can you believe how heavy the rain is?
Can you believe ...
Can you believe that guy ?
Can you believe how nice they are ?
Can you believe them ?
Can you believe what he said to me today?
Can you believe what this book tells ?
I know ! It's been bad all week. Where has the good weather gone ?
It was supposed to be sunny, I'm not a fun of such wet weather
It was supposed to be ... 本来应该.. We use this sentence pattern to describe something that has changed and is now different from what we thought it should be
It was supposed to be fun here, but now it's not
It was supposed to be a two-week mission, but he completed it within three days
It was supposed to be a secret, but now everyone knows it
It was supposed to be a very short meeting, but now it's been on for three hours
Actually, it was supposed to be my first championship 冠军身份,夺冠
Me neither. I prefer spring and the cooler weather
Me neither,即 I don't like such weather either
- Do you like playing badminton ? - No. I prefer playing basketball
How do you like the spring in BeiJing?
How do you like... 你如何评价/你觉得怎样
How do you like the firm?
How do you like this English class?
How do you like this university ?
How do you like your new boss ?
How do you like the autum in the UK ?
How do you like your steak ? 您的牛排要几分熟 Rare/Medium/Well done
Young asks Leo about his opinion about BeiJing, and then Leo replies:
It's nice, but it's very short. Where I come from, the spring is much longer
The spring is much longer where I come from
What's the weather like in summer ?
What's the weather like in 哪里的天气怎么
What's the weather like (there) in your hometown
What will the weather be like in Paris next month
Young asks Leo about the weather in London, Leo replies:
It's hot, but not as hot as it is in China. The temperature rarely reaches above 26 degrees
The weather in UK is not as hot as the weather is in China
I haven't travelled for a long time. Maybe the UK should be my next destination
I haven't ... for a long time
I haven't seen you for a long time
I haven't enjoyed myself for a long time
I haven't learnt English for a long time
I haven't heard that name for a long time
I haven't been to this market for a long time
Just don't go during the autum months as it rains frequently
as it rains frequently as引导的原因状语从句
How about the weather in winter
It's a little cold and try in winter. I'd go in spring. The temperature is nice, not too many showers, and you can see the blossom on the trees
I'd go in spring 要是我更愿意春天去
on the tree 长在树上:on有接触的含义。There are many apples on the tree. In spring you can see the blossom on the trees
in the tree 藏在树中:There is a bird nest in that tree
Leo suggests going the UK in the spring, and explains why
Sounds amazing. Well, it looks like it will be raining all day. Best go start work
It's best for as to start work
See you later
soak
v 浸泡:
Soak your arms in warm water.
The vegetables should soak in water first
Please soak the beans for twenty minutes
n 浸泡:Showers are all right, but there's nothing like a good long soak in the bath 淋浴很不错,但是没法和在浴缸里泡澡相比
heavy
重的:He tried to push the heavy door open
沉重的:Her father carried a heavy burden of responsibility
剧烈的/大量的:A heavy blow to the head. 当头重击 Heavy traffic繁忙的交通 Heavy rain/snow 大雨/雪 A heavy smoker/drinker 一个烟鬼/酒鬼
重型的:Heavy weapon/machine
wet
湿的:
My bike got wet in the rain
The paint is still wet
You will get wet if you go out on a rainy day
下雨的/多雨的:We've had wet weather all week. This is the first wet day for two month
hot
热的:It's too hot in here, can we turn down the heating ?
辣的:相当于spicy,hot food 就是spicy food
热门的/火热的:Global warming is a very hot topic nowadays. They are one of this year's hot new brands 他们是今年走红的乐队之一
长相火辣的/脾气火爆的:hot girl. hot temper
temperature
temper 脾气
local temperature 本地气温 body temperature体温
rare
罕见的:This is a very rare disease. The bird is now a rare sight in this country 这种鸟已经很少见的
rarely 很少地:We rarely see each other now. He rarely go to the restaurant
reach
到达:
We won't reach the city until five o'clock
Daytime temperatures can reach 40 degree Celsius / ˈselsiəs /
I might reach Miami at four o'clock in the afternoon
能伸到/够得着:He reached for the phone and knocked over a glass 他伸手拿手机时碰倒了被子
可到达的距离:
I like to keep a notebook and pencil within my reach
Make sure that you keep all dangerous things out of the children's reach
degree
数量/程度/水平:
I have to warn you that there's a degree of danger 一定的危险性involved in this
There's some degree of truth in what she said
Wather freezes at zero degrees Celsius 注意复数
刻度:用右上角的小圆圈表示。
Wather boils at 212 degree Fahrenheit and 100 degree Celsius
A right angle is an angle of 90 degree 直角90度
学位/课程:bachelorr's degree / master's degree / doctor's degree
frequently
frequent 频繁的:
She is a frequent visitor to the US
The most frequent cause of death is heart disease
frequently:
They see each other very frequently
The buses run less frequently on Sundays 周末公交车发车间隔较长
blossom
花朵/花簇:The trees are in blossom 树上开满花
开花:The cherry tree is beginning to blossom
bloom 用法和blossom一样:
The apple trees are in full bloom
These flowers will bloom all through the summer
The sun, the earth, the moon. The moon spins around the earth, the earth spins around the sun. And sessions occur / əˈkɜːr / . Spring, Summer, Autumn, Winter.
In spring, leaves are green. Flowers blossom. The weather is warn. Butterflies fly. Birds sing. Sometimes the weather is cloudy. Sometimes the weather is rainy. Open your umbrella.
In summer, the weather is sunny and hot. You can go to the beach. You can drink cold juice. You can swim in the sea. You can sail / seɪl / on a sailboat.
In autumn the weather is cool. Leaves are red and brown. Sometimes the weather is cloudy. Sometimes the weather is rainy. Open your umbrella.
In winter, the weather is cold. Somtimes the weather is snowy. You can make a snowman.
Young sees a reminder on his phone about his upcoming flight tomorrow, he turns on his phone and starts to look at the weather.
I' going away on business to Xi'an for three days.
on business 出差
I will be on business next week
I have never been there before.
I have never done ...
I have never tasted it before
I have never been to America before
I have never been so excited moved before
I have never heard the name before
I have never watched this TV series before
Let's have a look at the weather report in Xi'an for the next few days.
The phonse shows various weather conditions for each day
It seems I'm gonna need a number of different outfits.
a number of 一些
I need a number of students to join this experiment
seem 似乎/可能
it seems ...
It seems that it's gonna be a very busy day today
It seems to be human nature to worry
It seems that you are right
It seems that we shouldn't come here today
Young says he need a number of different outfits because the weather in the following days, and then he goes over 走到 to his wardrobe
OK. Let's see what I should take.
On Monday there will be thunderstorms, An umbrella is a must. There's no doubt about that.
His course is a must for beginners
There's no doubt about ... 是毫无疑问的
She's lying. there's no doubt about that
There's no doubt about his ability in this job
I love my family very much, there's no doubt about that
There's no doubt about the importance of time
He is the most outstanding professor. There's no doubt about it.
It's gonna be cloudy with light rain on Tuesday, but will brighten up by lunchtime on Wednesday. I can take some sweaters and a few pairs of pants.
brighten up 完全明亮起来,变晴
You can buy some flowers to brighten up the room
I'm trying to decide which ones to take. I know what I'll do, I'll take theme all. Always good to have a few extra outfits.
(it is )always good to ...
Always good to talk to you guys
Always good to meet your friend in another city
I've got some clothes for the cooler weather, but I'm missing something. Oh, of course ! I've not packed any work clothes.
work clothes 工作服,制服
He puts everything in the luggage 行李箱, seals it shut, and checks the flight information. Then suddenly he realizes he checked the wrong city on the weather app.
What ?! I checked the weather report for the wrong city? What's wrong with me.
What's wrong with...
What's wrong with your cellphone, I can't reach you 打不通
What's wrong with eating meat
What's wrong with the car engine / the TV
What's wrong with you 结合语境,可能是:你TM有病啊
In our text, Young finds out that he had chosen the wrong city, which means all he did before is a waste of time, so he says:
Now I need to do it all over again.
doubt
作名词:
I'm having doubt about his ability to do the job
I never had any doubt that you would win
作动词:
There's no reason to doubt her story
I highly doubt what you said
Some people doubt his score in the tournament锦标赛
cloudy / windy / rainy / snowy / sunny
We will not go picnic if tomorrow is cloudy
light
光:It's a north-facing room, so it doesn't get much light
灯:Could you please turn on the light
明亮的:It gets light very early in summer mornings
浅色的:light blue / light green
点燃/点亮:lighed或者lit He lit his fifth cigarette in half an hour. Fireworks lit up the sky. He lights his cigarette in the dark
轻的/轻松的
He's a few pounds lighter than he used to be
She felt a light tap on her shoulder
A light wind is blowing
I want some light reading for the summer holidays
Many hands make light work 众人拾柴火焰高
brighten
使明亮/鲜艳:It was rainy this morning, but is brightened up after lunch
使眼前一亮:Her eyes brightened when she saw him enter the room
straighten 使变直 darken 使变黑/变黑 enrich 使丰富
sweater
毛衣: 北美叫法,英国jumper
Put on a sweater if you feel cold
With the weather getting colder, you should put on your sweater
extra
额外的:Recently he's been working an extra two hours a day. Do you need an extra week for you project ?
副词:An extra large (XL) T-shirt
What's your favorite season ? My favorite season is winter, because in winter I can slide on a sled 滑雪撬. I can ski 滑雪. I can ice skate滑冰. I can make a snowman. I can have a snowball fight with my friends.
What's your favorite season ? My favorite season is summer, because in summer I can go to the beach. I can drink cold juice. I can sunbathe / ˈsʌnbeɪð / . I can sail on a sailboat. I can swim. I can have a picnic.
When it's winter, I put on my winter clothes / sweater / jacket / coat / scarf / hat / boots
When it's summer, I put on my summer clothes / T-shirt / sunglasses / shorts / flip-flops 人字拖
Young is sitting outside ( at the seating area 休息区)and enjoying a drink on his break. Alice come along and sits down. Young starts asking about her recent vacation.
Y: Hey, Alice. You're back !
A: Yes, I got back to Beijing late last night.
late last night 昨天深夜
Y: I take it you had a nice trip.
take 把...当作
I take it ... 依我的理解
- I'm not sure if I have time tomorrow. - I take it (that) you won't come to my birthday party.
I take it you don't agree
I take it that you are a member of the team
I take it the second story is more scaring scary
A: It was great, Thank you !
Y: Sounds nice. But I forgot where you went. Where did you go again ?
A: I went to Hangzhou, have you ever been there?
Y: Of course. I was impressed by the beautiful view of West Lake. I'm dying to go there again.
I was impressed by ...
I was impressed by your warm welcome
I was impressed by his knowledge and vision 它的远见卓识让我印象深刻
I was impressed by his speech
I was impressed by his hard work
I'm dying to... 我非常渴望
I'm dying to have my own car
I'm dying to take a vacation
I'm dying to know how what you feel think about me
I'm dying to have a baby
I'm dying to meet you at the next exhibition
Young speaks highly of Hangzhou. Alice says:
A: I couldn't agree more with what you said.
I couldn't agree more with 我完全同意
I couldn't agree more with your suggestion / his idea / this plan / your point of view
I couldn't agree more with you more
Y: Where did you stay?
A: I stayed at the Rose hotel. Just opposite West Lake.
Y: That's one of the best hotels. How was the weather when you were there ?
A: It was mostly sunny, but the weather was kind of humid at times.
time 作为次数可数. at times 有时/偶尔
To be honest, you're impossible at times 你有时让人难以忍受
Y: It's very different compared with Beijing's weather. right ?
compared with ... 过去分词短语表被动
A: Definitely. It was nice to experience a different climate for a week. To my surprise, the weather is great in Beijing today. I still feel like I'm on vacation.
To my surprise ... 让我吃惊的是
I pushed the door, and to my surprise, it was unlocked
I wrote him a letter, to my surprise, he replied
To my surprise, the little girl won the first prize
Y: Yes, the weather has been fantastic over the past week. Clear skies every day, not a cloud in sight.
A: I hope the weather is here to stay.
Y: Me too.
trip
短途旅行:We went on a trip to the mountains
travel 长途旅行:travel around the world. 某些时候可以混用:A trip to America. 但是有时不能:field trip 学校组织的野外考察
tour 读音和turn转有关,school tour学校考察,转一圈。 巡回演出:A concert tour
journey: Have a good journey. This word emphasize that an act of travelling from one place to another 强调过程。可以是抽象的过程:Your journey of learning English will be very interesting
impress
im即in,进入。press 按。按进去
Don't try to impress everyone,不要试图讨好所有人
humid
读音上和human有关,两者都和泥土有关
New York is very hot and humid in the summer
Travellers didn't expect this extremely humid weather
compare
对比: We compared the two reports carefully
把..和...相比;比作:
People compared him to William Shakespeare
Chinese people always compare beautiful women to the moon
作为名词:beyond compare 无与伦比, Her beauty is beyond compare
experience
经验:
In my experience, people generally smile back if you smile at them.
They have no experience in organizing major events
经历,可数:It was interesting hearing about his experiences as a policeman.
export 专家:He is an export in child education
experiment 实验/试验:Do you think the experiment will work ?
clear
透明的/清澈的:衍生出天气晴朗、声音清晰、记忆清晰、内容易懂
The water is so clear, we can see the bottom of the lake
We could see hundreds of stars in the clear sky
The voice on the phone was clear and strong
I have clear memories of visiting my grandfather's farm as a child
Are you clear ? 你听明白了吗 Are you clear about this plan ?
作动词,使清楚、清理
It took several hours to clear the round after the accident
After the thunderstorm, the sky cleared 放晴了
I went for a walk to clear my head
sight
视力/视觉:The old woman has lost her sight
视力的范围/视野:Out of sight, out of mind 眼不见心不烦
风景:The flowers at the flower show were a beautiful sight
climate
气候:climate change
Hi, there ! I'm going to teach you what the weather is like .
What do you see through the window ? That's right. It's the sun. When we can see the sun, we say it's sunny. Sunny.
What do you see now ? Oh, there are clouds. When we see many clouds in the sky, we say it's cloudy. Cloudy.
What do you see through the window ? The rain. When there are clouds, droplets fall down and we say it's rainning. Rainy.
Can you see that through the window ? Wow, it's thunder and lightning. When we see thunder and see lightning comming out of the clouds, we say there's a storm. Stormy.
What do you see through the window ? Wow! There is snowfall. When it's cold, and snowflakes fall from the sky, we say it's snowing. Snowy / ˈsnoʊi / .
What do you see through the window ? Trees are moving and the wind is blowing heavily. When you see things moving or flying around in the street, that's because it's windy. Windy.
Young turns on the TV and chooses a movie. and then he says:
I've wanted to watch this movie for a long time ! I hope it's as good as people say.
as good as...
Is this school as good as people say ?
Life is never as good or as bad as people say ?
Young is about to watch a movie when he hears a noise. He goes to the window and looks out:
What was that ? Is it raining ? Oh, wow ! It's a thunderstorm. I've not seen weather like this for ages.
what was that 针对刚才的噪音
for ages 很久
I can't understand this erratic weather. Half an hour ago the sky was clear, and now it's thunder and lightning.
lightning 和动词lighten点亮有关,当名词专指闪电
He looks at the TV:
Is it OK for me to watch TV during the thunderstorm ?
Is it OK for ... to ..
Is it OK for me to smoke here ?
Is it OK for me to leave now ?
Is it OK for me to stay here for one more another hour ?
Is it OK for me to bring my girlfriend ?
In our text, Young thinks about if it's OK to watch TV during a thunderstorm. And he says:
I guess it will be OK.
All of a sudden all the electric is off, and he says:
What happened ?
He grabs the TV control and tries to turn it on again, but it doesn't work. Then he tries to find a torch and moves around the room to check what happened.
It must be a power cut.
I must be ...
I can't find my keys, it must be left at home.
You look so tried, it must be tough really hard to have two jobs.
I wonder if others have also lost power. Let me call my neighbor and see.
He managed to find the phone in darkness. He tries to open it but it's out of power and turns off.
That's just perfect !
This is a typical irony.
My phone is dead. I wish I had charged it earlier.
dead 电子产品不能正常使用的状态
I wish I had 是虚拟语气subjunctive mood,对过去情况的虚拟,对应回不去的事实。因此用过去式
I wish I had a cottage beside a lake
I'm making my every effort to find my power bank. But even with the flashlight, it's too hard to find it.
make every effort 竭尽全力。 make an effort 耗费精力
I'm making my every effort to do sth
I'm making every effort to impress my new boss
I'm making every effort to pass the exam
I'm making every effort to learn English well
I'm making every effort to help my friend
With my team, I'm makeing every effort to save endangered animals.
bank 库,power bank 电库/充电宝
A power bank is a must / necessary during your journey.
flashlight 美式 torch 英式
Looks like the storm is not gonna ease up. Plus, it's pretty late. It might a good idea to just go to bead and sleep through it.
sleep through 把雷暴睡过去
Despite the pouring / ˈpɔːrɪŋ / rain outside, she slept / slept / through 尽管外面倾盆大雨,她还是一觉天亮
It might a good idea to ... 如何如何可能是个好主意
It might a good idea to go there by boat / boʊt /
It might a good idea to have a picnic this weekend
It might a good idea to join a fitness club
It might a good idea to hold the party outside 在室外开派可能是个好主意
It might a good idea to travel by high-speed train
ease up 缓和
Looks like the situation will ease up after the peace talk 和谈
The rain is starting to ease up, so we can go for a walk now
Young says he wants to sleep through the thunderstorm, and then he get into bed. All of a sudden the power comes back on.
That's just typical. Just as I'm about to sleep, the power comes back on.
That's just typical 真是绝了,当一个事情发生在很巧妙的时候,让你觉得好气又好笑
I'm about to 我正要...
I'm about to tell you something very funny
I'm about to learn English
I'm about to move to another city
In fact, I'm about to go to the hospital
I'm about to take a walk along the river side
You may ask, what's the difference between "I'm about to" and "I'm going to". about 即 on by out 比后者更加紧迫。示例:
I'm going to buy a new car tomorrow. 不会说 I'm about to buy a new car tomorrow,因为太紧迫就不可能等到明天了
erratic
和名词error有关,与mistake相比,error通常指“不按特定路线运行的错误”,例如电脑程序错误。mis-take拿错了,通常是人为错误
erratic 动作/行为不规则的、没规划的
She can be very erratic; one day she is friendly and the next she'll hardly speak to you懒得搭理你
He drove in an erratic way down the road 他七拐八拐的在路上开车
You have no choice but to live with his erratic behavior
flashlight
手电筒。英式对应torch。torch的同源词是turn,本义是火炬(把易燃物拧在一起)
It's dark inside. Switch on your flashlight
effort
精力/努力/力气
You should put more effort into your work
He passed the exams without too much effort
plus
介词,加,加上:
What is six plus four ?
The rent will be 300 pounds a month, plus gas and electricity
The cost is 20 yuan plus five yuan for delivery
连词,另外,而且:
I've got too much on at work. Plus my father is not well 我工作负担太重了,而且我父亲身体也不好
形容词,实际更大/更多:
This car costs $200,000 plus 价位在20w以上
I got A plus in the exam
typical
典型的,具有代表性的:
This is a typical Chinese building
I must look like a typical tourist with my shorts and my camera 穿着短裤拿着相机,我看起来应该想是典型的游客
They want to dine in a typical German restaurant and enjoy some local food
Starting from today, instead of learning five sentence patterns in each lesson, we'll be focusing on new sentence patterns as well as colloquial expressions.
Hey, Leo. I'm glad I've bumped into you.
bump into sb/sth
撞到某人/某物. When it's dark, we may bump into things easily. Excuse me, I didn't mean to bump into you.
碰巧遇到某人. I bumped into your friend on the street.
Oh why's that?
为什么这么说呢?
I haven't seen Doris for ages.
I haven't ... for ages. 我很久没有...了. I haven't been to a gym for ages. I haven't heard from you for ages 好久没有听到你的消息了. I haven't seen you for ages. I haven't been to Beijing for ages
Is she away on business or something?
Also here's a very useful colloquial expression: ... or something. Web use this expression to show what we say is just a possible example and there are other possibilities.
The cat hit a tree or something. Are you crazy or something? 你是疯了还怎么了. I must have been dreaming or something. Maybe we can go to the movies or something.
In our text, Young is not sure if Doris is away on business or something. Leo says:
Didn't she tell you ? She had to go back to America.
That sucks! I never got to say good bye.
That sucks 这也太无语了
"I never got to do sth" means that one never had the opportunity to do something in the past, and that gave hime some feeling of regret. E.g I never got to eat his cake. You left in such a hurry, I never got to say thank you.
Me neither. It was a last-minute decision.
last-minute 突然的,仓促的
I'm really gonna miss her face around the office.
miss her face 想念她的身影
Me too, Doris was a bubbly character.
Bubble - Bubbly 活泼的,起泡的
Yes. She had a quite contagious smile.
contagious 有感染力的
She definitely knew how to brighten up the room.
definitely 程度副词,绝对的意思. brighten up the room 使屋子里的氛围活跃起来
So, what about her replacement?
A guy replaced her position.
What's he like.
We often use "What's sb. like" to ask about a person's character. In comparison / kəmˈpærɪsn /, "What's sb look like" is used to inquire about one's appearance and dress.
e.g. What's your new boyfriend like? What's your new boss like? What your friend's mother like?
When talking about the new guy's character, Leo says:
I haven't formally met him yet, I only saw him in passing, but he looked rather serious.
in passing: 顺便/稍带,路过的时候. He only said it in passing他只是顺带提了一下。I only met him is passing, but we didn't talk.
Leo says that the new guy looks rather serious. Young replies:
Well, maybe he is just a little shy. Don't forget he is new and doesn't know anyone here yet.
You are right, I shouldn't judge hime before we've been properly introduced.
judge 评价. 在我们正式认识之前,我不应该去评价他。
That's the spirit!
这才是该有的态度。I'm pretty tired but I will finish my work on time. That's the spirit! I won't quit my dream just because other people tell me that It can be realized, That's the spirit!
Why don't you offer to have lunch with him together?
offer to 主动提出
That's not a bad idea.
Well, I best head off. Good luck and let me know how it goes.
I best head off 我得走了
Thanks, I will.
bump
碰,撞. She bumped her head against a tree.
颠簸而行. Web bumped along the dirty road in our car. 我们坐在车里沿着土路颠簸而行
碰撞的声音. We heard a bump from the next room.
隆起,肿块. How did you get that bump on your forehead? 你额头上怎么起了个包啊?
bumper 机动车的保险杠. The traffic is bumper to bumper 形容交通很堵
character
charac -> carve雕刻,衍生为性格,特点
性格 It's not his character to tell lies.
特色 I'd prefer an old place with a bit of character. 我偏爱有特色的老地方
角色 He's the main character of the movie
与众不同的人 Ted is quite a character —— he's 70 now and still riding that motorbike
字符 Chinese character
contagious
有传染性的 This disease is highly contagious
有感染力的 His passion is very contagious
强调通过接触(contact)传染。infectious 强调通过通过传染源传染,不一定需要解除
definitely
define
下定义 This word if very hard to define
明确 We need to define the task ahead very cleary. 我们需要明确今后的任务
确定界限,描出轮廓 The mountain was sharply defined against the sky. 那座山在天空的衬托下轮廓分明
definite
确定的,明确的 We need a definite answer by tomorrow
definitely
确定,决定 He definitely said he'd be here他绝对说过他会来
definition
定义,清晰度 HD high definition
replacement
replace
代替,取代 The factory replaced most of it's workers with robots
放回原处 The librarian / laɪˈbreriən / replaced the books on the shelves
replacement
更换 The replacement of car parts 汽车零部件的更换
替代品 We need to find a replacement for her
formally
formal 正式的,正规的,形式上的,表面上的,名义上的
We should wear a formal dress to the dinner tonight 今天的晚宴我们要穿正装
We had little formal education 他没怎么受过正规教育
He is only the formal leader of the team 他只是这个团队形式上的负责人
formally
正式的 The center will be formally opened next year.
form 形式
rather
would rather 做副词和would联用,表示宁可,宁愿 Kids would rather play than study.
rather than 而不是 What made you choose this one rather than that one.
相当 It's rather cold today, isn't it?
judge
法官,裁判 The judge's decision is final
判断,判定 You shouldn't judge a person by his appearance
批判比赛,担任裁判 I have been asked to judge the children's basketball game
properly
适当的,恰当的 I have had sandwiches but I haven't eaten a proper meal我吃了个三明治但是还没有好好吃顿像样的饭 Give a proper title to the passage
The television isn't working properly 这台电视机不正常工作 Keep the food properly in the fridge 在冰箱厘米妥善的保存食物
spirit
The players have a very strong team sprit
I have been in high / low spirits latey 我最近我情绪高涨/低落
I haven't been to the British Museum for ages. I haven't heard from my cousion for ages. I haven't played the guitar / ɡɪˈtɑːr / for ages
We bumped into that famous actor during our trip last year. What a surprise it is that you bump into that celebrity on the street. Be careful of the desk, you might bump into it in the dark.
Can you tell us the reason your last-minute decision to come here. I made a last-minute decision and bought a flight to Poland / ˈpoʊlənd /
He adds in passing that this book will be released next week. 他顺便提到,这本书下周会出版。The coach only mentioned it in passig and moved on to the next topic.
It is heartbreaking that your mother never got to see her grandchild before she died. I never got to tell her I loved her. I never got to ride the roller coaster / ˈkoʊstər / 雪橇 托盘。过山车
What is your brother like? He is a bit shy and warmhearted.
Mr. Flinch will be away on business for half a year.
He is the main character in the movie who likes places with character.
As Jessi has resigned, we need a replacement for her.
Don't worry, this disease is not contagious.
They would rather spend more money on hiring a nanny than spend more time on the baby.
Her next album / ˈælbəm / will definitely be a hit.
This week, I started working in a new office. It's every busy, and lots of people work here.
Eric works in my department, I like him because he is helpful and kind. Yesterday we went for lunch and he told me some funny stories, He's so humorous.
Sharon / ˈʃærən / is my boos , I like her because she is outgoing and honest, it's very easy to talk to her.
Greg / ɡreɡ / works in the finance department , I don't like him because he is selfish and argumentative. He got angry when I asked him for some help.
Amy / ˈeɪmi / works in the marketing department, She's talkative, so I like talking to her sometimes. I'm a bit shy though, so I just try to be polite. We go to lunch together sometimes.
Hey Leo. What are you doing?
Oh, nothing!
He quickly hides his phone and looks embarrassed.
Come on ! You can tell me! No need to be shy!
OK. Well, I recently broke up with my girlfriend.
break up 彻底中断,分手
Leo say that he has break up with his girlfriend, and then he says:
So I decided to download a dating app.
Why did you break up?
We broke up because she was selfish and argumentative. She got angry at the smallest things.
She sounds like a lot of trouble.
她听起来爱找麻烦啊
So you're looking to get back onto dating scene?
scene 场景
I am, but I'm very picky, It's hard to know if I like someone just from a picture.
if I like ... 为know的宾语从句,from a picture为地点状语
It's hard to know 很难知道
It's hard to know if he is a honest man
It's hard to know if the plane can arrive on time
It's hard to know if everything will go well next year
It's hard to know if he will come tomorrow
Tell me your type. I might have a single friend that ticks all the boxes.
tick 打勾 box 方框 tick all the boxes 符合所有条件
I guess... I would prefer someone who's about the same height as me.
who's about ... 为someone的定语从句
OK, keep going.
Here's the first colloquial expression we will learn today: keep going. We use this expression to encourage others to say or do whatever they're saying or doing at the moment.
I'd also like to date someone that dresses smart.
that dresses... 定语从句 smart 聪明的,整洁漂亮的,时髦的
I'm not really into people who look scruffy.
into 口语表示对sth感兴趣
I'm really into weekend trips
I'm not really into sports
I'm really into watching movies
I'm not really into spicy food
What about thier personality?
Well, she must have a good sense of humor and confidence.
sense of ...感 sense of direction 方向感 sense of justice 正义感 sense of time 时间观念 sense of value 价值观念,价值观
have/has a good sense of ....
Most athletes / ˈæθliːts / have a good sense of balance
He won't get lost, he has a good sense of direction
He has a good sense of smell
Leo continues to talke about his ideal girlfriend:
And of course, she needs to be around my age.
I think I have someone you might interested in.
be interested in sb/sth 对某人/某物感兴趣
Her name is Alice, and she is an old pal of mine.
pal 朋友,伙伴,相当于friend
Really?
Yes! How about I talk to her? And If she's interested, I'll let you know.
Sure ! why not ? At this point, I've got nothing to lose !
I've got nothing to lose 我没什么可失去的了
Great ! I'll let you know what she says.
Thanks, Young!
No thanks needed. That's what friends are for!
download/upload
Could you download some music for me?
You can upload this video on the internet.
亦可作为名词,表示下载/上传这件事情,或者下载/上传的数据
This is a free download
selfish
自私的
Don't be so selfish
She never considers anyone but herself , she's very selfish
-ish后缀的形容词:childish 孩子气的 foolish 愚蠢的 stylish 有格调的 bookish 书呆子气的/学究的 clownish 滑稽的/小丑似的
argumentative
argue 以争吵的方式辩白,证明自己的观点正确: 争论,争吵,论证
The children are alkways arguing
He argued that they needed more time to finish the project 他论证到他们需要更多的时间完成项目
argument: We had an argument with the waiter about the bill
date
日期 What's the date. What date is it today. What's today's date
约会 I'm sorry I can't have dinner with you tonight. I have a date
约会的对象 Who's your date for the party? 你约谁去聚会啊
作为动词:注明日期、确定年代、和…约会
Scientists have been unable to date these fossils
They dated for five years before they got married
dating 约会相关的
scene
场景,情景,电影的镜头
Scenes of everyday life 日常生活场景
The scene of the accident 车祸现场
The movie opens with a scene in a New York apartment
make a scene 当众出丑 She made a scene in the middle of the party 她在聚会的时候大闹了一场
tick
打对勾,做记号
Tick 'yes' or 'no' to each question
I've ticked the names of the people who have paied
对勾,记号
Put a tick by the names of the people who have accepted the invitation
钟表的滴答声 tick tock
The ticking of the clock kept her awake
The only sound is the soft tick of the clock
height
高度
What's your height and weight
The plan flew / fluː / fly过去式 at a height of 3000 meters
scruffy
邋遢的 He looks a little scruffy
personality
个性,性格 He has a strong personality
个人魅力,气质;有鲜明个性的人 Their son is a real personality
名流 The show is hosted by a popular TV personality
character 不单单可以表示人的性格,还可以表示物体的特性
confidence
自信,信息
I have every confidence in you 我对你完全完全有信心
As she grew / ɡruː / older she gained in confidence 随着她的成长,她增强了信心
She broke up with him last month
They with break up 断绝关系 with you and humiliate 羞辱 you for what you have done
To be honest, I'm really into this sport
These children are into hide-and-seek
It seems your are interested in ancient Egypt
People do not interested in politics
A good sense of balance is necessary for athletes
Actually, he is an old pal of mine
You have a letter from your Chinese pen pal
An employee may tick all the boxes on paper but might not be suited to the job in practice 实际上
In a peaceful age 和平年代 I might 表推测时预期比may更加不确定 have written ornate or merely descriptive books, but now I want to tell tragedies of the people
The most selfish people are the ones who do not love themselves
The scruffy boy lives in the other district
These slightly scruffy facilities belong to my club
Don't care about those rude, critical 爱挑剔的 and argumentative people
He has a very pleasant personality
Sport personalities 名人 have attended this event
Having a sense of humor means you have the ability to let go 放手 and not take everything so seriously
What is she like? She is cheerful and fun to be with. What does she look like? She's brunette / bruːˈnet / 深色的,浅黑皮肤的女人 . She has a pony-tail and blue eyes. She is very pretty. How old is she? She is six years old. What is she wearing? She is wearing a T-shirt, a red skirt and red shoes.
What is he like? He is confident and positive / ˈpɑːzətɪv / 乐观的. What does he look like? He has dark short hair, black eyes and a big smile. He is handsome and muscular / ˈmʌskjələr / 肌肉发达的. How old is he? He is around thirty years old. What is he wearing? He is wearing a gym suit.
What is he like? He is mean / miːn / 刻薄的吝啬的不善良的 to other kids. What does he look like? He has short brown hair and green eyes. How old is he? He is seven years old. What is he wearing? He is wearing a blue Polo shirt, black trousers and white sneakers / ˈsniːkər / 板鞋.
What is he like? He is passionate about music. What does he look like? He has medium / ˈmiːdiəm / 中等 length blond hair and black eyes. How old is he? He is around 20 years old. What is he wearing? He is wearing an elegant black suit, black shoes and red bowtie / ˈboʊtaɪ / 领结.
Hey. Thanks for agreeing to meet me for coffee today.
agree to do something
Sure. I was happy to get your message.
was 描述收到信息的时候
How have you been recently ?
现在完成时询问近况,回答: I have been great 我最近一直很好
But Young hasn't finished his questions yet, He continues to ask Alice:
Did you do something with hair ?
Yes, I did. It's nice that you noticed.
You are looking great. How's life treating you ?
"How is life treating you" is also a very good colloquial expression that you can use when you meet someone you haven't seen for a long time
Alice asks Young how's life treating him, Young replies:
Busy as always.
as always 介词短语做方式状语
I know the feeling. So, why did you invite me here ?
OK. I hope you don't mind me asking this
me 宾语 asking this动名词短语也是mind的宾语。等价说法 I hope you don't mind my asking this.
But...are you still single ?
Why are you asking ?
Well, I have a work colleague named Leo, and I think you would a great match.
Oh, well, to be honest. I'm not sure if I'm ready to go on dates right now.
go on dates 去约会
To be honest, I'm a little disappointed.
To be honest, the house is not quite our style.
To be honest, I really don't want to go there.
To be honest, she's not as beautiful as she's in the photo.
In our text today, Alice says she doesn't want to go on dates. But why ? Let's move on:
I kind of have my eye on someone.
have my eye on sb 看上/喜欢上某人
Oh, sorry. I didn't realize.
Don't worry about this, I don't think he knows. Unless he's playing hard to get.
play hard to get 欲擒故纵
Well, Leo is a good looking chap. He reminds me a bit of Tom Hardy.
sb/sth remind(s) me of ... 让我想起
You remind me of your father when you say that.
Fresh grass always reminds me of childhood summers.
He reminds me of my English tutor.
You reminds me of my ex-girlfriend.
In our text, Young said that Leo reminds hime of Tom hardy, the main character of the movive Venom. Alice replies:
Really?
Yes. Kind of. They have the same style of beard.
He's also a really humorous guy who always tells funny stories.
who always tells funny stories. 定语从句
As long as it's just as friends. I'm happy to meet him.
as long as 延伸为只要...就
I will help / take good care of you as long as I live.
As long as you have your health, nothing else matters.
As long as you like it, I'm fine.
As long as you are happy, I'll do anything.
Nice. I'll let him know. Can I give him your number ?
Yes. And hey, maybe the two of us could hang out more in the future if have spare time.
hang out 出去玩/闲逛 spare time 空闲时间
That would be awesome. Are you still a sporty person ?
sporty 爱好/擅长运动的
Yes. I often play badminton on weekends.
Maybe you can take me next time. I've become very lazy recently.
It would my pleasure. Well I'd better get back to the office. I've got a pile of work with my name on it.
Of course. I've got the bill covered.
I have got the bill covered. Today's meal is on me.
Thanks Young, I hope to see you again soon.
honest
honor 相关 荣誉 荣耀 尊重
She's completely honest 她很诚实
To be honest with you. I don't think it will be possible
Honesty is the best policy
chap
He's a friendly sort of chap
beard
和barber的前缀barb有关
hang
hung/hung
There were several expensive suits hanging in the wardrobe
A heavy good necklace hung around her neck
垂落 The tree branches hung with snow
停留,悬浮在空气 Smoke from the houses hung above the village. The sound of the bells hung in the midnight air
绞死 He was found guilty and hanged later last year. The woman tried to hang herself with a sheet. 过去式分词均为hanged
get the hang of it 在某件事掌握了窍门。It's not difficult once you get the hang of it. Once you get the hang of it, it's a piece of cake !
unless
You can't get that job unless you have experience
remind
Could you remind him about the dinner on Saturday ?
Did this remind you of something ?
spare
备用的/空闲的 We've got a spare bedroom if you'd like to stay. Take some spare clothes in case you get wet. I havn't had a spare moment this morning.
抽出/拔出/留出/匀出 We can spare only one room for you. I'd love to have a break. but I can't spare the time right now.
免得/豁免 They asked him to spare the women and children. Spare the rod, spoil the child 省下棍棒宠坏孩子 spare no effort 不遗余力 We will spare no effort to find out who did this.
备用品 I've lost my key and I haven't got a spare.
cover
The light was so bright that I had to cover my eyes.
Snow covered the ground
包含/涉及 This book covers what we've just discussed in more detail
足以支付 $1000 should cover all the costs.
掩护 cover me
盖子 / 罩子 I keep my computer under a cover. She threw back the cover and jumped out of bed. Everyone ran for cover when it started to rain. Her face was on the cover of every magazine
As long as the weather is good, we will go skiing tomorrow.
当然也可以是字面意思:This list is as long as your arm 这个清单超级长
The necklace reminds me of my ex-girlfriend. 让想起,remember是记得 I still remember our first dating / meeting
To be honest, I just don't want to go
I'm a sporty person and don't want to sit behind a desk all day
I would like to hang out more with you
I have my eye on that coat
Do you mind me asking what happened ?
He has decided to grow a beard
I won't go to the party unless I'm invited
In her spare time, she does a lot of drawing
The mountain is covered with snow
She thought he was a very nice chap
What is she like? She is nice and friendly. What does she look like ? She is beautiful. She has long wavy red hair and blue eyes. She is slim and tall. How old is she ? She is around 18 years old. What is she wearing ? She is wearing a short black dress and black shoes.
What is he like ? He is intelligent and self-confident. What does he look like ? He is bald. He has a black beard and moustache. He is thin and tall and he has green eyes. How old is he ? He is in his mid-forties. What is he wearing ? He is wearing a blue shirt and grey trousers.
What is he like ? He is honest and hard-working. What does he look like ? He has grey hair and brown eyes. He is tall and plump / plʌmp / 胖乎乎圆滚滚的. How old is he ? He is middle-aged. What is he wearing ? He is wearing an orange T-shirt, blue overalls and black boots.
What is he like ? He is very shy. What does he look like ? He has short black hair and black eyes. He is medium height and thin. How old is he ? He's kind of yong. What is he wearing ? He is wearing a checked shirt, brown trousers and black shoes.
Leo and Alice hang out. Alice sends a text message: I'm already here , I'm wearing a black sweater. Leo looks at his phone and then enters the place. He looks around and sees a girl in a black sweater. He sits down and instroduces himself:
Hi, nice to finally meet you, Alice !
Alice ? my name is not Alice.
Oh, I'm so sorry!
He gets up, looks around and feels embarrassed.
I can't believe I sat at the wrong table. I really thought that was her. Dark hair, brown eyes, and a black sweater.
Notice the tenses here, both "thought" and "was" are in past tense
Leo ? Is that you ?
Alice ?
Yes, I wasn't sure if it was you, as I saw you go to another girl's table
see sb doing sb. This structure is called "see + bare infinitive" and is used to describe witnessing an action
I mistook her for you.
mistake 认错/看错, mistake sb for sb, You must be mistaking me for someone else
Thank you.
Why ?
I think looks much prettier than me.
I disagree with that. I think you look beautiful.
disagree/agree with: I'm afraid I have to disagree with you on that issue 在那个问题上我不同意你的看法
Thanks. So what's it like working with young ?
What is it like doing sth, 做某事的感觉怎么样,it为形式主语,真实主语为后面的动名词短语
What's it like living in London?
What's it like working in the restaurant?
What's it like falling in love?
What's it like studying in Spain ?
What's it like being a CEO ?
Alice asks Leo what it is like working with Young. Leo replies:
Young and I actually work for different departments. But we often bump into each other around the office.
So what do you think of him ?
He's always kind and helpful. Whenever I have any trouble at work, he is the first person to offer advice.
I'm glad that hasn't changed. When we were at college together, He was always willing to help others.
Sb. be willing to do sth.
I'm willing to give it a shot 我愿意试试
They are willing to help us
I'm willing to discuss this problem
The landlord is willing to rent to the house to me
If you are willing to fly at night, you can get a much cheaper ticket
It's one of the things that really attracts me to him!
Attract sb to sb/sth 吸引
Oh, no ! Did I really just say that ?!
Did she just say she is attracted to him ? Hmmm, interesting.
Sb. be attracted to sb/sth
They were attracted to each other at the first sight 一见倾心
She was very beautiful, but I wasn't attraced to her
In our text, Leo finds out Alice is attracted to Young, but he's not very sure yet, so he asks:
So, are you seeing anyone right now ?
see sb 见某人,或者与某人交往. Are you seeing anyone at the moment
I'm not seeing anyone, but I kind of like a guy.
What am I doing, Why did I say that, Oh, I think he knows, How embarrassing!
From the look from her face, she must really like him. It's gotta be Young.
It's gotta即It has got to be,肯定 / 必须是,肯定推测时常用句型。have got to do 必须/不得不做
This is too good, it's gotta be a dream
No one else had been here before, It's gotta be him
It's gotta be my dad's idea
If there's anyone can do this, it's gotta be you.
It's impossible. He's gotta be kidding
Young's such a great guy. He's tall, charming, and so kind. Every girl's dream.
embarrassed 尴尬的,I was really embarrassed, but then I saw the funny side of it.
Alice looks embarrassed. Leo says:
Don't worry. Your secret is safe with me !
Now, how about we order something to eat ?
Sounds good to me !
mistake
mis错,take拿,字面意思拿错了,表示错误。
Don't be afraid of making mistakes
作动词,表示误解、误会
She mistook my meaning completely
作动词,表示错误判断
She mistook me for someone else
advice
建议:He offered some useful advice. Let me give you a piece of advice 让我给你一个忠告
动词形式advise,表示劝告:I strongly advise you not to go there.
suggest的字面意思是提议,后面通常接名词性结构:He suggested an Italian restaurant for the party. I suggest going out for dinner. I suggest that you talk to my boss
advise作为劝告,通常用advise sb to do sth:I advise you to make a plan before doing your homework My parents gave me some good advice
attract
She tried to attract the waiter's attention; What attracts me the most is her charming smile
attractive 迷人的:She's a very attractive lady
attraction 有吸引力的事物:旅游景点tourist attraction
be
可以表示存在/生存:To be or not to be, that's a question 生存还是毁灭,这是个问题。I think , therefore I am 我思故我在
interest
作名词:利益,好处。This company looks after the interests of its employees 这家公司关心员工利益
作名词:利息。You should put the money to a savings account, where it will earn interest
使感兴趣。Drawing really interests me
分词:分别有动词、形容词性两种特征的词。英语中大部分分词除了可以做动词,也都可以做形容词。现在分词作形容词往往有主动含义;过去分词作形容词则有被动含义
interesting 主动散发出兴趣这一特征,This is a very interesting lesson; He is a very interesting man; She is quite an interesting woman
interested 感兴趣,受到影响想去看看,be interested in sth. I'm very interested in learning languages
embarrass
使尴尬,使难堪。I‘m sorry, I didn't mean to 成心 embarrass you
embarrassing 使人难堪的。That was a embarrassing situation for me
embarrassed 感到难堪的。He looks a bit embarrassed
charm
魅力/魔力:He is a man of great charm
charming 富有魅力的:She's got a very charming smile 她的笑容很有魅力
college
学院 I met my husband when we wre in college
Now let's summarize the key English grammar points in Unit 13.
Attributive clause, 也叫形容词性从句,它是大句子中起限定、修饰作用的从句。例如:
This is the girl ( that ) I'm looking for
A teacher is a person who teaches
She just broke the cup ( which ) I love
I know a place where the food is first-class
He really likes the book that he bought yesterday 先行词(被修饰) 为the book,that为关系词,指代主句中的the book
He's the man who saved my life 先行词为the man,who为关系词指代the man
I'll never forget the day when we met
关系词分为两种:
关系代词:指代主句里的先行词,引导从句具体说明人、事、物的特点。例如who、whom、whose谁的/什么的、that 无选择性、which 有选择性(哪一个)
who 指人,在从句中作主语,非正式文体中亦可作宾语,作宾语时可省略。
An English teacher is a person who teaches English
The man ( who ) I hugged is a writer
I'm not really into people who looks scruffy
I would prefer someone who's about the same height as me
He's also a really humorous guy who always tells funny stories
whom 指人,作宾语,常常省略
She always says hello to everyone ( whom ) she meets
whose 指人或者物
You were the ony one whose advice he might follow
This is the classroom whose window was broken
that 可以指人或者物,正式文体中通常用来指物。可用作主语/宾语,非正式文体宾语可以省略
Is she the woman that you love ?
I haven't watched the movie that you recommended
Can you think of any book that explains English grammar well ?
He doesn't like the thing ( that ) he saw in his company 作宾语可省略
which 可以指物,可用作主语/宾语,非正式文体宾语可以省略
He remembered the song which/that was played on his last birthday
She just broke the cup which/that I love
先行词是明确指代(那个)用that,不是明确指代,具有选择性,用which(哪一个)。
不具备选择性的例子:最高级、带序数、带有the only、the very、the last等:
The smartest woman that I have ever seen is now my girlfriend
The first thing that I'm going to do tomorrow is to visit him
He is the only one that I have told my secrets to
或者是不定代词:all anything everything nothing none some little few much 范围明确,不具备选择性:
All that costs you is just time
He did everything that he could to prove his loyalty to her
None that has happened during the past few years means anything to him 过去几年发生的事情对他毫无意义
There are some movies that I really like in my computer
主句的主语是疑问词who/which时,只能用that:
Who is the girl that is smiling ?
Which is the cover 封面 that have grabbed your attention ?
既有人又有物的先行词,只能用that,因为which不能修饰人:
The patients and their belongs that were still in this hospital needed to be transferred to another one
关系副词:指代主句里的先行词,在从句中作状语,具体说明时间、地点、原因这样辅助性的信息。例如 when where why
when 指代主句中表示时间的先行词,在从句中作时间状语。等价于 介词+which
This is the time when we should stand by 支持 each other
This is the time in which we should stand by each other
This is a year when / in which he will get a promotion
where 指代主句中表示地点的先行词,在从句中作地点状语。等价于 介词+which
I know a place where / in which the food is first-class
This is a city where / in which past and present meet
why 指代主句中表示原因的先行词,在从句中作原因状语。
The reason why she didn't pass the test is that she was too nervous
Young comes across 遇到 Leo
So, come on ! Spill the beans
spill the beans 撒豆子,表示泄密/说漏嘴 It's a big secret, we should not spill the beans
We had prepared the surprise party for Andy, however, Kate accidently spilleds the beans to him
In our text today, Young tells Leo to spill the beans, which means that Young wants to hear a secret from Leo.
how did you go with Alice ?
Well, She told me she already liked someone else and was only looking to make friends.
look to 寻求/期待。转述reported speech即间接引语。改为直接引语:She told me, "I already like someone else and am only looking to make friends" 直接引语人称/时态保留原话,间接引语则人称/语态需要根据情况修改
She told me the same. But I was kind of hoping you guys would hit it off anyway.
kind of 有点 anyway 无论如何
hit it off 合得来/投缘 They hit it off from the start; it was almost love at first sight 他们开始就处的很好几乎是一见钟情
Does Alice hit it off with her stepmother ?
In the text, Young was hoping Leo and Alice would hit it off, but things don't look great. Young continues:
So, what happened.
We chatted a lot. Alice said she came back from Germany because she missed her life in China.
改为直接引语: I came back from Germany because I miss 不需要ed因为现在不是不想了 my life in China
She also talked a lot about you.
Oh ? What did she say ?
Alice said, " Young looked out for me in college". She said you were always there for her.
引号包围的原话转述,direct speech即直接引语。转述时,可以用冒号也可以用逗号,但是逗号常见
look out 小心留意 Look out pickpockets while travelling look out for sb 为某人而小心,照顾某人
be there for sb 这里是在某人身边陪伴
Alice said that Young was always there for her back in 用于描述回忆,在大学时 college, what is Young's attitude toward 美国人习惯,英国人用to更多 this ?
I like helping others. So was there any spark between the two of you ?
spark 火花
Definitely not. From what I can tell, She really likes this other guy.
this other 就是前文提到的那个其他人
From what I can tell 据我所知。
From what i can tell, He is telling the truth.
From what I can tell, he won't come to the party tonight
From what I can tell, there's no hospital nearby
From what I can tell, She is the best student in her class
From what I can tell, He is dating another gial
Did she mention who this guy is ?
No, she didn't. But , It didn't take me long to figure it out.
figure 认为 figure out搞清楚
It seems impossible to figure out on which day William Shakespeare was born
It didn't take me long to 没过多久我就
It didn't take me long to finsh the work
It didn't take me long to get back home
It didn't take me long to finsh my lunch
It didn't take me long to realize that something went wrong
It didn't take me long to full asleep last night
In our text, Leo says he knows who the guy is, What is Young's reaction:
(thought)I wonder how Leo figured it out.
But, I'm not at liberty to say. I said to Alice, " Your secret is safe with me."
at liberty 处于自由状态,这里是不太方便的意思。Her secret is 不用was因为现在也是安全的 safe with me
So that means she told you ? Come on, man ! I won't tell her you told me.
so that means 也就是说
You can't be late, so that means you need to hurry up
I'm sick, so that means I can't go to work
In our text, Young wants to know who Alice likes
We chatted for about two hours, and all she wanted to talk about was you.
She mentioned you like a hundred times, What do you think ?
like 和 about差不多意思,好像,差不多
What !? You mean she has a crush on me ?
crush 挤压,作为名词表示迷恋(特别是暗恋) Tina had a crush on Rob all through high school
Here secret is safe with me.
Leo's phone starts to ring:
I need to take this, it's my boss.
(thought)How did I not realize ?
spill
本义为摧毁,浪费。洒出/泼出/溢出。spilled/spilled spilt/spilt
I spilled coffee on my shirt
He dropped a bag of sugar and it spilled all over the floor
She dropped the glass and spilled juice all over the floor
It's no use crying over spilt milk 覆水难收
作名词,洒出的东西
Could you wipe up that spill, please
Many seabirds died as a result of the oil spill
spark
火花/火星:
Sparks were flying out of the fire
We still have a spark of hope 我们仍然有一线希望
导火索:The girl was the spark of this fight
生气/活力:As a writer, he seemd to lack creative spark
引起/导致:Winds brought down power lines, sparking a fire
mention
提及:Nobody mentioned me about it; I promise never to mention it again
Psychologist Glenn mentions 指在文字中提及 in his paper that music education enhances children's language skill
名词:提及/简短的陈述:The event didn't even get a mention in the newspaper
figure
fig- 形成/创建 fiction 小说,虚构的故事
体型/轮廓
She got her figure back after having the baby
I could see two figures in the dark 我在黑暗中能看到两个人影
画出来的几何图形
Please see figures 8 and 9
数字
His salary is now in six figures 他的薪水现在有六位数
The figure 7 is written on the board
人物
Jackson is a leading figure in the music industry
搞清楚figure out:
I can't figure out why
You can't figure out the distance between us
I hope you have figured out the meanings of the word 'figure' here
liberty
liber- 自由 deliver 使脱离/使自由,运送
自由/自由权
The Statue of liberty is a world known neoclassical 新古典主义的statue
freedom 来自古英语,突出人身自由。freedom of speech。liberty强调自由意志。You are at liberty to do as you please 你可以随意行事
crush
挤压 压碎
His arm was badly crushed in the car accident
The car was completely crushed under the truck
You should cursh the garlic first
使嫉妒震惊/伤心
He was crushed by the news of the accident
彻底击败/碾压
China crushed Japan by 40 to 0 in the match
拥挤的人群
I had to struggle through the crush to get to the door
迷恋
She has a crush on one of her teachers in the college
Young checks his alarm clock, He said:
It's still so early.
Ever since Leo told me about Alice, I haven't been able to have a good night's sleep.
ever since 自从
Ever since the confirmed case appeared, we have been taking nucleic / njuːˈkleɪɪk / acid test every three days.
I can't stop thinking about what he said.
I can't stop doing
I can't stop eating because it's really good
I can't stop crying over the sad news
I can't stop missing you
I can't stop working because I have to finish it by six pm
Learning that 得知 she has passed the exam, she can't stop laughing
I recall, Alice always had the cutest smile when she was talking with me.
recall 回想,相对于remember更加正式
I recall ...
I recall my visit to South Korea in 2020 我回想起了2020年去韩国的事情
She recalled that her boss came out of his office at about 10 pm
I recall the days when we are together
I recall she was only twenty when we first met
Young now goes back in time to see the first time he met Alice when they were students together, he said:
How could I miss all the signs ?
sign 迹象
How could I ...
How could I remember ?
How could you say that ?
How could I miss this opportunity ?
How could you do this ?
How could he miss our performance ?
Now let's move on to the text, and see what Young recalls about Alice:
She put her hand on my shoulder, but I thought she was just being friendly.
being friendly 当时在表现出友好
He was polite 他很有礼貌/他活着的时候很有礼貌;He was just being polite 他只是想表示礼貌
I'm just being good to you 我只是在对你好
She said She liked her boss's cooking, but she was just being polite
I tell him that he's getting fat, I was just being honest
Let get back to the text, Young continues to think about Alice:
Now I think about it, the last time we met, she did say she wanted to hang out with me more.
did 强调
Young goes back in time 回忆过去, He looks closely at Alice's face and starts to notice all the kind expressions she showed towards him.
I do find her attractive.
I remember the first time I set eyes on her in the classroom, I thought she was stunning.
set eyes on sb 把眼睛放在某人身上
stunning 震惊的/惊艳的
I just always thought she took me as a friend.
take sb/sth as ... 把某人某事当作
People take Marconi as an outstanding inventor
I should ask her out.
ask sb out 约某人出来
I wanted to ask him out, but I just couldn't get up my nerve 鼓不起勇气 to do it
I remember we spoke about playing badminton togeter, it wouldn't be the most romantic environment, but I will attempt to impress her.
I will attempt to 相当于I will try to 但是更正式
I will attempt to answer all your questions
I will attempt to improve my English
Listen, he will attempt to escape the prison tonight
Young sends Alice a text message, the message reads: 'Hi, Alice. I hope you're OK. I was wondering if you are free tomorrow. I thought we could play a round of badminton together'
a round of 一轮
We might need a new round of negotiation
Done ! Wow ! That was fast.
Alice already replies to Young. The text message reads: ' That sounds great ! Let me know what time, and I will book the court.'
I best try to find where I last left my badminton gear !
ever
adv:每个时间,在任何时候。辅助其它词起强调作用:I will never ever do that again
adv:已往的任何时候,曾经。Have you ever been to New York ? It's raining worse then ever.
总是、始终:
I will love you forever and ever and ever
They don't know how to control the ever growing / increasing population
在疑问句中强调疑问词,究竟/到底:What ever have you done to him ? How ever did he do that ?
recall
记起/回忆起:She didn't recall that man's name. Can you recall what happened ? I can't recall what happened on Monday
记忆力:You have an amazing power of recall
使联想起:His paintings recall the style of Picasso.
召回:The company has recalled all the cars with problems. All the faulty cars have been recalled
shoulder
肩膀:Her head was resting on his shoulder
山肩:That village is located around the shoulder of the mountain
stun
使震惊:They were stunned by the view of the traveling spot
使昏迷(打昏):The fall stunned me for a moment
stunning 令人震惊/非常有魅力的:
You look stunning
It's not stunning that social media brings feelings of loneliness
attempt
企图:He attempted to escape though a window.
名词,尝试:
I passed my driving test at the first attempt
It is actually a good first attempt. 这初次尝试其实不错
court
法庭:She will appear in court tomorrow
球场:A tennis / badminton court . There performance on court was stunning
puppy love: puppy 小狗。 年轻人的爱情,青少年的初恋
My son is only sixteen. but he's already in love, isn't it too early ? Don't worry. it's only puppy love, it won't last
For most people, puppy love is unforgettable
Love at first sight 一见钟情
I know it sounds crazy, but it really was love at first sight
Do you believe in love at first sight ?
fall in love with someone 坠入爱河
Slowly but surely, she started to fall in love with him
Have you fallen in love with him ? 你是不是爱上他了
Love is blind
Love is blind and lovers cannot see the pretty follies (folly 愚蠢的事情/想法) that themseleves commit
There is a saying, love is blind.
in a relationship
relationship可以表示恋爱关系: A close friendship betwwen two people, especially one involving romantic feelings
The most important thing in a relationship is Trust
Are you in a relationship ?
A match made in heaven 天作之合
I think we are a match made in heaven
You are not my type 你不是我的菜
He is not my type
break up 分手 离婚
I thought you were going to break up with him
My boyfriend just broke up with me
pop the question
pop 突然提出
突然提出问题,通常是Will you marry me?
She waited for years for him to pop the question
I don't know if I'm ready to pop the question
tie 打结 the knot 绳结 喜结连理,结婚
They tied the knot after being in love for 8 years.
She's planning decided to tie the knot with here boyfriend at next June
Actually, this ten phrases also stand for different stages in love. which stage are you in now ?
Young looks around, he checks the name of the place with the information Alice sent to him. And he says:
This must be the place
He goes towards the entrance, and gets a message from Alice. The message reads: I'm already inside. See you soon
I'd better go inside and find her
He walks in, and he says:
Hey, Alice. Sorry I'm late.
Don't worry about it, it's funny to see some things never change
it形式主语,真正的主语是后面的动词不定式 to ...
It's funny to see a man pretending to be a woman
It's funny to know the fact
It's funny to see a money riding a bike
It's funny to hear the the news
What do you mean ?
You're unbelievably / ˌʌnbɪˈliːvəbli / lucky! what do you mean
Don't you remember ? When we were students, you were always the last to show up to an event.
You weren't much better, though !
though 然而 This is a very good coloquial expression if want to show that someone else is not much better no better than you in something
My first year in town was a disaster, And the next three weren't much better
Neither of us ever arrived on time.
Well, you know what they say ? It's a woman's prerogative to be late.
You know what they say, When in Rome, do as the Romans do. 入乡随俗
You know what they say, Every road All roads reach lead to Rome
prerogative 特权 Ben makes all the big decisions, that's his prerogative as company director
I see you are still quick off the mark with your witty comments.
quick off the mark 行动敏捷,反应快。反义词 slow off the mark 反应迟钝
If someone is quick off the mark, they do something before most other people
If you are always that slow off the mark, you will never win the race.
In our text today, Young says Alice is quick off the mark, Alice replies:
Come on then! Let's what you got!
Let's what you got 看看你有什么;看看你几斤几两
Welcome to the party ! I got three bottles of whiskey. Let's see what you got 让我们看看你带来了什么
I got an A plus in the test. Let's see what you got 你考的怎么样
What's your favorite beverage ?
Coffee. Would you like some ?
Let's see what you got.
I have espresso / eˈspresoʊ / 意式浓缩, I have regular coffee, I have different flavors
I'm ready for it! Look at the two of us. We are both so competitive.
It is gonna a good match, I think it could go either way, but I' gonna try my best.
I think it could go either way, but I' gonna try my best. 虽然谁输谁赢说不定,但是我不会手下留情的
Aren't you forgetting something ? Your racket ! We won't get very far without it.
This is actually a kind of humor, OK. Alice looks embarrassed. She goes to pick up her racket.
You seem to have become more forgetful as you're got older.
forgetful 健忘的
Young says the sentence in a jokey way
You seem to have ...
You seem to have got yourself into a lot of trouble
You seem to have done very well at school
You seem to have bought the entire whole market 买的太多了
You seem to have changed to another person
Many consumers seem to have been influenced by stock-marker swings
Young jokes about Alices, Alices says:
Don't be cheeky !
For that, I'm gonna put you through your paces today.
for that 就冲你这这句话
The coach wanted to put the young boxer through her paces before he agreed to bring her on 带入 the Olympic team
Bring it on !
放马过来吧 . This is also the last very useful coloquial expression today which is useful to reply to anything that you're ready to face
I have a very diffcult question that I bet you don't know how to answer. Bring it on !
The scariest ride at the amusement park ? Bring it on!
offical
官方的,正式的:
The offical photos of the president's tour of India
English is the offical language of about 45 countries
官员,要员:A goverment offical
prerogative
优先权,特权:In many countries education is still the preragative of the rich
mark
记号: marker 马克笔 mug 马克杯
标记:Don't bother her, She is marking exam papers.
留下痕迹:A dark carpet won't mark as easily as a light one
标志,以什么为特征:The argeement marks a new phase in international relations 这一协议标记着国际关系的新时期的到来
标明方位:The route has been marked red on the map
Mark my words 记住我的话
There are dirty marks 污点 on her pants
There is a white mark 斑点 on the horse's head
I've put a mark 记号 on the map where I think we should go for a picnic
A question mark 问号 A exclamation / ˌekskləˈmeɪʃn / mark 叹号
I get a full mark 满分 in the test
witty
wit 说话的风趣 He is known for his sharp wit 他以他犀利的幽默著称
wit 说话风趣的人 She is a well-known wit who makes many people laugh
wit 头脑,智力 He need all his wit 绞尽脑汁 to find his way out
witty 风趣的,诙谐的
She is a witty talker
He was witty and very charming
comment
评论:
He made some bad 负面的 comments on the game
My mum always comments on what I'm wearing
You really can't comment until you know the facts
No comment 不发表任何评论
competitive
compete
竞争:It's diffcult for a small shop to compete with big supermarkets
对抗:The two athletes are competing for the gold medal
参加比赛:Are you compete in the 100 meters ?
好胜的: He is a very competitive man
有竞争力的: We need to work harder to be/remain competitive with other companies
competition:
Competition is getting hotter day by day
The team put on a good show in the competition
cheeky
cheek 脸颊
厚脸皮的,放肆的:
You're getting far too cheeky!
He's got a cheeky grin
Her son is a cheeky little money 放肆的小淘气鬼
Our time is almost up.
How about whoever loses the next point has to buy the other dinner ?
介词 介词宾语(整句话)
主语 主动词+动词构成谓语动词,the other简介宾语,dinner直接宾语
Sounds good to me !
Looks like I will have a freee meal today.
What would you like to eat ?
Noodles ?
There's a noodle restaurant in the city center that I've always wanted to try.
地点状语提前,强调 定语从句
noodle restaurant 名词修饰名词,两者都侧重。形容词修饰名词,形容词仅仅起到修饰作用
convenience store 便利店 convenient store 方便的商店 Is there a convenience store in the neighborhood ?
a dust bug 装灰尘的袋子 a dusty bug脏兮兮的袋子
Alice tells Young that she want to have noodles, Young replies:
Are you sure that's a good idea ?
What do you mean ?
You used to get meat sauce all down your white jumper.
Oh my god, how do you still remember such things ?
I've always been good at holding onto memeries about those I care about.
hold onto 在某事上抓住不放,这里表示牢牢记住
They couldn't hold onto there jobs 他们无法保住工作
I've always been good at... 我一直都很擅长
I've always been good at languages and design
I've always been good at telling cold jokes
I've always been good at drawing and dancing
I've always been good at art
Nick has always been good at finding cheap flights
We don't care about sex or age
Young says he can remember things that he care about, what he wants to say is that he cares about Alice. Alice replies:
Wow, Young. You always did have a way with words.
你之前就是这么花言巧语
'You always have a way with words' you can use this colloquial expression to reply to someone's witty comments.
So many college girls were after you, but for some reason, You didn't never seem to be seemed interested in any of them ?
after you 喜欢
for some reason 由于某些原因,不知道为什么
for some reason, I always fell cold in this room
for some reason, people like watching his videos
for some reason, He doesn't want to talk to me anymore
for some reason, She hasn't eaten anything for two days
Are you angry with me for some reason ?
Alice wonders why Young didn't like any of the girls after him, what is Young's reaction:
I should be honest and tell her.
Well, back then, I had a crush on you.
back then 那个时候
What ? Why didn't you tell me ?
I was worried about that it would ruin other friendship.
I was worried about your safey
I was worried that you wouldn't come
I was worried about her opration
I was worried if he could finish his task on time
I was worried we wouldn't have enough money
In the text, Young was worried about, that once he told Alice he liked her, Alice would turn him down 拒绝他. Alice replies:
And, what about now ?
It's been a long time, but, My feelings for you have never changed.
I'm so happy to hear you say that. Let's grab your stuff and get out of here.
After you.
After you ! Lady first !
I can't explain it, but it this just feels right.
I can't explain it, but it just feels wrong 我解释不清,但是这感觉不对啊
I can't explain it, but I can figure out a way to solve / sɑːlv / this problem
point
点:This is a good point to watch the race
尖:Be careful with that needle, it has a very sharp point
小数点:one kilogram equals two point two pounds
观点:
You made some interesting points in your speech.
from my point of view
I see your point
We disagree with every point she makes
意义:There's no point arguing about it
时刻:I don't know what to do at this point
得分:That athlete has won the most points
指向:She point her finger in my direction. The man pointed a knife to her
sauce
调味汁,酱汁,沙司。tomato sauce. The tomatoes give extra flavour to the sauce
memory
回忆:The photos bring back 唤起 lots of good memories
记忆力:He has a very good memory. As he aged/ gets older, his memory got worse
ruin
(严重的)破坏:
The country was ruined by the war
The bad weather ruined by trip
My life is ruined and I suppose I only have myself to blame
(名词)毁灭/废墟: The car accident meant the ruin of all her hopes. The old building was left into ruin 那老房子沦为了废墟
friendship
-ship 形状/形态 membership 会员身份 ownership 所有权 citizenship公民身份
Their friendship blossomed into love
Your friendship is very important to me
Your friendship means a great deal to me
stuff
stuff like this, stuff like that 等等等等
可以代表任何物品:What's this black stuff
泛指说或者做的事情:
What the stuff she has been saying about that man is just not true
We did some really interesting stuff today
装满:The thief stuffed his bag with money
explain
解释:It was difficult to explain the problem to beginners. Let me explain. It's pretty hard to explain
Object Clause:在一个大句子,宾语位置不是一个单词/短语,还是一个子句(连接词+完整句子)的情况,属于名词性从句。
课文中的例子:
I guess she was stuck in traffic
I remember I wanted to be a doctor when I was a kid
I know what I'll do
I wonder if others have also lost power
从属连词that的省略,因为没有实际意义,通常都会省略。除非需要提醒读者后面的是宾语,具体情况:
句子中有两个或者更多宾语从句,第二个和以后的that不能省略:
They said (that) the meeting was very important, and that we mustn't late 第二个如果省略,就变成我们不能迟到,而不是他们说我们不能迟到
谓语和宾语之间有插入语的时候:
We all know, without any doubt, that knowledge is power 没有that结构显得松散
为了表示强调,整个宾语从句前置时:
That he has never been to the States, I simply don't believe. 他从来没去过美国?我简直不敢相信
当that引导的从句是双宾语中的直接宾语时:
He can't tell her that he loved her. 没有that结构显得松散
系动词 + 一些表示主观情感的形容词(系表结构)在逻辑上属于谓语的表达,后面跟着从句时,某些专家也认为这个从句可以看作宾语从句:
这些形容词包括:afraid/angry/anxious/sure/glad/happy/pleased/pround/sad/sorry/surprised/worried ...
I am sorry that you cannot spend New Year's Eve with me. 我很遗憾你不能和我们一起度过除夕 that 后面也可以看作是补充sorry的原因,即原因状语从句
He was worried that she would say no
Everybody were angry that the employer didn't paly them enough
I'm sure it will take some time
I'm afraid we are fully booked until the 20th of April
I'm not sure if I'm ready to go on dates right now
连接代词或者副词连接的宾语从句:
He began to understand what he had done
I don't know who took my bag
I can't imagine how he did it
The can't understand why I refused this offer
She wonders when he will tell her the truth
Now I understand why you still haven't got a dress
Do you know where Area C Meeting Room 4 is ?
I can't believe how close the subway station is
Wow, I see what he means
Can you believe how heavy the rain is ?
OK, let's see what I should take
Did she mention who this guy is
I wonder how Leo figured it out
I best try to find where I last left my badminton gear
Let's see what you got
if引导的宾语从句:
We all doubt if tomorrow will be better
I wonder if I should introduce myself
Let me call and see if they can squeeze me in today
Hello, I'm calling to ask if you have any appointments available today
Can you recall if you have a membership card here
It's hard to know if I like someone just from a picture
宾语从句中的时态呼应:宾语从句中的时态,往往受到主句时态的影响:
主句是现在、将来时态时,从句一般不受影响:
He says that he likes vegetables
He has told me that she is the most beautiful girl he's ever seen
He will definitely tell you that he used to be a handsome guy
主句是过去时态时,从句一般要变为相应的过去时态:
现在时态变成过去时态:
I don't know that he is a big fan of yours
I didn't know that he was a big fan of yours 我当时不知道(那时)他是你的粉丝
He thinks that she is lying
He thought that she was lying
I hear that you have won a big prize
I heard / hɜːrd / that you had won a big prize
He wants to know what she has been studying
He wanted to know what she had been studying 他(那时)想知道她(那时)在研究什么
I can't believe I sat at the wrong table 时态不受影响
I really thought that that was her
Well, she told me she already liked someone else
I thought she was just being friendly
将来时变为过去将来时:
I hope that we will see each other again
I hoped that we would see each other again
She thinks that he will be waiting for her 她认为他会一直等着她
She thought that he would be waiting for her
What ?! I didn't realize it would take so long to find a single outfit
She told me the same, but I was kind of hoping you guys would hit it off anyway
几种特殊情况,从句时态不受主句影响:
从句内容是客观规律/现象:
This proved that the sun raises from the east
只有一种形态的情态动词:must / ought to / need / had better 不存在时态变化:
He said that she must be honest to him
The scientists warned that the public had better do their bit 尽一份力 to protect the environment
如果说话人说话的时候,将来时态仍然有效:
She told me just now that her father is ill 刚刚说的,现在肯定没好
Hey Leo, How is you week so far ?
so far 到目前,时间状语
According to the news, so far eight workers have been killed
So far so good.
Today is my six-month anniversary since I joined the company.
six-month 六个月纪念日,不要复数
Wow! Congratulations!
Thanks ! I was just thinking about how silly I felt after my first day.
how silly ... 宾语从句
Oh ? What happened.
Well, it was time to clock out and head back to my place.
I headed out the building. Then I went to the place I had seen earlier in the day where I can take the shuttle bus to the subway station.
I jumped on it and not long after, the bus set off. That's when something odd happened.
not long after 不久以后
set off 设置为off的状态,即出发
The clock said then minutes past eleven when we set up
That's when 就在那时...
That's when I heard the phone ring
That's when I made a decision to stop
That's when the accident happened
That's when I saw your girlfrind
Young asks Leo what happened:
Did the bus break down ?
break down 坏掉,分解
Did your car break down again ? It did ! And that's the third time in two weeks
No, it didn't. But instead of turning left, it turned right at the crossroads.
instead of 代替,而不是
Now, instead of swimming upstream, we relax, meditate, sleep watch movies, or listen to music
crossroads 十字路口,加s是因为这路口有很多路
He stood at the crossroads, not knowing where to go
I thought that maybe the driver knew an alternate route.
alternate 交替的,备用的
Then minutes had passed, I decided to check my location to see where we were.
It turns out, we were heading in the opposite direction to the subway station.
Oh, no! Did you ask anyone around you for help ?
I wanted to , but I felt too embarrassed. If I only ask someone to help me.
felt / felt /
If only 如果...就好了
If only I weren't so nervous 如果我没有那么紧张就好了。虚拟语气,所以过去式were
if only I had known you then 如果我当时就认识你就好了
if only I knew her name
if only we cloud take the day off tomorrow
if only the clock had rung / rʌŋ /
So where did you end up ?
end up 最终到达/陷入:到达或陷入一个没有计划或预期的地方、状态或情况
I ended up going to the south of the city.
I have no choice but to wait and see. Luckily, we had stopped outside a subway station.
I have no choice but to ... 除了...我别无选择
I have no choice but to accept your advice
I have no choice but to believe what you're saying
I have no choice but to leave
I have no choice but to stay here
I have no choice but to remove your name from the list
So I headed to the subway entrance and spent the next hour and a half going home.
I made a fool of myself. After that, I never made the same mistake again.
I made a fool of myself 我出丑了
anniversary
周年纪念日:
Today is our wedding anniversay
Our annual anniversary sales started on Monday 我们一年一次的周年促销在周一开始了
silly
愚蠢的(单纯/可笑)和 foolish 不同
Her work is full of silly mistakes
I felt silly in this clothes
laughed oneself silly 笑得傻里傻气,笑得不受控制
That movie was hilarious / hɪˈleriəs / ! We laughed ourselves silly from beginning to end
odd
奇数的: 1, 3, 5 are odd numbers
不成对的:
You are wearing odd socks
I threw / θruː / away the odd earring
古怪的:There's something odd about that man 那人有点怪
alternate
alter 改动:
Prices didn't alter much during this year
alternate 使轮流 交替:
She alternated between happiness and sadness
The volume alternates between very loud and very soft
alternate 轮流的,交替的:
He has to work on alternate sundays
It meets in alternate years in China and Korea
She alternately cried and laughed through the hours
alternate 替代者
He was sick, so his friend took part in the meeting as his alternate
Our caption is on leave, so he is selected as the alternate
route
路途 路径 航行:
Which is the best route to take
I live in a bus route so I can easily get to work
He tracked the route on the map
Alice comes in when Young and Leo are talking:
A: There you are , I tried calling you, but you didn't answer.
There you are, 你(们)在这啊。This is a very commonly used colloquial expression for us to show that we have found who or what we've been looking for:
There you are ! I've been looking for you everywhere.
Y: Sorry. My phone was on silent.
on silent 处于无声状态,这里是静音模式. We're starting the meeting soon, please put your phone on silent, Thank you.
never mind 没关系,用于回应道歉
- I'm sorry I broke your favorite cup. - Never mind
- Sorry to interrupt your conversation. - Never mind
Alice continues to ask Young and Leo:
A: Never mind. What are you guys doing ?
Y: Leo was just telling me about the time he took the wrong shuttle bus.
后置定语从句
A: Did he tell you about the time he first met me ?
L: Oh, no ! I thought that would remain a secret !
reamin a secret 保持秘密状态: Our plan must be remain a secret
Y: We're all friends here. So what happened?
A: I had arrived a little early, and had already found a table. I had sent a text to Leo to let him know that I had arrived. All of a sudden, I saw him walk through the door. I could see him looking around, but I couldn't catch his eye. Then, I noticed that he was heading over to another table. I looked over and saw that the giral was wearing the same color outfit as mine. He sat down at this girl's table, and I could see that he started to introduce himself.
All of a sudden, 突然间
All of a sudden, she didn't look sleepy anymore
All of a sudden, he couldn't see anything
All of a sudden, everyone became silent
All of a sudden, she stopped laughing
All of a sudden, the door opened and he entered the room.
walk through 走过,穿过: I walk through the gates and enter the restaurant.
see sb doing sth 看到某人正在做某事 I saw him climbing the tree
catch somebody's evey 眼神没有对上
head over to 从另外一头走
口语中用 this girl's table 有拉近距离的感觉
L: I didn't realize you saw it all.
A: I could tell you were really embarrassed at the time, so I didn't want to make it worse.
tell 辨别,看得出 I could tell 我能看出...
I could tell he was angry from his expression
I could tell that that girl doesn't like him
I could tell that he really wants to learn English well
I could tell that she was very disappointed
L: Well now I feel even more embarrassed.
Y: There seems to be a pattern forming.
There seems to be ... 好像
There seems to be an accident ahead
There seems to be an accident on the bridge
There seems to be a connection between there two things
There seems to be no problem at all
There seems to be something wrong with the toilet
forming 现在分词做伴随状语。后面的课文有更多关于非谓语动词的知识
L: What do you mean ?
Y: Well, first, you chose the wrong shuttle bus, and the you went to the wrong table.
L: Maybe I should get myself some glasses!
glasses 眼镜:Her father cleaned his glasses with a paper napkin
silent
寂静的:The empty house is completely silent,等价于quiet
沉默的:
I have the right to remain silent.
Anything you say can and will be used against you in a court of law
Instantly everyone was silent
silence 寂静:
A loud thunder broke the silence of the night
The stundent listen in silence as theire teacher teaches the lesson
silence 作为动词:使安静/使沉默:
The teacher raised his voice to silence the class
remain
保持(之前的状态),依然: remain silent. 相比之下,keep 可以是保持之前的状态,也可以表示从现在开始 keep silent
Although he has taken a lot of medicine, his health remains bad poor.
sudden
突然的:Don't make any sudden movements . They often make sudden attacks on people
突然发生的事:all of a sudden
pattern
模式:My lessons all follow the same pattern. The day follows the usual pattern 这一天和平常过的一样 All three attacks followed the same pattern
(重复的)图案:The curtains have a floral pattern
模范、典范: This system sets the pattern for others to follow
form
出现、产生、形成:
A crowed formed around the accident
A solution began to form in her mind
The friendship they formed in school lasted a lifetime
名词:形式、外表、表格:
Swimming is a great form of exercise
The human form 体型 has changed litter over the last 30,000 years.
Please fill in the form with black ink
I filled out a form on their website
Man: Hello.
Woman: Honey?Umm, are you at the club?
Man: Yes.
Woman: Ahhh, I’m at the mall now and I found this beautiful leather coat. It's only a thousand (dollars).Can I get it?
leather [ˈleðə(r)] n. 皮,皮革
Man: Well, sure. If you like it that much.
Woman: Okay! Um, I also stopped by the Mercedes dealership and saw the newmodel, you know, the one I really like…
dealership [ˈdiːlə(r)ʃɪp] n. 特许经销商(店)(尤指汽车经销商)
Mercedes [mɜ(r)ːˈseɪdiz] n. 梅塞德斯(人名);梅赛德斯·奔驰(汽车品牌)
model [ˈmɒd(ə)l; ˈmɑːdl] n. 模型;模式;型号;款式
Man: How much?
Woman: 120 (thousand dollars).
Man: Well, at that price, I want it with all the options.
嗯,按这个价格,我想要所有的配置
Woman: Great! Oh, and one more thing. The house we wanted last year is back on the market there.They're asking 1.5 (million dollars).
back onthe market 回归市场
Man: We’ll make them an offer, but come in at 1.4(million dollars).
offer [ˈɒfə(r); ˈɔːfər] n. 主动提议,提供;出价,报价
make them an offer 给他们一个报价
Woman: Alright! I love you, baby!
Man: I love you, too.
Woman: Okay. Bye!
Man: Umm, does anybody know whose phone this is?
Leo: What about you, Young ? Do you have any funny stories ?
Young: I don't think so.
so 代词,如此,代表上句话。This is a very useful colloquial if you want to say that you don't agree with other people's opinions.
- I think this class is very easy. - I don't think so.
Alice: What about the time I tried to teach you to draw ?
What about the time 那一次怎么样,后面是定语从句
Young: It was indeed very funny. Watching you drawing is one thing, but drawing by myself is another story.
... is one thing, ... is another
Love is one thing, marriage is another
Listening music at home is one thing, going to a live concert is quite another 完全是另外一回事
Talking is one thing, doing is another
Beauty is one thing, character 品格 is another
In our text, what Young wants to say is that watching Alice drawing is easier than drawing by himself, Alice says:
Alice: It was OK for a first attempt.
It is OK for ... 对于...已经可以了 We use this sentence pattern to express that what others have done is already pretty good.
She didn't finish the task on time, but is was OK for a green hand.
you didn't get a full mark, but is was OK for a beginner
Leo: So, when did you first get into drawing, Alice ?
get into 进入,进入某个领域/处境
He failed to get into that college
Don't let yourself get into bad habits
when did you first get into ...
when did you first get into acting / cooking / computer games
when did you first get into your family business
Alice: From a very young age, I've always enjoyed drawing. It was a fun thing to do with my mom. My mom is very good at it, and she used to sit me down and show me how to draw. Looking back on my childhood, every year for my birthday, she would purchase me many drawing books and pencils
To draw with my mom was a fun thing
sit me down 让我坐下来
look back on sth 回头向某事看,回想起
Looking back on last year, I really wish I had tried harder
Looking back on that time, he did a good job
purchase sb sth 谓语+双宾语
Alice saied her mother would buy her many drawing books and pencils on her birthday in the past, but she hasn't finished yet.
Alice:Even now that I'm older, my mom still keeps up with the tradition
keep up 完全保持
keep up with sth 紧跟着某事,保持某事,不落后
She likes to keep up with with the latest fashions
keep up with sb 赶上某人,不落后
He can't keep up with his classmates in learning English
She started to walk faster and the children had to run to keep up
Alice:My mom also told me that when she was small, her mother also coached her. It's kind of a family tradition now. When I have my own child, I will also teach them so that they can carry on the custom.
kind of 有点...
so that 以便... 就是so后面跟着that引导的从句
carry on 带着继续向前,不简单
tradition / custom 传统
Leo: That's really something!
这可太牛
That's nothing 这不算什么
He is somebody 他是牛人 He is noboday 他是个小人物 I want to be someboday one day 我有天想成为一个大人物
On hearing Alice's story, Young says:
Young: It just reminded me of a cliffhanger that happened to me when I stopped off to visit my family.
cliffhanger 悬念,想不到的事
stop off 中途逗留
Alice: How about we buy a drink and you can tell us about it after ?
Young: Sounds like a plan, what do you think Leo ?
Leo: That's a great idea.
indeed
in reality 确实。He's very poor in deed. A friend in need is a friend indeed 患难见真情
purchase
pur向前chase追赶,延伸为购买,比buy更加正式,在非商务场景中使用,可以显示出对购买行为的重视
They purchase the land for $1 million
也可以作为名词,表示购买的东西:How do you wish to pay for your purchase ?
tradition
传统:Asia has a long tradition of tea-drinking.
custom 还可以表示习惯,等于habit:It was her custom to get up early
coach
长途客车:We'll go to the airport by coach
衍生为私人教师,教练
(针对个人/小组的)指导,训练:She coaches students in French. usually for exams.
Traditional Spring Festival activities
Spring Festival, Chunjie, is the first day of the Chinese lunar calendar.
When Chunjie is approaching, people are busy purchasing goods, cleaning the house, cooking traditional food, making Spring Festival couplets and hanging Spring Festival pictures.
Having a family dinner is the main activity on Chunjie. Dumplings are essential to the dinner. Dumplings represent reunion and goodwill. The whole family gathers to enjoy quality family time.
On Chunjie Lunar New Year's Day, People in new clothes visit each other and give money to kids to send good wishes.
During Chunjie holidays, all kinds of celebrations are held, including temple fairs, performances and Lantern exhibitions, which last nearly half a month.
festival[ˈfestɪvl] n. 节日
lunar[ˈlu:nər] adj. 月亮的,月球的;阴历的
calendar[ˈkælɪndər] n. 日历
approach[əˈproʊtʃ] v. 靠近,临近;接近于
couplet[ˈkʌplət] n.(尤为押韵等长的)对句,对联
essential[ɪˈsenʃl] adj. 必不可少的,非常重要的;
represent[ˌreprɪˈzent] v.代表;为……代言(辩护)
reunion[ri:ˈju:niən] n. 重逢;团聚
celebration[ˌselɪˈbreɪʃn] n.庆典;庆祝活动
performance[pərˈfɔ:(r)məns] n. 表演;演出
exhibition[ˌeksɪˈbɪʃn] n. 展览品; 展览;展出
be busy doing sth. 忙于做某事
purchase goods 购买商品/货物
Spring Festival couplets 春联
hang Spring Festival pictures 贴年画
be essential to... 对......来说是必不可少的
Young: Well, one afternoon I have just finished shopping and was walking to my car with my shopping bag.
Young: All of a sudden, I felt some dust land on my arm.
dust 不可数 land 落下
feel sth do sth
Young: I looked around, and couldn't work out where it was coming from
work out 解决,想清楚。口语中可以表示锻炼
Don't worry, everything will work out
How often do you work out. We are working out
I couldn't work out ...
I couldn't work out where the music was coming from
I couldn't work out where things went wrong
I couldn't work out the answers to these questions
I couldn't work out why he didn't pass the exam
Young: Suddenly, I realized it was coming from the ceiling. It was an earthquake ! At first I wasn't sure what to do, but then it dawned on me: I need to get myself to safety. Debris and bricks were falling from every direction.
dawn 黎明,破晓。开始,变得明朗 down on me在我身上变得明朗
Young: I need to find the exit. But as I was running toward it, a part of the ceiling collapsed and blocked the way. I couldn't get out. I had to find a safe place to hide and wait it out.
to hide and wait 两个动词共用一个不定式标志词to,做目的状语
wait it (the earthquake) out
Young: The ground was still shaking, and I couldn't keep my balance. I fell to the ground. I ran back to the open car door.
Young: I tought it was better than staying out in the open. When I got into the car, I shut the door and just kept praying for it to be over. I was so scared that I couldn't catch my breath.
I was so... that ...
I was so tired that I could sleep for a whole day.
This place is so big that it can hold at least 2000 people.
I was so nervous that I sweated a lot.
This movie is so boring that so many people fall asleep
Young recalls that he was too nervous to catch his breath:
Young: Then I heard a crack and the car started to fall. I was on B1 level, but the car felt through the ground and onto the B2 level. At that point, I must have passed out from the fear.
crack 爆裂声
pass out 晕过去,后面是from 引导的原因状语从句from the fear,源于恐惧
Young: After some time, I woke up.
some time 一段时间,time作为时间是不可数的
I would like some time to consider
some times 几次,若干次,time作为次数是可数的。也可以作为倍数,几倍
I called him some times yesterday, but he didn't answer the phone
This room is some times bigger than that one
sometime 合成词,某个时候,长作副词。作为形容词:以前某个时候的
We should try it sometime 我们将来有时间应该试试
He is a sometime student of mine
sometimes 一些次/若干次,表示有时,偶尔
Sometimes it's best not to say anything
Young: I tried moving, but I could only move my arm a little. I heard a noise, then I saw a light and I could hear people calling out !
call out 大声喊
Young: I raised my arm as high as I could, so that they would hopefully find me. Thankfully, after a while, two people came running over and helped me out.
came running over 现在分词短语做伴随状语。除了并列句,一个英语句子只能有一个谓语动词,如果句子出现第二个动词,就不能是谓语动词,即需要作为非谓语动词 —— 如果这个第二动词是主语主动发出的,就得用现在分词形式,相反,如果是主语被动承受的,就用过去分词:
The storm left, causing much loss to the city. causeing.. 为伴随状语,即伴随谓语left一起发生的
He stood there, lost in thought. 他站在那,陷入了沉思
After hearing Young's story, Leo says:
Leo: On my goodness ! That sounds like a terrifying experience !
On my goodness ! 我的天啊,口语里表吃惊
experience 作为经验不可数,作为经历则是可数
Alice: Are you OK ? Did you injure yourself ?
Young: I came away, with only cuts and bruises. I'm just grateful to be alive !
came away 离开,这里表示脱险。with引导的介词短语作伴随状语
grateful 感激,庆幸
I'm grateful ... 我很感激
I'm very grateful to have the opportunity to be here.
I'm very grateful to have your help / for your help
earthquake
quake 摇晃。earthquake专指地震:The bridge broke down in the earthquake
dust
灰尘/尘土:The furniture was covered in dust
去除灰尘:She stood up and dusted herself off. 她站起来拍掉身上的尘土
ceiling
房子内侧顶部:A large room with a hight ceiling
上限:They have set a ceiling on the money they could spend
外面的顶叫 roof
dawn
黎明:We woke up at dawn
开端:The dawn of a new time
动词:破晓,He left the house just as the day was dawning
动词:变得明朗,Slowly the terrible truth dawned
debris
碎片:Falling debris rained on us from above. A number of 一些 people were killed by flying debris
brick
砖头/砖块:He built the house with bricks,可数
collapse
倒塌:The roof collapsed under the weight of snow
崩溃/瓦解/失败:He thought his whole world collapsed when his wife died
晕倒/倒下:He collapsed and died of a heart attack
做名词的例子:
I don't know what caused the collapse of her marriage
He was taken to hospital after his collapse at school
block
一大块:A block of ice A block of stone
街区:My friend and I live on the same block
建筑:an office block 写字楼
阻塞/阻挡: A fallen tree is blocking the road
balance
平衡:Try to keep balance between work and relaxation
保持平衡:How long can you balance on one leg ? She tries to balance home life and career
余额 —— 收入和支出平衡剩下的钱
pray
祈祷/ preɪ /:He prayed that nobody would notice his mistake
祷词 / prer /:My prayer is that one day he will be successful in his career
crack
使破裂/使裂开: A stone hit the window and cracked the glass. The ice cracked as I stepped onto it
破解/攻克/粉碎:Police have cracked a major crime group 大型犯罪团伙
裂纹:Cracks appears in the dry ground
terrify
使害怕:Flying terrifis her
terrifying 令人害怕的: That is a terrifying moive
terrified 受到惊吓的:She was terrified by that sound
injure
injury (尤指对身体的)伤害:Two players are out of the team because of injury
使受伤:She fell and injured her shoulder
bruise
使出现伤痕,擦伤,撞伤:
She slipped and badly bruised her face
Bananas and other soft fruits bruise easily
青淤,伤痕:His arms and back were covered in bruises
grateful
感激的:I'm so grateful to you for all that you've done
alive
on-live,表示活着的 We don't know whether he's alive or dead
awake 醒着的 asleep睡着的
Haiti earthquake
A woman clings to life and her rescuer after surviving a building collapsing around her. 一名妇女在一栋倒塌的建筑物中幸存下来后,紧紧抓住自己的生命和她的救援者
Moments later, a child is pulled from beneath the rubble too. 过了一会儿,一个孩子也从瓦砾下被拉了出来
Friends, family and neighbors must carry each other to safety. 朋友、家人和邻居必须搀扶彼此到安全的地方
Homes and shops have been reduced to bricks and dust in the wake of the 7.2 magnitude earthquake. 一场7.2级的地震过后,房屋和商店全都化为砖块和灰尘
It's a reminder that man's efforts are no match for nature's power. 这次地震提醒我们,人类的努力无法与大自然的力量相抗衡
The extent of the damage is still not known and the head of Haiti's civil protection agency told a press conference he couldn't say a specific number of people killed. 目前尚不清楚损失的程度,海地民防局局长在新闻发布会上表示,他无法说出具体的死亡人数
Tonight it’s suggested that more than 200 have died. 今晚有消息称已有超过200人死亡
cling [klɪŋ] v. 抓住,抱紧;黏附,粘住
rescuer [ˈreskjuːə(r)] n. 救助者
survive [sə(r)ˈvaɪv] v. 幸存
beneath [bɪˈniːθ] prep. 在……下方;在……表面之下
rubble [ˈrʌbl] n.(倒塌的墙或建筑留下的)瓦砾,碎石
reduce [rɪˈdjuːs] v. 减少,降低;(通过破裂、燃烧等)使变成,使化为
magnitude [ˈmæɡnɪtjuːd] n. 巨大,重要性;震级;规模
reminder [rɪˈmaɪndə(r)] n. 提醒物,引起回忆的事物
extent [ɪkˈstent] n. 程度;范围
damage [ˈdæmɪdʒ] n. 损坏,损失
specific [spəˈsɪfɪk] adj. 明确的,具体的
cling to 依附;紧握不放
in the wake of 伴随着……的到来
no match for 不是……的对手
civil protection agency 民防总局
press conference 记者招待会
不同时间发生的动作、情况需要用不同形式表示,这些形式就是时态。四时x四体=16种时态
四时:现在时、过去时、将来时、过去将来时
四体:一般体、进行体、完成体、完成进行体
有些时态用的较少,比如过去将来完成进行时:站在过去的时间点上,描述将来正在完成进行的动作。例句:She said she would have been waiting for me for two hours by 9 o'clock 她当时说,到九点的时候,就等我两个小时了
例句: was/were doing
I was hoping to treat my friends tonight
I was riding a bike and it started to rain
At lunch, many people were waiting in line
I was just thinking about where to spend my summer vacation this morning
When we were in college together, he was always willing to help others
I recall, Alice always had the cutest smile when she was talking to me
She put on her hand on my shoulder, but I thought she was just being friendly
Leo was just telling me about the time he took the wrong shuttle bus
Then, I noticed he was heading over to another table
Suddenly, I realized I was coming from the ceiling
Debris and bricks were falling from every direction
The ground was still shaking and I couldn't keep my balance
例句: had done
I wish I had charged it earlier
Then I went to the place I had seen earlier in the day where I can take the shuttle bus to the subway station
Then minutes had past
Luckily, we had stopped outside a subway station
I had arrived a little early and had already found a table. I had sent a text to Leo to let him know that I had arrived
Well, one afternoon I had just finished shopping and was walking to my car with my shopping bag
例句:will do
That will be nice
I'm sure it will take some time
From 2pm to 7pm, that will be a long afternoon
Yes, I will definitely need one
Everything will be OK
By the time I get there, the meeting will be over
Alright, I will give it a shot
As soon as I freshen up, I will go explore my new surroundings
Don't worry about it, I will make you a beautiful bouquet
Well, it looks like it will be raining all day.
I know what I'll do, I'll take them all
Great! I'll know what she says
Looks like I'll have a free meal today
When I have my own children, I will also teach them so that they can carry on the custom
现在进行时表将来:I'm going to sth / I'm gonna do sth
Oh, my bus is arriving
I'm not giving up
I'm gonna celebrate
I'm going to Shanghai
I'm just going to wear a simple shit and my work pants
站在过去的角度描述将来 would do
I hope the weather will be great - He said that he hoped the weather would be great
I will be there before lunch - He said he would be there before lunch
have/has been doing 表示一直在做某事
I've been waiting for her for ten minutes
I've been working for ten hours
I've been checking the tings off my list
I've been waiting at the check counter for 10 minutes
Leo: Hey, a little bird told me that tomorrow is your birthday.
a little bird 某人 We use this expression to show that we know something but choose to keep it as a secret
A little bird told me that you haved been caught by for cheating in the exam.
Don't ask me too much, just a little bird told me.
A little bird told me that you were on a date last night
Leo: So, how are you feeling ?
Young: I has been one hell of a busy year for me. But, I'm feeling on top of the world.
one hell of 非常的,强调作用
on top of the world 在世界之巅 We use this expression to show that we are extremely happy.
Leo: That's awesome. Any regrets?
省略句 Do you have any regrests?
Young: No major regrets. But, I didn't take enough time off to relax.
take time off 抽出时间来...
I didn't take enough time off to visit my parents
I didn't take enough time off to learn English
I didn't take enough time off to read
I didn't take enough time off to exercise
Leo: Well, why don't you plan yourself a little vacation ?
Young: That's not bad idea. I'm gonna try my hardest to travel to more places over the next year.
over the next year 在明年的一整年
Leo: Anywhere in particular ?
Do you have anywhere that you want to travel to in particular ? in particular介词短语做地点状语
Young: Not really. I love visiting new places, experiencing new cultures, and learning more about the local people.
Leo: Sounds like you should go on a road trip.
road trip 公路旅行,自驾游
Young: I've always wanted to go on one actually. Maybe I will plan a road trip to Tibet, starting from Beijing and working my way across the entire country.
work my way 开动我的路线
Leo: I envy you so much right now!
right now 现在
Young: I think it's very important to have a good work-life balance. That's something I want to work hard on before my next birthday.
work hard on sth 在某事上努力
That's something I want to 那就是我想...的事情
That's something I want to talk about right now
That's something I want to experience when I have a chance
That's something I want to buy when I have enough mony
That's something I want to do when I have a chance
Leo: Me too ! I love my work, but I want to take some more time for myself as well.
Young: Well, why don't you come along ?
come along一起去
Leo: I'm not sure my boss will give me the time off.
Young: You won't know unless you ask. It's worth a shot
time off 休假
unless you ask 条件状语从句
You won't know... unless you ...
You won't know if she will go with you unless you ask her
You won't know if you can do this unless you try
it's worth a shot 这值得一试。worth作为形容词,表示值得的:
Learning English is worth you time
Leo:You are right
hell
地域: I'll go to hell for this
悲惨的经历:He's been going through hell after his wife died 他妻子死后他一直在苦痛中挣扎
该死,见鬼:What the hell / on earth do you think you are doing ?
regret
v 后悔,惋惜:If you don't do it now, you'll only regret it. 如果现在不做,你一定会后悔的
n 后悔,惋惜::I have no regrets about leaving this city
particular
particle 颗粒,很小的部分:Particles of dust. There's only a particle of truth in what he saied.
particular 尤指的,专指的,特定的某个部分:
Is there any particular place you want to go ?
There is a particular student you need pay attention to
entire
完整的:I had spent the entire journey to sleep. The entire village was destroyed.
worth
值多少钱的:Our house is worth $200,000
be worth doing 值的做:
It's worth noting that ...
There is nothing worth reading in this newspaper.
n 价值:The winner will receive ten dollar's worth of books
Travel Plan
Man: We should all take a holiday together this summer.
Woman: That's a great idea. Where do you want to go, Jane?
Jane: I want to go somewhere fun and cosmopolitan. I want to experience the busy streets of a new city and experience its real culture.
Woman: That sounds okay, but I think I prefer somewhere more relaxing. I'd like to go somewhere with beautiful scenery, somewhere with mountains and lakes. There are too many tourists and too much pollution in cities.
Man: I'd prefer to go somewhere a little more historical. It would be good to visit some castles or some places where major battles took place in the past.
Jane: I'm not that interested in history. Places like that would be boring for me. Going to a city would be much more interesting.
Woman: But it will be so crowded and busy. I want to relax, not worry about traffic and crowds. We should go somewhere with lots of nature.
Man: But those kinds of areas feel a little cut off and they don't have modern conveniences like good Wi-Fi connections.
Jane: How about a beach holiday? We can rent a place on the beach and drive into the city or to nearby historical sites.
Woman: That sounds like a good compromise.
cosmopolitan [ˌkɒzməˈpɒlɪtən] adj. 国际性的,国际化的
experience [ɪkˈspɪəriəns; ɪkˈspɪriəns] n. 经验; 经历 vt. 体验;经历
scenery [ˈsiːnəri] n.风景;景色
castle [ˈkɑːsl; ˈkæsl] n. 城堡;堡垒
major [ˈmeɪdʒə(r)] n.专业;主修课程 adj.主要的;大的;重要的 v.主修;专攻
battle [ˈbætl] n. & v. 战争; 斗争; 争论
convenience [kənˈviːniəns] n.方便;便利;便利的事物(或设施)
compromise [ˈkɒmprəmaɪz; ˈkɑːmprəmaɪz] n.妥协;折中
take a holiday 度假
take place 发生,举行
cut off 与世隔绝的
How about … ……怎么样?
Young: Hi Leo, I' glad I caught you! I hear congratuations are in order.
caught you 终于碰到你了
in order 处于顺序之中,表示妥当/适宜。这里就是该祝贺你了
Leo: Wow ! News does spread fast !
spread 扩散,传播
"News does spread fast"(消息传的真快)is a very useful coloquial expression, you can use it to response when you know that someone has heard something that has just happened.
Young: Yes, I heard you got a promotion. Why didn't you tell me about it ?
I heard ... 我听说
I heard that you had an operation, are you OK now ?
I heard that you just got married. Congratulations.
I heard that you had a car accident, are you OK now ?
I heard that you changed your job, is that true ?
Leo: I wish I could have told you, but they asked me to keep it private for the time being.
could have done 本来可以做到,虚拟语气 。I wish I could have done 用于表示已过去的事情的一种懊悔:
I wish I could have been there yesterday
I wish I could have gone to the movies with you last night
I wish I could have gone with you then
I wish I could have spent more time with my family last year
这里的have是助动词,另外一个句型:I wish I could have sth ... 我希望我有...:
I wish I could have a big house
I wish I could have more holidays
for the time being 字面意思是针对现在正在进行的时间,即暂时
Young: I understand. When do you start ?
Leo: I'm waiting for the new contract, but I think I'll start next month.
Young: Well, congratuations again, what is your new role ?
Leo: They will put me in charge of a new English learning project.
put me in charge of something 把我放到负责...的位置上
Young: That's great ! do you get to handpick your team ?
handpick is a compound word, and it means to select by one's hand or personally
get to...
means to be given permission or opportunity to do sth 获得允许或机会做某事:You'll like here once you get to know her 一旦你有机会了解她你就会喜欢她的
到达某个地方或达成某个目标 I finally managed to get to the party after a long day at work
开始做某事 Let's get to work and finish this project
Leo: Yes, I'm looking forward to choosing people that will be able to help make this project a real success.
Young: It sounds like you have it all planed already.
have sth done 让某事被做完
Leo: Well, I'm preparing myself. I know it's gonna be a challenging role. To be honest, I'm a bit nervous about the interviews. I've only ever attended interviews, but I've never conducted one before.
I know it's gonna be 我知道这会是... This is a compound sentence pattern that combines two patterrns we've learned before.
I know it's gonna be a great trip
I know it's gonna be a very diffcult task, but you must complete / kəmˈpliːt / it.
I know you will not disappointed me / I know you won't let me down
I know it's gonna be a hard descision, but you have to make it
Young: You'll be fine. Just have confidence in yourself, your manager gave you the role for a reason. You've got this !
You've got this / You got this 你可以搞定的,用于鼓励
Leo: Thanks Young, you are always so supportive. You're gonna be the first person I come to if I'm having any trouble.
定语从句 条件状语从句
Young: Any time! I'm always happy to lend an ear or try to offer advice.
any time 随时
lend an ear 倾听
spread
v 展开 / 传播 / 蔓延 / 扩散:
The bird spread it's wings.
The fire spread rapidly because of the strong wind.
The disease spread easily
n 展开 / 传播 / 蔓延 / 扩散,或者涉及的区域:
The spread of the disease in the last few years has been terrifying
The company has a wide spread of hotels in the world
We have a wide spread of contracted hotels in the country
contract
/ ˈkɒntrækt / n 合同/契约 a contract of employment
/ kənˈtrækt / v
收缩,缩小: Glass contracts as it cools
染病: He contracted COVID-19 while he was travelling
role
角色:She is still growing into her new role as a mother
作用/职责:Schools play an important role in society
success
v succeed
接替/继任/继承: He succeeded his fathere as the boss of the company
成功/实现目标: Our plan succeeded
success 成功: Confidence is very important to success 信心对成功来说非常重要
success 成功的事物:I hope our project will be a success
nervous
nerve 神经:Every nerve in her body was tense
nerve 衍生为勇气/胆量: I don't have the nerve to tell him what I really thought of this suggestion.
nervous 神经紧张的/担心的:After the acccident, she was very nervous about driving again
attend
v 出席/参加:Over two hundred people attended her wedding.
v 注意/专心: He hadn't been attending during the lesson.
v 随同/跟着去:The President was attended by several members of his staff手下
conduct
指挥/带领: The guide conducted us around the travelling spot.
(按照特定方式/路线)实施/进行:We are conducting a survey to find out what our cu stomers think of their local bus service
传导(电/热):Copper conduct electricity but plastic does not
作名词,重音前放:
经营方法/实施办法:People think highly of him for his successful conduct of this activity
行为/举止/表现:The club has a strict code of conduct code of conduct行为准则
support
支持:Whatever you do, I'll support you. Your support is very important to us.
supportive:支持的/拥护的/给予帮助的: They were always supportive to each other
Ken: Hi, I have a 10 a.m. appointment with Ms. Atwater.
Counter: Can I have your name please?
Ken: Yes. Ken O’hern.
Counter: Oh, yes. Mr. O’hern. She’s waiting for you in her office. Please follow me.
(Knock on the door)
Counter: Your 10 o’clock is here, Mary.
Mary: Oh, please come in.
Ken: Hi, Ms. Atwater. I’m Ken O’hern.
Mary: It’s nice to meet you, Ken. Please call me Mary.
Ken: It’s a real pleasure to meet you, Mary.
Mary: Please have a seat, Ken.
Mary: I was just reviewing your CV (curriculum vitae / kəˌrɪkjələm ˈviːtaɪ / ). I’d like to start by getting to know more about you. Tell me a little bit about yourself.
Ken: Sure. Well. I’m fairly new to this area. I grew up in Canada, but have been living and working in the US for the past 10 plus years. I’m quite fortunate that my job is also my hobby and passion. I love what I do for a living. The best way to describe myself, I’m a frequently headhunted tech sector specialist with 10 years’ experience in EDTech and international business development. I’m now looking to develop my team-building skills, where innovation is vital for business success.
肯恩:当然可以。嗯,对这个区域非常地陌生。我在加拿大长大,但是在过去的10多年里是在美国生活和工作的。我非常地幸运,我从事的工作是我的爱好和热情所在。我热爱我赖以生存的工作。描述自己的最好方式:我是一名经常被猎头聘用的技术领域的专家,拥有10年的教育科技和国际业务开发的经验 。我现在想要发展自己的团队建设技能,而创新对于企业的成功至关重要。
Mary: That all sounds quite interesting.
appointment [əˈpɔɪntmənt] n. 约会;预约;约定
fortunate [ˈfɔ:rtʃənət] adj.幸运的;
passion [ˈpæʃ(ə)n] n.强烈情感;激情
frequently [ˈfri:kwəntli] adv.频繁地;经常
headhunt [ˈhedhʌnt] v. 物色,挖走(人才)
sector [ˈsektər] n.区域,部分;(尤指商业、贸易等的)部门
specialist [ˈspeʃəlɪst] n.专家
development [dɪˈveləpmənt] n.发展
innovation [ˌɪnəˈveɪʃn] n. 创新;改革
vital [ˈvaɪtl] adj. 必不可少的;对…极重要的
do ......for a living以......为生/谋生
be vital for对......来说是至关重要的
Leo: That's enough about me ! What about you and Alice ? Are you still together ?
Young: Yes, we are. Everything is so great !
Leo: How long has it been now ?
How long has your relationship with Alice been now ?
Young: Next week, we will be celebrating our six-month anniversary.
will be celebrating 将来进行时:
This time tomorrow we will be lying on the beach.
Leo: Has it already been that long ?
Young: I know, right. Feels like only yesterday that we started dating
Leo: Have you got any special planned to celebrate ?
get something done 让某事完成
Young: I have an idea, but I would like your opinion.
Leo: Sure, what have you got in mind ?
"what have you got in mind"(你觉得呢) is a very useful colloquial expression that you can use to show you want hear another person's opinion towards something:
- What should we have for lunch ? - I don't know, what have you got in mind?
- What do you want to do in the coming new year ? - I'm still thinking about it, what have you got in mind?
Young: I was thinking of aksing her to move in with me. Her housing contract is almost up, and it would save us both money as we practically live together alreay.
housing contract 住房合同 up这里是形容词,到期的/到点的 Time is up.
as 引导原因状语从句
practically 实际上 adv
Leo: Oh, well. Just make sure you do it in a romantic way, rather than talking about saving money.
rather than sth 相比某事而言,而不是某事
Just make sure 只需要确保:
Just make sure you always have a goal
Just make sure to lock the door when you go out
Just make sure you won't go out at night
Just make sure to visit your grandfather
Young: Of course. I will be cooking her a nice meal and while / waɪl / eating, I will give her a little box.
Leo: Let's hope she doesn't think there's a ring in the box.
Let's hope 但愿:
Let's hope everything will go according to the plan
Let's hope our country will become stronger and stronger !
Let's hope he won't get angry.
Let's hope she won't change her mind.
Let's move on to the text, Leo reminds Young that giving a little box to Alice might not be a good idea, because Alice might mistake that there is a ring in the box, Young replies:
Young: That never crossed my mind. Well, maybe I can place a key on the table. Then, when she sees it, I can ask her if she'd like to move in with me.
Leo: She is one lucky girl.
a/an 都是one的弱读形式: His mother is one generous woman.
Young: I would say I'm the lucky one. Alice is really special. I'm certain that I want to spend my future with her.
I would say 我想说...
I'd say that we have about a 50-50 (fifty fifty ) chance of winning this game today.
I would say, this is not a good idea
I would say he is the best candidate perfect person for this job
I would say tomorrow isn't a good time
I'm certain that 我确定...
I'm certain that he has seen me.
I'm certain that I can solve this problem
I'm certain that you will do better next time
I'm certain that he will give you a chance
Leo: That's really nice, I have got my fingers crossed.
get my fingers crossed 表示祝好运 I'ill have / keep my fingers crossed for you.
opinion
动词形式opine 选择想法、发表意见、判断、以为。正式的措辞:I'm not going to opine on this problem
What's your opinion about this decision ?
adopt 字面意思:去选择
领养: They've adopted a baby girl
接受/采纳/采取:We need to adopt a different solution toward this problem
选定/选用某人:He was adopted as the new boss in this comany
certain
确定的,无疑的:I'm not certain who was there
不特指的,某个/某些:We have certain reasons for our decision.
Beauty and the Beast
Narrator: Our enchanted story continues on a starry night, as love begins to blossom between the Beauty and the Beast.
Beast: Would you do me the great honor of joining me in a dance?
Beauty: The honor would be mine.
Beauty: Tale as old as time,
Beast: True as it can be. 如此的真实
Beauty: Barely even friends, 本来做朋友都勉强
Beast: Then somebody bends. 却有人退让改变
Beauty & Beast: Beauty and the beast.
Beast: Oh, whenever I’m in your presence 每当我站在你的面前 , I can feel the dark clouds parting and the sun shining on my face.
Beauty: They say true love can break the curse. And I can’t imagine a love more true than this.
Beast: Oh, my darling. I can hardly wait until your transformation.
Beauty: What do you mean ‘my transformation’?
Beast: Well, you know, the curse will be broken and you can stop being a beast.
Beauty: You think I’m the beast?
Beast: Yeah, we were just singing about it. Beauty and the beast.
enchanted [ɪnˈtʃɑːntɪd ; ɪnˈtʃæntɪd] adj.中魔法的;着了魔的;施过魔法的
starry [ˈstɑːri] adj. 布满星星的;闪闪发光的;明亮的
blossom [ˈblɒsəm ; ˈblɑːsəm] vi.开花
honor [ˈɒnə ; ˈɑːnər] n.荣誉;荣幸v.尊敬;尊重
tale [teɪl] n. (尤指充满惊险的)故事; 历险记;
barely [ˈbeəli ; ˈberli] adv.仅仅;几乎没有
presence [ˈprezns] n. 在场; 出席; 存在; 出现
part [pɑːt] v. 离开;分别;分离;分开
curse [kɜː(r)s] n. 诅咒; 咒语;
imagine [ɪˈmædʒɪn] v. 想象; 设想
transformation [ˌtrænsfə(r)ˈmeɪʃn] n. 转型; (彻底的) 变化,转变,改革
Young has invited Alice to his home. He's getting some last-minute nerves and wants to make sure everything is perfect before she arrvies.
Tonight is a big night ! I just hope it will go as planed.
今晚很重要,This is a very good colloquial expression for us to show the importance of a certain night.
Look at the time, I best start preparing the meal. or else there will be no dinner to eat. I won't lie. I can't help feeling a bit nervous
I can't help sth 字面意思我不能帮助某事,衍生为无能为力,情不自禁
I don't wanna cry, but I can't help it
I can't help crying out every time I think of that accident.
I can't help feeling sorry 难过 for the poor man
I can't help laughing every time I think of that
I can't help thinking about what he will look like
Young say he feels a bit nervous about what will happen next. He continues:
It's been a longh time since I felt this way about some. I must make sure the night goes off without a hitch. I'm going to cook her favorite meal, and I've downloaded her favorite movie. I hope she will like everything.
He goes back to cook, and he says:
Time is ticking, dinner is coming along nicely. I should set up the table.
coming along 字面意思是:伴随着一起来。结合语境是按计划进展的意思
These past six months have been the happiest for me. I have never asked anyone to move in with me before. Alice means a lot to me
happiest即happiest six months,省略让措辞简洁
means a lot to me 对我很重要
Your support means a lot to me
What you said means a lot to me
She is so unique, and always makes me chuckle. I really hope she feels the same and says yes. I never pictured myself being the romantic type until I met her.
picture 设想 being the romantic type 宾语补足语
It will be nice coming home after a long day, and being able to chill on the sofa together.
chill 放松
并列的动名词短语作为真实主语
It will be nice... 如果...会很好
It will be nice seeing you on our wedding day
It will be nice lying on the beach and listening to music
OK, table's set. Now to quickly check on the food. It's looking great, my mouth is already watering.
Now it's time to quickly check on the food
check on sth 在某事上检查
water 浇水/流口水:Can you water the flower for me when while I'm out away
I ought to get changed, I can't greet her looking like this.
looking like this 现在分词短语作伴随状语
He goes upstairs and starts getting changed. Then the door bell rings:
She's early. Best not keep her waiting!
lie
异源同形词:躺 lie / lay / lain / lying
v 躺:lie in bed, lie in the bed, lie on the bed .
A cat lay in front of the fire
I had alreay lain down when he came in
I found her lying on the ground
v 位于/坐落在:The river lies in 30km to south
v (责任/罪责/决定/选择权)在于某人:The cause of the accident lies in the carelessness of the driver
异源同形词:说谎 lie / lied / lied / lying
Don't lie to me
名词:谎言:The whole story is nothing but a pack of lies. 整个叙述就是一派胡言
unique
uint 单元 unite 团结/拧成一股绳 union 联盟 ... 都是one的同源词
unique 独一无二的:Everyone's fingerprints are unique.
chuckle
轻声笑/暗自笑:She chucked at the memory 想到这事她就暗自发笑
chill
n 和寒冷有关:寒冷,寒意
There was a chill in the air this morning
v 使冷却:I've put the beer in the fridge to chill. Chill the wine before serving
v 放松/休息(冷静下来,别那么忙活):
We went home and chilled in front of the TV
chill out 冷静一下,don't be so angry
Let's chill out 出去放松 tonight
adj. chilled 放松的: I'm feeling pretty chilled
Monica: Sweetie, have a seat. Okay, listen, um... Chandler and I are going to live together. Here.
Rachel: Oh, my god. That's so great! Oh! I’m so happy for you guys!
Monica: Really?
Rachel: Oh, and that was so sweet of you to ask. Oh, my god! The three of us are going to have such a good time moving together!
Moica: Yes, we are.
Rachel: Hey, roomie.
Chandler: Okay, bye.
Monica: Rachel? (clearing throat) There's something, uh, important I have to tell you.
Rachel: Are you pregnant?
Monica: No, but I’m throwing this shirt away. I think there was a little uh, misunderstanding before. Um, when I said that, uh, that Chandler and I wanted to live together... we meant alone together. 我们是说单独在一起
Rachel: (laughing) Oh. Oh, my god. Oh, that's funny. I can't believe I did that.
Monica: oh, no, sweetie. No, this is my fault. I wasn't clear. I’m really sorry. And listen. You take as much time as you need to move out, okay? There's absolutely no rush.
Rachel: Okay.
Monica: Okay. Don't you want a cookie?
Rachel: Sure. Thanks.
Monica: Maybe do you need a tissue?
Rachel: Mm-hmm. Monica, where did you get these?
Monica: I made them.
Rachel: Oh...god, they're just so yummy.
roomie [ˈruːmi; ˈrʊmi ] n. 住在同室的人,室友 (等于roommate)
pregnant [ˈpreɡnənt ] adj. 怀孕的
misunderstanding [ ˌmɪsʌndə(r)ˈstændɪŋ] n. 误解
absolutely [ˈæbsəluːtli ] adv. 绝对地,完全地
tissue [ˈtɪʃuː] n. 面巾纸,纸巾
have a seat 请坐
take time 不着急
clear throat 清清嗓子
动词分为:
限定形式(Finite forms): 在作谓语的时候,会受到主语的人称、时态的限制,产生形态的变化。情态动词不受这种影响,因此也叫无变化动词(Defective verb)
非限定形式(Non-finite forms):除了作谓语,动词在句子中还可以是各种其它成分,作为这些成分时,其形式不受限定。这时动词不做主语,因此也叫非谓语动词(Non-Predicate verb)。具体有三种类型:
不定式:
I want to become a writer
I hope to see him soon 不定式作宾语
She has a lot of things to do 不定式作定语
I've come to ask for your advice 不定式作目的状语
My idea is to rent a car / She seems to know everything 不定式作表语
动名词:
Do you mind my smoking here ?
Stopping talking 这里表示说话这件事
Thank you for helping us
Smoking is harmful to your health 动名词作主语
Her favorite activity is shopping 动名词作表语
分词:
现在分词:
The girl reading a novel there is my friend
Did you hear him singing ? 现在分词作宾语补足语,主动动作
She sat there, reading a novel 现在分词作伴随状语,伴随sit的动作(sit是句子的重点),主动
The storm left, causing much damage to the city 现在分词作结果状语
过去分词:
The cake by him is my birthday cake
The city is surrounded on three sides by mountains 和be构成被动语态
The concert held by the singer 过去分词短语作后置定语 was a great success
He got his tooth pulled out yesterday 过去分词作宾语补足语
Lost in deep thought, he didn't hear the sound 过去分词短语作原因状语
The infinitive,一般形式时动词前面加to,往往表示目的、将来、推测等,“没有做”的事。
传统语法书将不定式中的to归类为小品词(particle):小品词都很短小,形似介词,实际上是副词,辅助后面的动词,自身没有含义。
常见的介词都可以作小品词,和动词形成很多固定搭配。
课文回顾:
It's time to get up
I decide to go with a T-shirt and jeans
It's important to ride safely
I forget to bring a unbrella
It feels so good to drive
Meetings are helpful to spot and solve problems
It looks like I've got the chance to expand my team
The first thing is to warm up
It's lovely to meet you
When we were stundents, you were alwasy the last to show up to an event
I had no choice but to wait and see
Gerund,doing。某些动词的ing形式具有名词特性
和不定式作宾语/表语/主语时的区别:
动名词:带有动作属性的名称、代表某个动作的习惯
I forget reading the book 我忘记读书(这件事发生了,但是我忘记了)这件事
You should stop doing your homework 你应该停止作作业
不定式:目的、待定的动作
I forget to read the book 忘记去读书
You should stop to do your homework 你应该停下,去做作业
课文回顾:
I enjoy cooking
I hate washing dishes
Riding a bike is a good way to get some exercise
It's my first time driving to work
It helps to avoid tailgating
I finished my training with stretching
Cooling down is a must
I was responsible for designing classes
No one likes staying late at work on a Friday evening
Just imagine eating good food every day
I need to start arranging my work for next week
I should start by saying "I'm glad to give this presentation to you all"
So the first task is locating the tree with a triangle
OK, I hope you don't mind me asking this, but, are you still single?
I can't stop thinking about what he said
Watching you draw is one thing, but drawing by myself is another story
I love visiting new places, experiencing new cultures, and learning more about the local people
Yes, I'm looking forward to choosing people that will be able to help make this project a real success
I won't lie, I can't help feeling a bit nervous
It will be nice coming home after a long day, and being able to chill on the sofa together
用于表示主动:
I have trouble making decisions
Spanish are very friendly and welcoming and the food is to die for
That's nice, I wish I had 如果 a relaxing weekend
There will be an important presentation today, so I had to spend the weekend preparing for it
My leader had me working for the whole weekend
Sounds amazing
Oh, God ! I think he knows. How embarrassing
I ended up going to the south of the city
I could see him looking around, but I couldn't catch his eye
Thankfully, after a while, two people came running over and helped me out
Maybe I will plan a road trip to Tibet, starting from Beijing and working my way across the entire country
I know it's gonna be a challenging role
I never pictured myself being the romatic type until I met her
I can't greet her looking like this
用于表示被动:
My hair is so long, I need to go get it cut today
I'm afraid we are fully booked until the 20th April
OK. Your appointment is scheduled for the 21st at 3:30 pm
I'm looking for a brightly colored bouquet
If you pick the color you like, I can make you a personalized bouquet
Hey, Young ! I'm soaked
It's very different compared with Beijing's weather, right ?
My phone is dead, I wish I had charged it earlier
You are right, I shouldn't judge hime before we've properly indroduced
I've got the bill covered
Did she just say she is atrracted to him
I wanted to, but I felt too embarrassed
I was so scared that I couldn't catch my breath
It sounds like you have it all planned already
Have you got anything special planned to celebrate?
I've got my fingers crossed
所谓分词,是分别具有动词、形容词这两种词性的词。
现在分词vs形容词:
The black dog doesn't bite
The barking dog doesn't bite 现在分词往往有一直做...正在做...的意思,因为它有ing
过去分词vs形容词:
Clean wather is drinkable
Boiled wather is drinkable 过去分词相对于普通形容词,往往有被动含义
Drawing interests him very much
Drawing is very interesting 主动,散发出兴趣 to him
He is interested 被动,被吸引 in drawing
现在分词+过去分词联用,表进行+被动
The house is being built
The alarm goes off. Young looks at the clock.
It's eight clock, which means it's time for me to drag myself out of bed.
这里的定语从句和之前学习的不同,用逗号分隔,而且去掉以后不影响主句含义。属于对主句先行词的进一步附加说明:
He's the man who has saved my life 从句对先行词具有限定作用,所谓限定性定语从句
The man, whose father is an English teacher, teaches Chinese 从句只是对先行词的附加说明,所谓非限定性定语从句
which means ...
I'm self-employed 个体经营者, which means I work for myself and I do what I love
He's only one year old, which means he can't eat by himself
He put on his slippers and dressing gown:
I still have my normal routine. A good stretch, followed by a coffee. There's only one big difference, now I have my coffee and breakfast made for me by my amazing girlfriend.
a coffee即 a cup of coffee
I enjoy cooking, but not as much as I enjoy eating Alice's cuisine. Her home-cooked dishes are delicious.
home-cooked 家常的
It's certainly nice being in a relationship and being spoilt, though it doesn't come without a few small bumps along the way.
being in a relationship and being spoilt 并列动名词短语,是实际主语
though ... 让步状语从句
Don't get me wrong ! I'm so happy with Alice. Life is amazing, but she isn't known for keeping things tidy
别误解我的意思:
I don't like this painting, but don't get me wrong! It's certainly a masterpiece
sb is known for sth 某人因为某事而被人熟知,结合语境就是抱怨Alice不会整理东西。He looks around and sees her clothes everywhere.
Is it really that hard to put last night's clothes in the laundry basket ? She definitely keeps me on my toes.
keep sb on sb's toes 让某人保持在他的脚尖上,表示让某人时刻保持警惕/时刻准备起来走/随时行动
Having three kids under age five sure keeps me on my toes !
He goes down stairs and sees the coffee on the table.
She not only makes the best breakfast, but also makes the most superb cup of coffee I've ever had.
The funny thing is, I still hating washing dishes, but it's either grit my teeth and get on with the task at hand, or be faced with a kitchen sink full of dirty plates.
grit my teeth 咬紧牙关
get on with the task 继续完成任务 at hand 手边的。 这里表示自己去洗碗
be faced with 被迫去面对
The funny thing is:
The funny thing is, on the outside, I was an honest man, straight as an arrow. I had to come to prison to be a crook. 在外面我是正直的人,但是进了监狱我却变成了诈骗犯
The funny thing is, learning English isn't hard, but keeping on learning is very hard.
either ... or ...
It's either five or six. It's either cloudy or rainy
It's either you help me or I do it my myself
It's either him or his friend
It's either I go home or we go to the movies together
I guess it's a small price to pay for happiness. Look at the time, why is time always running away from me on a morning ?
on a morning 具体指某个早上,后面常常跟着具体日期:On the morning of November 23rd, 2023
in the morning 泛指早上
Those dishes will have to wait util after work, I better pick up the pace or else I'm gonna be late for work.
pick up the pace 捡起节奏,就是跟上时间的节奏
drag
v 拖/拽:I drag the chair over to the window. They dragged her from her bed
n 麻烦,讨厌的事情,不想去但是被拉着得去做的事情:
- I've got to the the dentist again - What a drag !
Having to work late every day is really a drag !
normal
norm 社会准则,行为规范,常态:
Non-smoking is now the norm in most workspaces
Older parents 大龄父母 seems to be the norm rather than the exception nowadays
normal 正常的,标准的
Her height and weight are normal for her age
cuisine
烹饪风格/菜系:Chinese cuisine
(尤指高档饭店的)饭菜/菜肴:This restaurant is famous for its excellent cuisine.
spoil
含义很多,但是都和破坏有关
v 破坏/糟蹋/毁掉
He tried not to let the bad news spoil his evening
Don't eat too much cake, you'll spoil your appetite for dinner
v 溺爱
Parents should not spoil their children
Spare the rod, spoil the child
v 食物变质
The dessert will spoil if you don't keep it in the fridge
laundry
lavatory 盥洗室/洗手间。同源词
laundry 表示待洗的衣服,或者洗衣服这件事:do the laundry. The hotel has a laundry service。或者洗衣店/洗衣房:I'll go and get my down coat in the laundry later
superb
极好的:She is a superb dancer. This car is in superb condition
Woman: Cooking for me is more than just flavors and ratios and presentation. It's a meditation on life and the journey we all take as a bowl full of ingredients on this stove called earth.
Woman: Hi! I'm Cookie and this is my boyfriend Anwar. Thanks for watching my Top Chef submission video.
Man: That girl cannot cook.
Woman: I try to infuse my creations with the same love and care as I was a child. To me there's no difference between having a baby and frying an omelet. There's like a little piece of you in each one.
Man: On our first date, she brought homemade cookies. I ate one and I got eco life.
Woman: There's something about feeding people. I feel like by nourishing them, I'm nourishing my own soul. Their satisfaction is my satisfaction.
Man: After my birthday dinner if you want to call it that, I got these really bad headaches. I couldn't poop right, so I went to the doctor and he said two words: brain parasites.
Woman: When I put on an apron, it's like I was born for this.
Man: The doctor said if I continued eating her cooking, my organs would shut down one by one and my bodily fluids would leave every pore in my body at once and I will die.
Man: I would feed the food to the dog but that would be animal cruelty. At this point I'd rather eat the dog’s food. I actually do.
Woman: What are you doing?
Man: I was just using the restroom.
Woman: Seriously, this is the fifth time you've left the toilet seat up. God! You're disgusting! You're a slob! You're unhygienic! You're just gross! I know you love my cooking and I love you, but I just can't do this anymore, okay?
Man: Are you breaking up with me?
Woman: You can keep the food I left you in the fridge. This is it.
Man: No baby! Don't go! Come back! Yes! I can eat whatever I want! I can eat whatever I want! Whoa!
flavor [ˈfleɪvə(r)] n. 风味,滋味,特色
ratio [ˈreɪʃiəʊ] n. 比率,比例
presentation [ˌpreznˈteɪʃn] n. 演示,展示
meditation [ˌmedɪˈteɪʃn] n. 冥想,沉思
ingredient [ɪnˈɡriːdiənt] n. 成分,原料,要素
submission [səbˈmɪʃn] n. 提交,屈服,投降
infuse [ɪnˈfjuːz] v. 注入
omelet[ˈɒmlət; ˈɑːmlət ] n. 煎蛋卷;炒鸡蛋;鸡蛋烧
nourish [ˈnʌrɪʃ] v. 滋养,抚养
satisfaction [ˌsætɪsˈfækʃn] n. 满足
parasite [ˈpærəsaɪt] n. 寄生虫
apron [ˈeɪprən] n. 围裙
organ [ˈɔː(r)ɡən] n. 器官
fluid [ˈfluːɪd] n. 液体
pore [pɔː(r)] n. (皮肤上的) 毛孔
cruelty [ˈkruːəlti] n. 残酷,残忍
disgusting [dɪsˈɡʌstɪŋ] adj. 令人反感的,令人恶心的
slob [slɒb] n. 懒惰而邋遢的人
unhygienic [ˌʌnhaɪˈdʒiːnɪk] adj. 不卫生的,不健康的
There is no difference between A and B A与B无差异
‘eco’ life = eco-friendly life “环保”的生活
shut down 关闭
animal cruelty 虐待动物
break up with sb. 和某人分手
Young starts walking upstairs to get dressed, Alice says:
Don't take all day up there.
Don't take all day 不要花上一整天,夸张说法,就是不要待太久的意思。We can use this expression to ask people to hurry up:
Come on ! Don't take all day !
up there 地点状语
We need to get going in ten minutes if you don't want to be late for work.
get going 进入运行的状态,表示开始、出发
we need to ... if ...
We need to get there in time if we don't want to miss the show
You need to use the English words in your daily life if you don't want to forget them
You need to practice every day if you want to learn English well
You need to work hard if you want to get a promotion
Don't worry. I'll be ready in a flash.
flash 闪光,飞驰,掠过
This is an absolute nightmare. How am I supposed to find anything to wear for work ? Everywhere is so untidy.
hang things back up 把东西挂回原位
Is it so hard to hang things back up or throw them in the washing basket ?
it为形式主语,真正的主语是后面的动词不定式
I can't keep living like this. What should I do about all this mess. Should I mention something to her or just keep it to myself ?
should I ... or ...
Should I choose A or B
Should I work over time or go home
Should I drink water or coffee
Should I stay at home or go shopping with my friend
Are you almost ready? I'll be down in a minute!
I feel it's better to mention it to her now rather than let the problem fester.
fester 恶化
I feel it's better to ...
I feel it's better for you to sleep for a while before work
I feel it's better to let him know before you do this
It's always important to be honest in a relationship. As they say, honesty is the best policy.
I'd better wait until after though. I don't want to cause an arugment at the beginning of the day.
though 表示转折
Are you ready yet? What are you doing up there.
I'm coming, I'm coming, hold your horses!
hold your horses 别着急
absolute
绝对的:I need absolute silence when I'm working. He is an absolute beginner in this sport.
nightmare
噩梦:I had a nightmare last night
可怕的经历,很难对付的人或情形:Her holiday turned into a nightmare. The man is a nightmare to her
mess
脏乱、杂乱: The house is a complete mess
弄脏、弄乱:Don't mess my hair !
mess with sb 和某人纠缠,和某人有瓜葛:Don't mess with him, he is not a good guy.
fester
溃烂、化脓:A dirty wound will probably fester.
恶化:Don't let small problems fester into big ones
policy
治理办法、政策:This policy isn't working well. No smoking is a policy in this company
You are up there for ages, what took you so long ?
what took you so long 怎么用了这么久?We use this expression to show that someboday has spent too much time on something:
You are an hour late. what took you so long?
It took me forever to find something to wear.
forever 永远,夸张说法:
It took me forever to find that place.
It took me forever to learn how to drive
It took me forever to find the key to the door
It took me forever to recall his name
I thought it was only girls who took that long to get ready!
it is ... that/who.. 为强调句,突出only girls这个重要信息。it is ... that/who本身仅起强调作用,去掉不影响语义:I thought only girls took that long to get ready.
强调句式,突出的词不一样,则含义会有改变:
I met my ex-girlfriend at the train station yesterday
It was my ex-girlfriend that I met at the train station yesterday 强调前女友
It was at the train station that/where I met my ex-girlfriend 强调地点
It was yesterday that/when I met my ex-girlfriend 强调时间
I had just finished the noval this morning
It is this noval that I had just finished this morning
It is I who had just finished this noval this morning
It is this morning that I had just finished this noval
Alice said Young was too slow to change his clothes, Young replies:
It would have been much quicker if you had tidied up after yourself !
it would have been... if you had ... 虚拟语气
I would have made more progress if I had studied harder
The party would have been great if he had showed up
He would have come if you had called him
You would have met her if you had come earlier
What do you mean ?
Everything was all over the place. It took me over 5 minutes just to find my shirt.
Well, you know me enough well now, keeping things neat and tidy is not one of my best traits
is not one of my best traits 不是我的强项
Well, may be it's about time for you to start to be a bit more organized.
it's about time 差不多是时候了
Recently, I'm always too busy with work to worry about such things.
Can you at least try a bit harder to hang things back up rather than just throw them back in the wardrobe?
at least 至少,介词短语作程度状语
Can you at least ...
Can you at least stop makinzg troubles anymore ?
Can you at least keep the secret for me ?
Can you at least tell me her name ?
Can you at least not go out after 11pm
Fine! Have you finished moaning now ? Can we get going ?
fine 好到头了。在争论中这个词意味着妥协:好吧好吧!
I wasn't moaning, I was just saying I would be nicer not to be living in a pigsty all the time.
I was just saying 我刚刚只是在说
I was just saying the traffic was terrible today
I was just saying you don't look weell today
Don't exaggerate. It's not that bad.
exaggerate 夸张
The camera looks around and sees how messy this place is, and Young says:
Seriously ?
你是认真的吗? This is a very useful colloquial expression to show a change from joking to being more serious.
Last night you were looking for the TV remote for over 20 minutes, and where was it ? Under a pile of clothes you had left on the sofa !
OK, OK, I get your point.
I get your point 我知道你的意思了。We use this expression to show that we have understood what we heard.
Now, let's get going ! don't want to be late for work !
trait
字面意思:勾勒出的线条。表示个人的特征、品质:
His sense of humor is one of his best traits
organize
organ donor 器官捐献者
organize 组织:
They organized a meeting between the teachers and students
You should try to organize your time better
organized 安排有序的、有条不紊的:
She's not a organized person and she always arrives late at meetings
wardrobe
ward 看 robe睡袍,衣橱:There were several expensive suits hanging in the wardrobe
moan
v呻吟:The injured man was lying on the ground, moaning
v抱怨:First he moans it's too hot, and then that it's too cold
n呻吟,呜咽:We could hear the moans of someone trapped under the bricks
pigsty
pig 猪 sty 猪圈,可以简单的说成sty,形容肮脏凌乱的地方:Your bedroom is a pigsty
exaggerate
夸大:
Don't exaggerate, it wasn't that expensive
I'm not exaggerating, it was the worst meal I have ever eaten in my life
remote
adj 遥远的/偏僻的:He lived in a remote countryside
adj 微小的/微乎其微的:I don't have the remotest idea what you're talking about
adj 冷漠的/高冷的:She was a remote lady
n 电子产品的遥控器:TV remote
Morning, Young, You OK ?
You OK 即 Are you OK,口语里面可以把不影响句子含义的词略点,高效表达
My phone has decided to give up on me.
我的手机放弃我了,修辞用法
Can't seem to get any signal.
省略了主语 I
Best solution is to turn on and off the airplane mode
省略了定冠词The
Best solution is to ...
Best solution is to accept and enjoy it
Best solution is to work hard to meet the deadline
Best solution is to send a message and apologize
Best solution is to explain what happened
That normally does the trick
do the trick 管用/奏效: If the baby is still crying, a bar of chocolate might do the trick
normally 通常adv
Young tries to do it and it works:
Thank you !
So, what'up ? You are looking a little stressed.
stressed 焦虑的/紧张的
Just some relationship troubles.
Oh, what happened ?
Well, we got in a little argument over how messy she is. She never tidies things away. I‘m always having to walk pass so much mess.
tidy sth. away 把东西收拾好
I‘m always having to 我总是得...
I‘m always having to say the same thing
I‘m always having to go to the same place
I‘m always having to ask him to help me
I‘m always having to follow the children and clean up the room
Is that it ? Doesn't seem like a big problem at all.
Is that it ? 就这?
Well, this morning I tried to have a conversation with her about it, but she got a bit annoyed.
about it 介词短语作地点状语,表示关于哪里(她邋遢这个事)
To be honest, she sounds just like me . Whenever I'm a rush, I forget to tidy up after myself. I too prefer a clean and tidy home, but it's easier said then done when you're against the clock
against the clock 赶时间
something is easier said then done 说起来容易做起来难
Now I think about it, her job is very demanding. Her boss is always messaging her at the crack of down.
message v发信息
the crack of down 破晓
Well, if it were me, I would choose to lend a hand.
If it were me, I would ... 如果换作是我,我会... 虚拟语气,因此be动词只用were
If it were me, I would listen to him
If it were me, I would try my best to finish the task on time
If it were me, I would give him a chance
If it were me, I would keep the secret
lend a hand 搭把手,帮忙
Maybe she is just busy with a lot of stuff going on recently.
with 引导的伴随(伴随主句中动作一起发生)状语
Maybe you are right, I ought to make more of an effort to help her out
more of a/an 更多的 make more of an effort 付出更多的努力
help sb out 帮助某人摆脱困境
I'm sure if you were to help her out a little, she might see the effort you are putting in. She may also start paying more attention to keeping things tidier
if you were to 如果你去做 ... were 虚拟语气;be to do sth 去做某事: The most important thing now is to stay calm
if you were to live for 200 years, you would see a lot of new things coming out
if you were to go to college again, you would study harder
play attention to sth 把注意力放在..
I didn't paying attention to what she was saying
What you said make a lot of sense. I should support her more.
That's the spirit
Thanks, Leo !
signal
信号/暗号:
The police officer gave us a singnal to stop
The fireworks are a signal that the festival has started
My phone is out of signal
发信号/显示/表明:
She signalled for help
The new policy has signalled a change in the company management system
mode
n 模式:
A mode of communication / behavior
Switch your phone to silent mode
conversation
converse 轮流发言,交谈,正式措辞:She's so shy that conversing with her can be pretty hard
conversation 交谈/谈话:
He had a conversation with his boss
annoyed
annoy 去打扰/让人烦:My boss really annoyed me in the meeting this morning
annoyed 烦恼的/恼怒的:I'm so annoyed with her that I haven't contacted her for a week
demanding
v demand 强烈要求:
She demanded an immediate explanation
I demand to see your manager
n demand 强烈的要求: A demand for higher pay 涨薪要求
n demand 需求:Good teachers are always in great demand in this society
attention
注意/专心/注意力:
Ladies and gentlemen, may I have your attention please ?
I knocked on the window to get attention
pay attention to:
Pay attention to what I'm saying, or you will miss the point
Mom: Sweetheart, you didn't take out the trash last night. Alex! You didn't take out the trash last night.
Alex: Uh, I will later.
Mom: Come on, honey! You know that's part of your chores. Besides, don't you want to get paid?
Alex: Fine. Pay me first.
Mom: You know I wish someone would pay me for making breakfast.
Alex: Why would anyone pay you? That's your job.
Mom: Breakfast is ready! It's time to eat. Come on, you can play games later.
Alex: Okay, uh… just bring it over here. I’m in the middle of the game.
Mom: Alex, you didn't put the garbage bag in.
Alex: You're distracting me. I just died. Thanks a lot, Mom!
Mom: Well?
Alex: I only get paid to take out the trash. If you want me to do that then you're gonna have to pay me more.
Mom: Alex! If you're going to do something you can't just do it halfway.
Alex: Yeah. Whatever.
Narrator: The mom decides that she's gonna give her son a taste of his own medicine. The next day little did Alex know he was about to learn a big lesson.
Alex: What the heck? Did the power just go out? Mom!
Mom: What?
Alex: The power's out.
Mom: Oh, shoot! I must have forgotten to pay the electric bill.
Alex: How could you forget? I mean it's your job to pay the bills.
Mom: Okay, well? Yesterday you told me my job was to cook your food, do your laundry and pay the rent. I didn't hear anything about electricity bill.
Alex: Stop it, Mom. How am I supposed to play my game when there's no power? This isn't funny.
Mom: I guess that's your problem. I’ll be in my room if you need me.
Alex: Wait! You're right, okay? I should have put the trash bags in the garbage 我应该把垃圾袋扔进垃圾桶的 . I should have picked up my toys. I’m sorry. I understand now that if I’m trying to do something, I should never do it halfway.
Mom: Do you really mean it?
Alex: Yes, uh, look. Now can you please pay the electric bill?
Mom: [Laughter] Just kidding! I actually flipped the power breakers to teach you a lesson. Here. For doing your chores.
Alex: Oh, thanks Mom. Actually, uh, never mind! You don't have to pay me to do chores anymore.
I never should have charged you in the first place. 我一开始就不该要您的钱
Mom: Oh sweetheart. I love you. Let me do the dishes so you can eat.
Alex: No, it's okay. I’ll wash the dishes. You sit down and I’ll bring you a plate
chore [tʃɔː(r)] n. 家务活
distract [dɪˈstrækt] v. 使……分心
halfway [ˌhɑːfˈweɪ] adv. 在…的中间; 在中途; 到一半
heck [hek] int. (表示略微烦恼或吃惊)见鬼了
garbage[ˈɡɑː(r)bɪdʒ] n. 垃圾,垃圾桶
flip [flɪp] v. 翻转
bring sth. over here 把…拿到这里来
garbage bag 垃圾袋
give sb. a taste of one’s own medicine 以其人之道,还治其人之身
electric bill 电费
power breaker 电源断路器
in the first place 从一开始,压根
英语有三种语气(mood):
- 陈述语气(indicative mood)表示说的内容是事实:The disease has taken thousands of lives
- 祈使语气(imperative mood)祈求/使你去干什么: Speak slowly. Watch your steps.
- 虚拟语气(subjunctive mood)不一定符合事实的虚拟、假设、预期、希望:
- If I knew where she lived, I would go and see her
- If I had enough money, I would buy a computer
和普通句子的区别:
- 动词时态是时间倒退
- 用过去式的情态动词,表示主观意愿
虚拟语气情态动词:
- would 表示意愿,我会/想去干什么
- should 表示应该、义务
- could 表示一种可能、推测
- might 更弱的可能性
虚拟语气的三种情况
与现实情况相反的虚拟语气:主语谓语动词用情态+原型,从句谓语动词用过去式(倒退到一般过去时)
举例:
事实:I don't have the money
虚拟:If I had the money, I would spent it overnight
事实:We don't have the chance to talk
虚拟:If we had the chance to talk, we would understand each other better
事实:I'm not you
虚拟:If I were you, I might give up 注意Be动词的虚拟形式只有were
事实:She is a girl
虚拟:If she were a man, she would not get married
事实:It is not only an hour
虚拟:If it were only an hour, I might wait for you
课文中的例子:
So if you could have any any job wanted, what would it be ? If I could have any job, I would be a hotel critic
Well, if it were me, I would choose to lend a hand
现代英语中,be动词用was的也有:
If I was in charge, I'd do this differently
与过去情况相反的虚拟语气:主句谓语动词用情态+have done,从句谓语动词用had done(倒退为过去完成时)
举例:
事实:I didn't go to the meeting. so I didn't meet the new colleague
虚拟:I would have met the new colleague if I had gone to the meeting
事实:I forgot to bring my laptop home with me, so I didn't finish the report before the deadline
虚拟:If I hadn't forgotten to bring my laptop home I would have finished the report before the deadline
事实:I didn't study hard, so I didn't score 100
虚拟:If I had studied hard, I could have scored 100
课文中的例子:
I wish I had a relaxing weekend
My phone is dead, I wish I had charged it earlier
I wish I could have told you, but they asked me to keep it private for the time being
It would have been much quicker if you had tidied up after yourself
与未来情况相反的虚拟语气:主句用情态+do,从句谓语用were to do
举例:
If I were to see her tomorrow, I would tell her the truth
If we were to say goodbye, what would you do ? 假如我们将要分别,你会怎么做
If he should come here, he would be very popular 如果他能来这里,他会很受欢迎
If he should refuse to see me, I should be sad
课文中的例子:
I'm sure if you were to help her out a little, she might see the effert you are putting in
Wish后面加的宾语从句,如果表示很难实现的希望,也会用虚拟语气:
I wish I were you
He wishes he had accepted that offer
She wishes she would go abroad
wish 引导的虚拟语气,表示希望渺茫;hope则相对希望较大:
I wish I could do that
I hope I can do that
Young bumps into Leo just as they are getting off work. Young sees Leo looking at a job description, and then Leo talks about wanting to apply for his dreaming job.
Young: Twice it one day, what are the chances of that ?
what are the chances of ... 某事的可能性有多大
What are the chances of winning the lottery twice in a month ?
What are the chances of having the same name and birthday ?
Leo: Hey Young ! Are you also getting off work ?
Young: Yes, I haven't been able to get off work on time for ages.
两个时间状语
Leo: Do you have any plans tonight ?
Young: I'm taking your advice, and going to make more of effort to support Alice, starting with giving the house a good tidy and cooking her a favourite meal
并列现在进行时,后面跟着并列的现在分词短语做伴随状语
Leo: That's great!
Young: What about you?
Leo: Actually, I'm spending the evening applying for jobs
说实话,我今晚要找工作,现在进行时表将来
spend time (in) sth / doing sth 花时间做某事
Young: Oh, how come ?
how come - how did that come about ...是怎么回事 相当于why
How come my phone doesn't work ?
How come humans speak so many languages ?
How come I don't know what happened ?
How come the floor is so wet ?
Young asks Leo why he was applying for jobs ? Leo replies:
Leo: I've chosen to applying for a more challenging role.
Young: I thought you enjoyed your job here.
Leo: I do enjoy it, but now I think I'm ready to follow my heart.
follow my heart 跟随我的内心, 听从自己内心的声音. This is a very useful colloquial expression for you to show that you want to do something that you really like
Leo: I'm hoping to find a job in recruitment. It's been my dream for a long time.
介词短语做地点状语
Young: I guess if that's your dream, then I fully support your decision.
包含条件句的宾语从句
Leo: I appreciate that.
appreciate比thank正式一些
I appreciate the conversation / your help / your efforts
I appreciate your confidence in me.
Leo: I've been struggling with making my mind up these past few weeks.
make my mind up (up 副词,完全/彻底)下定决心
字面意思:最近几周我一直和下定决心这件事情做斗争
Young: I thins there's no need to overthink it. It's important to do what feels right for you.
Leo: You are right, as always!
Young: It can be a little scary jumping into the unknown. But if this is a career path you want to follow, you should go for it
go for it 口语中表示为了某个目标而努力
It sounds like a great idea, go for it !
If you really like it, go for it !
Leo: I have always wanted to get into the student recruitment field.
Young: The sky's the limit. If anyone can make a success of it, it must be you !
The sky's the limit. 表示人的潜能是无限的口语
make a success of sth 在某事上取得成功
Leo: Thanks Young !
Young: See you tomorrow !
twice
两次 I've already asked him twice.
两倍 There are twice as many houses in this area as there used to be.
一次 I've only been there once
曾经 This house once belonged to my grandfather
一旦(连词)Once I've found somewhere to live, I'll send you my address
三次 thrice,日常用的不多,用three times 代替
apply
(尤其指书面形式的)申请: He has applied to join the army.
适用于:This is an old rule, it doesn't apply anymore
运用/应用:This new technology is applied to farming.
recruit
字面意思:再次生成。招募/招聘:They recruited several new numbers to the club.
新成员/新兵:The training of new recruits
recruitment 招募/招聘:She works in recruitment表示她的工作和招聘有关
appreciate
欣赏/赏识:His talents are not fully appreciated in that company
理解/领会:I appreciate that it's a diffcult decision for you to make
感激:I really appreciate your help
career
最早表示跑道/赛道,衍生为职场赛道/生涯:He has been focusing on his career
work 具体要做的一件事(不一定有报酬): I have a lot of work to do
job 用以谋生的工作
career 愿意穷尽一生追求的事业,涉及理想和抱负
field
平坦的一块地: People were working in the fields
场地/运动场/战场:sports field, battle field
某个专业领域:Are you still in the same field?
Unless you understand that you've got to push yourself, you're not going to make your dreams come true. You're just not. We're not wired that way. You weren't born that way. You weren't that way when you were growing up and you're certainly not that way as an adult and there's a tremendous amount of liberation that comes when you accept the fact that you're always going to need to give yourself a push. You're never ever ever ever going to feel like doing the things you need to do in order to have what you want. You're always going to need to push yourself. You're always going to need to parent yourself.
So what is the net advice on this? What is the bottom line? The bottom line is no one's coming. No one. No one's coming to push you. No one's coming to tell you to turn the TV off. No one's coming to tell you to get out of the door and exercise. Nobody's coming to tell you to apply for that job that you've always dreamt about. Nobody's coming to write the business plan for you. It's up to you.
You will always have a million excuses not to do it, not to feel like it, not to believe in yourself, they're all bullshit. The only thing that matters in your life and your business is the actions that you're taking. And the more consistently that you take action, the faster you will start to believe in yourself, because you will see proof that you are not the kind of person that sits around and feels unworthy, that you're not a victim that sits by and gets sucked into other people's stuff, that you're not that kind of person. But it starts with action!
wired [ˈwaɪəd] adj. 与生俱来的
tremendous [trəˈmendəs] adj. 巨大的;极好的
liberation [ˌlɪbə'reɪʃ(ə)n] n. 解放
parent [ˈpeərənt] v. 照顾,养育
net [net] adj. 最后的;最终的
consistently [kənˈsɪstəntli] adv. 一贯地;始终如一地
unworthy [ʌnˈwɜːði] adj. 不值得
feel like doing sth. 想要做某事
bottom line 底线
take action 采取行动
apply for 申请
sit around 无所事事
除非你明白你必须强迫自己,否则你无法实现你的梦想。你只是没有。我们不是那样的人。你不是天生如此。在你成长的过程中,你不是那样的,作为一个成年人,你当然也不是那样的,当你接受你总是需要给自己一个推力的事实时,你会获得巨大的解放。你永远不会想要做你需要做的事情来得到你想要的东西。你总是需